Vol. 51
JANUARY 1975
No. 1
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
NOONAN — Bionomics, evolution, and zoogeography of members of the genus
Dicheirus (Coleoptera: Carabidae) 1
ALLEN — Ephemerella ( Cincticostella ) : a revision of the nymphal stages
(Ephemeroptera: Ephemerellidae) 16
ELLIS — Seasonal abundance and distribution of adult stoneflies of Sashin
Creek, Baranof Island, southeastern Alaska (Plecoptera) 23
HOFFMAN — An arboreal cleidogonid milliped from Chiapas (Chordeumida :
Cleidogonidae) 31
WANGBERG — Biology of the thimbleberry gallmaker Diastrophus kincaidii
(Hymenoptera: Cynipidae) 39
HALL— The North American species of Triploechus Edwards (Diptera:
Bombyliidae) 49
KIRK — Siricid woodwasps and their associated parasitoids in the south-
western United States (Hymenoptera: Siricidae) 57
COOK — A reconsideration of the Nearctic Rhexoza (Diptera: Scatopsidae) .. 62
YOUNG — Observations on the life cycle of Heliconius hecale zuleika (Hewit-
son) in Costa Rica (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) 76
LINSLEY — Fifty years of the Pan-Pacific Entomologist (Concluded) 86
SCIENTIFIC NOTE .' 30
BOOK NOTICE 48
RECENT LITERATURE 15, 85
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE 38
PROCEEDINGS of the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY .... 88
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1975
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. T. Doyen, Editor
R. E. Coville, Editorial Asst.
J. A. Chemsak, Asst. Editor P. H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer
E. G. Linsley E. S. Ross
H. V. Daly H. B. Leech
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. All communications regarding nonreceipt
of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be
addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., California Academy of Sci-
ences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to the Secretary, Franklin Ennik, Vector Control Section, California
Department of Health, 2151 Berkeley Way, Berkeley, 94704.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $7.50 for regular members of the Society,
$5.00 for student members, or $10.00 for subscriptions only. Single copies are $2.50
each or $10.00 a volume. Make checks payable to Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
The Pacific Coast Entomological Society
Officers for 1975
H. V. Daly, President Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer
J. Gordon Edwards, President-Elect Franklin Ennik, Secretary
Statement of Ownership
Title of Publication : The Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
Frequency of Issue: Quarterly (January, April, July, October).
Location of Office of Publication, Business Office of Publisher and Owner: Pacific Coast
Entomological Society, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California
94118.
Editor: Dr. John T. Doyen, Division of Entomology & Parasitology, University of California, Berkeley,
California 94720.
Managing Editor and Known Bondholders or other Security Holders : None.
This issue mailed 12 June 1975
Second Class Postage Paid at San Francisco, California and additional offices.
ALLEN PRESS, INC. '’"'t'rP 0 LAWRENCE, KANSAS
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. 51
January 1975
No. 1
Bionomics, Evolution, and Zoogeography of Members
of the Genus Dicheirus
(Coleoptera: Carabidae)
Gerald R. Noonan
Department of Entomology, The University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta,
Canada T6G 2E3
The genus Dicheirus contains 6 species and subspecies: D. hrunneus
(Dejean), D. dilatatus dilatatus (Dejean), D. dilatatus angulatus Casey,
D. obtusus LeConte, D. piceus (Menetries), D. strenuus (Horn)
(Noonan, 1968). Evolution of the genus, with examination of other
genera of the subtribe Anisodactylina are given by Noonan (1973,
1974). The present paper provides a detailed analysis of the evolu-
tionary and zoogeographic relationships of the members of Dicheirus
and includes additional bionomic information for some species.
Bionomics
The following statements are based on field observations of adults
primarily in northern and central California but also in southern
California, Oregon, and British Columbia.
Members of Dicheirus are adapted to grassy habitats lacking trees
or with scattered trees such as in woodlands or along grassy forest
edges. On rare occasions D. dilatatus dilatatus and D. piceus occur in
moderately moist and possibly slightly brackish grassy areas near ocean
bays.
Species occurring in forest climax areas inhabit natural clearings in-
side forests, the grassy edges of forests, and in man-made clearings. The
clearing of forests to create pastures provides additional habitats for
such species, and adults are more numerous in pastures than in many
natural clearings. Pastures are probably more favorable habitats than
many natural clearings due to: discontinuity and small size of many
natural clearings; unfavorable factors (such as flooding in clearings
formed by streams) present in many natural clearings; and additional
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 1-15. January 1975
2
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
shelter in pastures such as dried cow droppings, fallen fence posts and
other debris. Dried cow droppings are especially beneficial to adults;
pastures with them contain more individuals than similar areas without.
The ground beneath dried cow droppings is often moister and cooler
than that adjacent to them, and adults aggregate in these moister, cooler
microhabitats.
In central and northern California, teneral adults appear from January
to March and are active with adults from the previous year until the
ground and vegetation dry during late April to June. Except for iso-
lated lowland areas and mountainous areas in which the ground and
vegetation dry later in the year or remain moist, adults are uncommon
from approximately June to September. In September or October
teneral adults appear, soon mature, and are active with previously
matured adults.
In central and northern California an early activity period of adults
coincides with winter rains, is reduced during the dry summer, and is
renewed prior to and probably also during fall rains. Rainfall is the
major factor influencing adult activity. During exceptionally dry years
adults of D. strenuus and D. dilatatus dilatatus do not appear in the fall,
and adults of D. piceus are greatly reduced in number. Additional field
studies may reveal that adults of other forms also do not appear or are
reduced in numbers in the fall of dry years.
Specimens of Dicheirus have not been observed flying. However, all
species but D. strenuus have full and apparently functional hind wings.
The winged species may have diurnal spring dispersal flights. I have
noted in the spring while collecting in very small natural clearings that
on warm days adults suddenly appear in areas that had been intensively
examined (debris and top 3 or 4 inches of soil removed) just previously.
Darlington (1943) suggested that flight is advantageous to species of
Carabidae which inhabit relatively large areas with sparse unstable
populations. Before the forest clearing activities of man, species of
Dicheirus presumably were restricted to natural clearings in forest cli-
max areas. Such clearings would have been sparsely distributed, and
often small and unstable. Full-winged species probably remained so
because of the importance of flight as a dispersal mechanism. The lack
of flight records for Dicheirus may be due to flight being diurnal and re-
stricted to early spring. Most Carabid flight records are based on cap-
tures at lights ; if Dicheirus adults fly only during the day, then they will
not aggregate at lights. Furthermore most insect collectors probably do
not begin field work until after early spring.
Vol. 51, No. 1 , January 1975
3
Table 1. Plesiomorphic and apomorphic character states used in
Fig. 1.
Character
State
No. Character
plesiomorphic
apomorphic
Thorax
1 pronotal
moderate to
glabrous to sparse
pubescence
dense throughout
medially
2 proepisternal
absent or very
large and prominent
punctures
small
Legs
3 venter of
with spongy
glabrous in most
articles 1 to
pubescent
specimens, partial
4 of $ foretarsi
vestiture
to complete spongy
pubescent vestiture
in some specimens
4 mid and hind
without prominent
with prominent
tibia
tubercules at base
tubercules at base
of spines along
sides
of spines along sides
5 $ hindtibial
lanceolate shaped
slightly laterally
apical spurs
expanded
a) spatulate shaped
Elytra
6 pubescence
short
varied from short
length
to long
a) long in all
specimens
7 type of
adpressed
erect
pubescence
Male genitalia
8 median lobe
not twisted
twisted
Most forms of Dicheirus occur not only in the same geographic area
(Figs. 2-6) but, at least in the adult stage, in the same microhabitat.
In California I have taken adults together in the same hole beneath
debris on the ground as follows: D. brunneus , D. dilatatus dilatatus, and
D. piceus in Trinity County; and D. strenuus and D. piceus in Kern
and Tulare Counties. Additional collecting will probably demonstrate
that adults of all sympatric forms occur in the same microhabitats.
4
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Evolution
The principles used in evolutionary reconstructions are slightly
modified from those of Hennig (1966) as discussed in detail in Noonan
(1973). Figure 1 and Table 1 present the most probable hypothesis of
evolution of the species and subspecies. All sister taxa in Figure 1 are
linked by synapomorphies. Convergence in a character state has oc-
curred once; all specimens of D. dilatatus angulatus and some specimens
of D. brunneus have long elytral setae. A sequence of evolution other
than that postulated in Figure 1 and Table 1 would not be consistent with
available data.
Contemporary Zoogeography
Species are restricted (Figs. 2-6) to western North America, probably
due to limited adaptation to continental climate. Eastern limits are
represented by specimens of D. piceus from Salt Lake County, Utah.
Northern and southern limits are set by D. piceus in southern British
Columbia and on Guadalupe Island off the western coast of Baja Cali-
fornia. Guadalupe Island has a persistent summer fog belt in the
summit section (Axelrod, 1967) and a milder, moister climate than the
immediately adjacent mainland (Savage, 1967). These climatic factors
probably explain survival of D. piceus on Guadalupe Island, approxi-
mately 220 miles farther south than mainland records of D. dilatatus
angulatus in northwestern Baja California. Dicheirus dilatatus dilatatus
and D. piceus occur on Santa Catalina and San Clemente Islands with
D. piceus also present on Guadalupe Island. Distances of these islands
from the mainland are (Philbrick, 1967) 20, 49 and 157 miles respec-
tively.
Table 2 lists range extents (the linear distance between the 2 most
distant occurrences of each form) of the 6 species and subspecies of
Dicheirus. Previous workers such as Ball and Freitag (1969), Erwin
(1970), Noonan (1973), and Whitehead (1972) used range extents to
elucidate refugia, and centers of evolution, and to discuss probable adapt-
ability of wide ranging versus narrow ranging forms. The small number
of forms in Dicheirus and sympatry of most of them make it impossible
to stipulate a present center of evolution other than the area now oc-
cupied by these forms.
The relatively large range extents of D. piceus , D. obtusus and D.
dilatatus suggest that these 3 species are more tolerant than other forms
to environmental extremes. Only D. piceus and D. dilatatus dilatatus
show a possible tolerance to brackish habitats near ocean bays and are
Vol. 51, No. 1 , January 1975
5
Fig. 1 . Postulated evolution of species and subspecies of Dicheirus (hollow
rectangles denote plesiomorphic character states, half black rectangles denote
intermediate apomorphic character states, fully black rectangles denote apomorphic
character states) .
also the only forms recorded from islands. Dicheirus piceus also exists
in habitats from which other forms seem excluded.
Dicheirus brunneus has a 450 mile range extent and is apparently
adapted only to mesic environmental conditions in northern California
and Oregon.
Dicheirus strenuus and D. dilatatus angulatus have restricted range
extents of 73 and 30 miles respectively. Dicheirus strenuus is the only
taxon with vestigial hind wings; this condition probably explains in part
its restricted range from the Tehachapi and Greenhorn Ranges, Kern
and Tulare Counties, California. This species may be adapted to only a
narrow range of environmental conditions since it does not follow
woodlands or grasslands down into the San Joaquin Valley or high up
into the Sierras as do all other forms present in central California.
6
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Table 2. Range extents of species of Dicheirus.
Species or Subspecies
Maximum Range Extent
(in miles)
D. piceus
1700 (Guadalupe Island
included)
1200 (mainland only)
D. obtusus
800
D. dilatatus (both subspecies)
750
D. dilatatus dilatatus
650
D. dilatatus angulatus
30
D. brunneus
450
D. strenuus
73
Possibly, D. strenuus evolved in its present restricted range. Alterna-
tively, it may formerly have been more widespread, and its low
dispersal ability may have resulted in its elimination from much of its
range during Pliocene and Pleistocene climatic changes.
Dicheirus dilatatus angulatus is known only from coastal areas in
San Diego County, California and northern Baja California. The factors
responsible for such a restricted range are unknown. Possibly D. d.
angulatus occurs further south in Baja California, but has not been
collected.
Historical Zoogeography
Taxa of Dicheirus demonstrate considerable sympatry (Figs. 2-6),
and adults of several species share microhabitats in central and northern
California. This sympatry and ecological similarity suggest that
extant species have existed long enough to acquire isolating mechanisms
enabling them to share the same geographical ranges and, at least as
adults, the same microhabitats. The general lack of orderly patterns of
vicariance suggest that species may have evolved elsewhere than their
present ranges.
Species of Dicheirus are now concentrated from approximately south-
ern California to Oregon, but initial evolution within the genus probably
occurred in Alaska and northern Canada (Noonan, 1973). According
to these ideas, the ancestor of Dicheirus crossed from Eurasia into
North America via the Bering Land Bridge during the early Tertiary,
probably during Eocene when the Bering Land Bridge was present
(Hopkins, 1967), and the climate there was temperate (Dorf, 1960).
Eocene tropical and subtropical climates in the United States (Dorf,
1960) may have prevented initial dispersal southward. However, as
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
7
Figs. 2-6. Distribution of: (2) D. obtusus ; (3) D. piceus ; (4) D. strenuus ; (5)
D. dilatatus dilatatus (circles) and D. dilatatus angulatus (triangles) ; (6) D.
brunneus.
8
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
climates cooled during Oligocene, Miocene and especially Pliocene,
there were probably dispersals south into the area now occupied by
species of Dicheirus. As climates continued to cool, Dicheirus became
extinct in northern Canada and Alaska. The present irregular and
mostly sympatric distribution of species is thus probably due to rela-
tively old species being forced south from their center of evolution.
Eastward dispersal of Dicheirus was probably prevented by in-
tolerance of continental climates and to a lesser extent by the Brooks
Range and Rocky Mountains. The restrictive climatic factor may have
been the past and present seasonal distribution of precipitation. Along
the Pacific Coast precipitation is concentrated in winter, and severe
drought regularly coincides with summer heat; inland there is a strong
summer maximum of precipitation (Wells, 1970). This difference in
climatic rhythm may also be the reason why many carabid species of
interior grasslands (such as those of the subgenus Glanodes, genus
Harpalus , see Ball, 1972) have not extended their ranges to the Pacific
Coast.
The sympatric dilatatus and piceus stocks probably evolved during
Eocene to Miocene north of the present range of Dicheirus. Dicheirus
strenuus and D. dilatatus may be vicariant in that D. dilatatus is not
recorded from the range of D. strenuus. However, D. dilatatus surrounds
the range of D. strenuus on the north, south and west. I know of no past
or present barriers between the known species ranges; additional
collecting will probably establish sympatry.
Dicheirus dilatatus dilatatus and D. dilatatus angulatus are separated
by a gap of approximately 100 miles in southern California (Fig. 5).
Evolution of these subspecies is probably due to the coast corridor
effect described by Peabody and Savage (1958) for amphibians and
reptiles. During Pliocene and early Pleistocene (Fig. 7) the San
Joaquin Valley consisted of a flooded embayment opening to the ocean
by a wide strait in northern Baja California. Populations of D.
dilatatus were probably isolated east of the embayment and evolved
into D. dilatatus angulatus which has several apomorphies suggesting
selection was acting on a small gene pool. Populations west of the
San Joaquin embayment probably exchanged genes northward via the
coast corridor with other populations and were thus part of a relatively
large gene pool. These populations retained plesiomorphic features;
their descendants constitute the nominate subspecies with relatively
plesiomorphic features. This postulate, that the subspecies with apo-
morphic features was derived from a smaller gene pool than the sub-
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
9
Fig. 7. Pliocene and early Pleistocene paleogeography of California, showing
archipelagic nature of Coast Range region, and presence of strait connecting
Pacific with San Joaquin embayment. Cross hatching indicates flooded areas.
(Adapted from Peabody and Savage, 1958.)
10
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
species with plesiomorphic ones, agrees well with Brundin’s (1972)
description of speciation by cleavage.
As the San Joaquin embayment dried, the climate of eastern southern
California probably became drier and warmer; populations of D.
dilatatus angulatus probably migrated westward toward cooler, moister
coastal regions. The Xerothermic Period which lasted from 8,000 to
3,000 years ago constituted a time of warm climate (Axelrod, 1967)
which placed particular stress on organisms along the Pacific Coast
where precipitation is concentrated in the winter and severe drought reg-
ularly coincides with summer heat (Wells, 1970) . Any populations of D.
dilatatus angulatus which remained in eastern southern California after
drying of the San Joaquin embayment probably were eliminated by
stresses of the Xerothermic. The presence of D. dilatatus dilatatus on
San Clemente and Santa Catalina Islands and the absence there of D.
dilatatus angulatus supports the above hypothesis of evolution and dis-
persal. If D. dilatatus angulatus had been present along the coast during
the Pliocene and early Pleistocene, it probably would have migrated to
these 2 islands as did the nominate subspecies.
Species in Carabid genera other than Dicheirus may also have
cleaved into subspecies or sister species due to the coast corridor effect.
Calathus ruficollis Dejean has a distribution similar to that of the
genus Dicheirus and is found in habitats similar to those of Dicheirus
(Ball and Negre, 1972). The coast corridor effect probably explains
the differentiation of C. 7'uficollis ignicollis Casey from the nominate
subspecies.
If the 2 subspecies of D. dilatatus evolved as a result of the San
Joaquin embayment, then they have had approximately 2 million years
since its disappearance in which to become parapatric. All apomorphic
character states of D. dilatatus angulatus but long elytral setae vary
toward the plesiomorphic state found in the nominate subspecies, and
some individuals have the plesiomorphic state for one or more charac-
ters. This variation suggests that the 2 subspecies were parapatric in
the past and had limited gene exchange. Such parapatry probably took
place during cooler, moister (Axelrod, 1967) Pleistocene glacial periods.
My impression of the area now separating the 2 forms (Fig. 7) is that
it does not have favorable habitats for Dicheirus ; D. piceus , the most
widespread species in the genus, is absent from this area but is found
both to the south and north. Mainland records of D. dilatatus dilatatus
north of the Tehachapi Mountains are mostly based on moderate to ex-
tensive series of specimens ; records south of these mountains are mostly
based on only a few specimens per locality. This apparent reduction in
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
11
abundance south of the Tehachapi Mountains suggests that this sub-
species is not well adapted to conditions in southern California. Finally
D. dilatatus angulatus survives only in a small refugium along the coast
from San Diego County, California to northern Baja California. In-
creasing warmth and aridity after Pleistocene glacial periods (Axelrod,
1967) probably eliminated all Dicheirus from the present gap between
the subspecies of D. dilatatus.
Rates of differentiation in D. dilatatus can be estimated from geologi-
cal dating of the San Joaquin emhayment which existed from approxi-
mately 8 to 2 million years ago (dates personal communication from R.
Fox). Thus, the subspecies are a maximum of 7 million years old and
took 6 million or less years in which to evolve.
Whitehead (1972) calculated the period of time required for specia-
tion in Schizogenius and Brachius by estimating the age of each group
and then counting the number of bifurcations in the reconstructed phy-
logenies. Such calculations are prone to error both from mistakes in the
estimated ages of groups and from errors in the reconstructed phy-
logenies which most often are simplifications of complex processes which
occurred in nature (Noonan, 1973). When fossils are not available, the
most reliable estimates of time required for speciation or subspeciation
are those based on geologic dating of barriers which isolate or once
isolated vicariant sister forms.
Whitehead calculated the average time required for speciation in
North American Schizogenius and Brachinus carabids to be approxi-
mately 3 million years. Geological dating of the San Joaquin emhayment
is not exact; the period of isolation of populations of D. dilatatus may
have been less than 6 million years, but certainly not less than 3 million.
The brunneus and piceus lineages are sympatric as are the species
D. brunneus , D. piceus and D. obtusus ; little can be concluded other
than that these taxa probably evolved during the Eocene to Pliocene
north of the present range of Dicheirus.
Present Utah populations of D. piceus are separated from the main
species range by nearly 300 miles of Great Basin Desert. Precipitation
in lower elevations of this desert is less than 4 inches per year while
January/July temperatures average 44.5°/86°F at Las Vegas, Nevada,
32.5°/71°F at Reno, Nevada, and 30°/77°F at Salt Lake City, Utah
(Morrison, 1965). This dry and moderately warm climate probably
bars dispersal between the main range and the Utah populations, pre-
sumably localized in mountains east of Salt Lake City. However, Mio-
cene and Pliocene climates of the Great Basin were subhumid with 25 to
30 inches per year of estimated precipitation, and the present desert
12
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
climate did not begin until early Pleistocene (Morrison, 1965). Pleisto-
cene glacial periods resulted in temperatures 8° to 15° F cooler than now,
more rainfall, and shifts of life zones hundreds of miles north and south
and thousands of feet up and down mountains. Before Pleistocene devel-
opment of desert climate and during Pleistocene cool, moist periods,
populations of D. piceus probably invaded the Great Basin Deserts and
reached Utah. The desert climate of the present and of the interglacial
periods probably eliminated Dicheirus from Great Basin lowlands and
isolated populations of D. piceus in mountains presently moister and
cooler than lowlands.
An alternative explanation for the presence of isolated populations of
D. piceus in Utah is as follows. Before the development of desert climate
and/or during Pleistocene glacial periods, populations of D. piceus (and
possibly other species of the genus) may have dispersed around the
northern periphery of the Great Basin Desert and then south into Utah
via foothills of the Rockies. However, such dispersal would require
greater tolerance to continental climate than now shown by species of
Dicheirus and probably would have resulted in isolated populations
of D. piceus in Montana, Wyoming, and Colorado. Collecting has not
demonstrated the existence of such populations; dispersal directly
across the Great Basin Desert seems more probable than dispersal along
the northern periphery and Rockies.
The effects of Quaternary glacial periods on western North America
are not as well elucidated as for the East. However, various workers
(Crandell, 1965; Martin and Mehringer, 1965; Morrison, 1965; Wahr-
haftig and Birman, 1965) agree that temperatures were cooler, precipi-
tation greater, and that biotic zones shifted downward. Such climatic
changes may have resulted in migrations south into Baja California.
Continental climates probably prevented migrations southeast into main-
land Mexico. If migrations had reached mainland Mexico, relict popula-
tions of Dicheirus would probably occur in the highlands as do other
members of the subtribe Anisodactylina (Noonan, 1973).
The presence of D. dilatatus dilatatus and D. piceus on Santa Catalina
and San Clemente Islands and of D. piceus on Guadalupe Island may
be due to dispersal across present water gaps by wind or by rafting.
Dispersal to the first 2 islands could not have been earlier than their
formation during or after the mid-Pliocene (Valentine and Lipps, 1967).
Ocean barriers between the mainland and these 2 islands were absent
(Clements, 1955, as reported by Valentine and Lipps, 1967) or at least
much narrower during late Pliocene and early Pleistocene (Valentine
and Lipps, 1967). Colonization probably took place then. Migration
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
13
onto other Channel Islands may also have occurred at that time. The
lack of records of Dicheirus from other California Channel Islands may
be due to lack of collecting or to chance extinction.
Guadalupe Island possibly was never connected to the mainland
(Garth, 1967), and D. piceus probably colonized it by long distance
dispersal over water. However, geological data regarding mainland con-
nections of Guadalupe are somewhat inconclusive, and colonization via
a land bridge remains a possibility.
The above discussion illustrates that species of Dicheirus are mostly
sympatric and probably evolved north of their present ranges. It
also demonstrates the difficulty of elucidating place or time of origin of
forms which do not exhibit vicariance or have a fossil record.
Acknowledgments
I thank G. E. Ball for reading a preliminary draft of this paper,
J. S. Scott for preparing the illustrations, K. Benschop for typing the
final manuscript copy.
Literature Cited
Axelrod, D. I. 1967. Geologic history of the Californian Insular Flora, p. 267-
315. In R. N. Philbrick (ed.), Proceedings of the Symposium on the
Biology of the California Islands. Santa Barbara Botanic Garden,
Santa Barbara, California.
Ball, G. E. 1972. Classification of the species of the Harpalus subgenus
Glanodes Casey (Carabidae: Coleoptera) Coleopt. Bull., 26(4): 179-
204.
Ball, G. E. and R. Freitag. 1969. Zoogeography, p. 174^-190. In R. Freitag,
A revision of the species of the genus Evarthrus LeConte (Coleoptera:
Carabidae). Quaest. entomol., 5: 89-212.
Ball, G. E. and J. Negre. 1972. The taxonomy of the Nearctic species of the
genus Calathus Bonelli (Coleoptera: Carabidae: Agonini). Trans.
Amer. Entomol. Soc., 98: 412-533.
Brundin, L. 1966. Transantarctic relationships and their significance as evi-
denced by chironomid midges, with a monograph of the subfamilies
Podonominae and Aphroteniinae and the austral Heptagyiae. K. svenska
Vetensk. Akad. Handl., (4)11: 1-472.
Brundin, L. 1972. Evolution, causal biology, and classification. Zool. Scripta, 1:
107-120.
Clements, T. 1955. The Pleistocene history of the Channel Island Region,
southern California, p. 311-323. In Essays in the natural sciences
in honor of Captain Allan Hancock. Los Angeles. (Citation from
Valentine and Lipps, 1967.)
Crandell, D. R. 1965. The glacial history of western Washington and Oregon.
p. 341-353. In H. E. Wright and D. G. Frey (ed.), The Quaternary of
the United States. Princeton University Press, New Jersey.
14
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Darlington, P. J., Jr. 1943. Carabidae of mountains and islands: data on the
evolution of isolated faunas, and on atrophy of wings. Ecol. Monogr.,
13: 37-61.
Dorf, E. 1960. Climatic changes of the past and present. Am. Sci., 48(3):
341-364.
Erwin, T. L. 1970. A reclassification of bombardier beetles and a taxonomic
revision of the North and Middle American species (Carabidae:
Brachinida). Quaest. entomol., 6(4): 1-215.
Garth, J. S. 1967. Introduction to Insular Zoology, p. 181-183. In R. N.
Philbrick ( ed. ) , Proceedings of the Symposium on the Biology of the
California Islands. Santa Barbara Botanic Garden, Santa Barbara,
California.
Hennig, W. 1966. Phylogenetic systematics. University of Illinois Press, Urbana,
Illinois. 263 p.
Hopkins, D. M. 1967. The cenozoic history of Beringia — A synthesis, p. 451-
484. In D. M. Hopkins (ed.), The Bering Land Bridge. Stanford
University Press, Stanford, California.
Martin, P. S. and P. J. Meliringer. 1965. Pleistocene pollen analysis and
biogeography of the Southwest, p. 433-451. In H. E. Wright and
D. G. Frey (ed.), The Quaternary of the United States. Princeton
University Press, New Jersey.
Morrison, R. B. 1965. Quaternary geology of the Great Basin, p. 265-285.
In H. E. Wright and D. G. Frey (ed.), The Quaternary of the United
States. Princeton University Press, New Jersey.
Noonan, G. R. 1968. A revision of the genus Dicheirus Mannerheim 1843 (Col.
Carabidae). Opus, entomol., 33: 281-304.
Noonan, G. R. 1973. The Anisodactylines (Insecta: Coleoptera: Carabidae:
Harpalini) : classification, evolution and zoogeography. Quaest. en-
tomol., 9(4) : 266-480.
Noonan, G. R. 1974. Allendia, a new South American genus with notes on its
evolutionary relationships to other genera of Anisodactylina (Coleoptera:
Carabidae: Harpalini). (Manuscript.)
Peabody, F. E. and J. M. Savage. 1958. Evolution of a coast corridor in Cali-
fornia and its effect on the origin and dispersal of living amphibians and
reptiles, p. 159-186. In C. L. Hubbs (ed.), Zoogeography. Publ. 51.
American Association for the Advancement of Science, Washington,
D. C.
Philbrick, R. N. 1967. Introduction, p. 3-8. In R. N. Philbrick, (ed.),
Proceedings of the Symposium on the Biology of the California Islands.
Santa Barbara Botanic Garden, Santa Barbara, California.
Raven, P. H. 1967. The floristics of the California Islands, p. 57-67. In
R. N. Philbrick (ed.), Proceedings of the Symposium on the Biology
of the California Islands. Santa Barbara Botanic Garden, Santa Barbara,
California.
Savage, J. M. 1967. Evolution of the insular herpetofauna. p. 219-227. In
R. N. Philbrick (ed.), Proceedings of the Symposium on the Biology of
the California Islands. Santa Barbara Botanic Garden, Santa Barbara,
California.
Valentine, J. W. and J. H. Lipps. 1967. Late Cenozoic history of the Southern
Vol. 51, No. 1 , January 1975
15
California Islands, p. 21-35. In R. N. Philbrick ( ed. ) , Proceedings of
the Symposium on the Biology of the California Islands. Santa Barbara
Botanic Garden, Santa Barbara, California.
Wahrhaftig, C. and J. H. Birman. 1965. The Quaternary of the Pacific Moun-
tain System in California, p. 299-340. In H. E. Wright and D. G. Frey
(ed.), The Quaternary of the United States. Princeton University Press,
New Jersey.
Wells, P. V. 1970. Postglacial vegetational history of the Great Plains. Science,
167: 1574-1582.
W hitehead, D. R. 1972. Classification, phylogeny, and zoogeography of Schizo-
genius Putzeys (Coleoptera: Carabidae: Scartini). Quaest. entomol.,
8(3): 131-348.
RECENT LITERATURE
The Cud Beetles of California (Coleoptera : Cud ae) . John F. Lawrence.
Bulletin of the California Insect Survey. Volume 17, 41 pp., 7 figs., 15 maps.
$2.25.
This summary of the biology, systematics and geographic distribution of the
California representatives of an abundant but little-noticed family of fungus-
inhabiting beetles could well be used as a model for similar faunal surveys. The
systematics section is prefaced by concise but informative discussions of bionomics,
host and habitat preference, seasonal occurrence, and patterns of geographic
distribution, and supplemented by tables summarizing information that would have
required many pages if presented as raw data. The taxonomic treatment includes
introductory explanations of important characters, as well as brief differentiations
from similar beetles which occur in bracket fungi and might be confused with
Ciidae. The excellent keys to genera and species utilize features which mostly
show clear, qualitative differences. Difficult characters are quantified, especially
in keys to species. Maps showing characteristic types of distributions are provided
for about one half the species. All maps have insets depicting the entire North
American distribution, a very helpful addition which requires no additional space.
The 37 figures include line drawings of most of the important taxonomic characters,
and excellent half tone illustrations of 14 of the 27 species known or suspected to
occur within the political boundaries of California.
A comprehensive summary of this nature might well alert ecologists to the
opportunities these beetles offer for studies of competition, habitat preference and
partitioning or species diversity and niche breadth. — Editor.
16
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Ephemerella (Cinctico Stella) : A Revision of
the Nymphal Stages
( Ephemeroptera : Ephemerellidae)
Richard K. Allen 1
Department of Biology, California State University
5151 State University Drive, Los Angeles, California 90032
The following treatment includes a characterization of the subgenus
Cinctico Stella, a description, or diagnosis, of the nymphal stages, a key
to the nymphs, and the known distributional limits of each species.
Ephemerella ( Cincticostella ) orientalis Tshernova, 1952, whose nymph
is unknown is included with complete synonymy and known distribution.
Grateful appreciation is expressed to Professors Kazimitzu Kato and
Valentina Zaydman, California State University, Los Angeles, for trans-
lating parts of the papers by Imanishi (1940) and Tshernova (1972),
respectively.
Subgenus Cincticostella Allen
ftigra-group Imanishi 1938: 33.
Cincticostella Allen 1971: 513; Tshernova 1972: 614 (— Asiatella) .
Asiatella Tshernova 1972: 611.
Imanishi (1938) placed E. nigra Ueno, 1928, in the nigra-group of
the genus Ephemerella and Allen (1971) erected the subgenus Cincti-
costella for E. nigra and five other species. He transferred E. levanido-
vae Tshernova, 1952, and described E. castanea, E. delicata , E. imanishii ,
and E. insolta. Tshernova (1972) described the genus Asiatella to
include E. nigra, E. femorata Tshernova, 1972, E. orientalis , E.
levanidovae , and E. tshernovae Bajkova, 1962, to this taxon. In the
same paper, as a footnote, she synonymized Asiatella with Cincti-
costella and placed E. imanishii as a junior synonym of E. tshernovae.
Cincticostella is confined to southeast and eastern Asia. Ephemerella
boja n. sp., E. gosei n. sp., and E. insolta are known from Thailand;
E. castanea from Korea; E. delicata from Japan and Manchuria; E.
femorata from Vietnam; E. levanidovae and E. orientalis from Russia;
E. nigra from Japan; and E. tshernovae from Japan, Korea, and Russia.
The number of described species in the subgenus is ten.
The species of Cincticostella are all known from the nymphal stage
except E. orientalis which was described from male and female sub-
1 The research upon which this report is based was supported by National Sciences Foundation
Grant No. GB-35591.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 16-22. January 1975
Vol. 51, No. 1 , January 1975
17
imagoes. Ephemerella nigra is the only species known from the nymph
and the male imago.
Nymphal Stage . — Body flattened ventrally, convex dorsally. Head round to
quadrangular; genae often truncate; maxillae without apical canines, with apical
tuft of setae; maxillary palpi well developed, vestigial, or absent. Fore femora
with band of transverse spines near middle; denticles on tarsal claws variable in
number. Anterolateral corners of prothorax produced anteriorly; mesothorax ex-
panded laterally in anterior portion. Abdominal terga with paired dorsal sub-
median tubercles; abdominal segments 7-9 with or without well developed pos-
terolateral projections; abdominal terga 3-7 with lamellate, imbricated gills.
Caudal filaments shorter than body.
On the basis of nymphal characters two groups of related species
are recognized. Ephemerella insolta , E. boja, and E. femorata form
the insolta- group. These species are characterized by possessing suboc-
cipital head tubercles, and the second and third pairs of femora are
enlarged with serrated margins and/or protuberances. The nigra-group
includes E. nigra , E. castanea , E. delicata, E. gosei, E. levanidovae, and
E. tshernovae. These species are without head tubercles and the second
and third pairs of femora are narrow, not enlarged, and the margins
are entire. Ephemerella orientalis cannot be placed to species-group
until the nymphal stage is discovered.
The characters most useful for distinguishing the species of Cinctico-
stella nymphs are as follows : ( 1 ) the number and degree of development
of the paired dorsal abdominal tubercles; (2) the degree of expansion,
the presence or absence of marginal serrations, and the presence or
absence of spines and tubercles on the anterior surfaces of the middle
and hind femora; (3) the degree of development of the posterolateral
projections on abdominal segments 7-9; (4) the shape of the genae;
(5) the color patterns on the head and body; and (6) the relative
lengths of the body and caudal filaments.
The following key will serve to distinguish the known nymphs of the
species of Cincticostella. Illustrations are not included but reference
is made to previously published figures which are enclosed in paren-
theses in the couplets. That is, (Allen 1971: fig. 11) in couplet 1 makes
reference to “New Asian Ephemerella with notes (Ephemeroptera:
Ephemerellidae) . Canad. Ent. 103: 512—528.”
Key To The Nymphs Of Ephemerella (Cincticostella)
1. Middle and hind femora expanded and margins serrate; head with sub-
occipital tubercles (Gose 1969: fig. 23; Tshernova 1972: fig. 5)
insolta- group, 2
— Middle and hind femora narrow, and margins entire (Allen 1971: fig.
18
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
9) ; head without suboccipital tubercles (Allen 1971: fig. 13)
nigra-group, 4
2 (1). Abdominal terga with paired submedian tubercles on segments 1-10
(Allen 1971: fig. 18) ; fore femora with median hand of tubercles
(Allen 1971: fig. 12) ; head, body and legs with numerous pale spots
(Allen 1971: fig. 14) insolta
— Abdominal terga with paired submedian tubercles on segments 2-10
(Gose 1969: fig. 23) or 4-9 (Tshernova 1972: fig. 5) ; fore femora
without a median band of tubercles; head, body and legs without
pale spots 3
3 (2). Head quadrangular; abdominal terga with paired submedian tubercles
on segments 2-10 (Gose 1969: fig. 23) ; known distributional limits
Thailand boja
— Head round; abdominal terga with paired submedian tubercles on seg-
ments 4-9 (Tshernova 1972: fig. 5) ; known distributional limits Viet-
nam femorata
4 (1). Head with three pale maculae on frons (Gose 1969: fig. 43) ; maxillae
without palpi (Gose 1969: fig. 44) ; known distributional limits Thailand
gosei
— Head without pale maculae on frons; maxillae with palpi; known dis-
tributional limits Manchuria, Korea, Japan, and Russia 5
5 (4). Head with truncate genae (Tshernova 1952: fig. 78) ; middle and hind
femora with an anterior longitudinal ridge levanidovae
— Head with round genae (Allen 1971: fig. 13) ; middle and hind femora
without a longitudinal ridge 6
6 (5). Abdominal terga with paired submedian tubercles on segments 2-9
(Allen 1971: figs. 16-17) ; caudal filaments more than 70% as long
as body (Imanishi 1940: fig. 18) 7
— Abdominal terga with paired submedian tubercles on segments 5-9;
caudal filaments less than 50% as long as body (Imanishi 1940:
fig. 17) tshernovae
7 (6). Abdominal terga with dark sublateral stripes along line of sub-
median tubercles (Imanishi 1940: fig. 18) ; body short, less than 7
mm in length delicata
— Abdominal terga unicolorous, often with a pale median stripe, without
sublateral dark stripes; body moderately long, more than 9 mm in
length 8
8 (7). Abdominal tubercles on segments 2-4 distinct and sharp (Allen 1971:
fig. 17) ; body reddish-brown; known distributional limits Korea
c as tan e a
—Abdominal tubercles on segments 2-4 barely discernible (Allen 1971:
fig. 16) ; body dark brown to black, often with pale median longi-
tudinal stripe; known distributional limits Japan nigra
Ephemerella (Cincticostella) boja, new species
Ephemerella TEA Gose 1969: 132.
This species was described and figured, but not named, from nymphs
collected in Thailand. Ephemerella boja is a distinctive species with a
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
19
quadrangular head and well developed posterolateral projections on
segments 7-9.
Nymph. — Length: body 11.0-12.0 mm; caudal fliaments 7. 0-8.0 mm. General
color brown. Head quadrangular; maxillary palpi small, two segmented. Thoracic
nota without tubercles or ridges; prothorax much wider than head; anterior
surface of femora smooth, without protuberances; fore femora small, margins
entire; middle and hind femora broadly expanded laterally, margins serrate;
tarsal claws with 3-4 denticles. Abdominal segments 3-9 with well developed
posterolateral projections; terga 2-10 with paired submedian tubercles; tubercles
small on terga 2-3, well developed on 4-10; segments 7-9 with well developed
posterolateral projections. Caudal filaments brown (rewritten from Gose, 1969).
Holotype nymph. — The specimen from which figure 23 in Gose was illustrated
(Nature and Life in Southeast Asia, vol. VI, 1969) from Chanta Buri, Thailand,
20-VI-61, no other data, is designated as the type of the species. The other
nymphal paratopotype is designated as a paratype.
Ephemerella (Cincticostella) castanea Allen
Ephemerella castanea Allen, 1971: 514.
Nymph. — Length: body 10.0-11.0 mm; caudal filaments 7. 0-8.0 mm. General
color reddish-brown with dark brown markings. Head without occipital tubercles;
maxillary palpi with moderately developed palpi. Thoracic nota without tubercles
or ridges. Abdominal terga 2-9 with paired submedian tubercles; tubercles on
segments 2-4 small and sharp, always discernible; tubercles on segments 5-9
moderately developed. Caudal filaments brown with dark brown annulations at
apex of each segment.
Distribution. — South Korea, Kwang Nung and Seoul.
Ephemerella (Cincticostella) delicata Allen
Ephemerella “nay” Imanishi 1940: 206; Tshernova 1952: 274.
Ephemerella delicata Allen 1971 : 517.
Nymph. — Length : body 5. 5-7.0 mm ; caudal filaments 5. 5-7.0 mm. General
color light brown to reddish brown and dark brown. Abdominal terga with paired
submedian tubercles on segments 2-9; tubercles small on segments 2-4 and 9,
well developed on segments 5-8; abdominal terga with dark submedian longitudinal
stripes along line of submedian tubercles, pale medially and laterally, and with
brown lateral maculae on segments 2-8. Caudal filaments with light thick setae
on every second segment (rewritten from Imanishi 1940) .
Distribution. — Kamo River, Kyoto, Yanashiro Prefecture, Japan, and Botanko-
sho, Sekito-ga, Manchuria.
Remarks . — The following discussion is rewritten from Imanishi
(1940) : “Japanese specimens have white line on thorax, but these are
absent on Manchurian collections. Abdominal markings are distinct
on specimens from Manchuria, and indistinct or barely discernible on
the Japanese. This species is almost identical to E. nigra in form and
color, and the only difference is the smaller size and emergence is
20
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
slightly later than E. nigra in Japan. The adult is unknown (adult
probably smaller than E. nigra ) and nymph is not as common as E.
nigra”
Ephemerella (Cincticostella) femorata Tshernova
Asiatella femorata Tshernova 1972: 611, 614 (~ Cincticostella) .
Nymph. — Length: body 12.0 mm; caudal filaments 5.0 mm. General color light
brown. Head with paired suboccipital tubercles; genae rounded; maxillary palpi
reduced in size, two segmented. Thoracic nota without tubercles or ridges; pro-
thorax broadly expanded laterally; anterior surface of fore femora without pro-
tuberances, dorsal margin with small protuberances; middle and hind femora
broadly expanded laterally; middle femora with apical serrations; hind femora
with apical and dorsal serrations; femora, tibiae and tarsi margined with setae;
tarsal claws with 2 denticles. Abdominal terga with paired submedian tubercles
on segments 4-9, tubercles increase in length on posterior segments; segments
7-8 with well developed posterolateral projections. Caudal filaments dark brown
at base (rewritten from Tshernova 1972) .
Distribution. — Red River (Song Koi) , Back Thai, North Vietnam.
Ephemerella (Cincticostella) gosei, new species
Ephemerella TEB Gose 1969: 135.
This species, along with E. boja , was described and figured, but not
named, by Gose (1969) from nymphs collected in Thailand.
Nymph. — Length: body 6.0-7. 0 mm; caudal filaments 3. 0-4.0 mm. General
color dark brown. Head round; frons with pale markings mesad to compound
eyes and pale marking over median ocellus; genae truncate; maxillary palpi ab-
sent. Thoracic nota without tubercles or ridges; tarsal claws with 6 denticles.
Abdominal terga 2-9 with paired submedian tubercles; tubercles small on terga
2-3, better developed on 4-9. Caudal filaments light brown (rewritten from Gose
1969) .
Holotype nymph. — The specimen from which figure 38 was illustrated (Nature
and Life in Southeast Asia, vol. VI, Gose 1969) from Chanta Buri, Thailand, 20-
VI-61, no other data, is designated as the type of the species.
Ephemerella (Cincticostella) insolta Allen
Ephemerella insolta Allen 1971: 516.
Nymph. — Length: body 5. 0-6.0 mm; caudal filaments 4.0-5. 0 mm. General
color light brown to brown with numerous small pale spots on head, body and
legs. Head with paired suboccipital tubercles; genae rounded; maxillary palpi
present, but reduced in size. Thoracic nota with ridges; femora expanded laterally
and with spines and protuberances; tarsal claws with 5-8 denticles. Abdominal
terga 1-10 with well developed paired submedian tubercles; segments 7-9 without
posterolateral tubercles. Caudal filaments brown.
Distribution. — The species is known only from the type series collected from
Chiengmai, Thailand.
Vol. 51, No. 1 , January 1975
21
Ephemerella (Cincticostella) levanidovae Tshernova
Ephemerella levanidovae Tshernova 1952: 274; Tshernova 1958: 76; Edmunds
1959: 545; Allen 1971: 516; Tshernova 1972: 612.
Nymph. — Length: body 12.0 mm; caudal filaments 10.0 mm. General color
brown. Head without occipital tubercles; genae truncate; maxillae with well de-
veloped palpi. Thoracic nota without tubercles or ridges; femora of middle and
hind legs with longitudinal ridge on anterior surface; tarsal claws with 6 denticles.
Abdominal terga 5-8 with well developed tubercles, tubercles small on other
segments. Caudal filaments with spines on every segment (rewritten from
Tshernova 1952) .
Distribution. — This species is known only from the type series collected from
the Hor River in eastern Russia.
Ephemerella (Cincticostella) nigra Ueno
Ephemerella nigra Ueno 1928: 44; Imanishi 1937: 325; Ueno 1950: 128 (male
genitalia) ; Edmunds 1959: 546; Bajkova 1962: 204; Allen 1971: 513; Tshernova
1972: 611.
Chitonophora (?) nigra Ueno 1931: 224.
Nymph. — Length: body 9.5-11.5 mm; caudal filaments 7. 0-8.0 mm. General
color dark brown to black. Head without occipital tubercles; genae round;
maxillary palpi well developed. Thoracic nota without tubercles or ridges. Ab-
dominal terga 2-9 with paired submedian tubercles; tubercles on segments 2-4
barely discernible; tubercles on segments 5-9 moderately developed. Caudal
filaments brown.
Distribution. — This species has been reported from several localities on the
Island of Honshu, Japan.
Ephemerella (Cincticostella) orientalis Tshernova
Ephemerella orientalis Tshernova 1952: 279; Tshernova 1958: 75; Tshernova
1972: 612.
This species was described from a male imago collected in the vicinity of the
Amur River in eastern Russia and the nymphal stage has not been associated at
this time. Tshernova (1972) placed E. orientalis in Cincticostella (as Asiatella)
with the following statement, “The imago described by me as E. orientalis Tshern.
(Tshernova, 1952: 279, table XIV, fig. 99) due to the structure of the genital
appendages is very close to E. nigra Ueno and by all means belongs to the genus
Asiatella .”
Distribution. — The adult of this species was described from Sudhuhynshi
Preserve, USSR and records of additional specimens have not been published.
Ephemerella (Cincticostella) tshernovae Bajkova
Ephemerella “nax” Imanishi 1940: 205; Tshernova 1952: 274.
Ephemerella tshernovae Bajkova 1962: 203; Tshernova 1972: 612, 614 {—imani-
shii ) .
Ephemerella imanishii Allen 1971: 517.
22
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Ephemerella tshernovae nymphs are easily distinguished from those of the other
species in the nigra- group as they possess paired submedian tubercles only on
segments 5-9.
Nymph. — Length: body 10.0-11.0 mm; caudal filaments 4.0 mm. General color
reddish brown to dark brown with purple to purple black markings. Abdominal
terga with large paired submedian tubercles on segments 5-9; abdomen with
posterolateral projections on sgements 4^9; poorly developed on 4-6, well de-
veloped on 7-9; abdominal terga with short heavy setae; abdominal segment 9
with concave lateral margins. Caudal filaments less than one-half body length;
caudal filaments with heavy setae around each segment (rewritten from Imanishi
1940) .
Distribution. — This species is reported by Imanishi (1940) from Gifu Prefecture,
Japan, and four localities in Korea.
Literature Cited
Allen, R. K. 1971. New Asian Ephemerella with notes (Ephemeroptera:
Ephemerellidae) . Canad. Entomol., 103: 512-528, 46 figs.
Bajkova, 0. J. 1962. New species in the genus Ephemerella Walsh (Ephemerop-
tera: Ephemerellidae) from mountain tributaries of the Amur basin.
Izvest. Trkhookeansk. Naurch. Issled. Inst. Rybu. Khoz. i Okeonog.,
48: 202-205, 6 figs.
Edmunds, G. F., Jr. 1959. Subgeneric groups within the mayfly genus Ephe-
merella (Ephemeroptera: Ephemerellidae). Ann Entomol. Soc. Amer.,
52: 543-547.
Gose, K. 1969. Mayflies (Ephemeroptera) from Thailand. Nat. Life SW
Asia, 6: 125-138, 53 figs.
Imanishi, K. 1937. Mayflies from Japanese torrents. VII. Notes on the genus
Ephemerella. Annot. Zook Japon, 16: 321-329.
Imanishi, K. 1938. Mayfiles from Japanese torrents. IX. Life forms and life
zones of mayfly nymphs. Annot. Zool. Japon, 17: 23-26.
Imanishi, K. 1940. Ephemeroptera of Manchouchuo, Inner Mongolia and
Chozen. Rep. Limnobiol. Surv., Kwantung and Manchouchuo, (1940),
pp. 169-263.
Tshernova, O. A. 1952. Mayflies from the River Amur and neighboring waters,
and their part in the nutrition of Amur-fishes. Trudi Amur, ichtiol.
eksped., 1945-1949, 3: 229-360, 141 figs.
Tshernova, O. A. 1958. The geographical distribution of Ephemeroptera and
some peculiar features of the fauna of the Amur Basin. Rev. Entomol.,
37 : 64^84, 5 maps.
Tshernova, O. A. 1972. Some new species of may-flies from Asia (Ephemerop-
tera, Heptageniidae, Ephemerellidae) . Rev. Entomol., 51 : 604-614, 7
figs.
Ueno, M. 1928. Some Japanese mayfly nymphs. Mem. Coll. Sci. Kyoto imp.
Univ., 6: 19-63.
Ueno, M. 1950. Ephemeroptera, pp. 120-130. In: Iconographia Insectorum
Japonicorum, 2nd ed., Tokyo.
Vol. 51, No. 1 , January 1975
23
Seasonal Abundance and Distribution of Adult Stoneflies
of Sashin Creek, Baranof Island, Southeastern Alaska
(Plecoptera)
Robert J. Ellis
N orthivest Fisheries Center Auke Bay Laboratory
National Marine Fisheries Service, NOAA, Auke Bay, AK 99821
In this paper I record the species of stoneflies in the study area and
describe the relative abundance and seasonal and spatial distributions
of the adults. In addition I record some incidental observations on the
biology of some species. The collections were made intermittently from
1965 to 1972.
Sashin Creek is located at approximately lat 56°23'N, long 134°44'W,
on the southeast shore of Baranof Island, southeastern Alaska (Fig. 1).
Sashin Creek originates about 4,000 m from the ocean in a lake 56 ha
in area nested between mountains at 83 m elevation and also receives
waters from several smaller lakes and ponds. Precipitation averages
about 560 cm per year at sea level near the mouth of Sashin Creek.
Snow usually covers the ground from late October to April — usually
to depths exceeding 1 m after November. The annual range in volume
of flow of Sashin Creek is about 0.2 to 20 m 3 /s. This study was con-
centrated in that portion of the stream between its mouth at tidewater
and a 30-m falls about 1,200 m upstream. The gradient of the stream
increases from about 0.1% near tidewater to about 0.7% close to the
falls where the elevation is about 5 m above sea level. The size of the
stream bottom gravel increases similarly — from about 47% cobbles
near tidewater to 81% close to the falls. The stream runs through a
forest of western hemlock ( Tsuga heterophylla [Raf.] Sarg. ) and
Sitka spruce ( Picea sitchensis [Bong.] Carr.) and has relatively
stable banks with overhanging brush, mostly alder (Alrtus) . Also
present are salmonberry (Rubus spectabilis Pursh.), blueberries (Vac-
cinium) , and devilsclub (Oplopanax horridus [Sm.] Miq.). The
stream bottom along the shores frequently contains branches and logs
in various stages of decomposition.
The resident fish of Sashin Creek in approximate order of abundance
are juveniles of coho salmon ( Oncorhynchus kisutch (Walbaum) ) and
rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri Richardson) and both juveniles and
adults of Dolly Varden ( Salvelinus malma (Walbaum) ) and coastrange
sculpin ( Cottus aleuticus Gilbert). Many pink salmon ( O . gorbuscha
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 23-30. January 1975
24
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. 51, No. 1 , January 1975
25
(Walbaum)), and fewer chum salmon (O. keta (Walbaum)) spawn
in the stream, but their progeny go to the ocean soon after they emerge
from the gravel in April, May, or June.
Materials and Methods
I made 204 collections of adult stoneflies intermittently as part of
larger programs. Stoneflies were collected by air-net sweeping and
beating of streamside brush, hand-picking with forceps, and by rearing
nymphs. Specimens were killed and stored in 70% alcohol. A reference
collection of adult stoneflies is maintained at the Auke Bay Fisheries
Laboratory.
In the following list of adult stoneflies from Sashin Creek, each
species occurred throughout the study area below the falls unless other-
wise noted. Most of the collecting was done below the falls and special
mention will be made if I collected the species also above the falls or
in other streams in southeastern Alaska.
Seasonal Distribution and Abundance
I made collections in Sashin Creek that could have yielded adult
stoneflies on 75 days from the first week of March to the first week in
October. Unusually low winter temperatures can cause delay in onset of
emergence of stoneflies in temperate climates (Elliott, 1967; Harper and
Pilon, 1970). Sashin Creek however, has a combination of relatively
high latitude, marine situation, and several tributary lakes or ponds
which greatly reduces within and between season variations in water
flow and temperature. I have therefore assumed that timing and se-
quence of emergence of the species of stoneflies in Sashin Creek is es-
sentially the same from year to year and combined collections from
all years to compare seasonal occurrence and sequence of emergence
of adult stoneflies. The distribution of sampling effort by week is sum-
marized in Figure 2 along with periods of occurrence for each species.
No collections were made between the first weeks of October and March,
but incidental observations have never revealed adult stoneflies at this
time in Sashin Creek.
The several species of stoneflies differed in abundance and length
of period of occurrence and I define seven general categories from
Fig. 1. Map showing location of streams and rivers mentioned in the text.
26
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
consideration of the collection data (Table 1 and Fig. 2). The cate-
gories and species involved are:
1. Very abundant for several weeks: Suwallia pallidula
2. Abundant for several weeks: Capnia excavata, Sweltsa exquisita,
Zapada cinctipes
3. Common for several weeks: Sweltsa borealis , Sweltsa oregonensis
4. Very abundant for many days: Capnia nana
5. Common for many days: Capnia melia
6. Abundant for a few days : Zapada frigida
7. Rare for a few days: Doddsia occidentalis, Megarcys signata ,
Despaxia augusta, ParaleuctJ'a occidentalis , Paraleuctra sara,
Podmosta decepta, Zapada oregonensis , Alloperla serrata.
The seasonal progression of emergence and varying lengths of the
periods of occurrence make it likely that four to six species of adult
stoneflies could be collected from Sashin Creek on any day from mid-
March to mid-September. Two of the common seasonal categories of
species are evident in Figure 2 where “spring” ( Capnia , Zapada) and
“summer” ( Alloperla , Sweltsa ) groups appear.
Collection Data for Adult Stoneflies from Sashin Creek
The collection data are summarized in Table 1 and further details
are presented along with the annotations for each species. Jewett
(1959) brought together illustrations of characters for identification
of all the males and most of the females of the Pacific Northwest which
covers all species found in Sashin Creek. Jewett supplies references
for illustrations of the other females that have been described. First
records for Alaska are indicated in Table 1.
Collection Data
Nemouridae. — Four species of Nemouridae were found but only
Zapada cinctipes was abundant. For the entire collection Z. cinctipes
was one of the five most common species in total numbers, number of
collections, and number of days on which it occurred. The other three
species of Nemouridae were among the six least common species (Table
1 ).
Podmosta decepta (Frison). — One of six least common stoneflies
collected at Sashin Creek but found from lowest area to above falls
and in Traitors River, Harris River, and “Middle Creek” (Rowan Bay).
Zapada cinctipes (Banks). — One of the most common stoneflies of
Sashin Creek; occurred from early spring with earliest winter stone-
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
27
Table 1 . — Number of specimens, collections, and collection days for
each species of adult stonefly collected in Sashin Creek, 1965-72 ( "in-
dicates first record for Alaska).
Number of Specimens
Number
of
collections
Number
of
collection
days
Family and Species
Male
F emale
Nemouridae
Podmosta decepta*
9
16
5
3
Zapada cinctipes
260
233
54
28
Zapada frigida
21
7
2
1
Zapada oregonensis
7
1
5
3
Leuctridae
Despaxia augusta
23
3
14
9
Paraleuctra occidentalis
11
6
9
4
Paraleuctra sara*
3
3
4
3
Capniidae
Capnia excavata*
445
169
68
29
Capnia melia *
58
21
26
12
Capnia liana *
855
1,221
59
13
Taeniopterygidae
Doddsia occidentalis
1
0
1
1
Perlodidae
Megarcys signata*
0
1
1
1
Chloroperlidae
Alloperla serrata
1
0
1
1
Suwallia pallidula
1,007
800
68
34
Sweltsa borealis
17
28
23
18
Sweltsa exqaisita
88
242
39
26
Sweltsa oregonensis
9
30
24
20
flies of genus Capnia to July. Although Z. cinctipes was found up to
15 m away from stream on snow, it did not seem to be actively migrat-
ing. Z. cinctipes was collected at Auke Creek and the lowest area to
above the falls in Sashin Creek.
Zapada frigida (Claassen). — One of six least common stoneflies col-
lected at Sashin Creek. It was found only above falls and although
28
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
found on only 1 day, was then abundant. Type locality for Z. frigida
is across Baranof Island and somewhat north at Sitka, Alaska.
Zapada oregonensis (Claassen). — Although one of six least common
stoneflies collected at Sashin Creek, this species was found both above
and below falls.
Leuctridae. — Adult Leuctridae occurred only rarely — the three
species captured were among the six least commonly captured species
and were never abundant.
Despaxia augusta (Banks). — A late summer-early fall form and the
most abundant of the Leuctridae. The other two species, Paraleuctra
occidentalis and P. sara, are early summer forms. D. augusta was
found both above and below falls.
Paraleuctra occidentalis (Banks). — An early summer form found in
all areas below falls.
Paraleuctra sara (Claassen). — An early summer form, collected both
above and below falls and in Traitors and Harris rivers.
Capniidae. — The three species of Capniidae from Sashin Creek are
winter forms and begin their emergence while the ground is deeply
covered by snow. Two of the three are among the five most abundant
species. Capnia melia and C. nana appeared to actively migrate by
walking over the snow away from the stream and into the forest. I
observed hundreds of individuals, all moving at nearly 90° to the
stream across the snow. A few were found on a steep hillside among
mature spruce and hemlock trees 150 m away from Sashin Creek.
The fate of these migrants is unknown.
Capnia excavata Claassen. — One of most abundant and commonly
present stoneflies of Sashin Creek, although the long period of oc-
currence may be due to a long-lived adult. One female was collected
above falls. C. excavata was also collected at Traitors River.
Capnia melia Frison. — Least abundant of the Capnia in Sashin
Creek and not collected above falls. C. melia was part of cross-snow
migration at Sashin Creek and was also collected on snow near an
unnamed stream on Douglas Island at about 200-m elevation.
Capnia nana Claassen. — Second most abundant of the stoneflies from
Sashin Creek and the major species in migration across snow both
above and below falls. C. nana occurs abundantly with C. excavata ,
C. melia , and Zapada cinctipes on snowbanks in early spring.
Taeniopterygidae. — A single species, Doddsia occidentalis (Banks).
Only one specimen collected, but collection site, weather, and snow
conditions at the time make it likely that this specimen originated in
Sashin Creek.
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
29
COLLECTION PERIOD
MARCH
APRIL
MAY
JUNE
JULY
AUG.
SEPT.
OCT.
AND SPECIES
12 3 4
12 3 4
12 3 4
12 3 4
12 3 4
12 3 4
12 3 4
12 3 4
COLLECTION PERIODS
ZAPADA CINCTIPES
CAPNIA EXCAVATA
CAPNIA MELIA
CAPNIA NANA
DODDSIA OCCI DENT ALIS
PODMOSTA DECEPTA
PARALEUCTRA OCCIDENTALIS
SWELTSA BOREALIS
— —
ZAPADA OREGONENSIS
SWELTSA EXQUISITA
PARALEUCTRA SARA
ZAPADA FRIGIDA
SWELTSA OREGONENSIS
SUWALLIA PALLIDULA
MEGARCYS SIGNATA
ALLOPERLA SERRATA
DESPAXIA AUGUSTA
Fig. 2. Periods when collections of stoneflies were made in Sashin Creek,
1965-72 (top line), and periods of occurrence of adults of each species.
Perlodidae. — A single species, Megarcys signata (Hagen). Only
one adult was collected from Sashin Creek, but several Megarcys
nymphs were found. All collections of nymphs and the adult are from
above falls.
Chloroperlidae. — Chloroperlid nymphs are a significant part of the
intergravel fauna of salmon spawning beds in southeastern Alaska
(Nicola, 1968; Ellis, 1970) and are also common on logs in Sashin
Creek. Nearly half the adult stoneflies of this study were chloroperlids.
Alloperla serrata Needham and Claassen. — Only one specimen was
collected and that from above the falls. The same collection contained
several Sweltsa borealis, S. exquisita, and Suwallia pallidula.
Suwallia pallidula ( Banks ). — This bright yellow stonefly was the
most abundant species of this study (closely followed by Capnia nana)
and by far the most abundant chloroperlid. S. pallidula collected both
above and below falls, often abundantly — several collections contained
more than 100 specimens. S. pallidula often seen on fruit of both
red and yellow salmonberry along stream.
Sweltsa borealis (Banks) and S. exquisita (Frison)— Collected both
above and below falls in Sashin Creek.
Sweltsa oregonensis (Frison). — Common during summer but never
abundant. S. oregonensis found both above and below falls in Sashin
Creek and at Traitors and Harris rivers and Auke Creek.
30
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Acknowledgments
Stanley G. Jewett, Jr., supplied encouragement and identified or
confirmed the identifications of representatives of all species found in
this study.
Literature Cited
Elliott, J. M. 1967. The life histories and drifting of the Plecoptera and
Ephemeroptera in a Dartmoor stream. J. Anim. Ecol., 36: 343-362.
Ellis, R. J. 1970. Alloperla stonefly nymphs: predators or scavengers on salmon
eggs and alevins? Trans. Am. Fish Soc., 99: 677-683.
Jewett, S. G., Jr. 1959. The stoneflies (Plecoptera) of the Pacific Northwest.
Oreg. State Monogr., Stud. Entomol., 3: 1-95.
Harper, P. P. and Jean-Guy Pilon. 1970. Annual patterns of emergence of
some Quebec stoneflies (Insecta: Plecoptera). Can. J. Zool., 48: 681-
694.
Nicola, S. J. 1968. Scavenging by Alloperla (Plecoptera: Chloroperlidae)
nymphs on dead pink ( Oncorhynchus gorbuschci ) and chum ( 0 . keta )
salmon embryos. Can. J. Zool., 46: 787-796.
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
Trichophaga tapetzella Linnaeus in the Galapagos Islands (Lepidop-
tera: Tineidae ). 1 — Early in 1973 Dr. Pierce Brodkorh (Department of Zoology,
University of Florida) found exuviae of a lepidopterous larva on the skin of a
dead Galapagos flightless cormorant, Nannopterum harrisi (Rothschild), at Punta
Espinosa, Fernandina Island. On March 23, 1973 an adult carpet moth, Trichophaga
tapetzella Linnaeus, emerged. The specimen is deposited in the Florida State
Collection of Arthropods, Division of Plant Industry, Gainesville.
Although cosmopolitan, Trichophaga tapetzella has not previously been recorded
from the Galapagos Islands (Linsley and Usinger, 1966, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.
33(7) : 113-196). The moth was reared in 1966 at Barrington Island (DeVries —
Calif. Acad. Sci.) but this was not reported. Host preferences of the carpet moth
when not an economic pest include general detritus and various kinds of animal
matter.
Dr. Donald R. Davis (Department of Entomology, U.S. National Museum of
Natural History, Washington, D.C.) kindly confirmed my determination of the
adult moth from Fernandina Island and also told of captures of moths reared
from owl pellets on the Galapagos Islands as related in correspondence to him,
which could also be Trichophaga tapetzella.
Probably an accidental introduction by man, Trichophaga tapetzella may be
firmly established in the Galapagos Islands by indication of the three reports of
its occurrence there since 1966 noted herein. — J. B. Heppner, Department of
Entomology and Nematology, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida 32611.
1 Florida Agricultural Experiment Station Journal Series No. 5398.
Vol. 51, No. 1 , January 1975
31
An Arboreal Cleidogonicl Milliped from Chiapas
(Chordeumida: Cleidogonidae)
Richard L. Hoffman
Radford College, Radford, Virginia 24141
During studies on the fauna of bromeliads in the Mexican state of
Chiapas, Mr. Kenneth E. Lucas (California Academy of Sciences) ob-
tained a number of millipeds which were sent to me for identification.
Most of the species were represented only by immature specimens in the
orders Polydesmida and Spirobolida and not identifiable with cer-
tainty, but of exceptional interest was the occurrence in large numbers
of an undescribed species referable to Cleidogona in the present, rather
broad, concept of that genus.
Up until 1943, only a handful of cleidogonids were known from
Mesoamerica, and even these in a very inadequate way. During the
past three decades, however, a considerable number of species and
several genera have been described from that region, and the “Check-
list of the Millipeds of Mexico and Central America” compiled by H. F.
Loomis (1968) accounted 26 species dispersed through nine genera
(literature surveyed through 1964).
In 1972 appeared a detailed monograph on the Cleidogonidae by
William A. Shear, in which our knowledge of this group was systematized
and vastly augmented in an exemplary fashion. Having access to a
large quantity of new material from Middle America, as well as to types
of many of the established species, Dr. Shear was able to combine
the majority of the existing generic names, and listed a total of 47
species of cleidogonids from south of the Rio Grande: two species in
Solaenogona , three in Dybasia, and 42 in Cleidogona. Although a fair
number of Mexican cleidogonids are known to be troglobitic or troglo-
philic, none have so far, to the best of my knowledge, been recorded
from any kind of arboreal habitat, such as bromeliads.
Not only is the habitat of the present species unusual, but the gonopod
structure is likewise disjunct from the pattern apparently normal for
the genus, so that in publishing a name for the use of Mr. Lucas’s
studies, I take the occasion to append some observations on the morphol-
ogy of the genitalia.
Cleidogona Cook
Cleidogona Cook, 1895, Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 5, p. 3. — Shear, 1972,
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 144, no. 4, pp. 195 et seq. [monographic revision].
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 31-38. January 1975
32
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
33
The reader is referred to Dr. Shear’s revision for a complete account
of the generic synonymy, distribution, phylogeny, and species of this
large and dominantly Nearctic genus.
Cleidogona scandens , new species
(Figs. 1-7)
Male holotype and 46 paratypes of both sexes, from 17 km. SE. of San Cristo-
bal de las Casas, 2195 m., Chiapas, Mexico, collected 15 January 1973, by
Kenneth E. Lucas. Deposited in the California Academy of Sciences.
Diagnosis. A moderately small, well-pigmented species in which the
gonopod telopodltes are strongly reduced and the colpocoxites very
greatly elongated but simple in form (Figs. 1, 6) ; coxae widely sepa-
rated from sternum by prominent peristigmal projections; females
lacking postgenital plate, cyphopodal sternum small and obscure (Fig.
4).
Holotype. Adult male, total length ca. 15 mm., maximum diameter (at segment
7) 1.7 mm. Color pattern to the eye appearing dark brown dorsally with a pale
median stripe and pale legs; with magnification each segment is basically light
horn-brown dorsally with a paramedian dark brown area on each side of mid-
line, each such area containing two small round pale spots, the light brown area
laterad to these with a larger and ovoid pale spot which is strongly areolated on
anterior segments; lower sides and legs whitish-gray. Each segment thus has
a transverse row of six pale spots, four small and two large, and a narrow mid-
dorsal pale area. Lateral sides of femora and tarsi brown; both lateral and dorsal
surfaces of postfemora brown. Antennae uniformly light brown except for some
whitish mottling on articles 1 and 2.
External structure typical of the genus; body widest at segments 6 and
7, tapering very gradually caudad, metazona smooth, very slightly larger than
prozona but without trace of paranotal development. Segments with 3-3 dorsal
setae in a transverse row, the outermost on each end set near caudal margin, the
inner two located near midlength of segment. Head evenly convex above antennae,
the frons slightly but evidently concave. Mandibular bases strongly enlarged
and convex. Ocellaria triangular, each with 27 ocelli in 5 rows.
Anterior legs of male unmodified, except first two pairs smaller as usual.
Gonopods enormously elongated, in situ the apices inserted between the sterna
of the 12th and 13th pairs of legs, and of the form shown in Figures 1, 5, 6, and 7.
<r-
Figs. 1-4. Cleidogona scandens. Fig. 1. Gonopods and legs of the 9th pair,
anteroventral aspect, ventral ends of pleuroterga of segments 6 and 7 shown.
Fig. 2. 9th pair of legs and sternum, anterior view. Fig. 3. Cyphopods and
base of 2nd pair of legs, aboral view, apodematic diverticula (seminal vesicles)
indicated by dotted lines. Fig. 4. Cyphopods, oblique posterolateral view, the
reduced sternum (S) shown by stipple.
34
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. 51, No. 1 , January 1975
35
Sternum distinct, transverse, strongly sclerotized, not produced medially; lateral
end with a long, laminate sternal apodeme f Sta) extending dorsad nearly to
inside of pleuroterga, and with a prominent triangular lobe containing the stigmal
opening (Fig. 5, 7, Psp) . Coxae small, pivoted upon end of the peristigmatic
process and thus far removed from sternum, a small medially directed basal coxal
apodeme for attachment of the tracheo-coxal muscle; colpocoxites long, slender,
apically expanded, with a triangular subapical lobe on posterior edge, the latter
finely laciniate distad to lobe. Lateral surface of coxae concave, with three macro-
setae. Telopodites small, medially in contact but not fused, less than one-third
length of colpocoxites, each with subapical triangular lobe on the anterior side.
Posterior gonopods (9th pair of legs) of the form shown in Fig. 2, the basal
article with an adenostyle near midlength of ventral surface, second article
narrow at base, broadly expanded distally; three small terminal segments.
Median process of 12th sternum elongate, simple, apically blunt, without
peculiarities.
Female paratype. Similar in general to male except slightly larger, 17.2 mm. in
length, 1.8 mm. in width, body not enlarged at segments 6 and 7. Genitalia as shown
in Figs. 3 and 4; no trace of postgenital sclerite, sternum reduced to a narrow
remnant (Fig. 4, S) hidden above the cyphopods. Latter with densely setose
distal margins, the valves containing an intricate system of convoluted seminal
vesicles.
Distribution and habitat. The species is known so far only from
the type locality. A large series of specimens was taken from Tillandsia
violaceae growing on Quercus sp. at elevations of 3, 6, and 12 meters
above the ground. Specimens taken at the same locality in September
1972, were all immature.
Relationships. So far four species of Cleidogona — C. forficula, C.
laquinta, C. conotyloides, and C. decurva — have been recorded from
Chiapas, all named by Shear in 1972 and all from the vicinity of San
Cristobal. C. scandens shows little close affinity with any of them, and
in fact I have been unable to confidently place it in or near any of
the various species-groups recognized by Dr. Shear. In the key to
Mexican species, pages 206 and 207 of his monograph, it runs out
to couplet 24, but in general appearance the gonopods have little re-
Figs. 5-7. Cleidogona scandens. Fig. 5. Right side of gonopods, oblique
anterolateral view. Fig. 6. Right side of gonopods, lateral view. Fig. 7. Right
side of gonopod bases, anterior view. Fig. 8. Cleidogona major, lateral view of
gonopods. Abbreviations: C, coxa; Cd, condyle; Cxa, coxal apodeme; Clp, colpo-
coxite; S, sternum (the transverse element of the sternal apparatus) ; Sta, sternal
apodeme; T, telopodite; Psp, peristigmatic projection of sternum. The capital
letter S in Figs. 6 and 8 is placed in anatomically the same position for the two
species.
36
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
semblance to those of C. stolli and C. mirabilis. There appears to be
actually greater similarity between scandens and C. maculata (Verhoeff)
in the shape of both pairs of gonopods, but the considerable geographic
separation of these two taxa (by over 650 km. and the isthmus of
Tehuantepec) would seem to militate against the likelihood of close
phylogenetic affinity.
I think that a case could be made for the allocation of Cleidogona
scandens to a monospecific group of its own, located perhaps near the
“Crucis Group.” The reduction of the gonopod telopodites, and loss
of the cyphopodal postgenital sclerite, suggest a derivative or specialized
status for the species.
Remarks on Gonopod Morphology
Examination of the gonopods of C. scandens following removal of
extraneous tissue provided the occasion to consider this subject in some
detail, and I venture to set forth here a few comments and observations.
To be sure that we were in agreement on basic concepts, I prepared
by trypsin digestion a specimen of Cleidogona major , the species upon
which Shear’s account (pp. 197, 198) and figures 184 and 185 were
based, to use as a standard. As Shear illustrated the gonopod from
anterior and posterior aspects, I provide here a drawing (Fig. 8) made
from the lateral aspect to complete the picture. I found general con-
cordance with his treatment of anatomy, with the following exceptions
(some of which merely reflect personal preferences in the derivation of
terminology) :
(1) In my material, the lateral ends of the sternum were not bi-
furcated and separate from the lateral extension, but actually formed
a continuous unit somewhat broader on the sides than across the middle.
I think that what Shear has called “lateral sternal sclerites” (LSS) may
be regarded merely as a region of the sternum, set off by a vertical fold
reflecting an internal thickening of chitin, and labeled on my drawing
„ £601 5 ?
as dl
(2) The proximomedian processes from the coxae, referred to as
“coxal knobs” (CK) by Shear, I prefer to call “coxal apodemes” since
they are, as he noted, the point of attachment for tracheocoxal muscles
originating on the opposite side of the gonopod complex. On my figures
they are labeled “Cxa.”
(3) As noted by Dr. Shear, the coxae articulate against the sternum
by a proximal lobe, designated by him “basal coxal bar” (CB), and
shown on his Fig. 184. I could verify this structure, but because of
its form (hardly a “bar”) and function, suggest that it be given a more
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
37
descriptive name, such as “coxal condyle” as it obviously is a hinge
point for movement of the coxa. As seen in lateral view (Fig. 8, Cd) it
lies just internally to a corresponding thickened region of the sternum
which may represent a pivot against which the condyle moves.
(4) Shear mentions a “. . . membranous front plate (FP) of the
sternum ...” which is said to be attached to the coxae, but no such
plate is shown on his drawings. I found that the space between the
colpocoxites and sternum appears to be somewhat sclerotized in un-
treated material, but after removal of the muscles nothing remains in
that area except very thin connective tissue, the appearance being very
correctly shown in Shear’s Fig. 184. Perhaps there is no true “plate” in
the sense of an anatomically discrete sclerite present in any cleido-
gonids, and even without examination of material I doubt that the
sternum is medially produced in any cleidogonid.
Comparison of the cleared gonopod of C. major with that of C.
scandens showed at once some interesting features, such as the absence,
in the latter, of any trace of lateral extension of the sternum (compare
Figures 7 and 8) , and the considerable prolongation of the peristigmal
region into a long projection which effectively functions as a pivot for
the coxa. The normal internal coxal condyle of C. major appears to be
quite wanting from scandens.
These are differences of considerable magnitude, and doubtless of
more basic importance than the sometimes spectacular modifications
of the colpocoxites and telopodites which have occasioned the proposal
of new genera in the past. But as Dr. Shear has shown convincingly
that anatomical continuities can be found between the most bizarre
gonopodal extremes in this genus, I think that any move to set scandens
off taxonomically would be undesirable, if done prior to a general
re-examination of the coxosternal morphology throughout the genus.
Such an enterprise, as might go without saying, would have to be pred-
icated upon the exclusive use of genitalia cleared of all non-sclerotized
tissue by the use of trypsin or dilute caustic solutions.
At the present I have neither the material nor opportunity to enter
into such a project, and can only emphasize the position of C. scandens
as a cleidogonid of considerable interest both as regards its phylogenetic
position, and from the standpoint of its biotope. How many other
bromeliadicolous cleidogonids remain to be found in Middle America?
Literature Cited
Loomis, H. F. 1968. A Checklist of the Millipeds of Mexico and Central
America. Bull. United States Nat. Mus., 266: 1-137.
38
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Shear, William A. 1972. Studies in the Milliped Order Chordeumida ( Di-
plopoda) : A Revision of the Family Cleidogonidae and a Reclassifica-
tion of the Order Chordeumida in the New World. Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., 144(4) : 151-352, figs. 1-538, maps 1-18, diagrams 1-10.
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE
Announcement A (n.s.) 94
Required six-months’ notice is given of the possible use of plenary powers by
the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature in connection with the
following names listed by case number:
(see Bull. Zool. Nom. 31, part 3, 20th September 1974)
1888. Suppression of Cicada cingulata (Fabricius) var. obscura Hudson, 1891
(Homoptera) .
2048. Suppression of Poly gramma Chevrolat, 1837 (Coleoptera) .
2057. Suppression of Coccus sativus Lancry, 1791, Coccus mexicanus Lamarck,
1801 and Coccus silvestris Lancry, 1791 (Homoptera).
2062. Conservation of Aphis pyri Boyer de Fonscolombe, 1841 and the suppression
of Aphis pyri Kittel, 1827 and Aphis pyri Vallot, 1802 and seven other
binominals proposed by Kittel in 1827 (Homoptera).
2091. Designation of type-species for Dactylopius Costa, 1835 and Pseudococcus
Westwood, 1840; proposed suppression of Diaprosteci Costa, 1828 (Homop-
tera) .
(see Bull. Zool. Nom. 31, part 4, 13th January 1975 [exact publication date]).
1884. Supression of Pamalius Rafinesque, 1815 (Rhopalocera) .
2012. Suppression of Calomicrus taeniatus Wollaston, 1867 (Coleoptera).
2025. Striglina Guenee, 1877 to he given precedence over Daristane Walker, 1859
(Lepidoptera) .
2036. Designation of Hydrophorus binotatus Fallen, 1823 as type-species of
Hydrophorus Fallen, 1823 (Diptera).
2060. Suppression of Xiphidium glaberrimum Burmeister, 1838 and Orchelimum
cuticulare Audinet-Serville, 1838 (Grylloptera) .
2063. Designation of a type-species for Kerrichiella Rosanov, 1965 (Hymenoptera) .
2067. Suppression of Thrips rufa Gmelin, 1790 (Thysanoptera) .
2069. Suppression of Phloeotrogus Motschulsky, 1863 (Coleoptera, SCOLYTI-
DAE).
2070. Suppression of Anodius Motschulsky, 1860 (Coleoptera).
2071. Suppression of Leiparthrum Wollaston, 1854 (Coleoptera).
2072. Suppression of Olonthogaster Motschulsky, 1866 (Coleoptera).
2075. Designation of type-species for Megasternum Mulsant, 1844 and Crypto-
pleurum Mulsant, 1844 (Coleoptera).
2078. Designation of type-species of Platyrhacus Koch, 1847 (Diplopoda).
Comments should be sent in duplicate, citing case number, to the Secretary,
International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, c/o British Museum
(Natural History), Cromwell Road, London SW7 5BD, England. Those received
early enough will be published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature. —
Margaret Green, Scientific Assistant.
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
39
Biology of the Tliimbleberry Gallmaker
Diastrophus kincaidii
(Hymenoptera : Cynipidae ) 1
James K. Wangberg
Department of Entomology, University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho 83843
The cynipid wasp, Diastrophus kincaidii Gillette, is a widely dis-
tributed species in western North America and is known to be the
causative agent of a conspicuous gall of thimbleberry ( Rubus parviflorus
Nutt.). These galls, which are characteristic in form, may be extremely
abundant on the host plant. Weld (1957) has reported that R. par-
viflorus is the only known host of D. kincaidii. According to Weld
(in lit.), distribution extends from Los Gatos, California to British
Columbia. Localities are listed for California, Oregon, Washington
and Idaho. It is possible that D. kincaidii occurs outside of this range
and its distribution may be coextensive with that of thimbleberry which
extends from San Diego County, California north to Alaska and east
into Idaho.
Little information on the biology of D. kincaidii has been reported
in the literature, therefore a study was initiated to examine its life
history and habits, its relationship to gall development and to establish
its insect associates. The study was conducted in a redwood forest
habitat east of Humboldt State University, Areata, California, and sup-
plemented with laboratory rearings from September 1970 to May 1973.
The Gall
Mature galls on thimbleberry are abrupt swellings on the stem or
petiole (Fig. 1). They are irregularly swollen or lumpy and glabrous.
Their size and shape vary greatly depending on the number and precise
location of cynipid larvae present in the gall. Larval cavities may be
numerous and usually are situated closely together. The majority are
located in the vascular zone but many extend into the pith and cortex
as well. The tissue immediately surrounding each larval cavity is hard
and woody as are the outer tissues of the gall but the tissue between
cavities is loose and pithy. Each cavity is irregularly ovoid and about
2X3 mm in size.
Gall development proceeds rapidly following oviposition by the adult
1 A portion of a thesis submitted for an M.A. at Humboldt State University, Areata, California
95521.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51 : 39 - 48 . January 1975
40
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Fig. 1. Mature galls on thimbleberry, .5X.
female in the spring. First evidence is a slight swelling on a stem seven
to ten days following egg deposition. The swelling is due to enlarge-
ment of cortical, xylem and phloem cells. At this stage of development
larval cavities are not yet formed and the eggs and first instar larvae
are wedged between plant cells.
In three to four weeks after oviposition larval cavities have developed
and a gall is present as an abrupt and noticeable enlargement of the
stem. The cavities are formed by a proliferation of parenchyma tissue
that surrounds individual larvae. Xylem and phloem tissues of the gall
are disrupted and only the uninfected portions of the stem have normal
vascular tissue.
The tissues of most galls show signs of woodiness by the end of
summer and during the fall all become woody.
Description of Life Stages
Adult
Descriptions of the adult by Gillette (1893) and Fullaway (1911) will serve
in the recognition of this species. The general characters are as follows: the fe-
male (Fig. 3a) ranges in size from 2.0 to 2.5 mm in length and the male is
approximately 1.75 mm in length. The body is black. The antennae, tegulae and
ovipositor sheath are brown to brownish. The legs are brown and the tips of the
tarsi are black. The laterally compressed abdomen is larger in the female, ap-
proximately half the length of the body. The antennae are 13 segmented in the
female and 14 segmented in the male.
Egg
The egg of D. kincaidii is readily recognized by its oblong shape and long
stalk (Fig. 3b). Measurements of ten eggs averaged 0.65 mm (0.59-0.70) in
length and 0.077 mm (0.052-0.104) in width. The stalk of the egg is approximately
1.3 X longer than the elongate oval body. The stalk is narrow along its length
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
41
■■■■■■I Period of dominance
Fig. 2. Seasonal occurrence of life stages of Diastrophus kincaidii.
with a swelling at the distal end. The body is white and opaque and the stalk
is clear. The chorion is smooth.
Larva
This species has five larval instars that are similar in appearance (Fig. 3, c-e).
The larvae range in size from 0.3 mm to 2.5 mm in the normal curved position.
They are best distinguished by head capsule measurements (Fig. 4). The body
is 13 segmented, white, translucent, tapering posteriorly, and is apodous. Waste
products are visible and become darker with age and are confined to the center
of the abdomen as an oval mass. The integument is smooth and lacks setae. The
antennae are not visible. Mandibles are present but inconspicuous in the first
instar. They are tridentate in the fifth instar (Fig. 3h) .
Pupa
In D. kincaidii there is long-lasting prepupal stage in addition to a shorter
pupal stage (Fig. 3, f-g) . The prepupa is distinguished by the arcuate body and
opaque yellowish color. The body is fatter than in larval stages so the head
capsule is only about half the size of the prothoracic segment in lateral view. In
older individuals the red pigment of the developing compound eyes is visible in
the prothoracic segment and legs (not yet fully formed) can be seen beneath
each thoracic segment. The mandibles of the larva are forced to the surface as
the pupa develops and come to lie fully exposed on the face.
The free pupa is white to yellowish during early development becoming dark
brown to black with age. The antennae and legs extend caudad and reach the
abdomen. The overall shape is robust, especially in females. Pupae range in
size from 2. 0-2. 5 mm.
42
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Fig. 3. Life stages of D.
instar larva, 150 X, (d) 2nd,
kincaidii. (a) adult, 22 X, (b) egg,
3rd and 4-th instar larva, 90X-25X,
68X, (c) 1st
(e) 5th instar
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
43
Life History
Diastrophus kincaidii is a univoltine species. The adults are relatively
short lived following emergence in the spring. During the summer D.
kincaidii passes through five larval instars and its galls become notice-
able on thimbleberry. A long diapause begins as a prepupa in the fall
and is broken the following spring when pupation occurs within the
gall. The seasonsal occurrence of the life stages of D. kincaidii is sum-
marized in Figure 2.
Adult
Emergence. Adults emerge from galls in the spring and the emer-
gence of all individuals within a gall is well synchronized. However,
males emerge prior to females. Each adult chews through tissues of the
gall to escape. The wings are fully expanded at this time. Chewing
for the most part follows paths of least resistance and many adults
work their way into the pith. Most adults fortuitously use exit holes
created by others. Once the adult is free of the gall it is fully capable
of moving about, but usually a few minutes are spent grooming or
resting on the gall surface or adjacent stems. A striking characteristic
of the adult is its unwillingness to fly. Neither males nor females were
observed to fly in the field or laboratory. Generally, individuals
wander over the surfaces of the host plant throughout adult life.
Courtship and Mating. Courtship, which occurs on various parts of
the host plant, was observed many times in the laboratory and field.
Upon encountering a female a male immediately shows excitement,
hurriedly walks behind her and mounts from the rear without delay.
In many instances males were observed to fan their wings once or twice
prior to mounting. The female’s response to these initial activities is
always the same and is identical to her reaction to any other disturbance.
Once touched by the male she crouches upon the stem or leaf so her
venter touches or nearly touches the surface. Her head and antennae
are held in contact with the surface and she remains motionless in this
position.
The male caresses her thorax rapidly with his palps, usually touching
the prothorax but sometimes caressing the mesonotum and scutellum.
Simultaneously, his antennae move rapidly in front of her face, although
4 -
larva, 17X, (f) prepupa, 13X, (g) pupa, 19X, (h) left mandible of 5th instar
larva, 175 X-
44
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
while she is in the crouched position they do not touch her. After three
to five minutes the male may turn and touch her wings and/or abdomen
with his palps; he then returns to his original position and continues
caressing the thorax. It is common for the male to fan his wings at
brief intervals during courtship.
The female usually remains motionless on the stem throughout the
three to five minutes of courting until the male dismounts and walks
away. The female then rises and continues to walk along the plant
surface. Frequently the same male is attracted again and a second mat-
ing attempt may occur. It is also common for a female to simply drop
from the plant to escape from the male.
After frequent encounters the female will begin to walk with a male
in position for mating. He continues to court in the typical manner but
with the female standing, their antennae touch. The antenna of the male
alternately rubs the corresponding antenna of the female from the distal
to proximal end. This movement is rapid and occurs while he con-
tinues to caress her thorax with his palps.
While the female is in the crouched position, the frequent attempts
by the male to copulate are unsuccessful. Once the female is standing,
however, the male is able to initiate copulation. This is accomplished
when the male moves to one side of the female, grasps her wings and
thorax with his forelegs and lowers himself alongside her abdomen.
Their genitalia unite and mating occurs in this position.
Copulation lasts from thirty to sixty seconds. Both sexes are motion-
less during this period except for slight antennal movements and pulsat-
ing movements of the male’s abdomen. Following copulation the male
remains mounted on the female for a few seconds.
Males were often observed courting the same or different females
following mating; however it is not certain that an individual male or
female actually mates more than once. Males also commonly courted
and attempted to mate with other males.
Oviposition. The time interval between insemination and oviposition is
not known. In a single instance a female was observed to oviposit im-
mediately after mating but the possibility of a prior mating could not
be excluded in this case.
The search for a suitable oviposition site begins after the female has
climbed up the stem to the current season’s growth. She immediately
begins an investigation of the green shoot axis and, occasionally, the
petioles with her antennae. While she walks slowly and erratically over
the stem, her antennae are moved up and down at a moderate rate, com-
Vol. 51, No. 1 , January 1975
45
ing very near the surface but touching it only occasionally. When a
suitable site is located she stops and both antennae are held downward
with the tips directed toward this site. The antennae quiver in this
position for a few seconds, then the female steps forward, arches her
abdomen and inserts her ovipositor. In so doing, the sternites are bent
downward forming a “V” and the ovipositor is inserted in a smooth,
continuous motion. In many instances females partially insert, pause,
and then may withdraw the ovipositor. This apparent testing of the
site may occur once or twice before the female locates a position on the
stem suitable for oviposition. Once the ovipositor is fully extended and
the venter touches the stem oviposition is accomplished.
During oviposition there are pumping movements of the lower abdo-
men while the female remains motionless, although the antennae and
legs may sometimes quiver slightly. Testing of a site with the ovipositor
lasts only a few seconds but actual oviposition lasts two or three minutes.
Although the passage of eggs was never observed, a brown fluid was
clearly seen passing into the plant tissue at the time of oviposition.
This fluid occupies the entire path of the ovipositor in the plant tissues.
The ovipositor is withdrawn in a smooth motion and the female
moves and reinserts it into the stem very near the previous oviposi-
tional site. When a number of insertions have been made, brown
wounds are visible on the plant surface. These wounds occur in clusters
that range in size from 4^400 mm 2 and may be located on a side of
the stem or may completely encircle it.
The number of eggs deposited by a female is not known, although
it must exceed 30 to 50 as this is the number of larvae in an average
sized gall.
The majority of the eggs are deposited in the xylem or phloem but
a few are usually also located in the cortex or outer edges of the pith.
Egg orientation does not appear to follow a regular pattern.
Oviposition was observed throughout the day. Such activity is greatest
with sunshine and warm temperatures. An individual female may ovi-
posit for an entire day and I believe in some instances into the follow-
ing day. By the second day when oviposition is completed, the female
leaves the oviposition site and moves to the tops of the plant. Females
probably do not live very long following oviposition. In some instances
individuals were found dead with the ovipositor still inserted in the
plant.
A gall can result from the ovipositional activities of one female but
it is not uncommon for two or three individual cynipids to oviposit in
the same gall site. An individual will often oviposit in a second area
46
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
HEAD CAPSULE WIDTH, mm
Fig. 4. Larval instars of D. kincaidii.
on the stem, usually above the first, but the galls which develop are
consistently smaller and contain fewer larvae.
Larva
First instar larvae are difficult to discern upon dissection of young
galls. The larval cavities are not fully developed so there is little space
between the larva and adjacent plant cells. The gall tissue is very wet
and I believe that during the first instar ingestion of the surrounding
fluid provides nourishment. The mandibles at this stage are barely
detectable at 50 X magnification and movement of mouthparts cannot
be seen.
By the time the second larval instar is attained, the larval cavities
are well developed in a gall. The amount of parenchyma tissue sur-
rounding the larva is extensive but the larva can move within the cavity
it has made. Movement of the mandibles is now clearly visible. No
changes in larval habits were observed from the second through the
fourth instar.
During the fifth larval instar most galls become woody, to some
extent. The fifth instar has larger, more heavily sclerotized mandibles
which are adapted for chewing the dry tissues that line the larval cavity.
These larvae are active within their cavities and move about to feed,
thus their orientation in the cavity is not consistent. During feeding,
it is common for a larva to chew through the tissue wall separating it
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
47
from an adjacent larval cavity. Apparently no harm is caused when
two individuals occupy a common cavity because two pupae have been
frequently found within one cavity in mature galls.
Pupa
Prior to pupation the characteristic coloration of mature larvae is an
opaque yellowish due to the accumulation of extensive amounts of fat
body. The development of pupal characters is gradual. Pigmentation
of the eyes is most evident in older individuals and the outline of legs
is only vague. D. kincaidii undergoes diapause during the winter in
this prepupal stage. The prepupa is long lasting and one can expect
to find galls containing prepupae 7 months out of the year.
By late April and May most individuals are in the pupal condition. In
the laboratory the pupal condition lasted from one to two weeks at
room temperature; in the field this period is probably longer. The de-
velopment of the pupae within a gall is well synchronized with the others
and the interval passed in this stage is relatively short.
Insect Associates
Ten species of parasitic hymenopterans were found associated with
D. kincaidii on thimbleberry. Most are parasites of D. kincaidii but
some are hyperparasites. Parasitism of D. kincaidii larvae is extensive
during the summer and oftentimes only those individuals deepest within
the gall tissue escape attack. The parasitic species emerge in succession
throughout the summer and D. kincaidii is subject to parasitism for
its entire larval life.
In addition, an inquilinous weevil and an undetermined cecidomyiid
midge were occasionally present within galls.
The relationships of these species and the structure of the gall com-
munity will be discussed in a subsequent paper. The following is a list-
ing of the insect associates inhabiting galls on thimbleberry.
Parasites — Ichneumonidae :
Torymidae :
Pteromalidae:
Eurytomidae :
Eupelmidae:
Ormyridae :
Eulophidae:
Orthopelma califoriiicum Ash.
Torymus fagopirum 0. S.
Torymus solitarius 0. S.
Habrocytus sp.
Artholytus sp.
Eurytoma n. sp. near auriceps
Eupelmella vesicularis (Retz.)
Ormyrus sp.
Tetrastichus sp.
48
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Inquiline — Curculionidae : Rhynchites bicolor (Fabr.)
Uncertain relationship — Cecidomyiidae: undetermined species
Acknowledgments
I wish to thank Dr. J. R. Barron, Dr. R. deRuette, Dr. C. M.
Yoshimoto (Canada Department of Agriculture), Dr. E. E. Grissell
(Florida Department of Agriculture) and Dr. R. E. Bugbee (Allegheny
College) for the identification of the specimens. Appreciation is also
extended to Dr. R. J. Lyon (Los Angeles City College) for the use
of L. Weld’s notes and collection. I am grateful to Dr. W. F. Barr and
Dr. J. M. Gillespie (University of Idaho) for reviewing this manuscript.
Finally, I wish to thank Dr. R. Hurley (Humboldt State University)
for his assistance during the entire course of the study.
Literature Cited
Fullaway, D. J. 1911. Monograph of the gall-making Cynipidae of California.
Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 4: 331-381.
Gillette, C. P. 1893. Two new cynipids from Washington State. Can. Entomol.,
25: 110-111.
Weld, L. H. 1957. Cynipid galls of the Pacific slope. Ann Arbor, Michigan.
80 pp.
BOOK NOTICE
The Biology of Tribolium with Special Emphasis on Genetic Aspects. A.
SOICOLOFF. Oxford University Clarendon Press, Ely House, London W. 1.
Volume 1. Pp. xix -f- 300, 22 tables and 76 figures in text. £12.00.
This is the first of 3 volumes which will form a study of the flour beetles of the
genus Tribolium. Judging by this part they will also be an invaluable reference
for workers on other genera and families of Coleoptera, and for students in other
fields, since the coverage is monographic. The 8 chapter headings are: Introduc-
tion, Taxonomic position and evolutionary trends, Morphology, Internal anatomy
and histology, Electron microscopy, Developmental and post-embryonic studies,
Teratological abnormalities.
Each chapter is fully documented; the figures are nearly all compound (as
many as 30 drawings) , and the names of anatomical parts are fully spelled out.
Keys include Hinton’s on the genera of Ulomini of America north of Mexico and
the species of adult Tribolium (with Sokoloff’s summary of more recent findings),
and to the pupae and mature larvae of Tribolium from Ho. Chapter 8 on
teratological abnormalities, with illustrations of examples from the genus Tribolium ,
is a particularly useful summary and includes a 4-page tabulation of recorded
abnormalities in the Coleoptera.- — Hugh B. Leech, 1435 Howell Mountain Road
N., Angwin, California 94508.
Vol. 51, No. 1 , January 1975
49
The North American Species of Triploechus Edwards
(Diptera: Bombyliidae)
Jack C. Hall
Division of Biological Control, University of California,
Riverside, California 92502
Prior to Hull’s 1973 studies of bombyliid genera, Triploechus Edwards
was considered by most American workers to be a subgenus of Hetero-
stylum Macquart. Paramonov (1947) had more or less established the
generic validity of Triploechus , but he was never followed.
Perhaps some of the uncertainties of Triploechus as a distinct genus
in North America lie in the fact that the genus was originally described
from Chile. The two North American species were placed at that time in
either Bombylius, Heterostylum or Triplasius. Painter, 1940 possibly
unaware of Edwards’ 1936 description of Triploechus placed all the
North American species in Heterostylum, removed novum Williston
from Triplasius Loew and synonymized Bombylius recurvus Coquillett
with novum.
Paramonov (1947) was the first to point out reliable differences
between Triploechus and Heterostylum and placed Loew’s Triplasius in
synonymy with Bombylius. Hull (1973) considers Triplasius a sub-
genus of Bombylius.
Triploechus was established by Edwards on the basis of the indented
posterior margin of the eye, the short pulvilli and the presence of three
submarginal cells in the wings. These characteristics are possessed by
all of the South American species but not by all of the North American
forms. Hull’s recharacterization of Triploechus is readily available and
need not be reiterated here, but in the light of present knowledge a few
changes need to be made. Possibly of more significance than the number
of submarginal cells is the course of vein R 2+ 3 , the presence of the upper
intercalary vein or medial crossvein at the base of the second posterior
cell, the width of the head and the configuration of the male genital
armature. A study of all the North and South American species of
Heterostylum and T riploechus has led to the conclusion that T riploechus
is a valid genus.
Most of the North American forms in Triploechus will not run to
that genus in Hull’s key to genera primarily because most have only
two submarginal cells. Vein R 2+ 3 is always curved upward apically
or recurved and meets the costa at a right angle or less in Triploechus.
Also in Triploechus the upper intercalary vein is nearly always present
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51 : 49 - 56 . January 1975
50
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
even though shorter than the r-m crossvein. It is never or rarely present
in Heterostylum. In conjunction with these differences in venation the
head in Triploechus species is never wider than the thorax while in
Heterostylum it is always as wide as or wider than the width of the
thorax. There are also differences to be found in the configuration of the
male genitalia especially in the shape of the epiphallus.
Differences other than the number of submarginal cells between the
North and South American species of Triploechus should be mentioned
in order to establish a broader base for the genus. The North American
species never have the costa tuberculate while in all the South American
species this is the normal condition although a number of specimens of
bellus (Philippi) have a smooth costa. The pulvilli in the North Ameri-
can species are much longer than those found in the South American
forms except novus. Other than novus, the northern species are
much smaller than their southern cousins. These smaller specimens
actually resemble, in habitus, Bombylius more than Heterostylum.
T. novus and the Chilean species heteroneurus (Macquart) are remark-
ably similar but rather easily separated by the male genitalia.
The new species described herein are all similar in habitus. As stated
above they resemble Bombylius species more than Triploechus species.
In some respects they occupy an intermediate position between Bom-
bylius, Heterostylum and Triploechus sharing characteristics with all
three genera. They are placed in Triploechus on the basis of the indented
posterior margin of the eye, the apically upward curvature of vein R.2+3
and the male genitalia, although it should be mentioned that the geni-
talia of sackeni (Williston) approaches that of Heterostylum.
Key to the Males of Triploechus
1. Eyes separated, usually only narrowly so by less than width of median
ocellus 2
- Eyes contiguous; arista distinctly two segmented; pulvilli short, less than
half the length of the claws novus (Williston)
2. Legs mostly fulvous, femora may be dusky at base or middle 3
- Legs black, tibiae may be testaceous at most sackeni (Williston)
3. Black hairs present on underside of hind femora and usually on mid femora;
first antennal segment fulvous with black hairs above stagei new species
- Legs entirely white pilose; basal antennal segment black with white hairs
above luridus new species
Key to the Females of Triploechus
1. Legs black, tibiae testaceous at most 2
- Legs fulvous, femora dusky toward base at most; first antennal segment
fulvous with yellow hair stagei new species
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
51
2. Hind femora with at most a few bristles on apical half; pulvilli more than
half as long as claws 3
- Hind femora with strong bristles along the ventral surface; pulvilli less
than half as long as claws novus (Williston)
3. Abdominal segments two to seven with black hairs on posterior margin;
body pile in general whitish sackeni (Williston)
- Body pile predominately yellowish, no black hairs on the abdomen
luridus n. sp.
Triploechus SACKENI (Williston), new combination
Comastes sackeni Williston, 1893: 255.
Heterostylum sackeni , Painter, 1930: 3, Painter and Painter, 1965: 411.
Williston’s type female in the Snow Collection at the University of
Kansas is in fair condition, but one wing, four legs and one antenna are
missing; however the body vestiture is quite intact. In general it is a
little larger than most of the specimens before me and the color of the
wings is quite light.
Since the original description is short and incomplete and of the
female only, the male and female of this species are herein redescrihed
completely.
Male. — Small, 6-7 mm. Ground color dull grayish, in some lights with a greenish
cast, head cinereous, tibiae brownish to dark testaceous; occasionally with three
gray longitudinal stripes on thoracic dorsum. Eyes separated by a little less
than width of median ocellus. First antennal segment five times length of second
segment, with black and white hair above, white hair at sides and below, second
segment bare, one-third wider than long; third segment four times longer than
first, linear, gradually tapering from base to apex, arista terminal, small, shorter
than width of third segment at apex. Head white pilose with a few black hairs
on ocellar tubercle and upper half of face on each side of antennae. Proboscis
projecting beyond oral margin for a distance more than length of hind femur.
Palpi short with short white hair. Thorax and scutellum white pilose with scattered
black hair present on former, tomentum wanting, bristles white. Legs with white
hair and tomentum, bristles testaceous; pulvilli more than half as long as claws.
Halter stem testaceous, knob white. Squama brownish with fringe of long white
hair. Widened base of costa with black setulae, costa without tubercles. Wing
hyaline, basal half or less suffused with light brown, outline of color indistinct;
vein R. 2+3 curved upward meeting the costa at a right angle, petiole at tip of first
posterior cell about equal in length to r-m crossvein, upper intercalary vein
present, shorter than r-m crossvein, two submarginal cells, r-m crossvein beyond
middle of discal cell, axillary cell at base wider than anal cell, alula well
developed. Abdomen white pilose and tomentose, posterior margins of all segments
except the first with long scraggly black hair, tomentum dense on apical segments;
venter white pilose. Genitalia small, (Fig. 1), epiphallus thick, curved upward
apically, rounded below, aedeagus short, straight, not projecting beyond epiphallus;
dististylus not strongly hooked apically, concave on outer margin; hasistylus boat-
shaped, lower margin convex.
52
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Female. — Eyes separated by four times width of ocellar tubercle; front with
black hair laterally; tibiae light testaceous; proboscis projecting beyond oral
margin for distance twice length of hind femur; a few white hairs at base of costa,
white tomentum present on mesonotum, pubescence on abdomen much denser
than in male, seventh sternite broadly rounded apically; otherwise as described for
male.
Holotype female from Argus Mts., San Bernardino Co., California, May 1891.
In Snow Collection, University of Kansas. Painter, 1930 designated a male in the
S. J. Hine collection as the androtype (sic).
Specimens have been studied from: California, San Bernardino Co., 17 $2,
Kramer Hills, IV-18-62 (J. C. Hall); 1 $, 5 mi. W. Desert Springs, IV-11-62
(J. C. Hall, E. I. Schlinger) ; 2 9 , 20 mi. N. Adelanto, IV-18-62 (J. C. Hall,
E. I. Schlinger); 4 $ 9, Granite Pass, IV-27-68 (E. I. Schlinger, C. Beesly),
3800-4320 ft.; $2, Phelan, IV-4-71, V-4-66 (T. Plichta, J. C. Hall); 12 $ 9 ,
8 mi. N. Llano, IV-11-62 (J. C. Hall, E. I. Schlinger) ; 9, Little Morongo Cyn. ;
V-l-62 (J. C. Hall). Riverside Co., 7^9, Riverside, IV-9-37, V-l-69, III-15-39,
IV-2-69, IV-15-73 (P. H. Timberlake, J. C. Hall, M. E. Irwin, T. Plichta) ; 3 $ 9 ,
Palm Springs, III-5-33, III-24-35, III-3-71 (P. H. Timberlake, J. C. Hall) ; 4 $ 9 ,
Chuckwalla Mts., III-29-58 (G. M. Nicolls) ; 9, Mecca, III-31-58 (F. Colley) ; 9,
6 mi. S. Cottonwood Spgs., IV-5-66 (F. G. Andrews) ; 2 9 , 11-5 mi. N.W.
Alberhill, V-ll-69 (J. C. Hall); 9, Coyote Creek, III-22-63 (E. I. Schlinger);
1 $, Millard Cyn., IV-26-69 (B. Hunt); 1 9, 3 mi. E. Edom, III-14-37 (P. H.
Timberlake); 9, 3 mi. N. North Palm Springs, 11-25-68 (M. E. Irwin); P. L.
Boyd Desert Research Center, Deep Canyon, 3.5 mi. S. Palm Desert, numerous dates
in April and May (various collectors) . Imperial Co., 2 9 , 6.2 mi. W. Glamis,
III-2-69 (M. E. Irwin). San Diego Co., $ , 4 mi. E. Jacumba, IV-31-66 (J. Wilcox) ;
$, 5 mi. E. Calexico, 1-27-73 (J. Pinto) ; $ , Vallecito, III-15-68 (J. C. Hall);
9, Fallbrook, V-l-60 (G. Goldman). Los Angeles Co., 3 $ 9 , Soledad Cyn., 3 mi.
N. Acton, IV-27-67 (J. C. Hall). Kern Co., 9, 14.4 mi. N. Johannesburg,
III- 27-71 (T. Plichta). Inyo Co., $ 2, Nine Mile Cyn., IV-6-71 (T. Plichta). Ari-
zona, 9, 4 mi. E. Benson, Cochise Co., IV-10-63 (G. L. Stage) ; $ Aztec, Yuma Co.,
IV- 16-41 (J. Wilcox, Jr.).
Triploechus luridus new species
Quite similar to stagei, new species from which it can he separated
by the black basal antennal segments and the absence of black hair on
the head.
Male. — 9-10 mm. Ground color dull black, head cinereous, mesonotum with three
gray stripes, palpi, base and sometimes apex of femora, tibiae, sides of apical
Lateral view of the male genitalia. All drawn at the same scale.
Fig. 1. T. sackeni (Will.)
Fig. 2. T. luridus n. sp.
Fig. 3. T. novus (Will.)
Fig. 4. T. stagei n. sp.
-A
Vol. 51, No. 1 , January 1975
53
4
54
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
abdominal segments and nearly all of venter fulvous. Eyes separated by little less
than width of median ocellus. Antennae black, first segment at least three times
longer than second segment which is a little wider than long, third segment linear,
tapering from base to acuminate apex, twice as long as two basal segments
combined. Proboscis projecting one and one-half times length of hind femur
beyond oral margin. Head white pilose as is first antennal segment, front with a
narrow median longitudinal bare stripe from anterior ocellus to base of antennae.
Body pile whitish to pale yellow, lighter on pleura, legs and venter. Apical bristles
on hind femur thin, hair-like. Pulvilli more than half length of claws. Squama
brownish with fringe of pure white hair. Halter stem testaceous, knob white.
Basicosta with whitish-yellow hair and black setulae. Wing hyaline, lightly suf-
fused with brown on basal half, outline of color indistinct; apex of vein R 2+3
curved upward meeting costa at right angle; petiole of first posterior cell as long
as r-m crossvein; upper intercalary vein small; r-m crossvein beyond middle of
discal cell; axillary cell wider than anal cell on basal half; alula well developed,
hyaline. Abdomen entirely pale yellowish to white pilose, tomentum of same color
not dense, scattered on apical segments. Genitalia small, (Fig. 2), epiphallus, in
lateral view parallel sided, apex curved upward rounded and slightly lobed below;
aedeagus straight, projecting about half length of epiphallus; dististylus not
apically hooked, curved outward; basistylus narrow, lower margin broadly curved.
Female. — Eyes separated by four times width of ocellar tubercle; front with
yellow tomentum, body pile and tomentum yellowish; wing nearly entirely hyaline,
brown coloring light, legs entirely fulvous. Otherwise as described for male.
Holotype male and allotype from P. L. Boyd Desert Research Center, 3 mi.
S. Palm Desert, Riverside, California, III-28-73, IV-10-73 (A. Tabet). Both
in California Academy of Sciences.
Paratypes. Four topotypic collected with types. 1 $ , Borrego, Riverside Co.,
California, IV-19-41 (J. Wilcox, Jr.); 2 $, 25 mi. N.W. New Cuyama, Santa
Barbara Co., California, VI-8-63 (G. I. Stage).
Triploechus novus (Williston)
Triplasius novum Williston, 1893: 254.
Heterostylum vierecki Cresson, 1919: 186 new synonymy.
Bombylius recurvus Coquill ett, 1902: 100.
Heterostylum novum, Painter, 1940 : 279.
Triploechus novum, Paramonov, 1947: 191; Painter and Painter, 1965: 411.
(as a subgenus of Heterostylum ) ; Hull, 1973: 141.
Triploechus vierecki. Painter and Painter, 1965: 411 (as a subgenus of Hetero-
stylum) .
T. novus is a widespread species commonly found in the deserts of
Arizona and California. Because of the rather wide distribution a con-
siderable amount of variation is present particularly in the distribution
of the black hair on the head and body. Likewise, most of the specimens
studied have only two submarginal cells, some have two in one wing and
three in the other and some have three submarginal cells in each wing.
In nearly all of the specimens with two submarginal cells there is a stump
Vol. 51, No. 1 , January 1975
55
of a vien projecting downward towards vein R 4 which if continued
would form the third cell.
In general the females have paler hair than the males. The major
differences noted between vierecki and novus are the white hair and
shape of the antennae and more abundant black hair on both the scu-
tellum and the abdomen. In a series of specimens collected at the same
time and place variation in all three characters is evident. The females
usually have mostly white hair on the antennae while in the males the
black predominates. The shape of the antennae varies according to what
angle viewed from. The scutellum may be entirely black haired, with
only one or two black hairs, or any gradation between. Several condi-
tions are found on the abdomen ; black hair on segment two and at apex
only, on segments two and three or on two, three and four as well as at
the apex. The ground color of the fourth and fifth abdominal segments
is also subject to considerable variation. It may be as in vierecki ,
that is, pale except for median spots of black or only one of the
two segments pale or both entirely black. I have two specimens which
have the sides of all the segments except the first pale. A study of the
male genitalia (Fig. 3) leaves little doubt as to the synonymy listed
above.
This species is known throughout southern California, Arizona, New
Mexico and Texas. Most of the specimens were collected in April.
Triploeclius stagei new species
Readily separated from other species by the nearly entirely fulvous
legs and first antennal segment.
Male. — 9-10 mm. Ground color dull black, head cinereous; first antennal
segment, upper side of face somewhat, legs except coxae and trochanters, sides
of fourth and following abdominal segments and genitalia partially fulvous. Eyes
nearly contiguous above, separated by about width of a single ommatidium.
First antennal segment four times longer than square second segment, third seg-
ment linear, gradually tapering from base to apex, about one and one half times
longer than two basal segments combined. Front with black to brown hair becom-
ing yellowish towards side below; ocellar tubercle and first antennal segment above
with black hair, the latter with pale yellow hair at side and below. Face yellow
pilose, with black hair laterally above, white hair on underside of head and on
occiput. Proboscis projecting beyond oral margin for a distance about equal to
length of hind femur. Body pile pale yellow to light yellowish- gray, lighter on
pleura and venter. Legs white to pale yellow pubescent, mid and hind femora
with scattered black hair on antero-ventral surface, bristles on hind femur on
apical half only; pulvilli nearly as long as claws. Squama brownish with fringe of
long pale yellowish hair. Halter stem flavo-testaceous, knob white. Basicosta with
short whitish hair and black setulae; costa not tuberculate. Wing hyaline, basal
56
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
half suffused with brown, color not sharply delineated; vein R 2+ 3 curved upward at
apex to meet costa at nearly a right angle; petiole of first posterior cell as long
as r-m crossvein; upper intercalary vein short; r-m crossvein a little beyond middle
of discal cell; axillary cell at base much wider than anal cell; alula well developed.
Abdominal dorsum pale yellowish to whitish pubescent, long black hair across
posterior margin of all segments except the first ; tomentum consists of short, recum-
bent, somewhat curly hair. Venter white pilose, a few black hairs present at apex.
Genitalia small, (Fig. 4), epiphallus curved upward apically, lower portion of tip
of epiphallus somewhat lobed; aedeagus short extending about half length of
epiphallus; dististylus not strongly hooked apically, posterior margin nearly
straight; basistylus narrow, curved below.
Female. — Eyes separated by two and a half times width of ocellar tubercle. Front
entirely yellow pilose, a few black hairs present on each side at vertex, bare stripe
present down front from ocellar tubercle to antennae. Side of abdomen fulvous at
base, last three or four segments entirely fulvous. Wing coloring lighter than in
male. Body pile and tomentum more yellowish, tomentum more dense. Otherwise
as described for male.
Holotype, allotype and seven paratypes from San Felipe, Baja California,
Mexico, III-27-63 (G. I. Stage). Types in California Academy of Sciences.
Literature Cited
Coquillett, D. W. 1902. New Diptera from North America. Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus., (1903) 25: 83-126.
Cresson, E. T. 1919. Dipterological Notes and Descriptions. Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Philadelphia, 71: 171-194.
Edwards, F. M. 1936. Bombyliidae from Chile and Western Argentine. Rev.
Chilena Hist. Nat., 40: 31-41.
Hull, F. M. 1973. Beeflies of the World. The Genera of the Family Bombyliidae.
U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 286, 687 pp.
Painter, R. H. 1930. A review of the Bombyliid Genus Heterostylum (Diptera).
Jour. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 3(1) : 1-7.
Painter, R. H. 1940. Notes on Type Specimens and Descriptions of New North
American Bombyliidae. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., 42: 267-301 (1939).
Painter, R. H. and E. M. Painter. 1965. Family Bombyliidae in Stone et al.:
A Catalog of the Diptera of America North of Mexico. Agric. Res.
Serv., U.S. Dept. Agric. Handbk., 276: 407-446.
Paramonov, S. J. 1947. Zur Kenntnis der Amerikanischen Bombyliiden-Gattung
Triploechus Edw. (Diptera). Rev. de Entomol., 18(1-2); 183-192.
Vol. 51, No. 1 , January 1975
57
Siricid Woodwasps and Tlieir Associated
Parasitoids in the Southwestern United States
(Hymenoptera : Siricidae)
A. A. Kirk
CSIRO Division of Entomology, P.0. Box 1700,
Canberra City, A.C.T., Australia 1
Since 1962 the Division of Entomology, CSIRO, has been involved
in the biological control of Sirex noctilio F which was accidentally
introduced into and has become established in plantations of Pinus
radiata D. Don in southeastern Australia. Insect parasitoids and para-
sitic nematodes of siricids have been collected in the northern hemi-
sphere and consigned to Tasmania for culturing and subsequent release
in infested areas of Tasmania and Victoria. Earlier collecting in North
America has been confined to California and Nevada and eastern
Canada (Taylor 1967; Lloyd 1968, 1970). Ten species of siricids and
six species of hymenopterous parasitoids were known to be present in
Arizona, Colorado, and New Mexico (Cameron 1965), the three states
I surveyed in 1971.
During April to August 1971 dead or dying coniferous trees and
associated branches, logs and stumps were examined for signs of siricid
larvae or galleries. Infested material was cut into one metre lengths
and transported to outdoor cages at Flagstaff, Arizona. The logs were
separated into groups according to locality and tree species. With
limited time available the main emphasis of the work was placed on
obtaining exact identifications of trees and the insects emerging from
them. Precise daily records were made of insect emergence and from
these their flight periods were determined. Insects were reared from
II localities in northern Arizona, 2 localities in New Mexico, and from
the San Juan Mountains in Colorado.
Results
The siricids Sirex cyaneus F., S. juvencus californicus (Ashmead),
S. longicauda Middlekauff, JJrocerus californicus Norton, U. gigas L.,
Xeris morrisoni morrisoni Cresson and X. spectrum L. were reared
from Abies concolor (Gord. & Glend) Lindl, A. lasiocarpa (Hook)
Nutt, Picea engelmanni Parry and Pinus ponderosa Laws. (Table 1).
1 Present address: CSIRO Biological Control Unit, 335 Ave Abbe Paul Parguel, 34000— Montpellier,
France.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51 : 57 - 61 . January 1975
Table 1. Insect emergence from stored material.
58
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
g
CL
ft
G
u
G
G
-P
G
CO
Ph
eg
eg
eft
be
P
G
G
k
H
cn
o
ffi
4S a
X X
II 1 1 II X 1
1 1 1
I | S I
II 1 1 1 1 1
1 CM 1
XXX
X X X X X
a ^ o a «
X X X X X X X X X
X X
X X
X X
O O
X
LO
CO Tji
X X
00 i— I
lO ^
CO
*x 3 £
X X
CO
<3\
X
VP
3 ®
X “2
X
CO O
CM
U.c.
1
1
1
1
1
d
X
1
1
X
1
1
1
X
1
41
CSJ
i— 1
1
1
1
1
vo
1
c/i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
X
1
o
l-H
1
G
1
VO
rH
* •— »
CO
1
1
1
1
1
1
X
1
1
1
X
1
1
CO
i-H
LO
G
SO
g
CO
1
1
d
X
1
1
X
d
X
1
d
X
1
1
I
d
X
cO
o
rH
P d
crj P
rH
cO
o
O
rH 1
LO
H
CO
CO
T?
f-
o
G oj
£
Os
CO
r-H
03
03
00
cm
t-e
L 6
r-
Os
tL
vd
vd
§Q
o
CM
csj
rH
CM
r-H
CM
rH
CM
.
Cfi
bJD
00
Ov
CO
cO
VO
t'-
VO
CO
Tfi
CO
O MH
Sr o
O
LO
rH
rH
CM
rH
o
rH
CM
pH
e
e
©
a
53
53
S3
53
53
<r>
O
k
s
k.
©
k.
©
•‘‘■Hi
v>
53
k
“5
O
k
k.
©
<H3
53
k
53
s
k.
©
•“-Hi
k.
©
Vi
C3
k
Vi
O
k
©
©
G
©
o
o
G
G
o
G
©
©
©
G
G
©
©
"*3
©
©
X
X
©
X
&JD
©
©
X
X
©
©
e
£
* Kl
£
e
e
53
£
£
e
e
£
o
©
§
o
o
O
©
53
©
©
©
53
53
©
©
Q,
Lj
©
a.
a,
©
a
©
©
a
a
©
©
.
.
.
.
,
CL
X
&3
«k
CL
(Lh
CL
<k
^5
i— I CM
r— x
Ov Ov
P Q
H W
O O
eg eg
w w
S £
H H
a Part emerged 1972.
11 All emerged 1972.
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
59
Fig. 1 . Seasonal emergence of siricids and associated parasitoids from logs
collected at Happy Jack, Arizona.
Nine species which are known to be parasitoids also emerged. These
were the ichneumonids Rhyssa alaskensis Ashmead, R. hoferi Rohwer,
R. persuasoria L. and Megarhyssa nortoni nortoni Cresson; the ibaliids
lbalia leucospoides ensiger Norton, /. niontana Cresson, /. ruficollis
Cameron and I. rufipes rufipes Cresson; and the stephanid Schlettererius
cinctipes (Cresson) (Table 1). The cleptoparasite Pseudorhyssa
maculicoxis (Kreich) was found associated with R. persuasoria at three
localities in Arizona (Table 1). The timber was stored over the winter
of 1971/72 and another 766 insects emerged during 1972 (Table 1).
More than 50% of the insects which emerged were parasitoids, but this
cannot be taken as a true figure for parasitism because insect emergence
had already taken place from some of the material collected.
Discussion
Rather homeostatic conditions prevail in many of the undisturbed
western United States coniferous forests (Hagen et al., 1971), and
epidemic outbreaks of insects are relatively rare (Balch, 1960). No
evidence was found of current siricid epidemic outbreaks during the
60
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Fig. 2. Seasonal emergence of siricids and associated parasitoids from logs
collected at A. San Juan Mountains, Colorado; B. Sandia Crest, New Mexico.
survey. The coniferous forests of the southwestern United States appear
to be very diverse and stable communities, therefore it seems likely
that host specific associations between insects and trees would have
evolved. Evidence that seems to substantiate this is that S. juvencus
calif ornicus was associated only with Pinus spp. and S. longicauda ,
U. calif ornicus and X. morrisoni were associated only with Abies spp.
(Table 1). Less specialized relationships were found with S. cyaneus,
which emerged from both Abies and Picea, and X. spectrum , which
emerged from these as well as Pinus (Table 1). In addition Sprad-
bery and Kirk (unpublished data), after eight years of extensive
survey work and intensive collecting of siricid infested material and
subsequent meticulous rearing, have evidence that there are distinct
siricid coniferous tree associations in Europe and neighbouring areas.
While the apparent siricid host tree associations in the southwestern
United States described above cannot be regarded as conclusive without
further data, there are good reasons for thinking that they are firm
associations.
R. hoferi and I. j-uficollis only emerged from Pinus (Table 1) and
may be associated with S. juvencus californicus. R. persuasoria, M.
nortoni nortoni and S. cinctipes attacked a wider range of siricid
species from different host tree species (Table 1) .
Relationships between siricids and parasitoids are clearly seen when
the flight periods of the three ibaliid species are examined. I. rufipes
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
61
rufipes and I. montana have early summer flight periods and could
only attack overwintered siricid larvae (Figs. 1, 2). The closely re-
lated I. rufipes drewseni Borries in Europe (Kerrich, 1973) behaves in
the same way (Spradbery, 1970). I. ruficollis has an early autumn
flight period and was observed to attack S. juvencus calif ornicus larvae
late in September. The closely related I. leucospoides leucospoides
(Hochenwarth) , (Kerrich, 1973), from Europe and neighbouring areas
also attacks siricids in autumn, active females being noted in Tunisia
as late as November (Spradbery and Kirk, unpublished data).
Much further work needs to be done to clarify the role of parasitoids
in the suppression of siricid populations in the southwestern United
States, but present evidence indicates considerable importance.
Acknowledgements
I wish to thank the Director of the U.S. Forestry Service for permis-
sion to collect infested timber, Forestry Service personnel for technical
assistance, Dr. J. R. Wick, Chairman, Department of Biological
Sciences, Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, for providing labora-
tory facilities, Dr. C. D. Johnson for help with the manuscript, Mrs.
Frances B. McAlister for permission to site cages on her land and Mr.
T. D. Center for invaluable assistance during the survey. Funds for
the project were provided by the National Sirex Fund, Australia.
References
Cameron, E. A. 1965. The Siricidae ( Hymenoptera: Siricidae) and their para-
sites. C.I.B.C. Tech. Bull., 5, 31 pp.
Balch, R. E. 1960. The approach to biological control in forest entomology.
Can. Entomol., 92: 291-310.
Hagen, K. S., R. van den Bosch, D. L. Dahlsten. 1971. The importance of
naturally-occurring biological control in the western United States.
Chapt. 11 in Biological Control, C. B. Huffaker (ed.). Plenum Publ.
Corp., N.Y. 511 pp.
Kerrich, G. J. 1973. On the taxonomy of some forms of Ibalia Latreille
(Hymenoptera: Cynipoidea) associated with conifers. Zool. J. Linn.
Soc., 53: 65-79.
Lloyd, D. C. 1968. Report on the collection and shipment of parasites of
Siricidae in eastern Canada in 1967/68. C.I.B.C. Report. 7 pp.
Lloyd, D. C. 1970. Collection and shipment of parasites of Siricidae in the
western United States in 1970. C.I.B.C. Report. 6 pp.
Spradbery, J. P. 1970. The biology of Ibalia drewseni Borries (Hymenoptera:
Ibaliidae) , a parasite of siricid woodwasps. Proc. R. Entomol. Soc.
Lond. (A), 45: 104-113.
Taylor, K. L. 1967. The introduction, culture, liberation and recovery of
parasites of Sirex noctilio in Tasmania, 1962-67. CSIRO Div. Entomol.,
Tech. Paper, 8.
62
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
A Reconsideration of the Nearctic Rhexoza 1
(Diptera: Scatopsidae)
Edwin F. Cook
Department of Entomology, Fisheries, and Wildlife
University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108
The examination of two collections of specimens sent to me for
identification by Dr. H. J. Teskey of the Entomology Research Institute
of the Canadian Department of Agriculture revealed two new species
of the scatopsid genus Rhexoza. This has prompted me to reexamine
the North American species of this group and has also given me the
opportunity to make a decision on the status of the Quatei group of
that genus which I described in 1956. I noted in both 1971 and 1972
that this group is certainly distinct from Rhexoza , sensu stricto.
Swammerdamella , Rhexoza and the species constituting the Quatei
group are closely related, or at least they share characters not present
in other genera. There are also several shared characters with Coboldia,
so these 4 genera should all be included in the Swammerdamellini. This
is a new placement for Coboldia since I previously included it in the
Scatopsini. However, the large, reniform maxillary palpi; the long,
triangular, anterior spiracular plate; the relatively short R complex,
ending only slightly beyond the middle of the wing; and the presence
of lower epimeral setae all indicate a much closer affinity with Rhexoza
than with Scatopse or Reichertella.
The tribe Swammerdamellini, then, consists of Swammerdamella,
Rhexoza, Coboldia and the new genus described here.
The genera in this tribe can be readily discriminated by use of the
following key.
1. Length of costa between Ri and Ra less than or no longer than length
of Ri; fork of M no longer than or shorter than stem. Males with ab-
dominal segment 7 concealed in segment 6 Swammerdamella
Length of costa between Ri and Ra greater than length of Ri; M fork
longer than stem; abdominal segment 7 visible in males 2
2. Male with tergum 7 produced posteriorly as a narrow, spatulate process,
genitalia with elongate, coiled penis; female with small valvifers on
sternum 8, with rounded, bare emargination on posterior margin of
sternum 7 Coboldia
1 Paper No. 8846 Scientific Journal Series, Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station, St. Paul,
Minnesota.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 62-75. January 1975
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
63
Male with tergum 7 produced posteriorly as a broad triangle, penis small,
never coiled; female without posterior emargination on sternum 7 3
3. Male genitalia laterally compressed, tergum 9 produced ventrally in a
beak-like process (fig. 6) ; female with tergum 8 medially divided
(fig. 4) Quateiella
Male genitalia not laterally compressed, tergum 9 not produced ventrally;
female with tergum 8 entire Rhexoza
QUATEIELLA, New Genus
The existence of a super specific taxon for the species included here
was first recognized by Cook in 1956. The taxon was then treated
simply as the quatei group of the genus Rhexoza. I now believe that
the group is sufficiently distinct to raise to full generic status. It shares
the four characters noted above with the other genera in the Swammer-
damellini but the male genitalia are very distinctive. They, in fact, are
more like those of some Reichertella in the Scatopsini.
Description. — Antennae 10-segmented (8 flagellomeres) , about as long as total
head height; cardo-stipites rather broad, bandlike, sclerites fused posteriorly
and beset with setae on each side; maxillary palpi large, reniform, 0.10-0.13 mm
long; occiput setose and microtrichiose ; eyes with setae between facets. Thorax
with elongate, triangular spiracular sclerite (fig. 1) ; supraalar setae 8-18, in a
single row (fig. 1); preepisternals 7-14; anepisternals 18-28; upper episternals
5-12; subalars 6-12; subspiraculars 3-7; lower epimerals 3-8; pedicellars 1-4;
wing venation like that of Rhexoza with costal-radial complex ending near middle
of wing; M fork long, Ml and M2 diverging to wing margin; setae on costa,
radial complex and posterior wing margin; setae rarely on ventral surface of R3,
always present on dorsal surface; membrane with dense microtrichia. Abdomen
with 7 segments; sterna 1-4 unsclerotized ; abdomen setose and microtrichiose;
tergum 7 of male posteriorly produced, sternum 7 with modified posterior margin.
Genital vesica and apodemes of male small; male genitalia rotated 180°, with
only 1 pair of appendages, penis inconspicuous, tergum 9 without processes but
produced more or less “beak-like” ventrally. Female genitalia with tergum 8
medially divided, cerci small, no obvious appendages or valvifers, spermatheca
spherical to broadly elliptical. Type-species of the genus: Rhexoza quatei Cook.
Key to Adults of Quateiella
Tergum 9 of male with dorsally projecting horns; female with sternum
9 bearing 10 or more setae in elongate cluster miniscula
Tergum 9 of male without dorsal horns; female with sternum 9 bearing
5-7 setae near posterior margin only quatei
Quateiella quatei (Cook), New Combination
Rhexoza quatei Cook, 1956: 8-10.
Male. — Total length 1.20-1.55 mm; greyish brown to dark blackish brown,
dull to feebly shining; halteres dark grey; wings clear, shining. Antennae with
64
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
each flagellomere bearing 10-13 setae; cardo-stipites fused posteriorly, each
side with 12-15 setae in 2 irregular rows; maxillary palpi large, reniform, 0.11-
0.13 mm long; 2 campaniform sensilla on each side of occiput immediately behind
eyes and below level of antennae, 1 sensilla laterad of each lateral ocellus.
Supraalar setae 8-13; preepisternals 8-12; anepisternals 23-28; upper episternals
5-8; subalars 6-12; subspiraculars 3-5; lower epimerals 4-7; pedicellars 2-3.
Wing length 1.00-1.20 mm; R3 extends 0.49-0.53 of total wing length; Ml and
M2 divergent to wing margin; setae on costa and R, none on M, only on dorsal
side of R3; wing surface with obvious microtrichia. Abdomen with sterna 1-4
unsclerotized, terga all present ; terga and sterna setose and microtrichiose ; 7
pairs of spiracles; tergum 7 (fig. 2) with 2 stout, setose processes arising from
under posterior margin (possibly tergum 8) ; sternum 7 with deep, triangular
emargination posteriorly; genital vesica and apodemes small, 0.12-0.13 mm long.
Genitalia in fig. 5.
Female. — Like male in color, structure and chaetotaxy except rather more
setose. Each flagellomere with about 8 setae; cardo-stipites with 16 setae on each
side. Supraalar setae 8-18; preepisternals 13-14; anepisternals 25-37; upper
episternals 5-12 ; subalars 8-12 ; subspiraculars 3-7 ; lower epimerals 6-8 ; pedi-
cellars 1-2. Wing length 1.30-1.38 mm.
Distribution. — Originally described from California: Davis, Riverside, Coachella,
Rialto, Anaheim, Olive. A long series of additional specimens has become avail-
able from San Bernardino, California, June 6, 1960, reared from Echinocactus
polycephalus. Earlier records included specimens from Citronella bait traps.
The females reared from E. polycephalus seem to he one species only. These
were associated with large numbers of males of quatei and a few males of R.
ryckmani. Also associated were even larger numbers of Coboldia fuscipes (Mg.).
Quateiella miniscula (Cook), New Combination
Rhexoza miniscula Cook, 1956: 10.
Male. — Total length 1.30-1.74 mm; dark grey brown, feebly shining; halteres
dark grey. Antennal flagellomeres each with about 9 setae; cardo-stipites with 11
setae on each side; maxillary palpi 0.10 mm long, reniform; campaniform sensilla
as in Q. quatei. Supraalar setae 9-11 ; preepisternals 7 ; anepisternals 18 ; uppei
episternals 7 ; subalars 8 ; subspiraculars 5-7 ; lower epimerals 3 ; pedicellars 1-4.
Wing length 1.00-1.24 mm; R3 .50 total wing length; setae on costa and R, none
on M; R3 with only dorsal setae; wing with obvious microtrichia. Abdomen
with sterna 1-4 undifferentiated; terga all present; terga and sterna setose and
microtrichiose; tergum 7 (and possibly 8) as in Q. quatei except posterior pro-
cesses stouter (fig. 3). Genital vesica and apodemes 0.18 mm long; genitalia as
in fig. 6.
Female. — Total length 1.55-1.97 mm; wing length 1.10-1.38 mm; colored as
in male. Like the males except some differences in pleural setal counts. Flagel-
lomeres each with 10 setae; cardo-stipites with 14 setae on each side. Supraalar
setae 9-10; preepisternals 7; anepisternals 26; upper episternals 7; subalars 7;
subspiraculars 7 ; lower epimerals 1-2 ; pedicellars 1-2. Genitalia as in fig. 4.
Distribution. — Originally described from Virginia, South Carolina and Texas.
Additional specimens have been seen from Texas and from Nogales, Arizona.
Vol. 51, No. 1 , January 1975
65
Rhexoza Enderlein
Rhexoza Enderlein, 1936: 55; Cook, 1956: 1-12; 1972: 58-61; 1972: 632-634.
Type-species: Rhexoza zacheri Enderlein — Scatopse subnitens Verrall.
Diagnosis. — A ntennae with 8 flagellomeres ; maxillary palpi large (0.09-0.18
mm), reniform, sometimes apically acute (“slipper-shaped”); cardo-stipites a
band-like sclerite fused posteroinedially, bearing several rows of setae; with
campaniform sensilla as in Quateiella; occiput setose and microtrichiose ; eyes
with setae between facets. Supraalar setae numerous, a dense row of 9 or more;
the usual pleural setae present and some with lower epimeral setae, episternal
setae very evident. Wing venation like that of Coboldia fuscipes (Mg.) with
costal-radial complex ending near middle of wing (0.45-0.57 of total length from
base) ; M fork complete; setae present on costa, R and posterior wing margin
only; membrane with short, abundant microtrichia. Abdomen with 7 evident
segments in both sexes; male with 7 pairs of spiracles, females with 8; all terga
evident, anterior sterna reduced or absent; terga and sterna with microtrichia in
addition to setae; segment 7 of male posteriorly modified either on tergum,
sternum or both; genital vesica and apodemes small. Male genitalia rotated
180°, with only 1 pair of appendages; tergum 9 without processes; penis stout,
conspicuously sclerotized. Female genitalia with tergum 8 large or small, never
completely divided longitudinally, cerci large or small, setose; spermatheca
spherical to elliptical.
Key to the Species of Rhexoza
Males; (males of R. borealis and R. amaryllis unknown)
1. With lower epimeral setae (fig. 1) ; R3 with only dorsal setae 4
Without lower epimeral setae; R3 with dorsal and ventral setae 2
2. Tergum 7 with median notch on posterior margin (fig. 7) grossa
Tergum 7 with posterior margin entire 3
3. Genitalia with tergum 9 short, broadly and shallowly incised posteriorly
(fig. 13) ; genital vesica and apodemes short (0.20-0.24 mm) ; subalar
setae 5-6 incisa
Genitalia with tergum 9 produced posteriorly, apically rounded (fig. 14),
genital vesica and apodemes long (0.35 mm) ; subalar setae 14 iowensis
4. Sternum 7 without posteriorly directed processes; aedeagal plate broadly
spatulate (fig. 18) melanderi
Sternum 7 with posteriorly directed processes (fig. 8) ; aedeagal plate
absent or narrow, spatulate 5
5. Sternum 7 with a pair of bilobed processes on posterior margin (fig. 8)
similis
Sternum 7 with 2 simple processes on posterior margin 6
6. Sternum 7 with 2 short, divergent, apically truncate processes on posterior
margin (fig. 9) ; only 1-2 subspiracular setae aterrima
Sternum 7 with 2 long, slender processes on posterior margin; subspirac-
ular setae 3 or more 7
7. Penis short; long apically bifurcate aedeagal plate also present (fig. 19)
teskeyi
66
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Penis sclerotized, longer than penis valves; aedeagal plate absent (figs.
20, 21) Tyckmani
Females: (female of R. iowensis unknown)
1. With lower epimeral setae; R3 with only dorsal setae 4
Without lower epimeral setae; R3 with dorsal and ventral setae 2
2. Tergum 8 medially separated; with a row of stout setae on anterior margin
(fig. 22) grossa
Tergum 8 deeply emarginate but without anterior setal row 3
3. Tergum and sternum 7 with numerous, small, lobelike processes on pos-
terior margin (fig. 25) ; sternum 8 with apically narrowed valvifers (fig.
24) incisa
Tergum and sternum 7 without posterior processes; sternum 8 with valvifers
broadly rounded posteriorly (fig. 27) borealis
4. With 10 or more lower epimeral setae; valvifers short, rounded somewhat
transverse (fig. 28) ; spermatheca reniform amaryllis
Usually with 6 or fewer lower epimerals; valvifers elongate, not transverse __ 5
5. Subspiracular setae 2-3 ; spermatheca spherical aterrima
Subspiracular setae 6-8 (rarely 4) ; spermatheca elliptical 6
6. Tergum 8 without spiracles; with median, longitudinal suture on pos-
terior half (fig. 31) ryckmani
Tergum 8 with spiracles, no median, longitudinal suture 7
7. Anterior half of sternum 7 densely microtrichiose, devoid of setae teskeyi
Anterior half of sternum 7 with only a narrow band without setae 8
8. Sternum 8 not produced anteriorly; distinct space between valvifers (fig.
30) melanderi
Sternum 8 produced anteriorly as median lobe; valvifers contiguous mesally
(fig. 23) similis
Rhexoza incisa Cook
Rhexoza incisa Cook, 1956: 6-7; 1963: 12.
The original description was fairly extensive but additional characters of value
will be noted in the following brief description.
Male. — Very dark blackish brown, dull to feebly shining; halteres grey; total
length 1.38-1.86 mm. Cardo-stipites with 10-14 setae on each side; antennal
flagellomeres with 12-14 setae in a single irregular whorl; maxillary palpi 0.09-
0.12 mm long. Supraalar setae 16-20; preepisternals 6-7; anepisternals 20-25;
upper episternals 5-6; subalars 5-6; subspiraculars 4—9 ; lower epimerals absent;
pedicellars 1-2. Wing length 1.27-1.60 mm; vein R3 terminates at .53-56 of
Figs. 1-9. Fig. 1. Quateiella quatei, thorax; Fig. 2. Q. quatei , segment 7,
male; Fig. 3. Q. miniscula process of segment 7, male; Fig. 4. Q. miniscula, female
genitalia; Fig. 5. Q. quatei, male genitalia; Fig. 6. Q. miniscula, male genitalia.
Fig. 7. Rhexoza grossa, male segment 7; Fig. 8. R. similis, male segment 7; Fig.
9. R. aterrima, male segment 7.
Vol. 51, No. 1 , January 1975
67
68
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
total wing length; R3 with setae dorsally and ventrally. Abdominal segment 7
with tergum slightly produced posteriorly and sternum posteromedially notched;
genital vesica and apodemes 0.20-0.27 mm long; genitalia in fig. 13.
Female. — As in male in color and otherwise except setae of flagellomere up
to 15; preepisternal setae 4-5; anepisternal setae 17-18; subalar setae 4-9 and
pedicellar setae 2-3; spermatheca nearly spherical; sternum and tergum 7 with
seta bearing lobes on posterior margins (fig. 25) ; genitalia in fig. 24.
Distribution. — Minnesota, Iowa, Illinois and Ontario. Larvae have been found
in wet areas under the bark of decaying cottonwood, elm and boxelder.
Rhexoza grossa Cook
Rhexoza grossa Cook, 1956: 6
A larger species than R. incisa, with a western distribution.
Male. — Dark blackish brown, somewhat shining, halteres grey; total length
2.38-2.60 mm. Cardo-stipites with 24 setae on each side (more than incisa ) ;
each flagellomere with about 18 setae in a single whorl; maxillary palpi 0.15-0.16
mm long. Supraalar setae 12-18; preepisternals 16; anepisternals 30; upper
episternals 6; subalars 14; subspiraculars 10; lower epimeral 0; pedicellars
2-5; wing length 1.90-1.96 mm; R3 with setae both dorsally and ventrally.
Tergum and sternum 7 both with posterior emargination (fig. 7) ; genital vesica
and apodemes 0.29-0.30 mm long. Genitalia in fig. 15.
Female. — As in the male in color and otherwise except cardo-stipital setae
17-22; maxillary palpal length 0.14^0.18 mm; antennal flagellomeres with 14-15
setae. Supraalar setae 11-19; preepisternals 13-17; anepisternals 24-25; upper
episternals 5-7; subalars 6-11; subspiraculars 5-12; lower epimerals 0; R3 ex-
tending 0.52-0.57 of total wing length. Genitalia in fig. 22; spermatheca nearly
spherical.
Distribution. — California, Oregon, British Columbia (Richter Pass Road, 7 mi.
W. Osyoos, B.C., 2- VI-1958) .
Rhexoza iowensis, New Species
Male. — About 1.75 mm long; dark blackish brown, head and thorax somewhat
shining, abdomen dull; halteres grey. Cardo-stipites with 18 setae on each side;
maxillary palpi 0.11 mm long; flagellomeres with about 12 setae arranged in a
single whorl. Supraalar setae 18; preepisternals 8; anepisternals 33; upper
episternals 8; subalars 14; subspiraculars 10; lower epimerals 0; pedicellars 3.
Wing length 1.75 mm; R3 extending 0.57 of total length; R3 with dorsal and
ventral setae. Abdomen with sterna 1-4 undifferentiated, other sterna and terga
present, both setose and microtrichiose ; tergum 7 somewhat produced posteriorly,
Figs. 10-17. Male terminalia of Rhexoza. Fig. 10. R. oivensis, segment 7;
Fig. 11. R. ryckmani, segment 7; Fig. 12. R. teskeyi, segment 7; Fig. 13. R. incisa,
genitalia; Fig. 14. R. iowensis, genitalia; Fig. 15. R. grossa, genitalia; Fig. 16.
R. aterrima genitalia; Fig. 17. R. similis, genitalia.
Vol. 51, No. 1 , January 1975
69
70
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
a broadly truncated triangle with small, shallow posterior emargination medially
(fig. 10) ; sternum 7 with deep posterior emargination; tergum 7 setose but devoid
of microtrichia, sternum with setae and sparse microtrichia. Genital vesica 0.35
mm long. Genitalia in fig 14.
Female. — Unknown.
Holotype male: Ames, Iowa, 18-V-1951, W. L. Downes. Type in the Uni-
versity of Minnesota Collections.
Rhexoza borealis, New Species
Male. — Unknown.
Female. — Very dark grey brown, dull; halteres dark grey, head black; total
length 2.25 mm. Antennae short, flagellomeres wider than long, 8 present, each
flagellomere with about 12 setae in a single, irregular whorl; 2 campaniform
sensilla on occiput on each side below level of antennae, 1 laterad of each lateral
ocellus; cardo-stipites with 12 setae on each side in an irregular double row;
maxillary palpi large, reniform, 0.11 mm long. Supraalar setae 18; preepisternals
12; anepisternals 26; upper episternals 5; subalars 11; subspiraculars 9; lower
epimerals 0; pedicellars 2; wing length 2.00 mm; setae on costa and R but not
on M; setae on both dorsal and ventral surfaces of R3; R3 extends 0.58 of total
wing length. Abdominal sterna 1-3 absent, other terga and sterna present, both
microtrichiose and setose ; tergum 7 with straight posterior margin ; sternum 7
broadly and shallowly emarginate ; genitalia in fig. 27 ; spermatheca spherical,
0.13 mm in diameter.
Holotype female: Umiat, Alaska, 8-VII-1958, J. E. H. Martin. Type in the
Canadian National Collections.
Rhexoza aterrima (Melander)
Rhegmoclema aterrima Melander. 1916: 14 Cook, 1956: 4-5 {Rhexoza).
This species is fairly well described in the references cited but the following
additional characters should be noted.
Males. — Dark blackish brown, feebly shining, halteres dark grey; total length
1.50-1.65 mm. Cardo-stipites with 10-15 setae on each side; maxillary palpi
0.09-0.12 mm long; flagellomeres with 12-13 setae in a single whorl. Supraalar
setae 10-13 ; preepisternals 5-7 ; anepisternals 12-23 ; upper episternals 6-7 ; sub-
alars 5-7; subspiraculars 1-4; lower epimerals 3; pedicellars 2; wing length
1.0-1.50 mm; R3 terminating at 0.48-0.50 of wing length; R3 with dorsal setae
only. Segment 7 of abdomen with tergum somewhat produced medially; sternum
7 with a pair of setose processes on posterior margin (fig. 9) ; genital vesica and
apodemes 0.17-0.20 mm long. Genitalia in fig. 16.
Female. — Color and structure as in male except 1.35-2.00 mm long; wing
length 1.20-1.50 mm. Genitalia in fig. 26.
Distribution. — Early collections were from Idaho, Montana and California.
I now have 1 male, Hempstead Co., Arkansas 18-X-1957, reared from Bk.Btl. logs
[sic] ; 1 female, Constance Bay, Ontario, 3-1-1952, from log of Jack pine (I
originally misidentified this specimen as R. similis) . Some Idaho specimens have
been taken from Pimis ponderosa.
Vol. 51, No. 1 , January 1975
71
Rhexoza SIMILIS (Beekey)
Scatopse similis Beekey, 1938: 151-154; Cook, 1956: 6; 1963: 11.
Well described in the original description and by Cook, but some additional
characters can be noted.
Male. — Total length 1.80-2.00 mm; dark blackish brown, feebly shining, hal-
teres dark. Cardo-stipites with 12-14 setae on each side; maxillary palpi 0.10-
0.12 mm long; flagellomeres with 14-18 setae each in an irregular whorl. Supra-
alar setae 16-21; preepisternals 10-15; anepisternals 22-23; upper episternals
7-10; subalars 6-11; subspiraculars 3-7; lower epimerals 4-8; pedicellars 2-4;
wing length 1.50-2.00 mm; R3 extending 0.51-0.54 of total wing length; R3 with
dorsal setae only. Tergum 7 of abdomen produced posteriorly, often apically
truncate; sternum 7 with pair of bilobed, posterior projections (fig. 8) ; genital
vesica and apodemes 0.25-0.30 mm long. Genitalia in fig. 17.
Female. — Total length 1.72-2.20 mm; wing length 1.50-1.70 mm; colored as
male; chaetotaxy essentially as in male. Spermatheca elliptical; genitalia in
fig. 23.
Distribution. — Maine, Ontario, Quebec. A single male from Lisadale Lake,
British Columbia, 5-VIII-1960, 4000 ft., has extended the range considerably.
The latter locality is in the northwestern corner of the province. Both R. similis and
R. aterrima probably occur in the central Canadian provinces as well.
Rhexoza teskeyi, New Species
Male. — Total length 1.30-1.70 mm; dark greyish brown, head darkest; thorax
and head somewhat shining, abdomen dull; halteres grey; antennal flagellomeres
each with about 14 setae in a single whorl; cardo-stipites with 10-12 setae on
each side; maxillary palpi 0.11-0.12 mm long, reniform; occiput with usual
campaniform sensilla. Supraalar setae 15-19; preepisternals 14-15; anepisternals
20-32; upper episternals 6-9; subalars 7-8; subspiraculars 3-5; lower epimerals
4-6; pedicellars 2-3. Wing length 1.40-1.50 mm; R3 extends 0.50-0.52 of total
wing length from base; R3 with dorsal setae only. Abdominal sterna 1-3 absent,
other terga and sterna present, both densely setose and microtrichiose; tergum 7
produced posteriorly, triangular, with apex shallowly notched (fig. 12) ; sternum
7 with a pair of long narrow, acute processes posteriorly. Genital vesica and
apodemes 0.19-0.20 mm long; genitalia in fig. 19.
Female. — Total length 1.60-1.95 mm; wing length 1.45-1.46 mm; color identical
with that of male. Flagellomeres with 11 setae each in a single whorl; cardo-
stipites with 16 setae on each side; maxillary palpi 0.12 mm long. Supraalar
setae 14; preepisternals 11-13; anepisternals 27-30; upper episternals 6-8; sub-
alars 8; subspiraculars 6-8; lower epimerals 2-3; pedicellars 2-3; wings as in
male. Abdominal sterna 1-3 absent, other terga and sterna present; terga and
sterna setose and densely microtrichiose; tergum 7 with nearly straight posterior
margin; sternum broadly and shallowly emarginate; spermatheca cylindrical to
elliptical, 0.20 mm long. Genitalia in fig. 29.
Holotype male: Stonecliffe, Ontario, coll. 12, Aug. 1962, em. 80, Sept, 1962. Ex
twigs of red pine. In C.N.C. collections. Paratypes: 6 females, 7 males, 1 larva,
2 pupal skins. Same data as holotype. Types in the Canadian National Collections.
72
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
73
Rhexoza amaryllis, New Species
A single series of teneral adult females as well as a few larvae and pupae col-
lected from decaying amaryllis bulbs was recently referred to me by H. J. Teskey.
Males. — Unknown.
Females. — Total length about 2.20 mm (specimens in alcohol) ; color grey
brown, dull; halteres grey. Antennae typical, each flagellomere with 14-15
setae in a single whorl; cardo-stipites with 19 setae on each side; maxillary
palpi 0.13-0.14 mm long, reniform. Supraalar setae 13; preepisternal setae 9-11;
anepisternal setae 35-38; upper episternals 7-9; subalars 8-9; subspiraculars
7-8; lower epimerals 10-13; pedicellars 4. Wings 1.65 mm long; R3 extending
0.53 of total wing length; R3 with setae dorsally only; wing densely microtrichiose.
Abdomen with sterna 1-6 undifferentiated; sternum 7 and all terga evident;
terga and sternum 7 setose and microtrichiose; tergum and sternum 7 with straight
posterior margin; spermatheca reniform, 0.21 mm long. Genitalia in fig. 28.
Holotype female: Pt. Credit, Ontario, Nov. 1966, ex. rotting amaryllis bulbs.
Paratypes: 3 females, 4 larvae, 2 pupae, with above data. Types in the Canadian
National Collections.
Rhexoza ryekmani, New Species
Males. — About 1.50 mm long; greyish brown to dark blackish brown, dull to
feebly shining ; halteres dark grey ; wings colorless, shining. Antennal flagellomeres
with 12-15 setae; cardo-stipites with 12-14 setae on each side; maxillary palpi
large, reniform, 0.09-0.12 mm long. Supraalar setae 11-15; preepisternal setae
9-11; anepisternals 23-30; upper episternals 6-8; subalars 6-9; subspiraculars
6-10; lower epimerals 6-10; pedicellars 2-4; wing length 1.20-1.36 mm; R3
terminates from .50-.56 of total wing length; Ml and M2 diverge to wing margin;
setae usually on dorsal side only of R3, occasionally a very few on ventral surface;
wing microtrichiose. Abdomen with sterna 1-4 unidifferentiated, other sterna and
terga present, setose and microtrichiose; tergum 7 triangular, produced pos-
teriorly (fig. 11) ; sternum with 2 elongate, slender processes posteriorly, a small
notch medially (fig. 11) ; genital vesica and apodemes 0.25-0.27 mm long (longer
than other species in the genus) . Genitalia in figs, 20, 21.
Females. — A single female of this genus was collected in the same locality as
a male of R. ryekmani although about 1 month earlier (San Dimas Canyon, Los
Angeles Co., Calif.). This female is distinct from females of Quateieila quatei
and it is also distinct from a single female collected in the type locality of
R. melanderi. The male, female associations of R. ryekmani and R. melanderi, which
follow are certainly tentative, but the association in the case of Quateieila quatei
would seem to be firmly based.
Generally like the male in size, color and chaetotaxy. Antennal flagellomeres
<C-
Figs. 18-27. Genitalia of Rexoza. Fig. 18. R. melanderi, male; Fig. 19. R.
teskeyi, male; Fig. 20. R. ryekmani, dorsal-ventral aspect; Fig. 21. R. ryekmani,
male, lateral aspect; Fig. 22. R. grossa, female; Fig. 23. R. similis, female; Fig. 24.
R. incisa, female; Fig. 25. R. incisa, female, posterior margin of tergum 7; Fig. 26.
R. aterrima, female; Fig. 27. R. borealis, female.
74
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Figs. 28-31. Female genitalia of Rhexoza. Fig. 28. R. amaryllis ; Fig. 29.
R. teskeyi\ Fig. 30. R. melanderi; Fig. 31. R. ryckmani.
each with 12 setae; cardo-stipites with 18 setae on each side; maxillary palpi
0.15 mm long. Supraalar setae 14; preepisternal setae 10; anepisternals 25; upper
episternals 8; subalars 7; subspiraculars 9; lower epimerals 10; pedicellars 4.
Spermatheca broadly elliptical, 0.20 mm long; genitalia in fig. 31; tergum 8 not
longitudinally divided completely but with a median longitudinal suture on
posterior %•
Holotype male: San Bernardino, San Bernardino Co., Calif, 6-VI-1960, Host
Echinocactus polycephalus, reared, R. E. Ryckman et al. Paratypes: 3 males,
data as above; 1 male, same locality but 24-XI-1957 ; 1 male, Verdemont, Calif.,
l-V-1946; 1 male San Dimas Canyon, Los Angeles Co., Calif., 24-XI-1957 ; 1 female,
San Dimas Canyon, Los Angeles Co., Calif., 10-X-1957. San Bernardino specimens
reared in association with numerous Quateiella quatei males and females and
some Coboldia fuscipes (Mg.). Types in the University of Minnesota Collections.
Rhexoza melanderi, New Species
Males. — Total length 1.50 mm ; head and thorax dark brown, feebly shining ;
abdomen brown dorsally, black ventrally; halteres dark grey brown. Antennal
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
75
flagellomeres each with 12 setae in a single whorl; cardo-stipites with 11 setae
on each side; maxillary palpi large, reniform, 0.12 mm long. Supraalar setae
14; preepisternals 6; anepisternals 19; upper episternals 5; subalars 8; suh-
spiraculars 8; lower epimerals 4; pedicellars 3; wing length 1.30 mm; R3 termi-
nates at 0.42 of wing length ; R3 with setae on dorsal surface only. Abdomen
with sterna 1-4 undifferentiated, other sterna and terga present, both setose and
microtrichiose ; 7 pairs of spiracles; tergurn 7 produced posteriorly; sternum 7
expanded laterally and dorsally; genital vesica and apodemes shorter than in
preceding species. Genitalia in fig. 18.
Female. — Size and color as in male. Antennal flagellomeres each with 15 setae
in a single whorl; cardo-stipites with 12 setae on each side; maxillary palpi 0.11
mm long. Supraalar setae 11; preepisternal setae 8; anepisternals 22; upper
episternals 7; subalars 9; subspiraculars 4; lower epimerals 6; pedicellars 1-2;
wing length 1.50 mm; R3 extends 0.50 of total wing length. Genitalia in fig.
30. Tergum 8 not divided; spermatheca broadly elliptical, 0.13 mm long.
Holotype male: S. Fk. Santa Ana R. Calif., l-IX-1946, A. L. Melander. Para-
type: female, as above but 18-VI-1945. Types in the U.S. National Museum.
Literature Cited
Beekey, C. E. 1938. The immature and adult stages of a new species of
Scalopse from Maine. Entomol. News., 49: 151-154.
Cook, E. F. 1956. A contribution toward a monograph of the Scatopsidae
(Diptera). Part III. The genus Rhexoza. Ann Entomol. Soc. Amer.,
49: 1-12.
1971. The Australian Scatopsidae. Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. Ser., 8: 1-90.
1972. A synopsis of the Scatopsidae of the Palearctic. Part II. Swammer-
damellini. J. Nat. Hist. 6: 625-634.
Enderlein, D. 1936. Scatopsidae. Die Tierwelt Mitteleuropas, 6, Ins., 3: 53-56.
Melander, A. L. 1916. The Dipterous family Scatopsidae. State Coll. Wash.
Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull., 130:1-21.
76
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Observations on the Life Cycle of Heliconius hecale
zuleika (Hewitson) in Costa Rica
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae)
Allen M. Young
Department of Biology, Lawrence University, Appleton, Wisconsin 54911
The neotropical butterfly Heliconius hecale (Fabricius, 1775) is one
of the most widespread and variable species of Heliconius in many re-
gions of Central and South America. In the Pacific dry lowlands of
Guanacaste Province, Costa Rica, the form H. hecale zuleika (Hewitson)
(Fig. 1) is very abundant in pockets of moist secondary and riparian
forests along rivers. In fact, densities of this butterfly approach the
unusually high densities of the closely related species, H. ethilla Godart,
reported in some regions of Trinidad (Ehrlich and Gilbert, 1973).
Along with H. ethilla , this species, H. melpomene and others belong
to the “silvaniform” group of Heliconius (Brown and Mielke, 1972;
Ehrlich and Gilbert, 1973). The widespread occurrence of H. hecale
and it’s regional differentiation into distinct subspecies or races is
probably the result of it’s ability to thrive in a variety of different
habitats, including man-made (Brown, 1972), over a wide geographic
area (Brown and Mielke, 1972). Thus there occur no less than fifteen
distinct subspecies in Amazonian and near “extra-Amazonian” Brazil
alone (Brown and Mielke, 1972). The present paper summarizes some
observations on life cycle, larval food plant, and behavior of the sub-
species zuleika in lowland Guanacaste Province, Costa Rica, including
what is apparently the first published account of its immature stages
and larval host. Such information, especially food plant records, is
crucial for understanding the population dynamics of Heliconius butter-
flies, since at least some populations of H. erato in Costa Rica are limited
by the larval food plant (Benson, 1972).
Materials and Methods
The majority of field observations on adult behavior, larval food
plant, and interactions with other heliconiines were done near the town
of Miramar, along the Inter-American highway in Guanacaste Province,
Costa Rica. The actual study site is the “Barranca site” a patch of semi-
deciduous tropical wet forest in the lowlands. Orians (1969) gives
a good description of the site, and it is supplemented by Janzen (1971) .
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51 : 76 - 85 . January 1975
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
77
III!
(III
mi
mi
1111
mi
nn
nn
nn
llll
llll
llll
llll
llll
llll
llHilill
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
0 _ 1
Fig. 1 . Adult male Heliconius hecale zuleika (Hewitson), dorsal view. Scale
in mm. This specimen was reared in the laboratory from the egg stage.
Activities of H. hecale were generally limited to the thinned-out periph-
eral regions of the forest.
A total of four eggs were collected July 30, 1973 and five were collected
June 23, 1974. Rearing was accomplished by confining the eggs with
fresh clippings of the plant in a single, large, clear-plastic bag kept
tightly shut. The developmental time and other life history events of
individuals confined to the plastic bag were measured from the egg
stage to eclosion. But during this period the caterpillars were moved
to several different localities in Costa Rica, perhaps distorting the
actual developmental time of this species at the Barranca site resulting
from uncontrolled temperature effects.
Results
Habitat and Food Plant. — In my experience, adults of H. hecale
zuleika are most frequently encountered in dense, old secondary forest
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
78
Fig. 2. A habitat of H. heccile zuleika in lowland Guanacaste Province, Costa
Rica. The larval food plant, Pcissiflora vitifolia , is found in the dense
secondary forest at the Barranca site. This photograph was taken during the
wet season (July 1973) . Adult H. hecale exhibit some “promenading” around
Passiflora vines here and visit conspicuous red flowers (inset).
(Fig. 2) and in the thinned-out understory of primary forest. The
butterflies are fond of visiting the understory flowering plant Cephaelis
tomentosa Aubl (Vahl) (Rubiaceae) in many parts of Costa Rica
(Fig. 2, inset). Perhaps the prime reason that the butterflies are found
here is the occurrence of the larval food plant in these places: at the
Barranca site the plant used for oviposition and larval development of
H. hecale is Passiflora vitifolia, and it is the same food plant used by
this species at Finca Tirimbina in the Carribbean wet lowlands of
Costa Rica. This plant occurs as a low, vine sprawling over other
plants, both in sunny and shaded places (Fig. 3). This species of
Heliconius is found along with several other heliconiines on P. vitifolia
at the Barranca site, even to the extent that several species occur to-
gether on the same vine. As I have not done a thorough search for other
food plants of this butterfly at the Barranca site, it is quite possible
that others also occur there.
Vol. 51, No. 1 , January 1975
79
Fig. 3. Passiflora vitifolia (Passifloraceae) , the larval food plant of H. hecale
over much of Central and South America. Note the low position of the vine on
the herbaceous canopy in secondary forest; a large, lobed, older leaf is apparent
directly above the machete near the center of the photograph (June 1974).
P. vitifolia at the Barranca site occurs in small, scattered clumps,
at least 50 meters apart. Over two years, I have found that the same
clumps of this vine (a total of six examined in different parts of the
forest) are infested with heliconians. Some of these clumps are so
small that I would estimate that about 70% of the green foliage is
destroyed during mid- July by heliconian caterpillars and perhaps other
herbivores.
Life Cycle. — The large, squarish egg (Fig. 4- A) is initially light
yellow, darkening to orangish-yellow within one day. The distribution
and numbers of vertical and horizontal ribs are identical to those of
H. melpomene (Beebe, Crane, and Fleming, 1960). The egg is 1.4 mm
high by 0.9 mm wide at the middle. The egg stage lasts five days.
The first instar larva is about 4.0 mm long at hatching, translucent,
dirty-orange with a light tan head capsule. It is covered with many
fine setae, and very similar to the larva of H. melpomene (see Beebe,
Crane, and Fleming, 1960). The second instar (Fig. 4-B) is similar
80
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Fig. 4. The juvenile stages of H. hecale zuleika. A. egg; B. second instar
caterpillar; C. third instar; D. fourth instar; E. fifth instar; F. pupa; G. eclosion.
Sizes are given in the text.
to the first, but the head capsule is more orangish and margined pos-
teriorly lightly in black. The prothoracic plate is brown and all scoli
and legs are black. The distribution of scoli is set in this instar: the
rows of dorsal, lateral, supralateral, and sublateral scoli are all apparent
(see the excellent diagram for scoli distribution of Heliconius in Beebe,
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
81
Crane, and Fleming, 1960). The first instar lasts three days and the
second instar lasts four days.
The third instar (Fig. 4-C) is very similar to the fourth instar (Fig.
4-D) but lighter in the orange color of the body. The head capsule
is light orange and the trunk region is light bluish-white above and
orange below. The head scolus is black and about 1.8 mm long, curved
strongly to the posterior end of the body. The anal plate is light orange
and all scoli are black and bear spinules. The third instar reaches a
length of 16 mm in four days. The general appearance is very similar
to that of H. melpomene. The whitish regions of the body become
more pronounced in the fourth instar (Fig. 4-D) and the recurved
head scoli are now about two mm long. All scoli are black and longer
in this instar (Fig. 4-D). The prolegs remain orange as in the previous
instars. This instar attains a length of about 27 mm in four days.
The fifth instar (Fig. 4-E) is strikingly different in appearance
from the previous stages. The body is now chalky-white and the head
capsule glossy light orange. The recurved head scolus is now almost
6 mm long and all scoli are black. All spiracles are black and a lateral
black dot occurs at the posterior edge (fold) of each segment; a second,
less distinct black spot occurs just above the sublateral scolus. The
fifth instar attains a length of about 38 mm in six days, and it is strik-
ingly similar in appearance to the fifth instar of H. cydno (see Young,
1973 1 ) .
The pupa (Fig. 4-F) fits into the general description of “Group C”
Heliconius in Beebe, Crane, and Fleming (1960) ; it is very similar to
the pupae of H. melpomene and H. numata. The pupae of this group
are characterized by (1) spines on the thorax, abdomen, and antennae,
(2) subdorsal flanges on the abdomen, and (3) three to five pairs of
gold-colored spots on the thorax and abdomen. In H. hecale there are
three pairs of gold spots on the abdomen. The length of the pupa is
33 to 34 mm and the general coloration is mottled light and dark brown.
The spines on the ventral side of the abdomen are very long and black.
The subdorsal flanges are very well developed on the first two ab-
dominal segments. The first five abdominal segments bear alternating
long and short spines, a single spine on the first segment, pairs of
spines on succeeding segments. The head region is coarsely sculptured
with a pair of distinct anterad projections. Along the dorsal line of
each wing pad there is a series of short, curved black “hooks” that
continue to the prothoracic midline and to the head (ventrally). The
1 The fifth instar was incorrectly labelled in that publication as the third instar (switch captions
for Figs. 2 B-C, p. 243).
82
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
cremaster silk is orange. When touched, the pupa is capable of violent
twitching movements from side to side. It is not known if the pupa
is capable of sound or odor production although Alexander (1961)
mentions that the pupa of the closely related H. melopmene does both.
The pupal period lasts 10 to 14 days, falling within the upper limit
of range reported for Group C pupae (9-10 days). Eclosion (Fig.
4-G) is rapid and the first meconium is brownish; Alexander (1961b)
reports that the first meconium of the related species H. melpomene
ranges from brown to chestnut.
Behavior of Adult Butterflies. — -Oviposition behavior usually
entails the female flying very low through an area where the larval
food plant is found. A female may fly back and forth through the
area many times before actually landing and depositing an egg. I have
noticed similar prolonged pre-oviposition flight habits in Philaethria
dido and other unidentified Heliconius. Eventually an egg is laid
on either a very young (unfolding) leaflet or tendril; in a total of four
oviposition acts observed, the egg was never laid on older leaves and
other structures.
Adults are usually encountered singly during the morning and I did
not determine if nocturnal communal roosting, known for some species
of Heliconius (see summary in Benson, 1971), occurs in H. hecale.
Adults probably visit a variety of flowers, but are known to be attracted
to the bright red flowers of Cephaelis tomentosa (Fig. 2-inset) . At
least two closely related species, H. ethilla and H. melpomene show
strong preferences for red flowers in Brazil (Brown and Mielke, 1972).
Collected adults have been noted with at least two types (colors) of
pollen, also suggesting lack of food plant specificity.
Behavior of Caterpillars. — As with species closely related to
this butterfly (see Alexander, 1961a; Brown and Mielke, 1972), the
caterpillars of H. hecale are solitary, a condition very likely the result
of single oviposition. It often happens that caterpillars in different
instars will be found on the same vine of P. vitifolia, but generally
highly scattered with no apparent interaction. It is likely that a single
vine is exploited repeatedly throughout the year for egg-laying by
this species and several other Heliconius. The youngest caterpillars
are invariably found on terminal and subterminal leaflets and even
tendrils. Older caterpillars also feed on subterminal leaflets (Fig. 4-D),
although fifth instars are generally found on older leaves. Caterpillars
generally feed from undersides of leaves, although I have seen fifth
instar caterpillars on the dorsal side of drooping older leaves of the food
plant. Such individuals are extremely conspicuous. Caterpillars often
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
83
share adjacent leaflets and leaves with other heliconians on P. vitifolia :
at Finca Tirimbina, H. hecale co-occurs with at least Philaethria dido
(Young, 1974), while at the Barranca site it co-occurs with H. cydno,
H. isemenius , and Dione.
Discussion
As one of the “silvaniform” species of Heliconius , H. hecale displays
close morphological resemblance in the early stages to other members
of this group, such as H. ethilla (formerly numata ) and H. melpomene.
The life cycle characteristics described for H. hecale agree with the
general features of Heliconius biology as summarized by Brown and
Holzinger (1973) : eggs are usually laid on young (“growing meristem”)
structures, and adults collect pollen. The egg is large and yellowish,
and the head capsule does not bear stripes. The pupa usually hangs
vertically.
The fifth instar bears a striking resemblance to H. cydno and it is
interesting to speculate that the two species participate in a Mullerian
mimicry complex as caterpillars, especially since both species occur on
the same food plant and in the same habitats in Costa Rica. Mimicry
has been suggested by Brown (1972) with respect to other Heliconius
in Brazil.
Brown and Mielke (1972) comment that H. hecale is very widespread
in Brazil, not only geographically but also in terms of habitats; the
apparently high degree of distinct sub-speciation in this species in
Brazil is believed to be the result of phenotypic flexibility perhaps
coupled with restricted gene flow. In Central and South America, the
widespread occurrence of H. hecale , clearly far more extensive than
many other species of Heliconius , must be due in part to the wide-
spread occurrence of Passiflora vitifolia and other food plants. Keith S.
Brown, Jr. (pers. comm.) states that P. vitifolia is used by H. hecale
throughout Central America and Colombia and as far as Ecuador.
Young (1974) discussed P. vitifolia as a larval food plant of Philaethria
dido in northeastern lowland Costa Rica. At least three genera of
heliconians and a large number of species (of Heliconius ) use P.
vitifolia , probably for the following reasons: (1) the widespread geo-
graphical distribution of the plant makes it an attractive resource for
heliconians, (2) the plant species occupies several different habitats
within a geographic (regional) zone, and (3) the plant is unusually
low in those defense systems that normally deter heliconians and perhaps
other herbivorous insects. Whatever the precise reasons for it’s abun-
dance over much of tropical America, this and perhaps other species of
84
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Passiflora are easily penetrated (in the evolutionary or ultimate sense
of Ehrlich and Raven, 1964) by local complexes of heliconians.
Acknowledgements
This research is a by-product of National Science Foundation grant
GB-33060 with logistic support from the Costa Rican program of the
Associated Colleges of the Midwest. The butterfly was identified by
Dr. Lee D. Miller (Allyn Museum of Entomology) and the larval food
plant by Dr. Keith S. Brown, Jr. (Rio de Janeiro), who made several
helpful comments regarding his studies of the butterfly in Brazil. From
Brown I have also learned that several researchers are doing extensive
studies on the ecology and genetics of this butterfly.
Literature Cited
Alexander, A. J. 1961a. A study of the biology and behavior of the cater-
pillars, pupae and emerging butterflies of the subfamily Heliconiinae
in Trinidad, West Indies, Part I. Some aspects of larval behavior.
Zoologica, 46: 1-24.
1961b. Part II. Molting, and the behavior of pupae and emerging adults.
Zoologica, 46: 105-125.
Beebe, W., J. Crane, and H. Fleming. 1960. A comparison of eggs, larvae and
pupae in fourteen species of Heliconiine butterflies from Trinidad,
W. I. Zoologica, 45: 111-153.
Benson, W. W. 1971. Evidence for the evolution of unpalatability through
kin selection in the Heliconiinae (Lepidoptera). Amer. Nat., 105:
213-226.
1972. Natural selection for Mullerian mimicry in Heliconius erato in Costa
Rica. Science, 176: 936-939.
Broavn, K. S., Jr. 1972. The Heliconians of Brazil (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) .
Part III. Ecology and biology of Heliconius natter eri, a key primitive
species near extinction, and comments on the evolutionary develop-
ment of Heliconius and Eueides. Zoologica, 57: 41-69.
Broavn, K. S., Jr. and 0. H. H. Mielke. 1972. Part II. Introduction and general
comments, Avith a supplementary revision of the tribe. Zoologica, 57 :
1-40.
Brown, K. S., Jr. and H. Holzinger. 1973. Part IV. Systematics and bioloy
of Eueides tales Cramer, with description of a new subspecies from
Venezuela. Zeitschr. Arbeit. Osterr. Entomol., 24: 44-64.
Ehrlich, P. R. and P. H. Raven. 1964, Butterflies and plants: a study in
coevolution. Evolution, 18: 586-608.
Ehrlich, P. R. and L. E. Gilbert. 1973. Population structure and dynamics
of the tropical butterfly Heliconius ethilla. Biotrop., 5: 69-82.
Emsley, M. G. 1965. Speciation in Heliconius (Lep., Nymphalidae) : morphology
and geographic distribution. Zoologica, 50: 191-254.
Gilbert, L. E. 1972. Pollen feeding and reproductive biology of Heliconius
butterflies. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci., U.S.A., 69: 1403-1407.
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
85
Janzen, D. H. 1971. The fate of Scheelea rostrata fruits beneath the parent
tree: predispersal attack by bruchids. Principes, 15: 89-101.
Orians, G. H. 1969. The number of bird species in some tropical forests.
Ecol., 50: 783-801.
Young, A. M. 1973. Notes on the biology of the butterfly Heliconius cydno
(Lepidoptera: Heliconiinae) in Costa Rica. Wasmann J. Biol., 31:
337-350.
1974. Further observations on the natural history of Philaethria dido dido
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae: Heliconiinae). J. New York Entomol.
Soc., 82: 30-41.
RECENT LITERATURE
Biology, Ecology, and Host Specificity of Microlepidoptera Associated
with Quercus agrifolia (Fagaceae). Paul A. Opler. University of California
Publications in Entomology, Vol. 75, 83 pp., 38 figs., 7 plates, 8 tables. $4.25.
Taxonomically, the microlepidoptera remain one of the most poorly known groups
of insects, as demonstrated by the fact that 57% of the species treated in this study
were undescribed at the time the research was conducted. Nevertheless, this work
is primarily ecological, containing no descriptions of new species, and no keys.
The text contains a wealth of documentary data concerning interrelationships be-
tween the moths, their host, and important climatic and distributional variables.
This descriptive information is balanced with extensive discussion of life cycle
adaptations, host specificity, biogeographic distribution, and evolution. The diversity
of biological adaptations of the moths to avoid unfavorable seasons or to reduce
interspecific competition reveal these small insects, usually ignored by all but
specialized taxonomists, to be highly interesting and significant subjects for
ecological analysis. The evolution of the moths is related to evolution of their host,
emphasizing the fossil record of the oak and the host relationships and present
distribution of the insects. The antiquity of the leafmining habit is documented by
Miocene fossil impressions which are practically indistinguishable from mines of
extant moths. The text is accompanied by useful tables and figures comparing the
chronology of development of different species, host relationships, and details of
geographic distribution. Plates include photographs of examples of larval mines
and shelters and eggs in typical oviposition sites. — Editor.
Revision of the Millipede Family Andrognatiiidae in the Nearctic Region
(Diplopoda: Platydesmida) . M. R. Gardiner. Memoirs of the Pacific Coast
Entomological Society, Vol. 5, 61 pp., 46 text figures. (Available from Pacific
Coast Entomological Society, c/o California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate
Park, San Francisco, California 94118. $3.00).
Taxonomic study of the five nearctic genera of platydesmid millipeds, including
one new species from northern California.
86
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Fifty Years of the Pan-Pacific Entomologist 1
E. Gorton Linsley
Division of Entomology and Parasitology
University of California, Berkeley 94720
Table of Contents— V
Historical and Biographical Papers
Arnaud, P. H., Jr.
Herbert Ruekes, Sr. 42:156
Carl J. Drake 42:244
Edwin Ralph Leach 47:312
G. Dallas Hanna 48:59
Arnaud, P. H., Jr. and M. N. Wale
Thomas Wrentmore Cook 49:177
Armitage, H. M.
George Ringo Wilson 14:143
Bailey, S. F.
Jones collection of Thysanoptera 13:89
Hinds collection of Thysanoptera 15:91
Dudley Moulton 27:145
Blackwelder, R. E.
Entomological work of Adalbert Fenyes 18:17
Blaisdell, F. E., Sr.
Thomas Lincoln Casey 2:90
Blaisdell, F. E., Sr. and E. C. Van Dyke
Ralph Hopping 18:1
Brown, F. M.
Letters from W. H. Edwards to W. G. Wright 39:198
Eaton, C. B. and G. R. Struble
John Elliot Patterson 40:1
Edmundson, G. F.
Willis C. Day 42:163
Essig, E. 0.
Charles Fayette McGlashan 7:97
Entomology and early development of agriculture 10:1, 49, 97
Charles William Woodworth 17:30
University of California Entomological Society 17:73
Itinerary of Walsingham in California and Oregon 17:97
Sol Felty Light 24:49
Theodore Dru Alison Cockerell 24:117
Edwin Cooper Van Dyke 29:73
Essig, E. O., et al.
History of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society 27:97
Essig, E. O. and R. L. Usinger
Edward Payson Van Duzee 16:145
Fall, H. C.
Adalbert Fenyes 13:145
1 Concluded from vol. 50, p. 415.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 86-87. January 1975
Vol. 51, No. 1 , January 1975
87
Furman, D. P.
William Brodbeck Hermes 25:192
Hottes, F. C.
Little known work of Ph. F. Gmelin 25:83
Hurd, P. D., Jr.
Claude “I” Smith 26:59
Leach, E. R.
F. W. Nunenmacher 24:1
James Edward Cottle 32:19
Leech, H. B.
Harry Phytander Chandler 33:31
Bibliography of G. F. Ferris 35:29
Roy Seymour Wagner 43:134
Linsley, E. C.
Henry Clinton Fall 16:1
James Otis Martin 28:71
Robert Leslie Usinger 45:167
McKenzie, H. L.
G. F. Ferris as a student of scale insects 35:25
Michelbacher, A. E.
Edward Oliver Essig 41:207
Miller, D.
Apropos C. V. Riley 22:28
Miller, D. R., R. M. Bohart and R. F. Wilkey
Howard Lester McKenzie 45:245
Rentz, D. C.
Harold J. Grant, Jr. 42:158
Ross, E. S.
Louis S. Slevin 22:141
Smith, R. F.
Bibliography of E. 0. Essig 41:23
Telford, H. S.
Ralph Ward Dawson 50:209
Tilden, J. W.
Carl Dudley Duncan 43:97
Usinger, R. L.
Brighton Clark Cain 28:125
Howard Madison Parshley 30:1
Gordon Floyd Ferris 35:1
Usinger, R. L. and E. C. Zimmerman
Otto Herman Swezey 36:151
Van Duzee, E. P.
Walter M. Gifford 6:46
Millard Carr Van Duzee 10:90
Van Dyke, E. C.
Frank Ellsworth Blaisdell, Sr. 23:49
Julius George Grundel 10:48
Wiggins, I. L.
G. F. Ferris, the teacher 35:13
Zimmerman, E. C.
Francis Xavier Williams ; 45:135
88
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
C. B. Philip H. V. Daly F. Ennik P. H. Arnaud, Jr.
President President-Elect Secretary Treasurer
Proceedings
Three Hundred and Fifty-Sixth Meeting
The 356th meeting was held Friday, 18 January 1974 in the Morrison Audi-
torium of the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco,
with President Philip presiding.
Members present (44) : F. G. Andrews, P. H. Arnaud, J. W. Bass, M. M.
Bentzien, L. G. Bezart, F. L. Blanc, R. G. Blair, I. A. Boussy, R. J. Bushnell,
W. Carstens, H. J. Denk, D. G. Denning, F. Ennik, B. Ehreth, B. K. Eya, M. R.
Gardner, A. R. Gillogly, J. Guggolz, K. S. Hagen, R. M. Haradon, Jr., L. Hawkins,
T. W. Hewton, Jr., A. I. Kaplan, C. Y. Kitayama, R. L. Langston, H. B. Leech,
K. L. Lipps, A. C. Mehrer, R. L. Morrison, D. W. Moss, Jr., G. M. Nishida, R. W.
Pemberton, R. L. Peterson, C. B. Philip, M. J. Robey, W. E. Savary, H. I. Scudder,
M. V. Silveira, R. W. Thorp, R. E. Stecker, T. Toren, D. J. Voegtlin, M. Wasbauer
and S. P. Welles.
Visitors present (22) : N. Arnaud, M. C. Beugler, N. Blair, F. Blanc, A. Bush,
J. A. Cate, T. L. Delgman, L. Denning, S. Ferguson, J. Hawkins, K. S. Heston,
A. Hunter, F. 0. Lewis, R. Locatelli, V. Maggi, V. Mayer, M. Mehrer, E. Parker, K.
Taylor, J. T. Thorp, D. Veirs, and J. Wasbauer.
The minutes of the meeting held 14 December 1973 were summarized.
The following persons were elected to membership. Student membership: Don
R. Harris, Ron Locatelli, Mona Lyon, Mark A. Santana. Regular membership:
Kathleen Hesketh, Albert Mehrer and Mike Mehrer.
Dr. W. E. Ferguson exhibited slides of an undescribed thrombidiid mite para-
sitic on camel crickets which is being studied at California State University, San
Jose, by visiting Professor Dr. Pierre Robaux.
A. I. Kaplan presented slides of a dipterous larvae, collected 29 November
1973, from a rotting and liquified fungus found on the University of California,
Berkeley campus. The fungus was tentatively identified as Armillaria sp.,
and the flies were Calotarsa insignis Aldrich, a platypezid, or flat-footed fly.
Laboratory reared adults first emerged 10 January 1974.
The principal speaker of the evening was Dr. William J. Hamilton, III, Pro-
fessor of Animal Ethology, University of California, Davis. His illustrated talk
was entitled, “Behavioral adaptations of the tenebrionid fauna of Africa’s Namib
Desert.”
Coffee and other refreshments were served during a social hour held in the
Trustees Room following the meeting. — F. Ennik, Secretary.
Three Hundred and Fifty-Seventh Meeting
The 357th meeting was held Friday, 15 March 1974 in the Morrison Audi-
torium of the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco,
with President Philip presiding.
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
89
Members present (30) : F. G. Andrews, P. H. Arnaud, Jr., J. W. Bass, L. G.
Bezart, R. W. Brown, R. J. Bushnell, H. V. Daly, M. R. Ebertz, J. G. Edwards,
F. Ennik, W. E. Ferguson, B. W. Grushkowitz, R. W. Hall, R. M. Haradon, Jr.,
T. E. Hewton, Jr., C. Y. Kitayama, H. B. Leech, R. G. Locatelli, A. E. Michelbacher,
R. L. Morrison, C. B. Philip, W. E. Savary, R. X. Schick, E. L. Smith, R. E.
Somerby, R. E. Stecker, S. L. Szerlip, M. Wasbauer, C. Williams, and S. C.
Williams.
Visitors present (21) : A. Bush, M. Bush, T. L. Delgman, A. N. Ennik, A. V.
Ennik, S. Ferguson, A. R. Gittins, R. Greek, D. S. Green, D. Grushkowitz, J.
Hawkins, R. Lane, V. Maggi, G. Malleck, M. Michelbacher, Mr. & Mrs. J. J.
Moran, E. Parker, E. J. Rogen, Jr., D. Veirs, and J. Wasbauer.
The minutes of the meeting held 18 January 1974 were summarized.
Two student members were elected to membership: Deborah S. Green and
Donald W. Scott.
Dr. E. L. Smith exhibited an unidentified sawfly of the family Pamphiliidae,
collected in Golden Gate Park, and summarized some of the biology of this
primitive group of Hymenoptera.
The Executive Board decided that the social hour should be held before the
next regular meeting at 7:45 p.m. in the Trustees Room, rather than after, to
expedite meetings. The membership meeting will begin at 8:30 p.m. Dr. R. E.
Stecker stated the opinion that students benefited greatly from exposure to the insect
collections and wanted to know if access to the collections would be possible at
future meetings. Both Dr. Arnaud and Dr. Smith replied that space in the insect
rooms did not really allow study of the collections and socializing at the same
time due to the large attendance of meetings. Access to the collections will be
available before the regular meeting for those who wish, however.
The principal speaker of the evening was Dr. Arthur R. Gittins, Department
of Entomology, University of Idaho. His illustrated talk was entitled, “A brief
history of entomology at Idaho.”
Coffee and other refreshments were served during a social hour held in the
Trustees Room following the meeting.— F. Ennik, Secretary.
Three Hundred and Fifty-Eighth Meeting
The 358th meeting was held Friday, 19 April 1974 in the Morrison Auditorium
of the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with
President-elect Daly presiding.
Members present (34) : J. Anduiza, P. H. Arnaud, Jr., J. W. Bass, L. G. Bezart,
D. Burdick, W. Carstens, P. S. Crane, H. V. Daly, D. G. Denning, M. Eastman,
J. G. Edwards, F. Ennik, B. K. Eya, W. E. Ferguson, L. Green, K. S. Hagen, T. E.
Hewton, Jr., A. I. Kaplan, C. Kitayama, D. H. Kavanaugh, R. L. Langston, V. F.
Lee, K. L. Lipps, R. Morrison, H. G. Neal, R. W. Pemberton, R. L. Peterson,
W. W. Pitcher and wife, M. V. Silveira, J. Spalding, E. L. Smith, D. Whitman, and
S. C. Williams.
Visitors present (24) : J. Bauer, C. Bera, A. Bush, E. J. Bynum, D. W. Caneto,
L. Denning, J. T. Duncan, A. L. Edwards, A. V. Ennik, S. Ferguson, P. Grant,
R. Hansen, N. Hays, A. Horning, C. A. Larrea, G. J. Mallick, M. Martin, G.
Perrier, P. Phillip, R. G. Repke, C. Spencer, J. Stockton, S. Stockton and F. Wray.
The minutes of the meeting held 15 March 1974 were summarized.
90
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
The following persons were elected to membership. Student membership: John
H. Benedict, Marion E. Buegler, Marli Eastman, Peter Goodall, Ronald J. Mc-
Ginley, Carol Musgrave, Peggie Phillips, Tom Sparks, and James E. Tobler,
I. Regular membership : David George, Donald S. Leson and W. F. Peregrin.
Dr. Arnaud announced that Memoir Series Volume 4, Autobiography of an
Entomologist by R. L. Usinger is still available at $12.50 to members and $15
to non-members. Approximately 350 copies have been sold.
Dr. Arnaud announced that Dr. David H. Kavanaugh will replace Mr. Hugh
B. Leech, on his retirement, as curator of Coleoptera at the California Academy
of Sciences.
The following note was presented:
A New Record of Mantispid Reared from Spider. — On 24 March 1974,
while collecting along the Kings River, near Piedra, Fresno County, California,
a lycosid spider. Tarantula sp., was seen carrying an egg sac. The spider was
captured and the egg sac opened. Within the sac a pupa of the mantispid
Climaciella brunnea (Say) was found. The pupa was brought to the laboratory,
wrapped in tissue and placed in a rearing cage in constant shade.
On 8 April at 11 a.m. the pupa was seen walking over the tissue, which had a
hole chewed through it, and molted into the adult form by 5 p.m.
The spider and mantispid, with its pupal case, have been preserved and will
be given to the California Academy of Sciences. A brief description of a study
of a European mantispid, that develops within the egg sac of a lycosid spider,
Lycosa sp., is given in Imms, “ A general textbook of entomology ” (0. W.
Richards and R. G. Davies (Eds.), 9th Edition, 1957. pp. 498-9). The ambulatory
behavior of mantispid pupae has been reported for Plega banksi (Werner and
Butler, 1965, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 58: 66-68). Lloyd D. George and Nelda
L. George.
The principal speaker of the evening was Dr. Karen L. Lipps, Department of
Ecology and Systematics, California State University, San Francisco, whose il-
lustrated talk was entitled, “The evolution of cleaning behavior in insects,
particularly Drosophila.”
Coffee and other refreshments were served during a social hour held in the
Trustees Room prior to the meeting. — F. Ennik, Secretary.
Three Hundred and Fifty-Ninth Meeting
The 359th meeting was the annual field day and picnic held on Saturday, 18
May 1974 at Morton’s Warm Springs, Kenwood, California.
Members present (15) : E. Anderson, P. H. Arnaud, Jr., J. W. Bass, D. G.
Denning, F. Ennik, W. C. Ferguson, R. L. Langston, K. L. Lipps, A. E. Michel-
bacher, W. W. Pitcher and wife, C. B. Philip, W. E. Savary, M. S. Wasbauer
and son.
Visitors present (18) : S. Anderson, N. Arnaud, P. H. Arnaud, S. Arnaud,
J. M. Bass, L. Denning, T. Delgman, J. T. Duncan, A. N. Ennik, J. S. Ennik,
A. V. Ennik, S. Ferguson, M. Michelbacher, G. Philip, P. Robaux, 0. Robaux, C.
Sinclair, and K. Taylor.
Although it was raining lightly at times, picnicking, swimming, and insect
collecting were the main activities.— F. Ennik, Secretary.
Vol. 51, No. 1 , January 1975
91
Three Hundred and Sixtieth Meeting
The 360th meeting was held Friday, 18 October 1974, in the Morrison Audi-
torium of the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco,
with President Philip presiding.
Members present (35+) : L. C. Armin, P. H. Arnaud, Jr., J. W. Bass, I. A.
Boussy, T. Briggs, R. W. Brown, D. Durbin, J. G. Edwards, F. Ennik, D. S.
Green, R. M. Haradon, Jr., L. Hawkins, T. E. Hewton, Jr., A. I. Kaplan, D. H.
Kavanaugh, R. L. Langston, H. B. Leech, K. L. Lipps, G. J. Mallick, J. B.
McCarthy, R. L. Morrison, D. W. Moss, Jr., G. M. Nishida, R. W. Pemberton,
C. B. Phillip, W. W. Pitcher, J. A. Powell, H. G. Real, M. J. Robey, E. S. Ross,
W. E. Savary, C. M. Sprenger, S. L. Szerlip, R. W. Thorp, and B. Villegas.
Visitors present (56+): K. Barth, J. M. Bass, R. X. Bettancourt, Jr., J. P.
Boban, K. Brittan, J. Brown, K. W. Brown, P. Brown, B. & P. Buickerood, R. B.
Chorf, J. Crane, C. M. Dixon, J. T. Duncan, A. Edwards, A. N. Ennik, A. V.
Ennik, J. S. Ennik, R. French, T. Friebel, J. C. & K. L. Gerth, T. Gibson, R. D.
Gunk, J. Hjelle, J. & Q. Illige, J. Jacobson, J. Johnson, B. A. Kavanaugh, B.
Lasater, J. Locarnim, G. Low, D. McKay, D. McManus, P. Michelson, W. Moore,
F. Murphey, J. Pang, D. L. Parker, J. B. Parker, P. Philip, P. & K. Pitcher, E. L.
Rhe, G. Sahara, C. Sawley, P. & H. Sherman, P. F. Smith, A. Stephen, W. A.
Sumner, J. T. Thorp, K. Uremorrie, N. Vandenberg, and K. R. Wahl.
The minutes of the annual field trip and picnic, held 18 May 1974, were
summarized.
The following persons were elected to membership. Student membership:
David L. Kulhavy, Ralph J. Michels, Wayne S. Moore, Lee C. Ryker, and
D. Dee Wilder. Regular membership: Paul A. Collins, William E. Gavin, Dennis
Groothuis, George J. Mallick, Dr. William L. Peters and Dr. Thomas J. Zavortink.
Dr. Arnaud announced that Dr. Thomas J. Zavortink has been appointed new
curator of Hymenoptera and alcohol collections at the Academy.
Dr. Arnaud asked that Secretary Ennik send Mrs. Hawley a letter on behalf
of the Society on her speedy recovery from recent surgery.
The following notes were presented:
A Remarkable New Brachypterous, Sand-Dune Moth. — Slides illustrating
an undescribed genus and species of Scythridae from the coastal Santa Maria
dunes in southern San Luis Obispo County, California were exhibited. Bizarre
activities of the flightless, sand-colored moths, including behavioral thermoregula-
tion and self-burial that occurs each evening, as well as the unique larval galleries
which attach to buried parts of various plants in loose sands were shown. The
species and its habits are being described elsewhere. — J. A. Powell, University
of California, Berkeley.
New Record for a Nearctic Deerfly in Baja California. — Early last June
Franklin Ennik and I made a collecting trip into Baja California Norte. Three
females of Chrysops coloradensis Bigot were captured in a small Malaise trap,
COa baited, at midday, 5 June, on a dry lake bed one mile north of Laguna Hanson
in the Sierra Juarez, 5500 ft. altitude. This must be a disjunct colony, as no
previous records are known in Arizona or south of 3 montane localities in Ventura
and San Bernardino Counties in California. The species extends on its southern
boundary eastward through Utah into the Colorado Rocky Mountains, and
northwest into southern British Columbia.
With more adequate collecting, it seems likely that C. coloradensis will also
92
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
be taken farther south in the Sierra San Pedro Martir. In the latter mountains,
rare specimens have been taken of other generalized tabanids: Pilimas abaureur
(Phil.), Silvius gigantulus (Lw.), C. coquilletti Hine and C. clavicornis Bren., all
similarly disjunct from the montane California fauna farther north. It appears
not unlikely that these represent relicts from past, more verdent geologic times
when biologic faunal interchange would have been more feasible than it is now.
Only one female of Apatolestes comastes willistoni Bren, was taken at Mike’s
Sky Ranch though we followed a route which Stan Williams and Kathy Blair
had taken the year before about the same dates when they netted 16 specimens in
4 species of this generalized genus of tabanids. We were told by stock owners at
Melling Ranch and elsewhere that the season was late and drier than usual, and
that we appeared to be some two weeks too early for the expected horsefly
pests of their livestock.
Expenses for this field trip were in part defrayed by a grant (no. 1071, Johnson
Fund) from the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia. — Cornelius B.
Philip, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, CA.
The principal speaker of the evening was Dr. Edward S. Ross, Curator, Depart-
ment of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. His illus-
trated talk was entitled, “Insect photo trophies, 1974: a series of insect and
arachnid slides with annotated biological notes.”
Coffee and other refreshments were served during a social hour held in the
Trustees Room following the meeting. — F. Ennik, Secretary.
Three Hundred and Sixty-First Meeting
The 361st meeting was held Friday, 15 November 1974, in the Morrison Audi-
torium of the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco,
with President Philip presiding.
Members present (34) : P. H. Arnaud, Jr., F. R. Barnes, J. W. Bass, L. G.
Bezart, K. Corwin, C. Dailey, J. G. Edwards, F. Ennik, K. S. Hagen, T. E.
Hewton, Jr., A. I. Kaplan, D. H. Kavanaugh, R. L. Langston, H. B. Leech, K. L.
Lipps, A. E. Michelbacher, R. L. Morrison, D. W. Moss, Jr., G. M. Nishida,
R. W. Pemberton, C. B. Philip, P. Phillips, W. W. Pitcher, J. A. Powell, M. J.
Robey, E. S. Ross, W. E. Savary, T. N. Seeno, C. M. Sprenger, R. E. Stecker,
S. L. Szerlip, T. Toren, D. D. Wilder, and D. L. Wilson.
Visitors present (33) : J. Alletts, R. X. Bettancourt, Jr., K. Brittan, B. P.
Buickerood, A. Bush, D. Chase, S. Cohen, J. Cramer, C. E. Culley, C. Dailey,
A. Edwards, W. J. Evans, T. Gibson, B. Kavanaugh, P. E. Kenmore, K. A. Kesketh,
K. Nishida, P. Mason, D. McKay, M. Michelbacher, K. Neath, V. A. Nunez, B. C.
Osborne, D. L. Parker, J. B. Parker, K. Pitcher, P. Pitcher, J. Redman, M. D.
Smart, A. Stephen, L. Toren, P. Toren, and C. Wilson.
Two student members were elected to membership: George Erwin and Paul
Mason.
President Philip appointed Hugh B. Leech Chairman of the 1975 Nominating
Committee, to be assisted by Donald Denning and A. E. Michelbacher.
For the Auditing Committee, President Philip appointed H. V. Davis, Chairman,
to be assisted by E. S. Ross.
President Philip appointed an ad hoc committee consisting of E. G. Linsley,
Chairman, assisted by H. B. Leech, E. S. Ross and W. W. Middlekauff, to explore
Vol. 51, No. 1, January 1975
93
ways the Society could participate in the upcoming joint City of San Francisco-
National Bicentennial celebration in 1976.
J. Gordon Edwards exhibited two live female beetles, Pleocoma conjungens
and P. hirticollis vandykei , collected during recent rains in Quail Hollow, Santa
Cruz Mountains and Coyote, California. The males are attracted to the flightless
females, apparently by a non-species specific pheromone, as the females sit par-
tially buried in the opening of their burrows. After mating, the female digs back
into the ground and deposits her eggs. The larvae eat plant roots during their long
period of development. Because the females do not move from their point of
origin, Pleocoma species have limited geographic ranges.
H. B. Leech stated that Pleocoma beetles are also found at his home in Angwin,
CA.
D. H. Kavanaugh reported on his field and laboratory observations on the carabid
genus Nebria, which are restricted to snow melt trickles or cool mountain stream
margins of the Sierra Nevada above the 11,500 ft. level.
S. L. Szerlip exhibited slides of two species of Diptera found living in the
California pitcher-plant, Darlingtonia calif ornica Torrey, in a Sphagnum bog near
Willow Springs, Nevada County, California, in June, 1974. Larvae of Metriocnemus
edwardsi Jones (Chironomidae) are apparently found only in D. californica,
where they feed on detritus. Larvae of Leptocera sp. (Sphaeroceridae) as well as
pupae and adults, were also found, and appear to be completely adapted to the
living conditions in the pitcher-plants.
The main speaker of the evening was Dr. Ronald E. Stecker, Department of
Entomology, San Jose State University. His illustrated talk was entitled, “Life
in the 300 ft. giant Sequoia.”
Coffee and other refreshments were served in a social hour, held in the Trustees
Room following the meeting. — F. Ennik, Secretary.
Three Hundred and Sixty-Second Meeting
The 362nd meeting was held Friday, 20 December 1974 at 7:45 p.m. in the
Morrison Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park,
San Francisco, with President Philip presiding.
Members present (39) : R. P. Allen, E. Anderson, L. C. Armin, P. H. Arnaud,
Jr., F. R. Barnes, J. W. Bass, L. G. Bezart, R. M. Brown, P. A. Collins, K. Corwin,
H. V. Daly, H. J. Denk, J. G. Edwards, B. Ehreth, F. Ennik, E. R. Gunderson,
T. E. Hewton, Jr., D. Jamieson, W. Jamieson, A. I. Kaplan, D. H. Kavanaugh, A.
Kitayama, H. B. Leech, K. L. Lipps, R. L. Morrison, C. B. Philip, P. Phillips,
J. A. Powell, H. G. Real, E. S. Ross, T. N. Seeno, R. E. Somerby, R. E. Stecker,
S. L. Szerlip, R. W. Thorp, J. W. Tilden, D. W. Whitman, D. D. Wilder, and
D. L. Wilson.
Visitors present (16) : S. Anderson, G. D. Barhe, P. Brown, A. Bush, D. Harms,
P. Jamieson, R. Kimmick, D. L. Parker, J. B. Parker, D. Rodriguez, A. C. Stanet,
G. Sweeny, J. Thorp, H. Tilden, N. Zackeroff, and G. Zefnah.
The minutes of the meeting held 15 November 1974 were summarized.
Richard A. Hinsdale was elected to membership into the Society.
E. S. Ross exhibited kodachrome slides of small insects mounted on microscope
slides.
Allen Stephen displayed an unusual aberration of a checkerspot butterfly captured
in flight in Alum Rock Park, San Jose. The specimen displayed the coloration
94
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
of Euphyclryas chalcedona hemimelanica on the dorsal wing surfaces and E. c.
fusimacula on the ventral wing surfaces.
The following notes were presented:
Observations of the Mating Activities of Rhamphomyia Scaurissima
Wheeler in Northern California. — Rhamphomyia scaurissima Wheeler was
found in the oak-bay woodlands of northern Marin County, California. In March
of 1974 a number of these empidids were observed swarming over Santa Fe Creek,
located south of Novato. This mating swarm consisted of two groups; one larger
group of males approximately three feet in diameter, and a smaller group, perhaps
two feet in diameter, composed entirely of females. The two groups were
separated by only an inch or two. The insects in both groups flew in an apparent
circular or elliptical pattern giving the impression that the female group lay an-
terior to the male group. I observed no overlapping of the two groups.
Individual males would frequently fly into the female swarm, select a mate
and fly up under her until they were touching. Together the pair zigzagged in
tandem, in a direction more or less perpendicular to the main flow of the swarm.
Moments later the pair separated, with the female returning to her swarm and
the male immediately flying down to the water and skiing across the water’s
surface. On close inspection, I observed the male touching its modified middle
tarsi to the water, which left a minute ripple on the surface. After this, the male
returned to the swarming group.
Wheeler first described R. scaurissima (Entomol. News, 7:189-192, 1896) from
specimens collected in Palo Alto, California. Since that time, this empidid has
been largely unknown in collections and unmentioned in literature. When Wheeler
first described the extraordinary, elaborate and large middle tarsi of the male,
he thought perhaps their function was to vibrate in front of the female during
courtship. However, this behavior was not observed in any of the mating swarms
I studied. The only way in which the tarsi were used, were as boats or water
skis. In fact the tarsi do resemble a tiller and rudder, with a flattened cup shaped
tarsal segment as the “boat” or “water ski.” The mating swarms have been
found only during the latter part of March or the early part of April. No adult
individuals have been collected at any other time of the year and the larva is
unknown. — Peggie Phillips, San Francisco State University.
Massive Population Levels of the Cherry Tree Ugly-Nest Caterpillar.
— Extensive silk tenting of Prunus virginiana var. demissa caused by gregarious
larvae of the tortricid, Archipa cerasivoranus (Fitch) were observed in southern
Siskiyou County. During California Insect Survey investigations in early June,
1974, large patches of defoliated Prunus were found along the railroad and
roadsides from McCloud to Ash Creek, 9 miles to the east, and there were small
nests at McBride Springs on the west slope of Mt. Shasta in late June. The
largest colony, where all plants were defoliated in an area about 20 X 5-10 m, was
observed on June 10; larvae were dying in large numbers in all but peripheral
areas where some foliage remained. Two weeks later central portions had col-
lapsed and dried, while new webbing on the expanding periphery had encom-
passed various low herbs and other shrubs, particularly Ceanothus velutinus,
which was defoliated, Arctostaphylos, Purshia and Eriogonum. Four tents of
larvae collected 7 and 9 miles east of McCloud and at McBride Springs showed
no signs of disease in laboratory conditions. More than 550 moths emerged be-
tween July 2-29, but only 2 parasites, tachinids, were reared. These olbserva-
Vol. 51, No. 1 , January 1975
95
tions are in contrast to those made in 1957-58 in the same region, when only
small colonies of A. cerasivoranus were found, and several parasites emerged,
representing about 10% of some 40 individuals reared (Powell, 1964, U. Calif.
Publ. Ent., 32: 147). — J. A. Powell, University of California, Berkeley.
Confirmation of Occurrence in Amazonas of the Tabanid Tribe
Rhinomyzini. — The third known specimen of the peculiar Betraguia ocellata
Oldroyd previously described in 1970 from 2 (likewise) females from Para
Dist., lower Amazon, Brazil is exhibited. It was taken by Dr. Richard W. Merritt
while a pre-doctoral student at University of California and is labelled Leticia
(Upper Amazonas) Columbia, “kilometer 8,” 2-6 August 1973.
The Tribe Rhinomyzini is discussed by Oldroyd in a British Museum review of
the Ethiopian tabanid fauna, 1957, as an assemblage of “bizarre forms” extending
in the Old World as far as the Orient and related more on biological than on
structural or even phylogenetic similarities. While he envisioned tabanid ancestry
as radiating from a South American origin, no previous specialized members of
the above peculiar tribe have been recorded in the New World. There are,
however, other wasp mimics among Neotropical Tabaninae.
Note in the specimen passed among the audience the obvious resemblance
to some shiny black wasp with elongated antennae and abdomen. The latter is
spatulate and truncated behind, not constricted into a slender ovipositor as in
many of its tree-hole breeding ethiopian relatives. Nevertheless, it appears not
unlikely that this Amazon species also inhabits rot-holes in trees.
The well-developed ocelli and the hind-tibial spurs, though minute, relate
this to the tribe, though the combination of sparsely hairy eyes, closed submarginal
cells of the wings, and discal cells narrowed basally by apical extension of the
2nd basal cells, are unusual.
The discovery recently of only 3 widely-separated specimens in all the col-
lecting in the Amazon region attests to some unusual habitats. But logical
speculation on pathways and direction taken by progenitors is not possible at
present. — Cornelius B. Philip, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
The December meeting is traditionally the business meeting of the year and
President Philip asked for reports of the standing committees.
In the treasurer’s report Dr. Arnaud summarized the financial statement of
the Society. Income is derived from dues and subscriptions, reprints and miscel-
laneous page charges, sales of memoirs, advertising, savings accounts interest and
stock dividends. The financial statement is published here in order for all members
to know the financial condition of the Society.
Dr. Arnaud stated that the treasurer’s office is indebted to Mrs. V. Hawley,
Office Manager of the Academy, for her dedicated attention to the Society’s ac-
counts, to Ms. Roxi Berlin, Entomology Secretary, for her attention to many letters
and mailings of Society publications, and to Mr. H. Vannoy Davis, member of
the firm of J. K. Lasser and Company (Certified Public Accountants), not only
for his review of the Treasurer’s records, but also for the completion of our
Federal and State income tax forms.
Mr. Leech gave no report on behalf of the Historical Committee.
Dr. Williams, of the Membership Committee, reported there were 33 members
(21 student and 12 regular) elected in 1974.
On behalf of the Publication Committee, Dr. Powell summarized results of the
96
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Executive Board meetings regarding publication costs of the journal, which will
increase in the future. A small memoir paper was published by M. R. Gardner.
President Philip announced his appointments to the Publication Committee
for 1975 through 1977 : R. W. Thorp and J. A. Powell.
Mr. Leech, Chairman of the Nominating Committee, presented the 1975 slate of
candidates for office in the Society: President, Howell V. Daly; President-elect,
Fred Andrews; Secretary, Franklin Ennik; Treasurer, Paul H. Arnaud, Jr. There
were no nominations from the floor. The candidates were elected to office in
the Society for 1975 by unanimous vote.
The principal speaker of the evening was Dr. Terry L. Erwin, Curator of
Coleoptera, Smithsonian Institute. His illustrated talk was entitled, “The role of
carabid beetles in the arboreal ecosystem in middle America.”
Coffee and refreshments were served in the Trustees Room following the
meeting. — F. Ennik, Secretary.
HONORED MEMBERS OF THE PACIFIC COAST
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
C. P. Alexander
E. G. Linsley
A. E. Michelbacher
R. C. Miller
Vol. 51, No. 1 , January 1975
97
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
Statement of Income, Expenditures and
Changes in Fund Balances
Years Ended September 30, 1974 and 1973
1974 1973
Income :
Dues and subscriptions $ 5,516 $ 5,526
Reprints and miscellaneous 7,349 2,999
Sales of memoirs 1,888 3,748
Advertising _ 28 333
Interest on savings accounts 744 601
Dividends, American Telephone & Telegraph Co. 241 224
Increase (decrease) in value of capital stock
of American Telephone & Telegraph Co. (880) 410
14,886 13,841
Expenditures:
Publication costs — Pan Pacific Entomologist 8,013 9,751
Memoirs 92 199
Reprints, postage and miscellaneous 1,977 2,075
10,082 12,025
Increase (decrease) in fund balances 4,064 1,816
Fund balances October 1, 1973 and 1972 22,035 20,219
Fund balances September 30, 1974 and 1973 $26,839 $22,035
Statement of Assets
September 30, 1974 and 1973
1974 1973
Cash in bank:
Commercial account $ 7,908 $ 3,366
Savings accounts:
General fund 8,861 8,426
Memoir fund 2,457 2,189
Fall fund 2,404 2,173
Life membership fund 1,929 1,721
Total cash in bank 23,559 17,875
Investment in 80 shares of American Telephone &
Telegraph Co. common stock (Life Membership
and Fall Funds), at market value 3,280 4,160
Total $26,839 $22,035
See accompanying notes to the financial statements.
98
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Year Ended September 30, 1974
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Accounting Method
Income, expenditures and assets are recorded on the cash basis of accounting.
Marketable Securities
American Telephone & Telegraph Co. common stock is carried at market value.
Increases and decreases in value are reflected in income.
Income Tax
The Company is exempt from Federal income and California franchise tax.
Accounts Receivable
As of September 30, 1974 accounts receivable aggregated $301 as follows:
August and September, 1974 billings $211
July billings 9
January and February, 1974 (past due) 42
December, 1973 and prior (past due) 39
$301
As Chairman of the Auditing Committee, and in accordance with its bylaws, I
have reviewed the financial records of the Society.
During the course of this review nothing was noted which indicated any inaccuracy
in the foregoing statements.
H. Vannoy Davis
Chairman of the Auditing Committee
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
Papers on the systematic and biological phases of entomology are favored, including
articles up to ten printed pages on insect taxonomy, morphology, behavior, life history,
and distribution. Excess pagination must be approved and may be charged to the author.
Papers are published in approximately the order that they are received. Immediate publi-
cation may be arranged after acceptance by paying publication costs. Papers of less than
a printed page may be published as space is available, in Scientific Notes.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed to the
Editor , John T. Doyen, Division of Entomology & Parasitology, University of California,
Berkeley, California 94720.
Typing.— Two copies of each manuscript must be submitted (original and one xerox
copy are suitable). All parts of manuscripts must be typed on bond paper with
double-spacing and ample margins. Carbon copies or copies on paper larger than 8%
X H inches are not accepted. Do not use all capitals for any purpose. Underscore
only where italics are intended in the body of the text, not in headings. Number all
pages consecutively and put author’s name at the top right-hand corner of each sheet.
References to footnotes in text should be numbered consecutively. Footnotes should be
typed on a separate sheet.
First page. — The page preceding the text of the manuscript should include (1) the
complete title, (2) the order and family in parentheses, (3) the author’s name or
names, (4) the institution with city and state or the author’s home city and state if
not affiliated, (6) the complete name and address to which proof is to be sent.
Names and descriptions of organisms. — The first mention of a plant or animal should
include the full scientific name with the author of a zoological name not abbreviated.
Do not abbreviate generic names. Descriptions of taxa should be in telegraphic style.
References.- — -All citations in text, e.g., Essig (1926) or (Essig, 1958), should be listed
alphabetically under Literature Cited in the following format:
Essig, E. 0. 1926. A butterfly migration. Pan-Pac. Entomol.,
2 : 211 - 212 .
1958. Insects and mites of western North America. Rev.
ed. The Macmillan Co., New York. 1050 pp.
Abbreviations for titles of journals should follow the list of Biological Abstracts, 1966,
47(21) :8585-8601.
Tables. — Tables are expensive and should be kept to a minimum. Each table should be
prepared as a line drawing or typed on a separate page with heading at top and foot-
notes below. Number tables with Arabic numerals. Number footnotes consecutively
for each table. Use only horizontal rules.
Illustrations. — No extra charge is made for the line drawings or halftones. Submit only
photographs on glossy paper and original drawings (no photographs of drawings).
Authors must plan their illustrations for reduction to the dimensions of the printed
page (4% X 6% inches). If possible, allowance should be made for the legend to be
placed beneath the illustration. Photographs should not be less than the width of the
printed page. Drawings should be in India Ink and at least twice as large as the
printed illustration. Excessively large illustrations are awkward to handle and may
be damaged in transit. Include a metric scale on the drawing or state magnification
of the printed illustration in the legend. Arrange figures to use space efficiently.
Lettering should reduce to no less than 1 mm. On the back of each illustration should
be stated (1) the title of the paper, (2) the author’s complete name and addess, and
(3) whether he wishes the illustration and/or cut returned to him at his expense.
Cuts and illustrations not specifically requested will be destroyed.
Figure legends. — Legends should be typewritten double-spaced on separate pages headed
Explanation of Figures and placed following Literature Cited. Do not attach
legends to illustrations.
Proofs, reprints, and abstract. — Proofs and forms for the abstract and reprint order
will be sent to authors. Major changes in proof will be charged to the author. Proof
returned to the editor without the abstract will not be published.
Page charges. — All regular papers of one to ten printed pages are charged at the rate
of $18.00 per page. This is in addition to the charge for reprints and does not include
the possible charges for extra pagination or the costs for immediate publication.
Private investigators or authors without institutional or grant funds may apply to the
society for a grant to cover a portion of the page charges. In no case will society
grants subsidize more than two thirds of the cost of page charges. Pages additional
to the first ten are charged at the rate of $30.00 per page, without subsidy.
PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL
SOCIETY.
Vol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and Vol. 2 (numbers 1-9, 131
pages). 1901-1930. Price $5.00 per volume.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST.
Vol. 1 (1924) to present. Price $10.00 per volume of 4 numbers,
or $2.50 per single issue.
MEMOIR SERIES.
Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. F. Ferris. 320 pages. Pub-
lished October 1951. Price $6.00. (Plus 350 postage.) "
Volume 2. The Spider Mite Family T etranychidae by A. Earl
Pritchard and Edward W. Baker. 472 pages. Published July
1955. Price $10.00. (Plus 500 postage.) *
Volume 3. Revisionary Studies in the Nearctic Decticinae by David
C. Rentz and James D. Birchim. 173 pages. Published July 1968.
Price $4.00. (Plus 250 postage.)
Volume 4. Autobiography of an Entomologist by Robert L.
Usinger. 343 pages. Published August 1972. Price $15.00. (Plus
400 postage. ) *
Volume 5. Revision of the Millipede Family Andrognathidae in the
Nearctic Region by Michael R. Gardner. 61 pages. Published
January 21, 1975. Price $3.00. (Plus 250 postage.) "
* (Add 6% sales tax on all California orders (residents of Alameda,
Contra Costa and San Francisco counties add 6%%). Members of the
Society will receive a 20% discount.
Send orders to:
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
c/o California Academy of Sciences
Golden Gate Park
San Francisco, California 94118
Vol. 51
APRIL 1975
No. 2
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
POWELL — Biological records and descriptions of some little known Epiblema
in the Southwestern United States
99
PARKER — Nest descriptions and associates of three American bees of the
genus Anthocopa Lepeletier 113
FISHER AND ORTH— The genus Limnia in California 123
NESBITT — Description of two species of Diptera, Cyclorrhapha from the
Ethiopian zoogeographical region 130
PINTO — A description of the first instar larva of Eupompha imperialis and
E. edmundsi 134
MOORE — The larva of Cafius sulcicollis LeConte 140
MARSH — -A new species of Apanteles from South America being introduced
into California 143
KURCZEWSKI — Host records for some species of Pompilidae from South-
western United States and Mexico 147
ARNAUD — A new species of Chersodromia from Mexico 152
PETERS — A new species of Indialis from India 159
CHANDLER — A new Acanthinus from Panama 162
SCIENTIFIC NOTES 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170
BOOK REVIEWS 172, 173
RECENT LITERATURE 175
OBITUARY — Donald D. Penny 177
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE 178
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1975
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. T. Doyen, Editor
R. E. Coville, Editorial Asst.
J. A. Chemsak, Asst. Editor P. H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer
E. G. Linsley E. S. Ross
H. V. Daly H. B. Leech
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. All communications regarding nonreceipt
of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be
addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., California Academy of Sci-
ences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to the Secretary, Franklin Ennik, Vector Control Section, California
Department of Health, 2151 Berkeley Way, Berkeley, 94704.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $7.50 for regular members of the Society,
$5.00 for student members, or $10.00 for subscriptions only. Single copies are $2.50
each or $10.00 a volume. Make checks payable to Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
The Pacific Coast Entomological Society
Officers for 1975
H. V. Daly, President Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer
J. Gordon Edwards, President-Elect Franklin Ennik, Secretary
Statement of Ownership
Title of Publication : The Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
Frequency of Issue: Quarterly (January, April, July, October).
Location of Office of Publication, Business Office of Publisher and Owner: Pacific Coast
Entomological Society, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California
94118.
Editor: Dr. John T. Doyen, Division of Entomology & Parasitology, University of California, Berkeley,
California 94720.
Managing Editor and Known Bondholders or other Security Holders: None.
This issue mailed 9 July 1975
Second Class Postage Paid at San Francisco, California and additional offices.
ALLEN PRESS. INC. LAWRENCE, KANSAS
J. S. Au
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. 51 April 1975 No. 2
Biological Records and Descriptions of Some Little Known
Epiblema in the Southwestern United States
(Lepidoptera : Tortricidae)
Jerry A. Powell
University of California, Berkeley 94720
The genus Epiblema Hiibner is widespread in the northern Hemi-
sphere, comprising nearly 100 described species in the Holarctic Region.
The group extends into southern continents evidently by a depauperate
representation, such as in South Africa, although the fauna of southern
regions probably is largely unworked. Primarily on the basis of male
genitalia Obraztsov (1965a) assigned the Palearctic species to three
subgenera, Epiblema s. str., Cacochroea Lederer, and Notocelia Hiibner.
These taxa had been treated at the generic level by some previous au-
thors (e.g., Bradley, 1959). Larvae of the members of the first two of
these subgenera feed in roots or stems of Compositae, sometimes creating
a gall-forming reaction by the host, while larvae of Notocelia are leaf-
rollers on Rosaceae (e.g., Ford, 1949) .
MacKay (1959) placed Nearctic species currently assigned to Epi-
blema and a related genus, Sonia Heinrich, in three groups on the
basis of larval structures and indicated that these are generic level
categories. Her group 1 included E. praesumptiosa Heinrich and Sonia
canadana McDunnough, and MacKay suggested on the basis of Hein-
rich’s (1923) figures of male genitalia that Epiblema abruptana,
numerosana, grossbecki , praesumptiosa , deflexana, insidiosana and ex-
erbatricana should be combined with Sonia to form a single genus. Her
group 2 corresponds to the remainder of Nearctic Epiblema s. str. for
which larvae were available, that is strenuana Walker, otiosana Clemens,
and in essence the species #7024-7032 of McDunnough ’s list (1939),
nearly all of which are known to be stem borers and/or gall makers.
Finally, group 3 of MacKay is equivalent to Notocelia including the
introduced European species suffusana Zeller and the indigenous cul-
minana Walsingham (probably = #7040-7043 of McDunnough).
I have reared the 3 species of Sonia that occur in California, each
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 99-112. April 1975
100
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
at a number of localities. All are root borers in woody Compositae
( vovana Kearfott in Gutierrezia, filiana Busck and comstocki Clarke
in Haplopappus) . This suggests that the other members of MacKay’s
group 1 are root-borers and that biologies and larvae of this assemblage
(#7015-7023 of McDunnough) have escaped discovery because Amer-
ican microlepidopterists have not much dug into this ecological horizon
yet. This supposition may apply to the other biologically unknown
Epiblema complex (#7033-7039 of McDunnough), as well as most
Eucosma.
Whether larval characteristics ought to be weighted heavily enough
to provide the basis for generic delineation is debatable, but MacKay’s
opinion should encourage a more comprehensive study of Epiblema
and allies. In this group, as in many Microlepidoptera, too much em-
phasis has been placed on male genitalia and secondary male characters
to the exclusion of other lines of evidence. The rainbow that was repre-
sented by the discovery of male genital characters led microlepidopterists
out of the stormy taxonomic chaos of the turn of the century, but its
pot of gold was so doggedly sought that many workers made the mistake
of attempting to force male genitalia to serve a dual role as species
diagnostic characters and as indicators of relationship in development
of generic concepts. As a result some genera in groups such as
Eucosmini are artificial groupings of convenience rather than taxa
that reflect underlying evolutionary relationships. Probably a complete
reshuffle of American Phaneta, Eucosma , Epiblema , Suleima , and Sonia
will be warranted by a thorough investigation.
Several years ago I prepared a report treating an assortment of
Eucosmini, including three previously undescribed species of Epiblema.
However, after review of the manuscript, it seemed advisable to with-
hold the portion dealing with Epiblema until the work by Obraztsov on
subgeneric relationships in Palearctic members of the genus was com-
pleted. Thus the rest of my study was published (Powell, 1963), and
a review of Nearctic Epiblema in concordance with the European fauna
was anticipated. Unfortunately types of the proposed new species were
distributed to the appropriate museums, but the research was not re-
sumed after the Palearctic classification appeared (Obraztsov, 1965a).
The present descriptions are offered to rectify this situation and to
make the names available for ecological work by C. D. MacNeill at the
Oakland Museum and for more comprehensive taxonomic studies by
Richard Brown who has completed a Master’s degree thesis on Epiblema
at the University of Arkansas.
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
101
Epiblema arizonana, new species
(Figs. 9, 10)
A large moth, resembling E. carolinana (Walsingham) , having a mottled brown-
ish forewing with a central whitish area followed by a darker terminal spot.
Male . — Length of forewing 9.1 to 10.2 mm (reared specimens). Head: labial
palpus short, II segment length about 1.0 vertical eye diameter, slightly upcurved,
thickly clothed with rather appressed scaling which forms a blunt, apical tuft
obscuring III segment; latter about 0.33 the length of II, blunt; pale brownish
exteriorly, whitish interiorly. Antenna slightly less than 0.5 forewing length;
orange-brown, dorsal scaling brownish, darker toward base, scape white below.
Scale tufts of crown dense, elongate, strongly directed mesad, brownish reflecting
purplish; scaling of front short, appressed, whitish. Thorax: dorsum dark brown,
the scales faintly tipped with whitish, more strongly so posteriorly; a tinge of
red-brown in upraised tuft of scutellum; metanotum with dense, lateral hair
brushes which do not entirely obscure scutellum; latter scaled brownish. Under-
side whitish, pro- and mesothoracic legs pale brownish exteriorly, excepting white
apical bands of tarsi and tibiae. Forewing: length about 2.7 times width. A
broad, appressed costal fold from base to beyond middle of costa; costal margin
straight to end of fold, slightly convex beyond; termen slightly concave. Ground
color grayish brown, mottled with darker, vertical strigulae. Costal fold of ground
color with about seven darker bands; basal area heavily mottled with dark and
light scales; a broad whitish area over middle one-third of dorsum, becoming
diffuse above middle of wing, enclosing some pale grayish strigulae; a blackish
spot immediately following pale area, just before tornus, with a black spot above
it in apical area; outer costal and apical areas with some red-brown scaling. Fringe
red-brown above middle, gray at tornus. Underside grayish brown, reflecting
purplish; dorsal area white; latter with several rows of upraised, elongate scales.
Hindwing: broader than forewing; costa with slight concavities before and
following middle; termen very slightly concave, broadly curved to dorsum. Upper-
side dark brown, fringe broad, paler, the scales becoming white at apices. Under-
side dark brownish with paler streaks along veins and near margin; anal area
whitish. Abdomen: (of holotype on slide) dorsal scaling dark brownish, under-
side paler, genital tuft shining pale brownish. Genitalia as in fig. 1 (drawn from
holotype, “C. H. slide 1, 10 July, 1936;” two preparations examined) ; socii
elongate, length equal to width of valva at neck (not evident in figure) ; valva
moderately broad, cucullus length about two times its width, cornuti numerous,
elongate, thin.
Female . — Essentially as described for male. Labial palpus apparently somewhat
shorter. Forewing lacking costal fold and broader, length 2.5-2. 6 times width;
whitish areas more extensive and prominent, the markings, particularly the
vertical strigulae, more distinct; tornal dark area as a nearly rectangular blackish
spot crossed by two diagonal brown lines at veins. White areas of underside of
hindwing more extensive. Genitalia as in fig. 5 (drawn from JAP prep. no. 3884,
two preparations examined) ; anterior lobes of papillae anales produced ventrally;
sterigma a simple, weakly sclerotized ring, ductus bursae with an ill-defined
sclerotized patch above junction of ductus seminalis; signa large, smaller one as
large as sterigma, subrectangular, larger one two times the smaller, distally broad
and rounded ; corpus bursae densely spinulate.
Holotype male: Arizona, Oak Creek Canon, near Flagstaff, Coconino
102
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
County, emerged June 28, 1936, reared from Rudbeckia laciniata (G. P. Engel-
hardt) ; allotype female same data except June 26, 1936. Paratypes (18) : 4 $ $ ,
14 2 2 , same data except June 17 to June 30. One male bears a partially illegible
handwritten label which appears to be: “root and stem borer Rudbeckia amplexi-
caulis.” Seven females (June 24, 1936) are worn specimens and lack the host
data and may be flown individuals. Holotype, allotype and 16 paratypes deposited
in the U. S. National Museum of Natural History, two paratypes in the University
of California, Berkeley collection.
There is little variation among the specimens in good condition. The
species is similar to E. carolinana (Walsingham) , which is known to
range west to Illinois. E. arizonana differs only slightly in appearance,
having more restricted whitish areas and more contrasting dark mark-
ings. The male genitalia differ, the valva being considerably broader
in arizonana. In E. carolinana the cucullus distally is slightly narrower
than the neck of the valva (fig. 2), whereas it is broader in the present
species. The foodplant is the same for both, which suggests that they
may be races of a single species ; but until more information is available,
the differences in male genitalia and the allopatry are bases for species
designation.
Superficially, the new species resembles Eucosma williamsi Powell
(1963), and specimens of the two had been mixed in collections.
Epiblema macneilli, new species
(Figs. 11, 12)
A remarkably distinctive, elongate-winged moth, having a sordid white forewing
marked by large blackish blotches.
Male . — Length of forewing 11.3-14.0 mm. Head: labial palpus large, II seg-
ment length about 1.7 times vertical eye diameter, greatly expanded by a broad
scale brush ventrally, completely obscuring the short, appressed scaled, decumbent
III segment; latter about .25 as long as II; scaling dark brown or blackish, re-
flecting purplish, narrowly tipped with whitish, paler basally and interiorly, scales
of the ventral hair brush almost hairlike. Antenna about 0.4 forewing length,
densely setate ventrally, the erect setae subequal to shaft diameter. Head scaling
dense, elongate both on front and crown, the purplish, white tipped scales strongly
directed mesad, exposing the conspicuous, red ocellus. Thorax: dorsal scaling
concolorous with head, tegulae broadly tipped with white; metanotum posteriorly
with short, broad, gray scales. Underside scaling dark gray, tibiae and tarsi
distinctly banded with white. Forewing: elongate, narrow, not greatly broadened
distally; length 2. 9-3.1 times width; fold less than one-third costa length, rather
narrow, costa beyond nearly straight, curved only slightly in outer third, termen
slightly convex, steeply angled back. Ground color whitish, at times tinged with
pale ochreous; markings dark brown or blackish, mostly distinct, as follows:
basal one-fourth of wing including costal fold, enclosing a round costal spot of
ground color, the patch angled outward at its middle; a rectangular spot on costa
from end of fold to middle, extending to top of cell, followed by four triangulate
Vol. 51, Noj 2, April 1975
103
Figs. 1-4, male genital structures of Epiblema, ventral aspect: 1, E. arizonana
Powell, liolotype; 2, valva of E. carolinana (Walsingham) ; 3, E. macneilli Powell,
holotype ; 4, E. rudei Powell, paratype.
104
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
spots along costa, the last at apex joined to four smaller spots along termen by
the dark fringe; a large, rectangular spot on dorsum, before tornus, extending
into lower, outer corner of cell, its sides concave; an indistinct blotch in preapical
area. Underside dark brown, reflecting purplish, paler towards dorsum; whitish
costal interspaces of upperside reproduced. Hindwing: considerably shorter than
forewing; costa concave in outer half; apex broad, termen strongly angled back,
rather sharply angled with dorsum. Variably whitish basally, tending to brownish
apically; fringe brownish basally, whitish dorsally. Underside whitish, the veins
and fringe brownish. Abdomen: scaling blackish gray, genital scaling paler.
Genitalia as in fig. 3 (drawn from holotype, JAP prep. no. 355, three preparations
examined) ; uncus prominent, cucullus very broad, subangulate on distal curvature,
its length about 1.6 times width; cornuti numerous, elongate, thin.
Female. — Length of forewing 10.6 to 11.7 mm. Essentially as described for male
but smaller with more distinct, contrasting forewing markings and darker hindwings.
Forewing slightly broader than in male, length 2.7-2. 8 times width. Maculation
of forewing generally more extensive so that subtornal blotch often joins median
costal spot and nearly reaches subapical blotch, latter connected to apical marks.
Hindwing dark brown. Solerotized portion of VII sternite relatively narrow.
Genitalia as in fig. 6 (drawn from paratype. Mono Pass, JAP prep. 3866, two
preparations examined) ; sclerotization of VIII tergite elongated and enlarged to
form a nearly tubular extension, sterigma broad, rounded; signa small, broad,
the smaller one hardly pointed; surface of corpus bursae granulose.
Holotype male : California, near Mono Pass, 12,000 feet elevation, Inyo
County, August 11, 1958 (C. D. MacNeill), deposited in the California Academy
of Sciences; allotype female, same locality, 12,500', Sept. 3, 1965 (J. Powell),
deposited in California Academy of Sciences on indefinite loan from the Essig
Museum of Entomology, University of California, Berkeley. Paratypes (26) :
near Mono Pass, 12,600', 6 $ $ , 13 2 2, VIII-30, 31-65 (MacNeill, P. A. Opler,
& H. G. Real), 1 $ , same data except VIII-30-67 (Opler) ; same data as allotype,
1 $ , 3 2 2 (Powell & P. A. Rude) ; Mt. Star, north of Mono Pass, 2 2 2, IX-3-65
(A. J. Slater) ; deposited in California Academy of Sciences, U. C. Berkeley and
U. S. National Museum of Natural History.
One additional male in poor condition which appears to be conspe-
cific, although it has a larger preapical blotch on the forewing, has
been examined: “Summit Mt. Whitney, 14,500', Inyo Co., Cal. VIII-
15-53” (no collector given) (LACM).
With its narrow forewings and large blotched color pattern, E.
macneilli is the most distinctive species of North American Epihlema.
In genitalia form the species is most similar to the walsinghami-infelix
complex, which contains more typical appearing members of the sub-
genus, smaller moths with broad, dark forewings having a white dorsal
patch. Disregarding the pulvinus (or “clasper”) the genitalia resemble
certain Eucosma species (e.g., subflavana Walsingham) ; and macneilli
would seem to be a more likely member of that genus, which is a much
more heterogeneous assemblage, although even in American Eucosma
it would not be closely approached in appearance. Superficially the
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
105
female rather closely resembles that of the Asiatic species Eucosma
victoriana (Kennel). Evidently the moths are diurnal, and at the type
locality seemed to be associated with Hulsea algida (Compositae) , but
I was unable to locate any galls or other evidence of larval work on
above ground parts of this plant in September, 1965.
I take pleasure in naming the species for Don MacNeill, who has
collected many interesting Lepidoptera during his numerous visits to
the arctic-alpine type locality.
Epiblema rudei, new species
(Fig. 13)
A pale moth, resembling E. obfuscana and E. desertana in general appearance, the
forewing having a narrow dark terminal band.
Male . — Length of forewing 8.4 to 10.6 mm (reared from field collected pupae).
Head: labial palpus moderately elongate, appressed scaled (without a broad
scale brush obscuring segment III) , segment II length about 1.15-1.20 eye diam-
eter; III .25-.30 as long as II, scaling dark brown, reflecting a purplish sheen.
Head scaling concolorous, with some pale rust colored scaling intermixed. Thorax:
dorsal scaling dark brown, becoming sordid whitish or gray posteriorly. Ventral
scaling shining whitish gray, femora sordid whitish exteriorly, tibiae and tarsi
dark gray, banded with whitish. Forewing: length 2.7-3. 0 times width; narrow
basally with a narrow costal fold extending nearly to mid costa, wing becoming
broader distally, the apex produced; costa nearly straight, termen strongly angled
back. Ground color sordid whitish or pale grayish, marked by two broad, trans-
verse bands of pale bluish gray, the first covering basal one-third of wing, the
second beyond middle, broad at costa where it encloses three pairs of white
costal dashes, becoming narrower and rectangular across wing at end of cell, ex-
tending to dorsum just before tornus, obscured by ground color in costal one-third;
both bands obscurely strigulate with indistinct, transverse pale lines. Subterminal
area narrowly dark gray blending into the dark brown fringe which is tinged
with red-brown. Underside gray, reflecting purplish, costa and subterminal areas
narrowly cream-white; an indistinct whitish area at mid dorsum. Hindwing:
broader than forewing, costal margin convex, apex rounded, terminal margin
slightly convex. Ground color pale gray basally, irregularly streaked with darker
gray-brown outwardly, becoming brownish on outer half of costal area and distal
margins; fringe paler, gray. Underside white except veins on costal half gray.
Abdomen: dorsal scaling dark gray, becoming sordid whitish on final 2 or 3 seg-
ments and laterally; ventral scaling mostly whitish. Genitalia as in fig. 4 (drawn
from paratype, Colton, JAP prep. no. 233, 2 preparations examined) ; uncus 2
prominent triangular peaks, socii moderately elongate, valva broad, cucullus
broadly rounded, its length about 1.75 width, sacculus only weakly emarginate
before cucullus, cornuti apparently lacking.
Female . — Length of forewing 8.0 to 9.0 mm. Essentially as described for male,
smaller with the forewing appearing broader due to absence of the costal fold.
Fringe more richly rust-brown and hindwing slightly darker than in male.
Genitalia as in fig. 7 (drawn from paratype, Colton, JAP prep. no. 2291, two
preparations examined) ; papillae anales flat, unmodified; sclerotization of sterigma
106
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Figs. 5-7, female genital structures of Epiblema, ventral aspect: 5, E. arizonana
Powell, paratype ( a , papillae anale, lateral outline) ; 6, E. macneilli Powell, para-
type; 7, E. rudei Powell, paratype. Fig. 8, diagrammatic longitudinal section of
gall caused by E. rudei : e = emergence hole; shaded area indicates zone of
packed frass; approximate position of braconid cocoon indicated by dotted line.
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
107
irregularly emarginate posteriorly, signa small but acutely pointed, the smaller one
sometimes very tiny; corpus bursae surface granulose.
Holotype male and allotype female: California, Big Panociie Creek, at
Fresno-San Benito County line, March 4, 1968, reared from stem galls on
Gutierrezia californica, emerged March 17-19, 1968, JAP 68C7 (J. Powell) ; de-
posited in the California Academy of Sciences on indefinite loan from the Essig
Museum of Entomology, U. C. Berkeley. Paratypes (14) : same data, 1 $, 3 2 2;
same locality: 4 S $ , IV-21-67, r.f. Gutierrezia , emgd. IV-24-67, JAP 67D99 (P.
A. Rude) ,2 $ $ , III-6-69, r.f. Gutierrezia, emgd. III-20, 29-69, JAP 69C1
(Powell), 2 $ $, II-5-70, emgd. 11-23, 26-70, JAP 70B1 (Powell); Colton, San
Bernardino Co., Calif., 1 $ , 2 2 2, HI-13, 17-1910 “ex composit gall” (G. R.
Pilate) ; deposited in the California Academy of Sciences, U. S. National Museum
of Natural History, and U. C. Berkeley.
In external appearance Epiblema rudei most closely resembles the
Solidago-feeders, E. desertana (Zeller) and obfuscana (Dyar) of the
eastern U. S., which differ from the present species by having the basal
patch of the forewing darker than the outer transverse band, and by
having more rectangular shaped forewings (termen less steeply angled
back than in rudei). A ratio of base-to-apex: base-to-tornus distances
is 1.30-1.35: 1 in rudei and 1.1-1. 2: 1 in the two eastern species.
Epiblema obfuscana also differs by having the terminal dark band short,
ending above the tornus, which is white and by having dark brown
hindwings. In male genitalia the new species is distinguished from the
above two in many particulars and appears to be most similar to
abbreviatana (Walsingham) , a smaller moth of quite different external
appearance that ranges across the northern U. S.
This new species is named for Paul A. Rude, who first called my
attention to the galls at Panoche Creek, one of many interesting dis-
coveries that he made during fieldwork as an assistant on my N.S.F.
sponsored project on microlepidoptera biologies. Paul had originally
observed the characteristic galls during a study of dipterous galls on
Gutierrezia at La Mesa, San Diego County, several years previously.
Reexamination of that site in October, 1967, revealed that plant suc-
cession was eliminating the Gutierrezia and there was no evidence of
Epiblema. Other places where we have seen galls presumed to be of
Epibletna rudei are: 2 miles north of Lancaster, L.A. County and 2
miles southeast of Pinon Hills, San Bernardino County (immature
galls in October on Gutierrezia microcephala) ; Jacalitos Canyon near
Coalinga, Fresno County; and the hills 2 miles southwest of Kettleman
City, Kings County. A search in the vicinity of Colton to the La Sierra-
Lake Matthews area, Riverside County, in August, 1968, failed to re-
veal work of this moth, as did extensive late season reconnaissance in
other arid regions of southern California, southern Nevada, and Ari-
103
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Figs. 9-16, adults and gall of Epiblema: 9, 10, E. arizonana Powell, $, 2 para-
types; 11, 12, E. macneilli Powell, $ , 2 paratypes; 13, E. rudei Powell, $ paratype
(JAP 67D99) ; 14, E. rudei, gall and eclosed pupal shell (Colton, Calif.) ; 15, E.
radicana (Walsingham) , 2, San Bruno Mts., Calif.; 16, E. hirsutana (Walsing-
ham) , $ , Berkeley Hills, Calif.
zona during 1966-1968, in connection with a survey of root-boring
Eucosmini inhabiting various woody Compositae.
Gutierrezia is a disclimax situation plant, and in most of the areas
where we have examined it, colonies grow in sites that are overgrazed
or otherwise affected by man’s activities. By contrast, in the Mojave
and Central Valley where we found populations of this moth, the host-
plant thrives on naturally loose sand substrates.
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
109
Biology . — Adults of Epiblema rudei evidently are nocturnal. One
male (70B1) was retained alive for several days and was inactive
during day, moving only at night.
Presumably full grown larvae overwinter, and pupation occurs in
early spring. Although emergences occurred within 2-3 weeks following
collection of galls at various times in spring, the normal flight period
probably is April. One gall dissected in early February, 4 days fol-
lowing collection, contained a pupa, while 1 larva and 2 pupae were
excised in mid-March, 12 days after collection, and both pupae and
already evacuated galls were taken on April 21.
The galls are elongate, thickened areas of 1.5-3 mm thick stems;
usually mature galls are about 20-23 mm in length, with a maximum
diameter of 6.0-6. 5 mm. The silk-lined pupal chamber varies con-
siderably in size from one gall to another, depending primarily on the
thickness of the gall walls, in diameter from 1.8 to 3.3 mm and in
length from 13-17 mm (figs. 8, 14). Emergence occurs via a 2.5-4
mm aperture which the larva prepares just prior to pupation, leaving
a thin layer of hark for the pupa to dislodge. This covering is more
strongly attached on its lower rim so that the pupal shell hangs over it.
After emergence the pupal shell usually readily falls away and the
hatch recloses, leaving the external appearance of abandoned galls
nearly indistinguishable from occupied ones.
At the type locality there was a high rate of parasitism: 65% of a
1969 random sample consisting of 26 old and active galls had either
braconid cocoons or emergence holes of chalcidoids, and 4 of 6 col-
lected in 1970 were parasitized. The braconids mature after the cater-
pillar has spun its silk pupal chamber lining, while the chalcidoids were
of two types. A larger species (not reared) caused the death of the
Epiblema after construction of the emergence ‘window’ but prior to
cocoon spinning, while a pteromalid affected younger larvae, judging
by gall size, and cut its own emergence hole at varying places in the
gall. At the Kettleman Hills, where the galls were abundant in 1974,
a similar high proportion of parasite emergence holes was evident,
while at Jacalitos Canyon galls were rare in February, 1970, and the
two active ones collected both produced parasites.
Epiblema radicana (Walsingham)
(Fig. 15)
Paedisca radicana Walsingham, 1879, Illus. Lep. Het. Brit. Mus., 4:53 (TL:
Rogue River, Ore.).
Epiblema radicana-, Obraztsov, 1965, Amer. Mus. Novitates, 2213:3 (synonymy).
110
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Eucosma vomonana Kearfott, 1907, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 33:90 (TL: Cisco,
Calif.).
Eucosma serangias Meyrick, 1912, Ent. Mo. Mag., 48:35 (invalid repl. name).
The complex synonymy and taxonomic confusion involving this spe-
cies and Griselda radicana Heinrich which was occasioned after Heinrich
misinterpreted Walsingham’s species was disentangled by Obraztsov
(1964, 1965b). Fortunately Obraztsov elected to preserve the name
radicana Walsingham rather than declare it a nomen oblitum , and in
the process eliminated one of Kearfott’s nonsense names and one of
Meyrick’s unnecessary substitution names.
We have discovered two colonies of Epiblema radicana in the San
Francisco Bay area, but efforts to locate the larvae have failed. The
moths fly in moderately early spring and appear to be diurnal, which
probably have been major factors in the century-long preservation of
anonymity of this species. Numerous adults were active during midday
in the first week of April, 1962, below Radio Peak in the San Bruno
Mountains, San Mateo County. In subsequent years a few have been
taken there between mid-March and mid-April: IV- 13-66, III-17-68,
III-28-69, and III- 10-72. The site is a rocky ridge featuring a rich
coastal scrub chaparral, with several woody composites that might in-
clude a likely hostplant of Epiblema. The moths seemed to be asso-
ciated with Eriophyllum (probably E. staechadifolium and E. con-
fertiflorum) , although no precise relationship was observed. No gall-like
structures were discovered and several hours digging in early March,
1972, produced only larvae of Hysterosia (Cochylidae) in the crown
and roots. One female of radicana caged in April, 1966, with Eriophyl-
lum foliage lived only 4 days and produced no eggs.
The second colony was located at Raines Park, Del Puerto Canyon,
20 miles west of Patterson, Stanislaus County, where adults (3 $ <3,
1 $ ) were flushed from Ribes quercetorum bushes during late after-
noon on April 28, 1969. This site is in sparse digger pine ( Pinus
sabinana) woods, a quite different habitat than that of the San Bruno
Mountains, and no woody composite was observed in the immediate
area.
Epiblema hirsutana (Walsingham)
(Fig. 16)
Paedisca hirsutana Walsingham, 1879, Ulus. Lep. Het. Brit. Mus., 4:50 (TL:
Sonoma Co., Calif.).
Epiblema hirsutana ; Heinrich, 1923, Bull. U.S. Natl. Mus., 123:149.
This is another species that remained in seclusion for many years
following Walsingham’s original collection in 1871. No specimens were
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
111
known to Heinrich at the time of his 1923 revision. Later the National
Museum received two from Walsingham’s material via the Fernald
collection (Heinrich, 1929), and these remained the only known speci-
mens in American museum for another 30 years.
We rediscovered E. hirsutana when a colony turned up in the Berkeley
Hills in northeast Oakland, Alameda County. A single male was taken
April 3, 1959 (Chemsak and Powell), and males were common there,
flying at midday April 17, 1962. In subsequent years only a few have
been collected: V-16-63, IV-15-64, V-15-64, and V-16-67. This site,
an east facing slope above the Caldecott Tunnel, used to be characterized
by a mixture of native shrubs and herbs including Lupinus arboreus ,
Phacelia calif ornica , Symphoricarpos alba , Wyethia mollis , Artemisia
calif ornica, and A. douglasiana , etc., but plant succession, especially
invasion of alien grasses, encouraged by a fire in 1968, offroad motor-
bike traffic and fire suppression brush clearance, have greatly reduced
the native vegetation. In 1962 E. hirsutana appeared to be flying in
association with Artemisia douglasiana , but subsequent searches have
failed to reveal any gall-like structures on this plant. Collections of
overwintering larvae in the dry standing floral stalks produced only
Pterophoridae and Mordellidae, and examination of roots in March,
1972, yielded only Hysterosia (Cochylidae) . The Artemisia has been
partly eliminated at this locality, and the colony of E. hirsutana also
may be declining, although only one survey during the flight season
has been conducted during the past 7 years.
Acknowledgements
Sincere thanks is made to collectors and authorities of institutional
collections cited above for use of material they made available, and
especially to J. F. G. Clarke of the Smithsonian Institution, who pro-
vided assistance on this project and the drawings of E. arizonana and
carolinana, which had been prepared by a staff artist at the U. S. Na-
tional Museum of Natural History. The rest of the drawings were
done, in part from my pencil drafts, by Celeste Green, artist of the
Department of Entomological Sciences, U. C. Berkeley. Field studies
during 1965-1970, including assistance by P. A. Rude and A. J.
Slater, was funded by N. S. F. grants GB-4014 and GB-6813X.
Literature Cited
Bradley, J. D. 1959. An illustrated list of the British Tortricidae. Part II:
Olethreutinae. Entomol. Gazette, 10(2): 60-80.
Ford, L. T. 1949. A Guide to the Smaller British Lepidoptera. So. Lond.
Entomol. and Nat. Hist. Soc. ; London; 230 pp.
112
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Heinrich, C. 1923. Revision of the North American moths of the subfamily
Eucosminae of the family Olethreutidae. U.S. Natl. Mus., Bull. 123;
298 pp.
Heinrich, C. 1929. Notes on some North American moths of the subfamily
Eucosminae. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus., 75: 1-23.
MacKay, M. R. 1959. Larvae of the North American Olethreutidae. (Lepi-
doptera). Canad. Entomol., 91, Suppl. 10; 338 pp.
McDunnough, J. 1939. Check list of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United
States of America. Part II Microlepidoptera. Mem. So. Calif. Acad.
Sci., 2(1) ; 171 pp.
Obraztsov, N. S. 1964. Griclelda radicana Heinrich, 1923 (Insecta: Lepi-
doptera) : Proposed validation under the plenary powers. [Z.N. (S).
1612]. Bull. Zool. Nomencl., 21: 144-145.
Obraztsov, N. S. 1965a. Die Gattungen der Palaearktischen Tortricidae II. Die
Unterfamilie Qlethreutinae. 6 Teil. Tijd. voor Entomol., 108: 365-387.
Obraztsov, N. S. 1965b. On Paedisca radicana and the type species of the
genus Griselda (Lepidoptera, Tortricidae, Qlethreutinae). Amer. Mus.
Novitates, 2213: 1-16.
Powell, J. A. 1963. Records and descriptions of some interesting species of
Eucosma in California (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). Proc. Biol. Soc.
Washington, 76: 235-246.
Nest Descriptions and Associates of Three American
Bees of the Genus 44 Anthocopa ” Lepeletier
(Hymenoptera: Megachilidae)
Frank D. Parker
Bee Biology and Systematics Laboratory, ARS, USDA
Utah State University, Logan, Utah 84322
“ Anthocopa ’ Lepeletier is a large group of megachilid bees found
in North America, Eurasia, and Africa. This group has been treated
as a genus in North America, but European authors have included
Anthocopa in Hoplitis Klug. Recently Michener (1968) suggested that
Anthocopa be synonymized with Hoplitis. For the purposes of this
paper, I an using Anthocopa because of its familiarity and its current
usage in the catalog of Hymenoptera of America (Muesebeck et al.
1951).
The North American species of Anthocopa are grouped into 4 sub-
genera containing 34 species. The nesting habits of the Nearctic species
are undescribed, but Parker and Bohart (1966, 1968) recorded 2
species from trap stems. This paper describes nests of 3 species in-
cluding the 2 from trap stems. Although these reared species belong to
different subgenera and all have dissimilar nesting habits, I feel it is
premature to propose that these behavior patterns are indicative of
subgeneric categories because so few species are known biologically.
Anthocopa (Eremosmia) hypostomalis Michener
(Figs. 1-6)
Nesting Site : All nests (98 containing 305 cells) were recovered
from prebored elderberry trap stems each with a bore diameter of
6-3 mm (%-% in.) ; only the end holes were utilized though side holes
with similar diameters were present on the same stems. The trap stems
selected by these bees were placed in the following localities in southern
California following the procedures of Parker and Rohart (1966) :
Deep Canyon and White Water Canyon, Riverside Co.; Kramer Hills,
San Bernardino Co.; Palm Canyon (Anza-Borego State Park), San
Diego Co.; and Glamis, Imperial Co. The best trapping site was White
Water Canyon where 92% of the nests studied were recovered. In
1964, this species occupied 28% of the recovered trap stems; the next
season it utilized 53%.
Nest Construction : Nests were made by building complete cells one
on top of the other (Fig. 1) ; nests averaged 3.1 cells with a range of
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51 : 113 - 122 . April 1975
114
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
1—9. Each cylindrical cell was made by combining gravel and masti-
cated plant parts and lining the burrow walls with this material. In
smaller holes, the cells were long and narrow (5 X 13mm) and placed
vertically. In larger borings, the cells were stout (3 X 9mm), and the
cell series was oblique. Pith was removed from the sides of the burrow
to accommodate the oblique cells. Also, because of the softness of the
pith in the stems, the drilled holes were occasionally larger than the
size stated earlier. The inner cell walls were smooth, polished, and
composed of finely masticated plant parts combined with a salivary
substance. The outer cell surface was roughened by protruding parti-
cles of sand and pieces of plant material (Figs. 2, 3). The cell cap was
composed of a thin disc of masticated plant parts with a layer of sand
appressed to the outer surface. The cap was concave and smooth
initially; but later the concave area was filled with small pieces of
gravel stuck together with masticated plant parts. The inside of the
cell cap was rough and without any apparent design or openings. The
nest entrance and burrow above the cells were plugged with fine gravel.
The gravel in the entrance was held together with a salivary substance.
One stem was plugged with a thin disc of resin, but this plug may have
been applied by another species of bee.
Provisions : The size and shape of the pollen mass was not recorded.
Hurd and Michener (1955) listed Dalea and Cryptantha as host plants
for A. hypostomalis. Pollen found in the reared cells was Leguminosae,
probably Dalea ; but one sample contained pollen from a hydrophyl-
laceous flower.
Feces: The walls of the cells were lined with feces; those at the top
were loose, but those on the sides were flattened against the cell walls.
The dark, loose fecal particles were fairly uniform in length (0.5mm) ,
tapered, and oblong; there was a faint linear depression on one surface.
Cocoons: The cocoons were formed by lining the cell walls from the
bottom to nearly the top with finely spun silk. In shorter cells, the
cocoon filled the cavity; in longer cells, it filled the lower % of the cell
(Fig. 4). The cocoon was thick, dark brown, and oval and had a nipple
at the top (Fig. 4). The outer lateral surface of the cocoon below the
nipple usually possessed several rings of loosely spun silk that in some
cells extended to the cell walls. The nipple was loosely spun and of
various shapes; but the inner cocoon surface opposite the nipple
always had many strands of loose silk. The cocoon was tightly ap-
pressed to the cell walls.
Sex Ratio: More females than males emerged, and the ratio females
to males was 1.2: 1.0. The ratios of females to males in each cell
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
115
Fig. 1. Two cells of A. hypostomalis in a trap stem, bottom cell with larva.
Fig. 2. Cell of A. hypostomalis showing material used to construct the cell.
The nest entrance plug is attached to the top of the cell.
Fig. 3. Female and cell of A. hypostomalis.
Fig. 4. Cell B in fig. 1 opened to illustrate the white nipple at the top of the
cocoon. Note rings of silk at the top.
116
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
beginning with the first (bottom) cell was 1.6, 1.3, 1.0, 1.0, 0.5, 1.3,
1.0, 0.4, 0.0. Thus, the placement of the sexes in the cells followed the
usual pattern of females at the bottom and males above; but in 7% of
the nests, the sexes were intermixed, and in another 10% only males
were present.
Nest Associates : The four insect species associated with nests of A.
hypostomalis accounted for a 15% cell loss. An undescribed species of
the parasitic bee, Stelis (Megachilidae) (Fig. 5), was the most common
parasite, and it accounted for 62% of all parasitism. Like its host,
more females than males (ratio 1.5:1) of this parasite emerged.
Cocoons of Stelis also possess nipples (more elongate than the Antho-
copa ) , but these cocoons are smaller and lack the rings of silk at the
top (Fig. 6). A clerid beetle, Cymatodera sp., was the second most
abundant nest associate. Larvae of these beetles destroyed 28% of the
depredated cells, and as many as 3 cells in a series were entered and
destroyed by one larva. Leucospis affinis Say, a common chalcid
parasite of bees, was found in 2 cells, and a male mutillid, Sphaerop-
thalma amphion amphion (Fox), was reared from one cell. Two nests
were destroyed by an unknown species of woodpecker, and cell losses
due to unknown causes totalled 23.2% with 13.7% occurring in the pre-
cocoon stages and 9.5% in later stages.
Anthocopa (Hexosmia) copelandica (Cockerell)
(Figs. 7-9)
Two of the 3 recognized subspecies of A. copelandica were
reared. The observations recorded below apply to both subspecies
except where differences are noted.
Nesting Site : Nests of this species were collected from prebored
elderberry stems set out at 6 western localities. At 3 locations, Boca
and Camelian Bay (Nevada Co.), California, and Craters of the Moon
National Park (Butte Co.), Idaho, 32 nests of the subspecies c.
albomarginata (Cockerell) were found. At 3 southern Californian
localities, Brown Canyon, Kramer Hills (San Bernardino Co.), and
Deep Canyon (Riverside Co.), 20 nests of the subspecies c. arefacta
(Cockerell) were found. Three sizes, 6, 3, and 1.5mm (%, Vs, Vi6 in.)
of end and side holes were utilized by these bees.
Nest Construction : The species was versatile in nest building. In
wide burrows (6mm), cells were grouped with cell walls fashioned
mostly from nest building material (Fig. 7) ; in narrow holes (2-4mm) ,
only thin partitions (l-2mm) separated the cells. Cell size ranged
from 4-9mm long and 3-4mm wide. The placement of cells in burrows
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
117
Fig. 5. A male of Stelis sp., a parasite of A. hypostomalis.
Fig. 6. Cocoon of Stelis sp. in cell of A. hypostomalis.
was highly variable, but there was often an empty space (avg length
28mm) between the last cell and the entrance plug, usually enough
space for more cells. Nest building material was coarsely chewed
plant parts; but in most nests of c. arefacta , sand and masticated plants
were used in cell partitions and entrance plugs. Cell partitions were
formed into thin discs, and the edge of some partitions were bent down-
ward. In larger burrows, some of the upper partitions were partially
constructed (except for the small entrance hole) prior to cell provision-
ing. The cell partitions were smooth above and roughened below.
Nests were capped with discs of chewed plant parts, but occasionally
some pith from the sides of the stem was incorporated into the plugs,
which averaged 2-9mm long. Some plugs were composed of as many
as 8 compact discs, and they were often situated below the nest entrance
(avg 4.5mm). Thirty -two nests of the subspecies albomarginata were
examined; they held 79 cells (1-10, avg 2.4/nest). Twenty nests of the
subspecies arefacta were recovered; they held 87 cells (1-11, 4.3 /nest).
Provisions: Shape and size of pollen masses were not recorded.
Pollen samples in cells from Idaho were all Hydrophyllaceae.
Feces: The feces were light tan in cells of c. arefacta (Fig. 8) and
dark brown in cells of c. albomarginata (Fig. 9). Neither had surface
113
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
y '
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
119
depressions, and some particles were tapered and others were blunt.
Most particles were deposited at the top of the cell or around the walls,
but often they were flattened against the sides.
Cocoon : The cell wall was lined by thick layers of transparent silk
that fit snugly against the wall. Inside this layer but closely attached
to it a dark amber cocoon was spun. The amber cocoon was often
smaller than the outer one in longer cells ( % ) , but in shorter cells it
filled the transparent cocoon. The cocoon did not have a protruding
nipple, but at the top it was slightly raised with many strands of loose
silk. The inner surface of the cocoon was shiny, but the silk strands
were evident.
Sex Ratio : More females than males emerged, 2.4:1, and only 2 nests
contained series with the sexes mixed. In all other nests, the females
were at the bottom, and the male cells were above.
Nest Associates'. Five species of parasites and predators were re-
covered from A. copelandica cells. Total parasitism was low, only 6.6%.
The most common parasite was the chrysidid, Chrysura sonorensis
Cameron, which occupied 6 cells of c. albomarginata ; another wasp,
Sapyga pumila Cresson, was found in 2 cells of this subspecies. The
other 3 parasitized cells each contained one of the following species:
a male leucospid wasp, Leucospis af finis Say, from a c. arefacta cell;
a pteromalid, Epistenia sp., and a meloid beetle, Neniognatha scutel-
laris LeConte, each from a c. albomarginata cell. Three cells in one
nest of c. arefacta were destroyed by a clerid larva belonging to the
genus Cymatodera. Cell mortality due to unknown causes was 4.8%.
Anthocopa (Atoposmia) abjecta (Cresson)
(Figs. 10-13)
Nesting Site : Nests of A. abjecta were found attached to the under
surface of flat stones at 2 locations above 8,000 ft in Cache County,
Fig. 7. Nest of A. c. albomarginata showing composite cells. Some cells were
almost completely lined with macerated plant parts.
Fig. 8. Cocoon of A. c. albomarginata from a wide burrow. The shape of the
cocoon followed the walls of this irregular cell. Pith from the trap stems was
incorporated into the plug at the top of the cell.
Fig. 9. Female and cell of A. c. arefacta.
Fig. 10. Leaf part cells of A. abjecta.
Fig. 11. Leaf part cells of A. abjecta, ventral view.
Fig. 12. Female and cell of A. abjecta.
Fig. 13. Top of cocoon of A. abjecta, showing the coarse silk strands.
Table L Comparative biology of Anthocopa species.
120
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
be'
oj
a -g
• rH fH
•M <n
CD
© cti
£ a
O CD
z g
CD
a;
4-H
cd
• rH
o
o
CD
CD
fl
o
o
u
o
CJ
® «3
° £
<u
CJ
33
O
rt be
03 ^
a
H
o
£
a
03
03
• rH
o
03
a
co
CO
ON
a a
co ir 2
a
fi
a ^
CO o
■ki
tn ZS
5 -
43 03
a 2
_ e
^ a .g
a a ,£
o 4 j a
2 « S
43 a
CO
O
<N
3
a
hs
a a a
k. e
a a
^ bJO o
co Cj aj co
43
-g -a
fH 4-H
CtJ -rj -rH
TO £ fl
a
a
a
nj
a
>
43
>
cS
ki
be
<o
O
&
- I j
O CO
Jh
0
rQ
0
I— i
- &
a £ '3
■2 a
•-Cl CD
k*
Co V
■g ^
O q
a |
0 eN
ai Cj
in 43
43 r— I
rd o a
a > .&
nj P S
pj
0
CD
£
Id
nd
0
CD
4-H
fH
cd
■M
cd
£
4-H
cd
cd
ft
o
cd
ft
I - —)
0
o
■ rH
+->
• pH
CD
o
4-H
>
4-H
CD
d
« -a
4-H
CD
a
cd
cd
a
cd
O +j
cd
a
cd
fH
bP
r— H
a
43 -r
O £
1ft
TO
43
a
o
d
nd
CD
4-H
nd
CD
4-H
nd
CD
4-H
0
fH
0
M
0
fH
4-H
cd
4-H
cd
4-H
cd
cd
ft
cd
ft
cd
ft
o
o
0
• pH
4-H
CD
4-H
P
• rH
4-H
CD
4-H
a
• pH
4-H
CD
4-H
a
cd
rH
cd
cd
r4
cd
cd
rH
cd
I— 4
r 1
i— i
s
ft
s
ft
£
ft
CD
4-H
nd
CD
4-H
nd
CD
4-H
0
fH
0
fH
0
fH
4-H
cd
4-H
cd
4-H
cd
cd
o
ft
cd
0
ft
cd
0
ft
• rH
4-H
CD
4-H
a
« rH
4-H
CD
4-H
d
• rH
4-H
CD
4=1
d
cd
cd
cd
cd
cd
cd
rj
rH
rH
f— H
a
ft
a
"ft
a
ft
43
>
oj
!h
TO
d
a
a
‘S?
a
g
o
-o
43
a
T-,
43
k
a
+
LO
cd bp
0
>
cd
fH
bP
ft
CD
0
Co
r^
fH
cd
nd
nd
0
4 -J
cd
o
• rH
■H
CD
cd
Td
0
4-J
cd
0
• rH
HH
CD
cd
TJ
a;
4->
cd
o
• rH
4->
CD
cd
bi)
p
F— 1
o
rH
1
be
>
rH
pH
1
be
>
CO
VC
rH
1
pH
nj
CO
pH
nj
cs
pH
nj
pH
0
0
cd
cd
0
0
CD
s J
0
cd
S
CD r— H
r— H
O
o P-
>k
Q
• rH
rt Hi
-a
r<»
CD
• pH
•a a
a
5
0
>
a ©
o
o
fH
Ph
§ -a
he 1 =
03 tO
Sh
-a
£
0
1— 1 M
K
bC
rH
co
CD
CD
fH
rH » A
•rH 0
a S
a
a
ft
a
0
4-H 4-4
CD -fH
CD
Or
_j PH
cd <d
fH 4-H
nj
ki
0
4-H
cd
fH
0
4-H
nd
a
4-H CD
CD
4-H
CD
d
0
0
53
0
F— H
^ a
£ d
stones plant parts plant parts plant parts
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
121
Utah. One habitat was near the summit of Wellsville Mountain, and
the other was along Beaver Creek near the Idaho-Utah state line.
Nest Construction: Cell walls were constructed entirely from dark
masticated plant material and shaped into domes about 9mm long and
8mm wide (Figs. 10, 11, 12). The rock surface was used as the base.
Cells were capped with the same nest building material that was shaped
into discs — smooth on the outside and roughened on the inside. The
inside of the cell walls was slightly smoothed. When cells were adjacent,
only one wall sometimes separated the cells. The number of cells found
was not recorded because many were old and constructed during pre-
vious seasons. However, one nest contained 16 cells.
Provisions: Hurd and Michener (1955) listed species of Penstenion
as the host plant for A. abjecta. Seven of the cells from which A. abjecta
emerged contained traces of Penstenion pollen. One cell was partially
filled with a white vile smelling liquid.
Feces: In most cells, feces were flattened against the walls, but in
some they were at either end. The links were dark brown, of uniform
length, and without surface markings.
Cocoon: The coarse matlike dark brown strands (Fig. 13) that
formed the cocoon closely lined the cell walls. The strands were loosely
spun on the outside, but inside the cocoon was polished with many
strands visible. The top of the cocoon did not have a nipple.
Sex Ratio: Only females emerged from the cells examined. I did
not find any parasitized cells at the Beaver Creek locality, but at
Wellsville Mountain where only old cells were found, many had been
parasitized by an unknown species of Stelis.
Discussion
Nesting habits of Anthocopa species are indicative of the close rela-
tionship between these bees and other genera such as Hoplitis and
Osmia. Some of the more important nesting patterns among Anthocopa
and related North American genera are: (1) cells made entirely of
masticated plant parts [A. abjecta , Hoplitis biscutellae (Cockerell)],
(2) cells made primarily with fine gravel (A. hypostomalis, Hoplitis
anthocopoides Schenck), (3) cell partition and plug of masticated plant
parts (A. copelandica , Osmia kincaidii Cockerell), (4) cocoon with
nipple (A. hypostomalis , most spp. of Osmia), (5) cocoon without
nipple (most spp. of Osmiini except Osmia), (6) cocoons composed
of 2 distinct layers (A. copelandica, Osmia kincaidii Cockerell), (7)
nests in pre-existing holes (A. hypostomalis, A. copelandica, most spe-
cies of Ashmeadiella, Hoplitis, Heriades, Chelostoma, Proteriades, and
122
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
some Osmia) , and (8) nests under stones [A. abjecta , Osmia spp.
( tanneri Sandhouse, longula Cresson, Integra Cresson)].
Table 1 summarizes the biology of the Anthocopa species considered
in this paper.
Acknowledgments
Thanks are due the persons who helped identify material reared
from the trap stems. C. D. Michener (UK) determined the Apoidea,
B. D. Burks (Systematic Entomology, ARS, USDA) Chalcidoidea, D. S.
Horning (UCD) Chrysididae, and W. Enns (UM) Meloidae. H. Potter
(ARS, Logan) made the pollen identifications. Appreciation is ex-
tended to those persons who reviewed this manuscript — Drs. K. V.
Krombein (USNM), G. C. Eickwort (Cornell), and R. W. Thorp
(UCD).
Literature Cited
Hurd, P. D., Jr. and C. D. Michener. 1955. The Megachiline bees of California.
Bull. Calif. Insect Survey 3: 1-247.
Muesebeck, C. F. W., et al. 1951. Hymenoptera of America North of Mexico,
Synoptic Catalog, USDA Monogr. 2, 1420 p.
Michener, C. D. 1968. Nests of some African megachilid bees, with descrip-
tions of a new Hoplitis. Entomol. Soc. South Africa 31 : 337-359.
Parker, F. D. and R. M. Bohart. 1966. Host-parasite associations in some
twig-nesting Hymenoptera from western North America. Pan-Pac.
Entomol. 42: 91-98.
Parker, F. D. and R. M. Bohart. 1968. Host-parasite associations in some twig-
nesting Hymenoptera from western North America. Part II. Pan-Pac.
Entomol. 44: 1-6.
The Genus Limnia in California
(Diptera: Sciomyzidae)
T. W. Fisher and R. E. Orth
Department of Entomology, University of California, Riverside 92502
The genus Limnia Robineau-Desvoidy (1830: 684) can be distin-
guished from other sciomyzid genera by the following characters:
propleural bristle lacking; vallar (subalar) bristles present; arista with
whitish hairs or pubescence; mid-frontal stripe approximately % width
of frons; wings reticulated; black spot on medifacies lacking; tp (pos-
terior crossvein) arcuate, only slightly sinuate.
As indicated by Steyskal (1965: 691), Limnia is in need of revision.
Such a study is in progress jointly with G. C. Steyskal, L. V. Knutson
(USNM), and the authors. Pursuant to compilation of a California
Insect Survey Bulletin on the Sciomyzidae it has become necessary to
clarify the status of the genus in this State. We recognize four species
in California; L. severa Cresson (Cresson, 1920: 80), L. inopa
(Adams) (Adams, 1904: 448), L. pubescens Day (Day, 1881: 86),
and L. boscii (Robineau-Desvoidy) (R.-D., 1830: 690). The first three
named are western North American in distribution. Limnia boscii is
transcontinental between 35°-47°N Latitude. Both sexes of the species
collected within California are easily separated by external characters.
However, outside of California, examination of male terminalia is
necessary for definitive determination of certain species. Structures
such as the hypandrium, surstylus, and aedeagus are diagnostic for
L. inopa and L. severa (Figs. 6-16).
The objectives of this paper are to (1) resurrect and redescribe
L. inopa (Adams) ; (2) redescribe L. severa Cresson; (3) provide a
key to the Limnia of California; and (4) summarize biological infor-
mation for Limnia in California.
Limnia inopa (Adams)
Tetanocera inopa Adams, 1904: 448. Holotype $ ; Washington Territory;
Repository, University of Kansas.
Limnia costalis var. brevicostalis Melander 1920: 323.
Limnia brevicostalis Melander, Steyskal 1965: 691.
Limnia boscii (Robineau-Desvoidy) 1830: 690, Steyskal 1965: 691.
Examination of the types of L. inopa (Adams) (Adams, 1904: 448) and L.
brevicostalis Melander (Melander, 1920: 323) plus a series of 75 specimens in
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 123-129. April 1975
124
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
the UCR collection and 33 specimens from the collections of CAS, CU, CD A,
KSU, KU, UCB, and USNM lead us to conclude a single taxon is involved.
Distribution: Alta., B.C., Calif., Idaho, Mont., Oreg., Wash.
Head. — Frons yellow, longer than wide, mid-frontal stripe % to % width of frons,
usually widest in females; two frontal-orbital bristles present, anterior socket sur-
rounded by velvety black coloration; ocellars and post-ocellars prominent and
of nearly equal length, longer than fronto-orbitals; velvety black patch present
in anterior corners of frons. Single velvety black patch present on occiput im-
mediately posterad of post-ocellars. Face and gulae whitish; medifacies bare;
parafacies with fine black hairs; central portion of medifacies sometimes with
brown discoloration; face deeply concave. Palpi yellow. Eyes large, oval, dis-
tinctly longer than high. Antennae with arista with dense white short hairs, basal
segments yellow and hirsute; third antennal segment yellowish, usually tinged
with black anteriorly, hirsute; second antennal segment approximately same
length as third, longer than high from lateral aspect, inflated ventrally, com-
pressed dorsally in cross-section, highly polished, ochraceus yellow, usually with
brownish area on dorsal half, usually with two strong bristles on dorso-apical half.
Thorax with notum with two narrow brown vittae centrally, a pair of broader
brown vittae laterally and a pair of smaller vittae appearing posterad, all separated
by dull pruinosity; scutellar bristles prominent; prescutellar bristles variable,
generally vestigial to half length of scutellum. Pleura pruinose; pro- and meso-
pleura brown in upper half. Prostemum without hairs. Legs yellow, tarsal segments
3, 4, and 5 (and sometimes 2) may be dark brown. Wings hyaline, with brown
reticulations; posterior crossvein curved outwardly, may be slightly sinuate; halter
pale yellow. Wing lengths of 20 females 4.3 to 6.0 ,mm (average 5.2 mm), 20
males 3.3 to 5.3 (average 4.6 mm) .
Abdomen pruinose with irregularly defined brown vittae laterally. Post-abdomen
as in Fig. 3.
Limnia severa Cresson
Limnia severa Cresson, 1920: 80. Holotype $ ; Cayton, Shasta County, Cali-
fornia; Repository, California Academy of Science.
Limnia unguicornis var. severa Cresson 1920: 80.
Limnia saratogensis var. severa , Melander 1920: 324.
Limnia saratogensis var. armipes Melander 1920: 324.
->
Figs.- 1-5. Fig. 1 . Limnia pubescens (Day). Head, male. USA, Calif., Shasta
Co., Cayton; Elev. 3,050 ft.; VII-25-1972; T. W. Fisher and R. E. Orth, collectors.
Arrow indicates strong diagnostic bristles on the anterior dorsal edge on the
second antennal segment. Figs. 2-5. Postabdomen, sinistral view; ae, aedeagus;
ep, epandrium; hy, hypandrium; ss, surstylus; VI, ventral projection of 6th
sternite or protandrium. Fig. 2. Limnia boscii (R.-D.). USA, Calif., Mono Co.,
Fish Slough; Elev. 4,250 ft.; IX-7-1967; T. W. Fisher and R. E. Orth. Fig. 3.
Limnia inopa (Adams). USA, Calif., Modoc Co., East of Cedar Pass; Elev. 5,800
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
125
ft.; VIII-24-1967; T. W. Fisher and R. E. Orth. Fig. 4. Limnia severa Cresson. USA,
Calif., Alpine Co., south of Woodfords; Elev. 6,000 ft.; VII-11-1968; T. W. Fisher
and R. E. Orth. Fig. 5. Limnia pubescens (Day). USA, Calif., Shasta Co., Cayton;
Elev. 3,050 ft.; VII-25-1972; T. W. Fisher and R. E. Orth.
126
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Limnia armipes, Steyskal 1965: 691.
Limnia severa, Steyskal 1965: 692; Fisher & Orth 1971: 164.
Distribution: B.C., Ariz., Calif., Colo., Oreg., Wash.
Head. — Frons yellow to testaceous, length and width nearly equal, mid-frontal
stripe approximately % width of frons; two fronto-orbital bristles present, anterior
socket surrounded by velvety black coloration, posterior socket to a lesser degree;
ocellars and post-ocellars prominent and of nearly equal length, longer than
fronto-orbitals; velvety black patch present in anterior corners of frons; single
velvety black patch present on occiput immediately posterad of post-ocellars.
Face and gulae whitish; medifacies bare; parafacies with fine back hairs; central
portion of medifacies sometimes with yellow to brownish discoloration; face mod-
erately concave. Palpi yellow. Eyes large, oval, distinctly longer than high. An-
tennae with arista with moderately short and dense hairs, basal segments yellow
and hirsute; third antennal segment yellowish, tinged with black anteriorly,
hirsute; second antennal segment approximately same length as third; longer
than high from lateral aspect; polished, ochraceus yellow, usually with brownish
area on dorsal % to %; usually with two strong bristles on dorso-apical half.
Thorax with notum with two narrow brown vittae centrally, a pair of broader
brown vittae laterad, and a pair of additional smaller vittae appearing posterad,
all separated by dull pruinosity; scutellar bristles prominent; prescutellar bristles
strong, as long as scutellum. Pleura pruinose; pro- and mesopleura brown in
upper % to %. Prosternum usually without hairs. Legs yellow to testaceous,
front tibae and tarsi brownish to black, mid and hind tibae and tarsi less darkly
pigmented, usually only tarsal segments 4 and 5 blackish. Wings hyaline, with
dark brown reticulations; posterior crossvein curved outwardly, usually sinuate;
halter yellow, brownish at apex. Wing lengths of 20 females 4.6 to 6.0 mm
(average 5.4 mm), 20 males 4.0 to 5.4 mm (average 4.9 mm).
Abdomen pruinose with two lateral brown vittae on each side. Postabdomen as
in Fig. 4.
Key to the Species of California Limnia
1. Brown marginal cell of wing with clear spots extending to costal margin;
prosternum with hairs; frons wider than long; second antennal segment
with 2 strong bristles on the anterior dorsal edge; prescutellar bristles ap-
proximately as long as scutellum. (Male terminalia as in Fig. 2)
boscii (Rob.-Desv.)
Brown marginal cell of wing without clear spots extending to costal margin;
prosternum without hairs 2
2. Second antennal segment with 4 or more strong bristles on the anterior
dorsal edge (Fig. 1) frons approximately as wide as long; prescutellar
Figs. 6-16. Figs 6-11. Limnia inopa (Adams). Diagnostic structures of post-
abdomen. USA, Calif.; Modoc Co.; Cedar Pass Campground; Elev. 5,800 ft.;
VIII-8-1968; T. W. Fisher and R. E. Orth, collectors. Legend: aea, aedeagus;
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
127
ap, anterior process; eja, ejaculatory apodeme; vph, ventral process of hypandrium.
Fig. 6. Hypandrium, sinistral view. Fig. 7. Hypandrium. Fig. 8. Surstylus (left) ,
sinistral view. Fig. 9. Aedeagus, sinistral view. Fig. 10. Aedeagus, posterior view.
Fig. 11. Aedeagus, anterior view. Figs. 12-16. Limnia severa Cresson. Diagnostic
structures of post abdomen. USA, Calif.; Inyo Co.; Lake Sabrina; Elev. 9,000 ft.;
IX-6-1967 ; T. W. Fisher and R. E. Orth, collectors. Fig. 12. Hypandrium, sinistral
view. Fig. 13. Surstylus (left) , sinistral view. Fig. 14. Aedeagus, sinistral view.
Fig. 15. Aedeagus (looking posterad) . Fig. 16. Aedeagus (looking anterad) .
123
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
bristles approximately % to % as long as scutellum. (Male terminalia as
in Fig. 5) pubescens (Day)
Second antennal segment with 2 strong bristles on the anterior dorsal edge.
3. Frons approximately as wide as long; pre-scutellar bristles as long as scutel-
lum. (Male terminalia as in Fig. 4) severa Cresson
Frons distinctly longer than wide; prescutellar bristles variable, generally
vestigial to % length of scutellum (Male terminalia as in Fig. 3)
inopa (Adams)
Discussion
Of the 440 Limnia specimens we collected within the State between
VI-10-1965 and VI-26-1974, approximately 80% were L. severa , 11%
pubescens , 8% inopa , and less than 1% boscii. In the 76 collections
made in California which contained Limnia, L. severa occurred alone
at 29 sites, L. inopa alone at 6, L. pubescens alone at 3, and L. boscii
alone at one. Limnia severa and L. inopa co-habited 3 sites ; severa and
pubescens co-habited one site. Three species, inopa, pubescens, severa,
co-habited two sites, Bartle in Siskiyou Co., and Cayton, in Shasta
Co. In 1973-1974 at Bartle, a large diverse habitat, L. severa, L.
pubescens, and L. inopa represented 9%, 4%, and 4%, respectively, of
the 13 sciomyzid species collected. In 1972, 1973, and 1974 at Cayton,
a very restricted habitat, L. pubescens, severa, and inopa represented
55%, 19%, and 1%, respectively, of the 10 sciomyzid species collected.
Limnia boscii was the only species of Limnia we collected at Fish
Slough in Mono Co., 10 miles north of Bishop, and our records indicate
that it occurs only at that locality within California.
Over the nine year period of collecting in California we found Limnia
co-existing with a rather diverse sciomyzid fauna, i.e., 21 species.
Allowing for repeated collections at certain of the sites this summary
does not reflect seasonal population trends but was derived from 76
isolated points in time. On-site separative mechanisms such as time,
space, plant associations, or proximity to water, are discernible. Two
examples are; (1) L. inopa does not appear before mid-summer, and
(2) repeated visits to the Hat Creek and Cayton sites yielded L.
pubescens only at restricted areas of several square meters within the
larger boundaries of those sites. This observation suggests that L.
pubescens requires a rather special set of ecological parameters to exist
at all, but when those requirements are met pubescens can exist in rela-
tively large numbers.
Acknowledgments
Our thanks to G. W. Byers, (Snow Entomological Museum, Univer-
sity of Kansas) who provided the type of L. inopa Adams; to P. H.
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
129
Arnaud, Jr., (California Academy of Sciences) who provided the type
of L. severa Cresson; and to L. V. Knutson (U. S. National Museum of
Natural History) who provided the type of L. costalis brevicostalis
Melander. Review of the manuscript by L. V. Knutson and G. C.
Steyskal is greatly appreciated. The work was partly supported by
U. C. Agric. Expt. Sta. Project 2037.
Literature Cited
Adams, C. F. 1904. Notes on and descriptions of North American Diptera.
Kans. Univ. Sci. Bui., 2: 433-455.
Cresson, E. T., Jr. 1920. A revision of the nearctic Sciomyzidae (Diptera,
Acalyptratae) . Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 46: 27-89.
Day, L. T. 1881. Notes on Sciomyzidae, with descriptions of new species.
Canad. Entomol., 13: 85-89.
Fisher, T. W. and R. E. Orth. 1971. Limnia armipes Melander synonymized
with Limnia severa Cresson (Diptera: Sciomyzidae). Pan-Pac. Entomol.,
47: 164.
Melander, A. L. 1920. Review of the nearctic Tetanoceridae. Ann. Entomol.
Soc. Amer., 13: 305-332.
Robineau-Desvoidy, J. B. 1830. Essai sur les Myodaires. Inst, de France, Sci.
Math, et Phys., Acad. Roy. des Sci., Mem. presentes par divers Savans
(Paris) [ ser. 2], 2: 1-813.
Steyskal, G. C. 1965. Family Sciomyzidae (Tetanoceridae), pp. 685-695. IN:
Stone, A., et al., A catalog of the Diptera of America north of Mexico.
U.S. Dept. Agric., A.R.S., Agric. Handbook No. 276, pp. 1-1696.
Description of Two New Species of Diptera, Cyclorrhapha
from the Ethiopian Zoogeographical Region
Elizabeth Nesbitt
Department of Entomology, South African Institute for Medical Research
Johannesburg, South Africa
From Dr. P. H. Arnaud, Jr., California Academy of Sciences, San
Francisco, the Department of Entomology received a large number of
Calliphoridae and Sarcophagidae. These flies had been collected re-
cently in various parts of Africa and proved very interesting. Two new
species are described here and more will be described in the future.
Phumosia rossi new species (Calliphoridae : Calliphorinae)
In the key to the Phumosia species of the Ethiopian zoogeographical
region (Zumpt, 1956) this species runs down to the P. stabulans- group.
It is well characterized by the male terminalia which show long inwardly
curved paralobi terminating in a distinct knob (fig. 1).
Male — Frons at its narrowest point )4oAi2 as wide as the eye is long. Par-
afacialia and -frontalia black or dark brown with silvery pollinosity, 5 to 8
irregularly arranged cruciate paf; iv and oc strong. First and second antennal
segments brown, third segment darker, twice as long as second. Arista with long
hairs. Bucca about % as high as eye, black with greyish pollinosity, hairs black.
Palpi yellow-brown, almost parallel, slightly curved.
Thorax black with dense olive pollinosity forming three longitudinal ill-defined
and partly indistinct bands on the mesonotum. Chaetotaxy: ac = 0-1 -f- 1-2,
dc — 2 -f- 3, ia — 0-1 -f- 2-3, ph - 1 (outer absent) , h — 2, prs = 1, n — 2,
sa~ 2-3, pa — 2, sc = 2-3 + 0-1, st = 2:1. Pro- and poststigma red-brown to
dark brown, propleuron and prosternum haired, alar- declivity bare. Wings hyaline
or partly tinged especially towards the base. Veins yellow-brown, costal spine
long, a few setae on the upper side of ri l + 5 ' r-m clouded, R s open. Upper squama
brown, lower squama yellowish. Legs with femora dark brown, tibiae and tarsi
yellow-brown. Fore-tibia with several short ad and 1 long submedian pv; mid-
tibia with 1 submedian ad, 0-1 av and 1-2 pd; hind-tibia with 2 ad, 2 pd and 1-2
submedian av; claws and pulvilli as long as last tarsal segment.
Abdomen slender, about 1% times as long as broad. Colour and pollinosity the
same as that of the thorax, with a narrow median stripe, sometimes very weak.
Last three segments with marginal bristles and a few lateral discals in some of
the specimens.
Female — Frons at vertex about % as wide as the eye is long, widening towards
the antennal groove, frontal stripe subparallel, reddish-brown. Bucca about % as
high as the eye is long. Chaetotaxy of head consisting of iv, ev, oc, cruciate paf and
1 thick and 1 shorter and thinner fo.
Length: 5-6 mm.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 130-133. April 1975
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
131
Fig. 1. Phumosia rossi n. sp. a) cerci and paralobi, b) phallosome laterally,
c) parameres (Holotype).
There are 8 $ $ and 1 $ before me collected by E. S. Ross and R. E. Leech
at the following localities:
1) Nyasaland (Malawi), 16 miles west of Dedza 24.11.1958 ( holotype $ and
4 paratype $ $).
2) Northern Rhodesia (Zambia), Senga Hill, 40 miles south of Abercorn, 12.11.
1958 (2 paratype S $ and an allotype $ ).
3) Angola, 12 miles south of Villa Teixiera de Silva, 28.V.1958 (1 $ paratype).
Holotype, allotype and 4 paratypes have been returned to the Califor-
nia Academy of Sciences, 3 paratypes have been kindly presented to the
Department of Entomology of the South African Institute for Medical
Research, Johannesburg.
Pterelia kenyae new species (Sarcophagidae : Miltogramminae)
In the key to the species of Pterelia (Zumpt, 1961) the new species
runs down to P. santosdiasi, and on external features it falls within the
“obscurior- complex.” The males are easily distinguished by the
hypopygia.
Male — Eyes bare, facets small. Frons at vertex measuring about % of eye-
length. Frontal stripe yellow, darkening towards vertex, subparallel, at the tip
of the ocellar triangle measuring about DA times as wide as the neighbouring
parafrontalium. Parafrontalia with dense yellow pollinosity, becoming pale yellow
with different light incidence. Ocellar triangle with oc accompanied by several
bristly hairs; iv, ev and f well developed, 2 proclinate fo and several bristly hairs
on the posterior parafrontalium; 10-12 paf. Face pale yellow, antennae yellow,
132
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Fig. 2. Pterella kenyae n. sp. a) cerci and paralobi, b) phallosome laterally,
c) parameres (Holotype) .
third segment approximately 3 times as long as second, deep yellow; arista bare,
basal half thickened, yellow, tip black. Posterior bucca and occiput black with
short hairs, anterior bucca yellow. Height of bucca about Ho of eye-length. Palpi
yellow, slender, proboscis black.
Thorax black with light grey pruinosity, narrow long undusted stripes visible.
Chaetotaxy: ac — 0 + 1, 2 prescutellar clc and 1 weak presutural dc, ia = 0 + 1;
1 prs, 2 sa, 2 n and 3 h well developed. Pleura white pruinose, pp and pst long
and thick, st = 1:1 or 1:2. Wings hyaline, epaulet black, basicosta yellow, veins
yellow-brown, R 5 broadly open. Thoracic squama white, very broad, halter yellow.
Legs black, fore-tibia with 1 submedial posterior bristle; mid-tibia with 1 ad, 1 pv
and 3 weak pd; hind-tibia with a row of short ad, 3 or 4 av and 1 pd.
Abdomen longer than broad, black dorsally, reddish-brown laterally and
ventrally. Anterior and posterior margins of tergites III, IV and V broadly but
unevenly yellow pollinose. Hypopygium (fig. 2) with long slender cerci, shorter
bifid paralobi with a row of long bristles; the first three anterior bristles are
very well developed. Phallosome with the spinus protruding vertically as in the
other species of the “obscurior- complex”.
Female — not known.
Length: 6-8 mm.
Seven specimens have been received, collected by M. E. Irwin and E. S. Ross
in Kenya, Diani Beach, Kwale District, 4.1.1970 ( holotype and 3 paratypes),
and at Blue Lagoon, Kilifi District, 1.1.1970 (3 paratypes). Three specimens
have been kindly presented to the South African Institute for Medical Research,
Johannesburg.
Acknowledgements
I wish to thank Dr. F. Zumpt, head of the Department of Entomology,
for supervising my studies on Higher Diptera and Professor J. F.
Murray, Director of The South African Institute for Medical Research,
who provided the necessary working facilities.
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
133
References
Zumpt, F. 1956. Calliphoridae (Diptera Cyclorrhapha) Part I: Calliphorini and
Chrysomyiini. Explor. Parc natn. Albert Miss. G.F. de Witte, 87:
1 - 200 .
Zumpt, F. 1961. Calliphoridae (Diptera Cyclorrhapha) Part III: Miltogram-
minae. Explor. Parc natn. Albert Miss. G.F. de Witte , 98: 1-137.
A Description of the First Instar Larva of
Eupompha imperialis and E. edmundsi
(Coleoptera: Meloidae) 1
John D. Pinto
Department of Entomology, University of California, Riverside 92502
The genus Eupompha (Lyttini: Eupomphina) consists of eight dis-
tinctive species, all confined to southwestern North America. The first
instar larva of three of these, E. elegans (LeConte), E. histrionica
(Horn) and E. schwarzi (Wellman) were described by MacSwain
(1956, as Calospasta) . Because background information on larval
anatomy is needed for a forthcoming paper on the courtship behavior
of Eupompha , descriptions of two additional species, E. imperialis and
E. edmundsi are presented at this time.
To facilitate species comparisons, descriptions conform, insofar as
possible, to the terminology employed by MacSwain ( 1956) .
Eupompha imperialis (Wellman)
(Fig. 1)
Body very light brown; heavy, spiniform setae on both dorsum and venter,
some of those on thoracic and abdominal tergites curved upward at apex. Head
wider than long, narrowing slightly to base; six setae between clypeus and frons
(first row behind labrum) ; gula as long as wide, setae inserted on anterior margin.
Eves large, about 15% greater in diameter than mesothoracic spiracles. Antennae
with segment I subrectangular, twice as wide as long; segment II 60% longer
than wide, twice as long as I; segment III twice as long as wide, 30% shorter
than II; sensory organ slightly wider than and subequal in length to III; terminal
seta twice as long as III. Mandibles slender, gradually widened basally, entire
to feebly crenulate; apical seta almost 4X as long as basal seta. Maxillae with
about five weak setae at apex of mala; segment III of palpi 40% longer than wide,
lateral margin 30% longer than medial margin, sensory area with about 20 papil-
lae, two-segmented appendix not evident. Labium with setae of first prementum
long, setae of second prementum minute; segment II of palpi longer than I, two-
segmented appendix at apex of II very small. Thorax with line of dehiscence
confined to pro- and mesonotum, and extreme apex of metanotum; 24 stout,
elongate setae on pronotal disc. Abdomen with posterolateral margin of tergites
abutting against pleurites; spiracles placed in membranous area between pleurites
and anterolateral margin of tergites; first spiracle with diameter about 20% less
than that of mesothoracic spiracle and twice the diameter of second spiracle,
spiracles on segments II-VIII gradually decreasing in diameter; tergites with
posterior marginal row of setae about % tergite length; sternum poorly sclerotized,
1 This study was supported by Grant GB-30907 from the National Science Foundation.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 134-139. April 1975
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
135
no evidence of sclerotization on segments I-VI, VII-IX each with a poorly defined
medial sclerite. Legs slender, hind claw long, about % as long as hind tibia;
claws with their two setae separated at base by about Ho claw length, longer seta
not approaching apex of claw (as in Fig. 3). Body length 1.30 mm; caudal
setae .58 mm. 2
Material Studied. Larvae from a mass of 180 eggs laid and hatching on 17 and
25 April, respectively (at 26°C). Adults collected 16 April 1974; Imperial
County, California, ca. 12 mi W Calexico, adjacent to International Boundary;
feeding on flowers of Coldenia palmeri Gray (Boraginaceae) .
Eupompha edmundsi (Selander)
(Figs. 2, 3, 5-8) 4
Body very light brown, venter with normal, elongate, spiniform setae through-
out; dorsum with both very short, stout setae, and highly modified, elongate,
clavate, costate setae which are elliptical in cross-section; costae on thoracic and
abdominal setae with apical projections; modified setae somewhat shorter than
unmodified homologues in other species. Modified setae distributed as follows.
Head capsule: widespread except on labium, also, lateral-most seta on first setal
row behind labrum, seta posteromedial to eye, and those on occiput normal;
thorax: on lateral margin of pronotum only; and on lateral and posterior margin
of meso- and metanotum; abdomen: on posterior margin of tergites only.
Unmodified dorsal setae much shorter than homologues in other species.
Head wider than long, narrowing to base; six setae between clypeus and frons
(first row behind labrum) ; gula as long as wide, setae inserted on anterior margin.
Eyes subequal in diameter to mesothoracic spiracles. Antennae with segment I
subrectangular, twice as wide as long; segment II as wide as long, 30-40% longer
than I; segment III twice as long as wide, subequal in length to II; sensory organ
slightly wider and shorter than III; terminal seta short, subequal in length to
III. Mandibles slender apically, abruptly widened at base, entire to feebly
crenulate; apical seta twice as long as basal seta. Maxillae with about 5 weak
setae at apex of mala; segment III of palpi 50% longer than wide, lateral margin
almost twice as long as medial margin, sensory area with about 25 papillae, two-
segmented appendix not evident. Labium with setae of first prementum long,
setae of second prementum minute; segments I and II of palpi subequal in length,
two-segmented appendix at apex of II very small. Thorax with line of dehiscence
confined to pro- and mesonotum, and extreme apex of metanotum; 26 setae on
pronotal disc. Abdomen with posterolateral margin of tergites abutting against
pleurites; spiracles placed in membranous area between pleurites and anterolateral
margin of tergites; first spiracle subequal in size to mesothoracic spiracle and
twice the diameter of second spiracle, spiracles on segments II-VIII gradually
decreasing in diameter; tergites with posterior marginal row of setae less than %
tergite length; sternum poorly sclerotized, no evidence of sclerotization on seg-
ments I-VI, VII-IX each with a poorly defined medial sclerite. Legs slender, hind
claw long, about %o as long as hind tibia; claws with their two setae basally
adjacent, longer seta not approaching apex of claw. Body length 1.22 mm;
caudal setae .60 mm. 2
2 Means based on the measurement of five slide-mounted specimens.
136
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Figs. 1-2. Head (dorsal view) of first instar larvae of Eupompha. 1. E.
imperialis. 2. E. edmundsi. Illustrations of E. elegans are given by MacSwain
(1956).
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
137
3
4
Figs. 3-4. Hind claw of first instar larvae of Eupompha showing relative
length and position of the two basal setae. 3. E. edmundsi. 4. E. elegans.
Material Studied. Larvae from masses of 142, 147, and 187 eggs, respectively.
Respective oviposition and hatching dates as follows: 27 June-12 July; 28 June-
13 July; 3-19 July (at 26°C). Adults collected 27 June 1972; Coconino County,
Arizona, 2 mi W Page; feeding on inflorescences of Heliantlius anomalus S. F.
Blake and Stephanomeria exigua Nutt. (Compositae) .
Discussion
The traits of the two species described here agree with MacSwain’s
(1956) description of Eupompha. The clavate and costate setae on the
dorsum of E. edmundsi are, so far as known, unique within the Meloi-
dae. Their number, position and relative size correspond to their
unmodified homologues in congeners (e.g., compare Figs. 1 and 2) .
The larvae of the five species discovered so far fall into two groups
with E. histrionica and E. schwarzi in one, and E. elegans, E. imper-
ials and E. edmundsi in the other. The latter three can be character-
ized as follows: six setae present between clypeus and frons, antennal
segment II as long as wide or longer, line of dehiscence absent or
incomplete on metanotum, and medial margin of maxillary palpal seg-
ment III distinctly shorter than lateral margin. In E. histrionica and E.
schwarzi there are eight setae between the clypeus and frons, antennal
segment II is wider than long, the line of dehiscence is complete on the
metanotum, and the margins of segment III of the maxillary palpi are
subequal.
138
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Figs. 5-8. Scanning electron micrographs of the first instar larvae of E.
edmundsi. 5. Modified setae on dorsum of head capsule (5000X). 6. Modified
seta on apical margin of abdominal tergite III (4000X)- 7. Apical view of a
modified seta on head capsule (6000X). 8. Spiracle on abdominal segment I
(6000 X ) •
The larvae of E. elegans , E. imperialis and E. edmundsi are similar,
the highly modified setae of the latter notwithstanding. E. imperialis
is phenetically intermediate. E. elegans is distinguished from both E.
edmundsi and E, imperialis by its darker color and more strongly
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
139
sclerotized abdominal sterna, the presence of the line of dehiscence in
the basal half of the metanotum, the longer apical seta of the claws
(Fig. 4), the placement of the gular setae anterior to the gular margin,
the smaller eyes (smaller than the mesothoracic spiracles) and the
inconspicuous basal mandibular seta. E. elegans and E. imperialis,
on the other hand, are separated from E. edmundsi by the unmodified
dorsal setae, the longer second segment and terminal seta of the
antennae, the longer second segment of the labial palpi, and the less
abrupt basal widening of the mandibles.
The phenetic relationships of larvae and adults correlate fairly well.
Adults of E. schwarzi and E. histrionica are more similar to one another
than to any other Eupompha. E. imperialis and E. elegans adults also
correspond most closely with one another. Adults of E. edmundsi are
most similar to those of E. viridis (Horn), whose larva is unknown.
Males of both species lack certain head, antennal and foreleg modifica-
tions which are found in all other species. These modifications are
epigamic in function (Pinto, MS). Because of their generalized adults,
compelling evidence for including E. edmundsi and E. viridis in
Eupompha was lacking. The close correspondence of the larva of E.
edmundsi to those of other Eupompha, and to E. imperialis in particu-
lar, considerably strengthens its position within the genus.
Acknowledgments
Host plants of E. edmundsi were identified by Mr. Oscar F. Clarke
(U. C. Riverside Herbarium). Figures 1-4 were prepared by Mr.
Carl T. Conley.
Literature Cited
MacSwain, J. W. 1956. A classification of the first instar larvae of the Meloidae
(Coleoptera) . Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol., 12: 1-182.
The Larva of Cafius sulcicollis LeConte
(Coleoptera: Staphylinidae)
Ian Moore
Division of Biological Control, University of California, Riverside, CA 92502
James, Moore and Legner (1971) described larvae of four common
west coast species of Cafius and presented a key to include two European
species which were already known. Cafius sulcicollis LeConte is not
common in southern California so could not be included in the study.
Vincent D. Roth, Managing Director of the Southwest Research Station
of the American Museum of Natural History at Portal, Arizona has
given us a series of Cafius sulcicollis including larvae from Sonora,
Mexico where it is apparently common. We are taking this opportunity
to describe the larva. Among the west coast species of Cafius , this leaves
only the larvae of C. decipiens LeConte, C. femoralis Maklin and C.
opacus LeConte unknown.
Tabular Key to Some Larvae of Nearctic Cafius
Statement of characters.
Shape and segmentation of urogomphus = SHAPE SEG UROG
SPHER =: Spherical, one-segmented.
CYL = Cylindrical, two-segmented.
Length of urogomphus = LENG UROG
LONG =: longer than pseudopod.
SHORT = shorter than pseudopod.
Length of first segment of maxilla = LENG ONE MAX
LONG = as long as second segment.
SHORT = shorter than second segment.
Length of fourth segment of maxilla = LENG FOUR MAX
LONG = as long as penultimate segment.
SHORT = shorter than penultimate segment.
Source
James = James, Moore and Legner 1971.
SHAPE
SEG
MAX
LENG
UROG
LENG
ONE
MAX
LENG
FOUR
MAX
SOURCE
NAME
CYL
LONG
SHORT
LONG
SPECIMEN
sulcicollis LeConte
CYL
LONG
SHORT
SHORT
JAMES
luteipennis Horn
CYL
LONG
LONG
SHORT
JAMES
lithocharinus LeConte
CYL
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
JAMES
canescens Maklin
SPHER
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
JAMES
seminitens Horn
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51 : 140 - 142 . April 1975
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
141
Figs. 1-4. Larva of Cafius sulcicollis LeConte. 1. Clypeus. 2. Pseudopod an
urogomphi. 3. Antenna. 4. Maxilla.
142
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Larva of Cafius sulcicollis LeConte
Color . — Head pale ferrugineous ; thorax ferrugineous; abdomen, legs, antennae
and mouthparts testaceous.
Head subquadrate, widest near base, very slightly narrowed to apical angles.
Neck about three-fourths as wide as head. Ocelli lacking. Clypeus with nine
teeth, the central tooth and the tooth adjacent to the outer tooth smallest. Antenna
four-segmented; first segment about as long as wide; second segment about as
wide as and about twice as long as first; third segment a little longer and about
as wide at apex as first, tapered to base, with an ovid acorn-type seta at apex
which is almost as long as fourth segment; fourth segment about one-third as wide
and half as long as third, with an acorn-type seta at apex which is slightly smaller
than the acorn-type seta of third segment. Maxilla with stipes as long as palpus;
galea very small, slender; palpus four-segmented, first segment about as long
as wide, second segment about as wide as and twice as long as first, third seg-
ment narrower and a little shorter than second, fourth segment only a little
narrower and a little shorter than third. Ligula not quite as long as first segment
of labial palpus. Labial palpus three-segmented, each segment narrower but about
as long as preceding. Gular sutures united in basal three-fifths, thence diverging
to apex.
Thorax . — Pronotum about one-eighth wider than long; widest at base; sides,
apex and base gently arcuate; basal angles narrowly rounded; apical angles
broadly rounded; surface polished. Mesonotum and metanotum each about as
wide as and half as long as pronotum, with a few scattered fine setae, surface
polished.
Abdomen gradually narrowed from near base to apex, the basal two segments
shorter than the rest; with a few fine scattered setae; surface finely microreticulate.
Pseudopod more than twice as long as wide. Urogomphus a little longer than
pseudopod, two-segmented; first segment almost as long as urogomphus, very
slender; second segment about half as wide and one-fourth as long as first.
Length 8.0 mm.
Material examined, seven specimens from Mexico, Sonora, Punta Cirio, 29.53-
112.40, 20 March 1974, wrack on sandy beach, V. Roth & W. Brown collectors, in
company with 93 adults.
Notes. This species is readily distinguished from all other known
larvae of Cafius by the large apical segment of the maxillary palpus.
The total lack of ocelli is similar to the condition in C. seminitens in
which the ocelli are so pale as to be almost indiscernible.
Literature Cited
James, G., Ian Moore and E. F. Legner. 1971. The larval and pupal stages of
four species of Cafius (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae) with notes on their
biology and ecology. Trans. San Diego Soc. Natur. Hist., 16: 279-289,
8 figs.
A New Species of Apanteles from South America
Being Introduced into California
(Hymenoptera: Braconidae)
Paul M. Marsh
Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agr. Res. Serv., USDA 20560 1
A new species of Apanteles is described to provide a name for
studies being conducted at the University of California, Riverside.
This species is being released in California against the potato tuber-
worm, Phthorimaea operculella (Zeller) and the tomato pinworm,
Keiferia lycopersicella (Walsingham) . It was collected in Colombia as
a parasite of Scrobipalpula absoluta (Meyrick) . The National Collection
also contains specimens from Chile and Peru. Jack C. Hall, Division
of Biological Control, University of California, Riverside, California,
supplied the material from Colombia and has requested the name.
Apanteles gelechiidivoris, new species
Female. Length of body: 2.5 mm. Color: black except mandibles, palpi, apices
of femora, tibiae and tarsi which are testaceous or dark brown; stigma translucent
and margined on all sides by brown, wing veins brown. Head: shining, finely
punctate, densely covered by short white pubescence; malar space about as long
as clypeus; face only very slightly narrower at clypeus than at antennae, at its
narrowest part about equal to eye height; antennae shorter than body. Thorax:
stout; mesonotum flat, shiny, very finely punctate, punctures separated, densely
and evenly covered with short white pubescence; disc of scutellum flat, shining,
sparsely punctured, polished area on lateral face of scutellum semicircular, small;
propodeum (fig. 1) smooth and shining on dorsal surface, slightly rugose laterally
and strongly rugose medially at apex where rugae form lower part of an areola,
costulae absent; meso- and metapleura smooth and polished. Legs: hind coxa
smooth and polished, with a few scattered punctures dorsally at base; inner spur
of hind tibia a little longer than outer and less than half as long as hind basitarsus.
Wings (fig. 3) : stigma short and broad, broader than length of first segment of
radius, inner and outer sides nearly equal in length; metacarpus as long as
stigma; first segment of radius slightly curved, longer and narrower than inter-
cubitus; nervellus slightly curved at apex; vannal lobe evenly convex and with
fringe of hair. Abdomen: short, often compressed laterally at apex in dead
specimens; median plate of first tergum nearly parallel sided, only slightly
narrower at apex than at base, longer than apical width, smooth at base and
rugose at apex, no indication of median depression at apex (fig. 2) ; median plate
of second tergum nearly four times as wide as long, apical width about two times
basal width, weakly rugose at base (fig. 2) ; hypopygium acute at apex and ex-
tending slightly beyond apex of abdomen; ovipositor about as long as hind tibia,
evenly curved downward.
1 Mail address: c/o U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. 20560.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 143-146. April 1975
144 .
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
145
Male. Essentially as in female except antennae longer than body, median plate
of first tergnm slightly narrower at apex, and median plate of second tergum
slightly longer.
Holotype female: Colombia, Palmira, V-14-74, A. Sandarriaga, ex. Scrobipal-
pula absoluta on tomato. USNM type no. 73373. Paratypes: Chile: Arica, 7 $ 2,
XI-1965, H. Vargas, ex. Gnorimoschema absoluta on tomato; Arica, 11 2 2,
3 $ $ , no date or collector, ex. Gnorimoschema absoluta. Colombia: 5 2 2,
3 $ $ , same data as holotype; Garagoa, 4 2 2,5 $ $, 4-30-73, E. R. Oatman,
ex. geleehiid on tomato; Mosquera, 5 2 2,5 $ S, 5-4-73, E. R. Oatman, ex.
gelechiid on potato. Peru: LaMolina, 4 2 2,1 $, XI-3-64, A. S. Guido and
Silveira ; Canete, 7 2 2,5 $ $ , XI-3, 6, 26-1964, A. S. Guido and Silveira ; no
locality, 2 2 2, 1966, ex. Gnorimoschema operculella on tomato. Paratypes de-
posited in U. S. National Museum, University of California, Riverside, and in
the Introduced Beneficial Insects Voucher Collection, Beneficial Insects Introduc-
tion Laboratory, Beltsville, Maryland.
Apparently this species is widely distributed along the Andes in
South America. It belongs to the laevigatus group as defined by Nixon
(1965 Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Ent., Suppl. 2, p. 181). In South
4 -
Figs. 1~2. Apanteles gelechiidivoris, n. sp. : 1, propodeum, dorsal view, X 160
magnification; 2, abdominal terga 1 and 2, X 185 magnification. Scanning
electron micrographs made at 5kv on a Cambridge II Scanning Electron
Microscope.
146
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
America, it is similar to subcristatus Blanchard but can be distinguished
by the smoother propodeum, sculptured median plate of the second
tergum, and by the median plate of the first tergum being wider at the
apex. In North America, gelechiidivoris is closest to miantonomoi
Viereck but differs in the smoother propodeum and more slender
hind tibia.
Scanning electron microscope time for this project was supported in
part by the Electron Microscope Central Facility, Center of Materials
Research, University of Maryland, College Park.
Host Records for Some Species of Pompilidae From the
Southwestern United States and Mexico
(Hymenoptera)
Frank E. Kurczewski
Department of Entomology , State University of New York
College of Environmental Science and Forestry, Syracuse, New York 13210
The nesting behaviors and host records of many species of Pompilidae
from the southwestern United States and Mexico remain virtually un-
known. This paper attempts to fill in some of the host record gaps.
In addition to presenting first host records for Priocnemioides an-
gusticeps, P. aratus, and Anoplius percitus , new host species of spiders
are listed for Ageniella ( Ageniella ) conflicta Banks, A. (A.) partita
Banks, A. ( Priophanes ) arcuata (Banks), Anoplius ( Lophopompilus )
aethiops (Cresson) , A. ( Notiochares ) lepidus atramentarius (Dahlbom),
A. ( Arachnophroctonus ) relativus (Fox), A. ( Anoplius ) ithaca
(Banks), and A. (A.) toluca (Cameron). The host genus of Dipogon
( Deuteragenia ) thoracicus Townes and a host species of Anoplius
( Arachnophroctonus ) americanus ambiguus (Dahlbom) are verified.
All host records and associations are based upon specimens collected
in Arizona, New Mexico, Texas, and Mexico by R. E. Acciavatti (REA) ,
U. S. Forest Service, Albuquerque, N. M., R. C. Miller (RCM), Cornell
University, Ithaca, N. Y. and V. D. Roth (VDR), The Southwestern
Research Station, Portal, Arizona. H. E. Evans of Colorado State Uni-
versity, Fort Collins, Colo., determined Priocnemioides aratus and con-
firmed the identity of Anoplius percitus. The host spiders were
identified by W. J. Gertsch, Portal, Arizona, Y. D. Roth, and R. A.
Norton, SUNY College of Environmental Science and Forestry, Syra-
cuse, N. Y.
Tribe Pepsini
Priocnemioides angusticeps Townes. — Host: Lycosa antelucana Montgomery
(Lycosidae) , ad. $. TEXAS. Tarrant Co. Colleyville, June 7, 1972 (REA).
Priocnemioides aratus Townes. — Host: Lycosa carol.inensis Walckenaer (Lycosi-
dae) , ad. $ . MEXICO. Sonora. 30 mi. s.e. Agua Prieta on mesa nr. Cajon
Bonito, August 24, 1972 (VDR). “Lycosa spider in burrow of spider.”
Dipogon ( Deuteragenia ) thoracicus Townes. — Host: Xysticus sp. (Thomisidae) ,
imm. ARIZ. Cochise Co. S.W.R.S. 5 mi. w. Portal. 5400', September 18, 1964
(VDR).
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 147-151. April 1975
148
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Tribe Auplopodini
Ageniella ( Ageniella ) conflicta Banks. — Hosts: (a) Pardosa valens Barnes
(Lycosidae), ad. 2, with all legs amputated at coxal-trochanter joints. ARIZ.,
Cochise County, S.W.R.S. 5 mi. w. Portal. 5400', June 11, 1973 (RCM). (b) P.
valens Barnes (Lycosidae) , imm., with 3rd, 4th legs on both sides amputated.
Collection data : Same as above, (c) Trochosa gosiuta Chamberlain (Lycosidae),
imm., with all legs amputated at coxal-trochanter joints. Collection data: Same
as above except June 14, 1973.
Ageniella ( Ageniella ) partita Banks. — -Host: Pardosa falcifera F. Cambridge
(Lycosidae), imm. $ with ? legs amputated. Collection data: Same as above
except May 27, 1964 (VDR) .
Ageniella ( Priophanes ) arcuata (Banks). — Host: Sassacus papenhoei Peckham
(Salticidae) , ad. 2, with all legs amputated at coxal-trochanter joints. ARIZ.
Cochise Co. Portal, July 31, 1973 (RCM) .
Tribe Pompilini
Anoplius ( Lophopompilus ) aethiops (Cresson). — Hosts: (a) Lycosa santrita
Chamberlain & Ivie (Lycosidae) . ARIZ. Cochise Co. S.W.R.S. 5 mi. w. Portal.
5400', October 14, 1965 (VDR). (b) Lycosa carolinensis Walckenaer (Lycosidae),
ad. $ . N. MEX. Catron Co. 0.7 mi. w. Quemado at Largo Creek. 6900', October
2, 1973 (REA).
Anoplius ( Notiochares ) lepidus atramentarius (Dahlbom). — Host: Lycosa
antelucana Montgomery (Lycosidae), imm. $. TEXAS. Tarrant Co. Colleyville,
June 7, 1972 (REA) .
Anoplius ( Arachnophroctonus ) americanus ambiguus (Dahlbom). — Host: Arc-
tosa littoralis (Hentz) (Lycosidae), imm. 2. N. MEX. Sandoval Co. 1 mi. s. San
Ysidro at Rio Salado. 5500', August 18, 1973 (REA).
Anoplius ( Arachnophroctonus ) relativus (Fox). — Host: Arctosa littoralis
(Hentz) (Lycosidae), ad. 2- (2 records). TEXAS. Cooke Co. 0.7 mi. e.
Rosston at Clear Creek, October 10, 1973 (REA).
Anoplius ( Pompilinus ) percitus Evans. — Host: Trochosa sp., prob. gosiuta
Chamberlain (Lycosidae) , imm. N. MEX. Bernalillo Co. Albuquerque, 2 mi.
n.e. Univ. of Albuquerque. 4980', June 24, 1973 (REA).
Anoplius ( Anoplius ) ithaca (Banks). — Host: Pardosa steva Lowrie and
Gertsch (Lycosidae) , ad. 2 - N. MEX., Grant Co. 0.5 mi. w. Lake Roberts along
Hwy. 35 6000', July 11, 1972 (REA).
Anoplius ( Anoplius ) toluca (Cameron). — Hosts: (a) Schizocosa avida group
(Lycosidae), ad. 2- N. MEX., Hidalgo Co. 20 mi. n. Rodeo, June 13, 1973
(RCM). (b) Trochosa gosiuta Chamberlain (Lycosidae), ad. 2- ARIZ., Cochise
Co. S.W.R.S. 5 mi. w. Portal. 5400', September 17, 1965 (VDR) .
Discussion
In the present paper, Priocnemioides angusticeps and P. aratus are
recorded with prey for the first time. These records bring to five the
number of Nearctic species and subspecies of Priocnemioides for which
host records are now available, and they substantiate the fact that species
of this pompilid genus, regardless of size, prefer wolf-spiders belonging
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
149
to the genus Lycosa. The observation of P. aratus attacking L. caro-
linensis in its burrow and then leaving the spider there suggests that
some species of Priocnemioides may utilize the spider’s burrow as a
nest. On the other hand, Janvier (1930) and Evans and Yoshimoto
(1962) pointed out that other species of Priocnemioides do, in fact,
construct their own burrow and transport the spider backwards on the
ground to the nest.
The record of Dipogon ( Deuteragenia ) thoracicus preying on
Xysticus sp. (Thomisidae) substantiates Evans’ (1974) prey record
for this species and, in addition, underlines the fact that species in this
genus often utilize small thomisids and salticids as prey (see Medler
and Koerber, 1957; Evans and Yoshimoto, 1962; Fye, 1965; Krombein,
1967; Kurczewski and Kurczewski, 1972).
Ageniella ( Ageniella ) conflicta has been reported to prey upon small
lycosids of the genera Arctosa, Lycosa , and Trochosa (Hurd and
Wasbauer, 1956; Townes, 1957; Evans and Yoshimoto, 1962;
Kurczewski and Kurczewski, 1968a). The records of small, adult and
immature Pardosa valens and immature Trochosa gosiuta for A. con-
flicta which are presented herein substantiate this preference.
Ageniella ( Ageniella ) partita has been recorded with prey several
times and these hosts comprise wandering spiders belonging to the
families Gnaphosidae and Lycosidae (summary in Kurczewski and
Kurczewski, 1968b). The record included herein of A. partita preying
upon Pardosa falcifera (Lycosidae) does not alter this host preference.
That of Ageniella ( Priophanes ) arcuata preying upon the salticid
Sassacus papenhoei introduces a new host family for this pompilid
species. Previously, A. arcuata had been reported to provision with
Oxyopidae and Thomisidae (Evans and Yoshimoto, 1962; Evans, 1964).
Although the first three host records for this pompilid have revealed
three host families of spiders, A. arcuata is nevertheless selecting spiders
with rather similar ecologies.
The records presented herein for Anoplius ( Lophopompilus ) aethiops
bring to light two new host species which merely accentuate its pref-
erence for rather large wolf-spiders of the genus Lycosa (summary in
Kurczewski and Kurczewski, 1973). The fact that one of these records
is a male spider is noteworthy in view of the fact that the vast majority
of records for this species of pompilid are for female spiders. Likewise,
the record of Anoplius ( Notiochares ) lepidus atramentarius utilizing
Lycosa antelucana , a new host species, for provisions underlines its
preference for rather large wolf-spiders (see Evans, 1951; Evans and
Yoshimoto, 1955, 1962).
150
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
That of Arctosa littoralis (Lycosidae) for Anoplius ( Arachnophrocto -
nus ) americanus ambiguus substantiates earlier records for this host
species of spider (see Evans, 1951). Additional host records for A.
americanus ambiguus include species of Lycosidae and Oxyopidae
(Evans and Yoshimoto, 1955, 1962; Hurd and Wasbauer, 1956;
Wasbauer and Powell, 1962). The record of Arctosa littoralis as prey
of Anoplius ( Arachnophroctonus ) relativus is, however, new. Previous
records for this species of spider-wasp comprise the lycosid genera
Lycosa and Geolycosa and the agelenid genus Agelenopsis (summary
in Evans and Yoshimoto, 1962; Kurczewski and Kurczewski, 1968a,
b, 1973).
Anoplius ( Pompilinus ) percitus has previously not been collected
with prey and the record presented herein, therefore, indicates an
initial preference for small Lycosidae ( Trochosa sp.). Other species
in this subgenus which utilize small Lycosidae exclusively as prey in-
clude clystera (Banks) (Wasbauer and Powell, 1962), cylindricus
(Cresson) (Kurczewski and Kurczewski, 1968a, 1973), estellina
(Banks) (Evans, 1964), krombeini Evans (Evans and Yoshimoto,
1962; Kurczewski and Kurczewski, 1973), s. stenotus (Banks) (Krom-
bein and Evans, 1955; Kurczewski and Kurczewski, 1973), and stenotus
bequaerti (Dreisbach) (Krombein, 1964). Two of the species, cylin-
dricus and estellina, either utilize the spider’s burrow for a nest or nest
in a pre-existing burrow or depression in the soil.
The record of Pardosa steva as prey of Anoplius ( Anoplius ) ithaca,
albeit new, emphasizes the fact that this species of pompilid prefers
small lycosids of the genera Pardosa and Arctosa (Evans and Yoshimoto,
1962; Kurczewski and Kurczewski, 1968a, 1973). Anoplius ( Anoplius )
toluca has been previously collected with Lycosa sp. (Lycosidae) (Evans,
1964) and, therefore, our two records for the lycosid genera Schizocosa
and Trochosa only narrowly extend the host selection parameters of
this species of pompilid.
Literature Cited
Evans, H. E. 1951. A taxonomic study of the Nearctic spider wasps belonging
to the tribe Pompilini (Hymenoptera : Pompilidae). Part II: Genus
Anoplius Dufour. Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 76: 207-361.
1964. Notes on the prey and nesting behavior of some solitary wasps of
Mexico and southwestern United States (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae
and Pompilidae) . J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 37 : 302-307.
1974. A review of the species of Dipogon occurring in Central America,
Mexico, and extreme southwestern United States (Hymenoptera,
Pompilidae). Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 100: 29-51.
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
151
Evans, H. E. and C. M. Yoshimoto. 1955. An annotated list of pompilid wasps
taken at Blackjack Creek, Pottawatomie Co., Kansas (Hymenoptera) .
J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 28: 16-19.
1962. The ecology and nesting behavior of the Pompilidae (Hymenoptera)
of the northeastern United States. Misc. Pub. Entomol. Soc. Amer.,
3: 67-119.
Fye, R. E. 1965. The biology of the Vespidae, Pompilidae, and Sphecidae
(Hymenoptera) from trap nests in northwestern Ontario. Can. Entomol.,
97: 716-744.
Hurd, P. D., Jr. and M. S. Wasbauer. 1956. New host records for North Amer-
ican spider-wasps (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). J. Kansas Entomol.
Soc., 29: 168-169.
Janvier, H. (M. F. Claude- Joseph) . 1930. Recherches biologiques sur les
predateurs du Chili. Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool., 13: 235-354.
Krombein, K. V. 1964. Results of the Archbold Expeditions. No. 87. Biological
notes on some Floridian wasps (Hymenoptera, Aculeata) . Amer. Mus.
Nov., 2201: 1-27.
1967. Trap-nesting wasps and bees: Life histories, nests, and associates.
Washington, Smithsonian Press, vi -j- 570 p.
Krombein, K. V. and H. E. Evans. 1955. An annotated list of wasps collected
in Florida, March 20 to April 3, 1954 (Hymenoptera, Aculeata). Proc.
Entomol. Soc. Wash., 57: 223-235.
Kurczewski, F. E. and E. J. Kurczewski. 1968a. Host records for some North
American Pompilidae (Hymenoptera) with a discussion of factors in
prey selection. J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 41: 1-33.
1968b. Host records for some North American Pompilidae (Hymenoptera).
First Supplement. J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 41 : 367-382.
1972. Same title, Second Supplement. Tribe Pepsini. J. Kansas Entomol.
Soc., 45: 181-193.
1973. Same title. Third Supplement. Tribe Pompilini. J. Kansas Entomol.
Soc., 46: 65-81.
Medler, J. T. and T. W. Koerber. 1957. Biology of Dipogon sayi Banks
(Hymenoptera, Pompilidae) in trap-nests in Wisconsin. Ann. Entomol.
Soc. Amer., 50: 621-625.
Townes, H. 1957. Nearctic wasps of the subfamilies Pepsinae and Ceropalinae.
Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 209: 1-286.
Wasbauer, M. S. and J. A. Powell. 1962. Host records for some North Ameri-
can spider wasps, with notes on prey selection (Hymenoptera: Pompili-
dae). J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 35: 393-401.
A New Species of Chersodromia from Mexico
(Diptera: Empididae)
Paul H. Arnaud, Jr.
California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118
In the Americas, the empidid genus Chersodromia Walker is known
from one Neotropical species (from Panama; Smith, 1967) and eight
Nearctic species (from the eastern, southern, and western shores of
the United States; Melander, 1965). In the Palearctic, twenty-two spe-
cies of Chersodromia are presently known (Chvala, 1970). Collin
(1961: 61) considered the genus Chersodromia “an interesting natural
genus of great antiquity in which, while many of the species have be-
come particularly distinct as a result of evolution, practically all the
connecting links between them have continued to exist.” Chersodromia
adults usually occur on sandy beaches (mostly marine) where they
have the ability to run very rapidly over sand. Curran (1931: 11-12)
described the Neotropical species — longicomis — from his collecting at
Patilla Point, Panama. Chersodromia longicornis differed in its selec-
tion of habitat from other known species in that it occurred in holes
and crevices in lava rocks that were several hundred feet from the
shore line, but not wholly submerged at high tide.
The purpose of this paper is to report the discovery and to describe
and compare a new species that is closely related to C. longicornis ,
both in structure and in habitat preference. This new species also oc-
curs on rocks, but in this original collection it was taken from rocks
along the shore line. The type series was swept during mid-day along
with many Dolichopodidae and Canaceidae on the southwestern shore
(fig. 10) of Bahia de Mismaloya, about 8 km southwest of Puerto
Vallarta. The type locality is below the area where the movie “The
Night of the Iguana” was filmed.
Chersodromia madelinae, new species
(Figs. 1, 3-6, 9-10)
Diagnosis. — Elongate, small (length about 1.75 mm. in male; 2.0 mm. in
female), brownish-black species; thorax and abdomen thinly grayish-brown
pollinose; 1 anterodorsal bristle on front tibiae at about basal third; a row of a
dozen short anteroventral bristles on apical half of male mid-tibiae, lacking in
female; hypopygium of male with right cercus broad and not attaining apices of
dististyles and process of left basistyle with long bristles near apex.
Holotype male. — Length, about 1.75 mm., wing length about 2.1 mm. Head
brownish-black, face, frons and back of head grayish pollinose, cheeks about
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 152-158. April 1975
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
153
Fig. 1. Chersodromia madelinae, new species, right lateral view, paratype
female.
one-fourth eye height, eyes with slight excisions opposite bases of antennae
and concave on more than lower half of hind margin, face carinate, front at
narrowest the width of ocellar protuberance, with a divergent pair of ocellar
bristles and another convergent pair at edges of eyes at side of ocellar
protuberance, two pairs of vertical bristles. Proboscis brown, exposed portion
about half of head height. Palpi blackish, flattened, moderately long haired.
Antennae dark brown, third segment elongate and tapered, with curved pubescence;
aristae slender, about length of first three antennal segments, very short pubescent.
Thorax brownish-black, thinly grayish-brown pollinose; bristles and hairs of
mesonotum black, acrostichals small, 4 pairs of dorsocentrals, scutellum with two
pairs of marginal scutellar bristles, the apical long while the outer very small.
Legs dark brown, front tibiae with 1 anterodorsal bristle at about basal third;
mid-tibiae with 1 anterodorsal bristle at about basal third and with a row of a
dozen short anteroventral bristles on apical half; hind tibiae with six bristles — 2
dorsals, 2 anterodorsals, and 2 anteroventrals. Wings about 2.1 mm. long and
0.75 mm. wide; venation as illustrated (fig. 3), veins light brown, crossveins
154
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Figs. 2-4. Chersodromia species, wings, upper surfaces. Fig. 2, C. longicornis
(Curran), left wing, paratype female. Fig. 3, C. madelinae, new species, left wing,
holotype male. Fig. 4, C. madelinae, new species, right wing, allotype female.
Illustrations made by projecting wing slide preparations through a B and L Tri-
Simplex Microprojector onto a number 5 Azo single weight paper. Projected at
same magnification.
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
155
Figs. 5-8. Chersodromia species, holotype males, hypopygia. Figs. 5-6, C.
madelinae, new species, ventrolateral and dorsolateral views. Figs. 7-8, C. longi-
cornis (Curran), ventrolateral and dorsolateral views.
indistinct; membrane not clear, with dense microtrichia giving a light yellow-
brown tinge. Halteres with knobs blackish-brown, stalks at bases yellow.
Abdomen brownish-black, minute hairs yellow otherwise black haired, thinly
grayish-brown pollinose, lightly shining. Asymmetrical hypopygium (figs. 5-6)
156
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Fig. 9. Chersodromia madelinae, new species, allotype female, apical abdominal
segments and ovipositor, lateral view.
rotated, brownish-black, yellow bristled; right cercus broad and not attaining
apex of dististyles; process of left basistyle broader before apex, with long
bristles near apex.
Allotype female. — Length, about 2.0 mm., wing length about 2.5 mm. by 0.9 mm.
in width (fig. 4). Similar in coloration to male; mid-tibia lacks comb of short
bristles on apical half; ovipositor elongate, tapering and as figured (fig. 9).
Type series . — Holotype male, Mexico: Jalisco, Bahia de Mismaloya, 1-1-1971
(P. H. and M. Arnaud), PHA dissection no. 20IV71; mounted on minuten with
postabdomen and hypopygium stored in microvial in glycerine and left wing on
slide in balsam; deposited in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences,
Entomology Type No. 12170. Allotype female, same collection data as holotype,
except PHA dissection no. 7VIII71; mounted on minuten, with portion of abdomen
and ovipositor stored in microvial in glycerine and right wing mounted on slide
in balsam; Entomology Type No. 12170. Paratypes, 4 males and 6 females, same
collection data as holotype; deposited in the following collections: 1 female,
California Academy of Sciences; 1 male, 1 female, National Museum of Natural
History; 1 male, 1 female, American Museum of Natural History (exchange) ; 1
male, 1 female, collection of Dr. Milan Chvala (exchange) ; 1 female, sent to
Director General de la Fauna Silvestre, Mexico, D. F., Mexico; and 1 male, 1
female, collection of author.
The paratypes are rather similar in size. The wing of one male
paratype, which has been mounted in balsam on a slide, is 2 mm. in
length. In working with such small creatures, when they are pinned and
not mounted on microscope slides, measurements are difficult to make.
I take pleasure in naming this species for my wife, Madeline Milliet
Arnaud, who enthusiastically participated in its collection.
Comparison between Chersodromia madelinae and C. longicornis . —
The male of C. madelinae differs from C. longicornis by the following
characters: (1) madelinae has tibial bristling with only 1 anterodorsal
bristle (not 2) on the anterior tibiae and mid-tibiae with a row of
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
157
Fig. 10. Bahia de Mismaloya, Mexico, type locality of Chersodromia madelinae,
new species. Type series swept from rocks in ocean along roadway, right of center.
about a dozen short anteroventral bristles on apical half (not with an
elongate row of about two dozen shorter bristles, on more than apical
two-thirds of tibiae) ; (2) the male hypopygium of madelinae (figs.
5-6) differs from that of longicornis (figs. 7-8) by its shorter, broader
right cercus and the broad long bristled process of the left basistyle.
Conversely longicornis differs from madelinae by its right cercus which
is longer than the processes of the dististyles and the process of the left
basistyle is narrower and without long bristles near apex and with 2
bristles on outer side of mid-region on the apical half. The female of
C. madelinae differs from C. longicornis in tibial bristling of the an-
terior leg as there is only 1 anterodorsal bristle in madelinae while
there are 2 in longicornis.
Chersodromia longicornis (Curran)
(Figs. 2, 7-8)
Coloboneura longicornis Curran, 1931, pp. 11-12.
Chersodromia longicornis : Smith, 1967, p. 39.6.
As a supplement to Curran’s description of longicornis, illustrations of the male
hypopygium and a print of the female wing are included. Figures 7 and 8 illustrate
the hypopygium of the male holotype which is deposited in the collection of the
American Museum of Natural History. See comparison in description of hy-
popygium of C. madelinae, new species. Figure 2 illustrates the wing of the female,
158
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
from the paratype which, through an exchange, is now deposited in the collection
of the California Academy of Sciences. The wing is about 2.5 mm. in length
and 0.9 mm. in width.
Acknowledgments
The author would like to thank the following persons for their aid:
Dr. Lloyd Knutson and Mr. George C. Steyskal, Agriculture Research
Service, c/o National Museum of Natural History, for information
concerning the holotype of Chersodromia longicornis (Curran), and
to Mr. Steyskal also for terminology applied to the male hypopygium
of this genus; Dr. Pedro W. Wygodzinsky, American Museum of Nat-
ural History, for the loan of type material of C. longicornis and for
exchange of material; Miss Carolyn Mullinex, California Academy of
Sciences, who prepared the line drawings of figures 1, 5-9; and Mr.
Maurice C. Giles, California Academy of Sciences, for preparing the
photographic print used in figure 10 which was made from a color
transparency.
Collecting in Mexico was by permit number 45-70 from the Director
General de la Fauna Silvestre, Departamento de Conservacion y Propa-
gacion de la Fauna Silvestre.
Literature Cited
Chvala, M. 1970. Descriptions of nine new species of Palaearctic Chersodromia
Walk. (Diptera, Empididae), with notes on the genus. Acta Entomol.
Bohemoslov., 67(6): 384-407, figs. 1-35.
Collin, J. E. 1961. Empididae. Part I. Tachydrominae. Yol. 6, pp. i-vi, 1-219,
frontispiece, figs. 1-73. In [Verrall, G. H., ed.], British flies. Cam-
bridge, England.
Curran, C. H. 1931. New species of Empididae from Panama. Amer. Mus.
Novit., 467: 1-12.
Melander, A. L. 1965. Family Empididae (Empidae, Hybotidae) . Pp. 446-481.
In Stone, A. et al., A catalog of the Diptera of America north of Mexico.
U. S. Dep. Agric., Agric. Handb. No. 276, pp. I-1V, 1-1696.
Smith, K. G. V. 1967. 39. Family Empididae (Empidae, Hybotidae). Pp. 39.1-
39.67. In, A catalogue of the Diptera of the Americas south of the
United States. Dep. Zool. Secretar. Agric., Sao Paulo.
A New Species of Indialis from India
(Ephemeroptera : Leptophlebiidae)
William L. Peters
Florida A & M University, Tallahassee, Florida 32307
Peters and Edmunds (1970) established Indialis for the species
Indialis badia Peters and Edmunds. The species description was based
on one male subimago and 49 nymphs collected by me and my wife in
Kerala and Andhra Pradesh States, India. Peters and Edmunds (1970)
included the subimaginal description, as the one subimago was the
only subadult or adult known for Indialis. Recently I studied a male
imago from Kerala State which I describe herein as a new species of
Indialis.
The new species is congeneric with Indialis badia ; however, there
are several differences between the species in the wings and eyes. In
the fore wings of Indialis rossi veins R s and MP are forked nearly
equidistant from the base (Fig. 1) ; in Indialis badia vein MP is forked
more basally than the fork of vein R s . In the key to the imagos by Peters
and Edmunds (1970) Indialis keys to the first part of couplet 17 based
on the forks of veins R s and MP. Indialis rossi keys to the
second part of couplet 17, and will eventually key to couplet 25 and
Castanophlebia. Indialis and Castanophlebia can be readily distin-
guished by the wing venation and male genitalia.
The Cu-A area (Fig. 1) of the fore wings of Indialis rossi is broader
and more developed than that of Indialis badia. Also the costal pro-
jection (Figs. 2-3) of the hind wings of Indialis rossi is broader than
that of Indialis badia.
The male eyes of Indialis rossi are separated on the meson of the
head by a length 3% times as long as the maximum width of a lateral
ocellus (Fig. 4). Peters and Edmunds (1970) stated that the male
eyes of Indialis badia meet on the meson of the head; however, the
head of the subimaginal holotype is shriveled and the eyes of Indialis
badia might be separated on the meson of the head. Thus, the generic
limits of the eye character in Indialis have not yet been determined
definitively.
I would like to thank Janice G. Peters for preparation of the illustra-
tions, and Dr. George F. Edmunds, Jr., University of Utah, for bringing
the specimen to my attention. This research was supported by grant
no. 416-15-16 from the Cooperative State Research Service, United
States Department of Agriculture.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51 : 159 - 161 . April 1975
160
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Fig. 3. Hind wing enlarged. Fig. 4. Dorsal view of head. Fig. 5. Ventral view of
genitalia.
Inclialis rossi, New Species
(Figs. 1-5)
Male imago (in alcohol). — Length: body, 7.1 mm; fore wings, 6.5 mm.
Upper portion of eyes red-brown, lower portion black. Head brown, area around
ocelli washed with black. Antennae brown, flagellum paler. Basal half of
ocelli black, apical half brownish- white. Thorax: brown, carinae darker, sutures
paler, carinae of pleurae and pronotum blackish. Coxae brown, trochanters
pale. (Remainder of legs broken off and missing.) Wings (Figs. 1-3) : longi-
tudinal veins and cross veins of fore and hind wings yellowish-brown, cross veins
in basal half of cells C and Sc of fore wings darker; membrane of fore and hind
wings hyaline, except base of fore and hind wings yellowish-brown, all cross
veins in fore wings surrounded with narrow, yellowish-brown clouds, apical X A
of cells C and Sc of fore wings translucent, white. Abdomen: segments 1-7
translucent, washed with brown, segments 8-10 opaque, washed with brown;
terga 1-9 with a narrow, darker brown, transverse band on posterior margin of
each tergum, band darker and wider on terga 7 and 8, terga 1-9 with a narrow,
lighter brown, longitudinal, median line extended entire length of each tergum;
spiracles dark brown, tracheae washed lightly with dark brown; sterna 1-8 with
a narrow, darker brown, transverse band on posterior margin of each sternum.
Genitalia (Fig. 5) : brown. Caudal filaments pale; wide, dark brown annulations
at articulations.
Female imago and mature nymph.— Unknown.
Holotype male imago, India, Kerala State, Kottayam District, Kittikanam,
nr. Peermade, 1000 M, 22 March 1962, E. S. Ross and D. Q. Cavagnaro. Holotype
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
161
is preserved in alcohol and deposited in the collections of California Academy
of Sciences.
Etymology. — Species is named for Dr. E. S. Ross, California Academy of
Sciences.
Discussion . — Indialis rossi can be distinguished from Indialis badia
by the following combination of characters in the male imago, (1) all
cross veins in fore wings are surrounded with narrow, yellowish-brown
clouds (Fig. 1), (2) abdominal segments 1-7 are translucent and
washed with brown, (3) caudal filaments are pale, with wide, dark
brown annulations at articulations, and (4) the costal projection of
the hind wings is well developed and broadly rounded at the apex
(Figs. 2-3).
Literature Cited
Peters, W. L. and G. F. Edmunds, Jr. 1970. Revision of the generic classifica-
tion of the Eastern Hemisphere Leptophlebiidae (Ephemeroptera) .
Pac. Insects, 12: 157-240.
A New Acanthinus from Panama
(Coleoptera: Anthicidae)
Donald S. Chandler
Department of Entomology
The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210
In a recent series of ultraviolet light trap samples taken in the
Canal Zone of Panama, there were present three species of Acanthinus
which could be placed in the aequinoctialis-G roup of Werner (1967).
Two of the species were named, aequinoctialis (LaFerte) and zeteki
Werner, while the third was undescribed. In several instances all three
species were collected during the same night and so present a problem
in species separation. The new species is more similar to aequinoctialis
and zeteki than to any of the others in the group and actually combines
certain of the characters which Werner used for the separation of these
species in his key.
The shape of sternite 8 of the males is the best character for species
separation. The emargination of this sternite in the new species is
moderately deep and wide (Fig. 2). In zeteki the emargination is very
deep and narrow (Fig. 3). Sternite 8 in aequinoctialis may be shallowly
emarginate (Fig. 1). Werner notes in his key to the group that the
sternite of aequinoctialis varies from truncate to gently convex. This
description varies slightly from Figure 1, but examination of specimens
from Brazil has convinced me that the Panama population is conspecific.
The new species may be separated by rearrangement of Werner’s key
to the aequinoctialis group.
Key to Acanthinus of the Aequinoctialis Group
1. Dorsal portion of elytra subopaque due to extremely fine granulation on the
surface between the punctures 2
Dorsal portion of elytra smooth and shiny 3
2. Base of head shallowly, almost evenly curved between the distinct temporal
angles. Elytra usually with an obscure, often interrupted, dark band across
the middle rugosus (LaFerte)
Base of head slightly produced at middle, the temporal angles feeble;
therefore nearly evenly semicircular behind the eyes. Elytra not banded
tucumanensis (Pic)
3. Male sternite 8 with deep notch at apex (Fig. 3) ; rugules on head ap-
parently not oriented in a particular direction; antennae appearing heavy
due to thickening of intermediate segments; usually with a dark midband
zeteki Werner
Male sternite with notch shallower (Fig. 2) or gently concave to convex
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 162-164. April 1975
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
163
Figs. 1-5. Terminal sternites and genitalia of Acanthinus. Fig. 1. Stemite
8, aequinoctialis. Fig. 2. Sternite 8, umbilicatus. Fig. 3. Sternite 8, zeteki. Fig.
4. Internal sac, showing gonopore armature; a, ventral view; b, lateral view.
Fig. 5. Aedeagus.
(Fig. 1) ; rugules on head appearing to be at least slightly oriented longi-
tudinally; elytra without midband 4
4. Male sternite 8 with a distinct notch; head often with longitudinal area at
center of head without rugules and with sparse umblicate punctures,
punctures may be obscured by definite longitudinal rugules; antennae ap-
pearing heavy due to thickening of intermediate segments umbilicatus n. sp.
Male sternite 8 gently concave to convex; head always with distinct rugules
at center, no umbilicate punctures visible; antennae without thickening of
intermediate segments aequinoctialis (LaFerte)
The format of Werner is used in presenting the species description.
Acanthinus umbilicatus, New Species
1.98-2.43 mm., rufescent with paler elytra, varying to dark brown with elytra
brownish, coloration of elytra uniform. Similar in general appearance to
aequinoctialis, but with “heavy” antennae, strigules distinctly longitudinally
oriented and frequently with a longitudinal smooth central area on the head.
Holotype male: length 2.43 mm. Head 0.50 mm. long, 0.52 wide across eyes,
0.40 behind, tempora flat and nearly parallel, 0.07 long, temporal angles quite
sharp and at ca. 120°, base evenly curved between them. Surface shiny, punctures
small, umbilicate, smoothly strigose longitudinally, strigulations not dense, longi-
tudinal smooth area at center. Setae inconspicuous, tactile setae erect and fairly
stout, 0.08 mm. Eyes prominent, 0.25 X 0.18 mm., separated by 0.31, a line across
their hind margins 0.15 from base. Last segment of maxillary palpi securiform,
0.17 X 0.09 mm. Antennae fairly stout, gradually thicker toward apex, with tactile
setae 0.04 mm. long. Measurements in 0.01 mm.: 10/7, 7/5, 9/5, 7/5, 8/5, 7/5,
6/5, 7/7, 8/7, 9/8, 12/7. Segment 1 eccentrically pedunculate, 2-10 thickest near
apex, 7-10 subtruncate at base, truncate at apex, 11 subtruncate at base, convexly
tapered to a blunt point near base. Pronotum 0.50 mm. long, 0.34 wide at base,
0.31 at constriction, 0.43 maximum (0.46 including tubercles), 0.21 at collar,
164
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
tubercles short, bluntly pointed. Disc slightly convex, shiny, covered with large,
flat-bottomed punctures, sharply defined by a rugule between them, rugules
with slight longitudinal orientation, no microreticulation in disc. Elytra 1.42
mm. long, 0.65 wide at the distinct humeri, 0.75 maximum, with a feeble, postbasal
transverse depression. Punctures sharply defined, moderately deep in basal half,
gradually smaller but distinct behind, 0.04 mm. from center to center. Setae
appressed, 0.20 mm., barely clearing punctures; tactile setae erect, 0.07 mm.,
moderately stout. Mesosternum strigulose, longitudinal medially to oblique
laterally, the strigules not anastamosing ; 0.10 wide laterally, leaving 0.07 of
mesepisterma exposed laterally. Fringe setae appressed, 0.07 mm. long anteriorly.
Mesepisterna with deep punctures at anterior margin, smooth and shiny behind,
fringe setae denser posterolaterally. Metasternum with longitudinal strigules,
smoother medianly; metepisternum smooth next to sternum, longitudinally strigu-
late laterally. Abdominal sternum 1 with few longitudinal strigules, micro-
reticulate, the rest with only microreticulation, setae appressed, sparse, 0.04 mm.
Sternum 7 essentially as in aequinoctialis. Sternum 8 not down-curved, concave
across base, with moderately deep U-shaped median notch, 0.28 mm. wide, 0.18
from one tip to the other, notch ca. 0.07 mm. deep. Ventral surface microreticulate,
edges of notch with some long setae. Apex of tergum 8 with punctulate and
pubescent zone, 0.26 mm. wide, 0.12 long, set off anteriorly by a sharp, transverse
ridge. Front femur 0.48 X 0.15 mm., front tibia 0.37 X 0.07, hind femur 0.52 X 0.17.
Aedeagus with tegmen gradually tapered (Fig. 5) ; gonopore armature essentially
as in other species, with spines in the internal sac near the gonopore armature
(Fig. 4) .
Female. — Similar to male, but with sternite 8 unmodified.
Holotype male: Albrook Forest Site, Fort Clayton, Canal Zone, Panama,
23/24 May 1968, black light trap, R. Hutton, Lot No. 200. 45 paratypes: 18 males,
25 females, same locality as holotype, 25 May, 1967 to 10 May, 1968, Hutton and
Llaurado. Individuals were collected every month except July and October.
52 same locality; 2 males, 5 females, 25/26 May 1967, Hutton & Llaurado. 1 male,
1/2 June 1967, Hutton & Llaurado. 1 female, 3/4 August 1967, Hutton &
Llaurado. 2 females, 7/8 September 1967, Hutton & Llaurado. 1 female, 28/29
September 1967, Hutton & Llaurado. 1 male, 2 females, 30 November/1 December
1967, Hutton & Llaurado. 1 female, 28/29 December 1967. 1 female, 19/20
January, Hutton & Llaurado. 2 males, 30/31 January 1968, R. Hutton. 1 male,
3 females, 23/24 February, R. Hutton. 1 female, 7/8 March 1968, R. Hutton. 2
males, 3 females, 21/22 March 1968, R. Hutton. 2 males, 1 female, 28/29 March
1968, R. Hutton. 3 males, 1 female, 4/5 April 1968, R. Hutton. 2 males, 10/11
April 1968, R. Hutton. 1 male, 2 females, 18/19 April 1968, R. Hutton. 1 male, 1
female, 9/10 May 1968, R. Hutton. 2 males, Las Cumbres, Canal Zone, 10
January/1 April 1974, H. Wolda. The holotype will be placed at the University
of Arkansas with half the paratypes. Two paratypes will be placed at the United
States National Museum and the remainder in the author’s collection.
My thanks are given to C. A. Triplehom for reviewing the paper.
Literature Cited
Werner, F. G. 1967. A revision of Acanthinus (Coleoptera: Anthicidae). IV.
Ann. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 60: 255-273.
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
165
SCIENTIFIC NOTES
Additional Distribution Records for Nearctic Species of Ptenus Kirby
(Hymenoptera: Argidae: Sterictiphorinae) 7 — Smith (1970. Trans. Amer.
Entomol. Soc. 96: 79-101) revised the Nearctic species of Ptenus Kirby, recog-
nizing 2 previously named species and describing 10 new species. The collection
of the Department of Entomology at Texas A & M University (College Station)
contains several specimens of Ptenus spp. collected in Texas and Mexico, some
which extend the known distributions of several species into east-central and
southeastern Mexico. The purpose of this paper is to redefine the distributions
previously described by Smith, and to list additional collection records of some
of the Nearctic species.
Ptenus bicolor Smith was described from eastern and southeastern Texas, and
extreme northeastern Mexico (Matamoros). The known distribution of this
species is extended to include eastern Mexico south to southeastern Vera Cruz.
Additional records include: TEXAS: Cameron Co., Brownsville; San Patricio
Co., Welder Wildlife Refuge. MEXICO: Nuevo Leon, 9 mi. s. Monterrey; San
Luis Potosi, El Salto; Tamaulipas, 11.3 mi. n. Ciudad Victoria, and 8.5 mi. s.
Soto La Marina; Vera Cruz, 7 mi. n. e. Mata Espino. Collection dates range
from early June to mid-August.
Ptenus imus Smith was described from southern Texas (Laredo and Browns-
ville) and northeastern Mexico (Tampico). The known distribution of this
species is extended north along the Gulf of Mexico coast to Corpus Christi.
Additional records include: TEXAS: San Patricio Co., Corpus Christi St. Park,
25-VIII-1962.
Ptenus magnus Smith was described from western Texas, New Mexico and
Arizona. Additional records include: TEXAS: Jeff Davis Co., Madera Canyon,
w. of Ft. Davis, 9-VIII-1969.
Ptenus modestius Smith was described from Arizona, California, and Texas as
far east as Brownsville and Austin. The known distribution of this species is
extended north in Texas to Bosque Co., north along the Gulf of Mexico coast to
San Patricio Co., and south into Mexico to southwestern Tamaulipas (16 mi. n. e.
Jaumave). Additional records include: TEXAS: Bosque Co., 2 mi. w. Iredell;
Cameron Co., 3 mi. w. Brownsville; Gonzales Co., Palmetto St. Park; Presidio Co.,
2 mi. s. Shafter; Refugio Co., 8 mi. s. Woodsboro; San Patricio Co., 7 mi. n.
Sinton, and Mathis. MEXICO: Tamaulipas, 11.3 mi. n. Ciudad Victoria and 16.3
mi. n. e. Jaumave. Collection dates range from mid-March to mid-July.
Ptenus nigropectus (Norton) was known previously from “eastern and northern
Texas, east through Louisiana to Mississippi” (Smith, ibid.). Additional records
extend the known distribution of this species to include Texas, from the pan-
handle south to San Antonio, southeast to Brownsville, east through Louisiana
into Mississippi, and south into Mexico to northern Vera Cruz (18.6 mi. s.
Tampico). Additional records include: TEXAS: Bosque Co., 3 mi. w. Laguna
Park; Brazos Co., Minter Springs, and College Station; Burnet Co., Longhorn
Cavern St. Park; Kerr Co., Kerrville; Refugio Co., 8 mi. s. Woodsboro. MEXICO:
Nuevo Leon, 9 mi. s. Monterrey; Vera Cruz, 18.6 mi. s. Tampico. Collection dates
in Texas range from mid-April to early June. The Mexican specimens were
collected in mid-August.
1 Technical Article 11412, Texas Agricultural Experiment Station, College Station.
166
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Ptenus parvus Smith was described from western Texas and Arizona. Additional
records include: TEXAS: Brewster Co., 43 mi. s. Alpine, 7-VI-1972; Presidio Co.,
3 mi. n. Presidio, l-IX-1966.
Ptenus texanus (Norton) is known from Texas and Mexico. Additional records
include: MEXICO: Coahuila, Puerta de la Goriona, el. 4900 ft., Sierra del Carmen,
13-VII-1938.
Ptenus vanus Smith was described from New Mexico, Arizona, and the bordering
Sierra del Carmen mountains of Mexico (Coahuila). The known distribution of
this species is extended south in Mexico to central Vera Cruz. Additional records
include: MEXICO: Vera Cruz, 4 mi. w. Conejos, 29-VI-1971.
Ptenus vargus Smith was described from 2 females taken at “port of entry” from
Mexico at Brownsville, Texas. The first specific records from Mexico are Nuevo
Leon, 7.5 mi. s. Monterrey and 9 mi. s. Monterrey, and San Luis Potosi, 13.4 mi.
w. El Naranjo. Collection dates range from mid-March to mid- August. The
proximity of these localities to the Mexican-United States border suggests that
P. vargus probably occurs also in southern Texas, as suggested by Smith (ibid.).
I wish to thank D. R. Smith (ARS, USDA, Washington, D. C.) for his sugges-
tions and for his determinations of many of the specimens reported in this paper. —
Harold N. Greenbaum 2 , Department of Entomology, Texas A & M University,
College Station, Texas 77843.
A Mountain-top Swarm of the Hemipteran Nysius raphanus in New
Mexico, with Notes on Other Insects. — Capulin Mountain National Monu-
ment, situated in extreme northeastern New Mexico, has as its central attraction
an extinct volcanic cinder cone. This is thinly forested with pinyon pine and
rises a thousand feet (summit is 8,215') above the surrounding treeless plain.
When Ray G. Martinez, Jr., Park Superintendent, kindly gave me a permit for
collecting insects there (May 9, 1974), he said that visitors had complained for
the past two weeks of vast swarms of small “flies” on the summit trail around the
crater rim. Near midday, at the summit parking lot, hikers descending from the
trail did indeed seem harassed. A short climb up the trail brought me into an
area where the air was filled with flying, small, hard-bodied insects that pelted
one’s face like grains in a sandstorm. This situation extended for about a
half-mile of the trail. The insects proved to be a species of lygaeid, identified as
Nysius raphanus Howard by Jon L. Herring of the USDA Systematic Laboratory
at Beltsville. Both females and males were present in about equal numbers. This
species has long been regarded as a synonym of N. ericae (Schilling), the False
chinch bug.
As the day progressed, the wind became brisk, and the Nysius sought shelter
in the small pinyons. A blow with a net handle on a tree produced a thick gray
cloud of insects that quickly drifted down wind; each pass of the net through
such a cloud captured a few hundred of the insects. Nysius was not seen near the
base of the mountain.
Near the highest point of the mountain, just down wind from the tip of a tall
2 Present Address : Department of Entomology and Nematology, University of Florida, Gainesville,
Florida 32611.
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
167
pine, was an aggregation of 10 to 20 oestrid flies, which easily kept its position
in the wind. A specimen sent to R. J. Gagne (also of the Systematics Laboratory)
proved to be Cephenomyia pratti Hunter.
At mid-morning of the same day the long-faced black bee Andrena porterae
Cockerell was common on flowering bushes of Ribes at the base of the peak.
This is, as far as I know, the easternmost record for this Rocky Mountain species.
Probably Mt. Capulin’s chief claim to entomological fame is the satyrid but-
terfly Oeneis alberta capulinensis Brown 1970: 137 (J. New York Entomol.
Soc.), which at the time of its description had status as an isolated eastern
population of alberta. However, Brown predicted it would eventually be found in
the highlands to the north and west. In order to reduce possible collecting pres-
sure on the small Mt. Capulin colony, it would be well to point out here that I
observed alberta on May 10 in numbers on Johnson’s Mesa, about 10 mi. NNW of
Mt. Capulin, at an altitude of 7,600'. — LJ. N. Lanham, University of Colorado
Museum, Boulder.
Additional Notes on Chagas’ Trypanosome in California and Arizona. — -
Wood (1975, Exptl. Parasitol. In Press) indicated 25 locations in California for
recovery of Triatoma protracta protracta (Uhler) naturally infected with Try-
panosoma cruzi Chagas. Further unreported California localities for recovery of
Chagas’ trypanosome in T. p. protracta include the following: from Neotoma
houses in Carden Valley, El Dorado Co., 26 & 28 November 1963: 24 (4 $, 7
2, 8-5th and 5-4th instar nymphs) with 3 $ and 5 2 positive for T. cruzi, A. L.
Gladwill; at black light in Lytle Creek, San Bernardino Co., 12 September 1964:
4 (2 $ , 2 2 ), 1 2 positive, J. A. Robertson; 1 positive $ from a home in Yreka,
Siskiyou Co., 21 July 1967, forwarded from the State Department of Agriculture
by R. Hawthorne; 1 positive 2 from the living room couch in a home in the
Hollywood Hills, Hollywood, Los Angeles Co., 20 August 1967, R. DeRover, Jr.;
and 8 (2 $ , 3 2 and 3-5th instar nymphs), 2 2 and 3-5th positive 10 August
and 2 September 1974 from Neotoma houses in Wildwood Park, Thousand Oaks,
Ventura Co., S. F. Wood.
From 1964 through 1970, 28 T. p. protracta were reported to me from homes in
Beverly Hills (Benedict Canyon), Los Angeles County. Microscopic examination
of the feces of 3 ^ and 11 2 revealed 1 2 positive for T. cruzi from inside a
home 7 September 1968 and another 2 positive from an outside screen 8 July
1969. Thus, there are numerous reservoir mammal carriers of Chagas’ zoonosis
in the southern end of the Santa Monica Mountains.
During the summer of 1965, A. L. Gladwill, caretaker at the Griffith Park
Boys’ Camp in Los Angeles, California, collected 13 T. p. protracta (6 $ , 7
2 ) from the vicinity of his living quarters (Wood & Wood, 1967, Pacific Insects
9: 544, Fig. 5) from 26 August to 31 October and placed them, dead or alive,
in his home refrigerator (1-2°C). These conenose bugs were transferred 6 June
1966 to the author’s refrigerator and removed 6 July 1966 for examination of the
rectal contents for trypanosomes. One 2 with feeble leg movements when isolated
by Gladwill 4 September 1965 revealed 3 trypo- and 16 epi-mastigotes of T. cruzi
when examined 305 days after capture! One $ collected alive 30 August 1965
168
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
from inside the home (Fig. 5, above the garage, loc. cit.) revealed 1 trypo- and 8
epi-mastigotes when examined 310 days after capture. Another 2 collected
on 28 August 1965 showed 12 trypo- and 8 epi-mastigotes 312 days after capture.
These are remarkably long survival times and show that freshly captured Triatoma
can be stored in a household refrigerator to preserve Trypanosoma cruzi in the
insect vector for at least 312 days.
Infection with T. cruzi for all California triatomes obtained by me through 1974
was 25.1% or 945 of 3,761 bugs. Most were alive when rectal contents were
examined.
From Arizona, between 1966 and 1971, 24 (12 $,12 2 ) Triatoma rubida uhleri
Neiva were received. Two $ were positive for T. cruzi of 22 collected in Tucson,
Pima Co., 14 June 1969 by G. Harwood. One of 2 2 was positive from Phoenix,
Maricopa Co., collected 12 June 1970 by F. Plettenberg.
The infection rate for all Arizona triatomes examined through 1974 was 6.6%
or 88 positive of 1,323 examined mostly from dead, dried specimens. — Sherwin F.
Wood, 614 W . Shenandoah St., Thousand Oaks, CA 91360.
Foraging Behavior of Agapostemon on Oenathera caespitosa in south-
eastern Wyoming (Hymenoptera : Halictidae). — Linsley, MacSwain and
Raven (1963, Univ. Calif. Pubis. Entomol. 33: 25-58) have provided information
on the Apoideaen visitors to eleven species of Oenothera in and around the Great
Basin. This note reports on a species previously unrecorded on Oenothera caes-
pitosa caespitosa Munz and describes its foraging behavior on the blossom.
Observations were made on two small populations of Oenothera caespitosa on
two consecutive mornings, May 26 and 27, 1974, from 5:30 to 9:30 a.m. The
weather was clear, warm and without wind. The area, a slightly rocky sandstone
patch surrounded by typical open short-grass prairie, is located about seven miles
S. S. E. of Laramie, Wyoming. As reported previously, (ibid.) the flowers at
this time of morning were devoid of nectar but did possess significant amounts
of pollen.
The first activity was recorded at 8:30 on May 26 and 8:20 on May 27 when
females of Agapostemon texanus began to appear on the flowers. A total of four
bees were recorded on May 26 and ten on May 27. Typically, a bee would
alight upon the proximal half of a petal and walk to the base of a filament. It
would then ascend the filament to the anthers where pollen collected by the fore-
legs was transferred to the scopa. The pollen grains, which are large, triangular
and inter-connected by viscin threads formed a rather loose and easily detachable
mass on the scopa. When finished with one anther the bee flew to the next fila-
ment and repeated the process. Usually, two or three anthers were collected
from on each flower. In no case did a bee forage on all four anthers of the same
flower. Analysis of the pollen taken from the scopa of three bees revealed only
Oenothera pollen. This flower constancy occurred despite the fact that several
other species were in bloom and contained available pollen. Females of Aga-
postemon texanus carrying full pollen loads have been collected on these other
species at other times. Of the fourteen recorded visitors none were seen con-
tacting the stigma at any time. Thus, Agapostemon texanus does not seem to be
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
169
an important pollinator of Oenothera caespitosa and may be regarded as a pollen
thief.
Although evening observations were not conducted it is probable that this
flower is pollinated by nocturnal hawkmoths as previously reported (ibid.).
The stigmas of all plants examined contained noticeable amounts of pollen. The
early-morning oligoleges of the genus Andrena ( Onagrandrena ) found by Linsley,
et al. (ibid.) were not present on the study site. — V. J. Tepedino, Department of
Zoology and Physiology, University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming 82071.
Insect Associates (Diptera: Chironomidae, Sphaeroceridae) of Darling-
tonia calif ornica (Sarraceniaceae) in California. — In June, 1974, I had the
opportunity to study specimens of Darlingtonia californica Torrey, the California
pitcher-plant, in Nevada County, California, near Willow Springs. The plants
were growing along the stream margins at 6500 feet elevation in a sphagnum bog
surrounded by pine-fir forest. In view of the presumably digestive nature of the
fluids contained in the pitchers (Street, H. E. and H. Opik. 1970. The Physiology
of Flowering Plants: Their Growth and Development. American Elsevier Pub-
lishing Co.: New York, N. Y. 263 pp.), it was of interest to find two species of
dipterous larvae living and developing in the upper layer of reddish fluid above
the insect debris in the pitchers. One species was a chironomid midge, apparently
Metriocnemas edwardsi Jones, the other a sphaerocerid in the genus Leptocera.
I am indebted to Dr. E. I. Schlinger of the University of California, Berkeley, for
his identification of the flies.
The chironomid larvae were abundant in 15-20 pitchers examined in the field.
They appear to be detritus feeders, but may be herbivores. The larvae stayed near
the top of the detritus. Jones found M. edwardsi larvae eating insect remains in
plants in Siskiyou County, California, and reported that in captivity specimens
pupated on the outside of the pitcher, on the basal portion of the leaf or on
adjacent moss (Jones, F. M. 1916. Entomol. News 27: 385-392). Jones was
convinced, by the presence of larvae in almost every suitable Darlingtonia leaf,
that the larvae were habitually and possibly exclusively associated with it. To my
knowledge, M. edwardsi has never been reported from any host other than D.
californica, nor from outside California, although the plant occurs in Oregon.
Because of the uniqueness of the habitat utilized, it seems quite unlikely that the
same species of chironomid would be found in other aquatic situations in the same
area. Although there are 17 described species of Metriocnemus in North America,
M. edwardsi is the only one as yet described from California. The rest are northern
in distribution.
The Leptocera larvae were more numerous than the chironomids. These crawl
up the walls of the pitchers, and pupate among the retrorse hairs found in
the lower portion of the lube. Adult Leptocera were also found in the pitchers.
Some are probably caught by spiders, such as the eriogonids found in some of
the atria at the tops of the plants, while others escape and colonize new pitchers.
Various species of Leptocera are commonly found among low plants in this type
of boggy area. This particular species has apparently been able to adapt completely
to the conditions in the pitchers, and is probably limited to Darlingtonia.
170
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
It is interesting that the eastern genus of pitcher-plant, Sarracenia, has many
recorded dipterous associates, while Darlingtonia has but three. It is also interesting
that no mosquito larvae were found in any of the plants, since they are recorded
from Sarracenia. This study was supported in part by the NIH Training Grant,
Department of Entomological Sciences, University of California, Berkeley. — S. L.
Szerlip, Division of Entomology and Parasitology, University of California,
Berkeley, 94720.
Identification of the damsel bugs, Nabis alternatus Parshley and N.
americoferus Carayon (Heteroptera : Nabidae).— Harris (1928, Entomol. Am.
9: 1-97) records 6 species of Nabidae from California; 3 of these are extremely
rare, and known from only a few specimens. Harris stated that of the 3 common
species, N. ferus (L.) was European in origin and had been introduced and be-
came widely distributed in the U.S. while Pagasa fusca (Stein) and Nabis alter-
natus Parshley were native. However, extensive genitalic studies of North Ameri-
can and European specimens of “/V. ferus ” (Carayon, 1961, Bull. Mus. Nat’l.
Hist. Nat. Paris (2) 33: 183-96) have shown the American form, now N. americo-
ferus Carayon, to be distinct from N. ferus , which is now thought not to occur in
California.
Development of a couplet to separate the two species of Nabis resulted from
difficulties encountered in rapidly identifying California Nabidae during studies
on predatory Hemiptera in Sacramento Valley alfalfa hay fields. Identification
using Harris’s monograph or the keys of Werner and Butler (1957, Ariz. Agr.
Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull. 133: 1-12) proved impractical due to the very similar
overall appearance and variable color patterns in our 2 common species of Nabis.
Also, we would point out that keys and descriptions of il N. ferus ” in both taxo-
nomic works apply to N. americoferus and not to the true European N. ferus.
The following couplet was constructed using specimens of Nabidae subsampled
from the predation study and identified by experienced Hemipterists. Its ac-
curacy was then confirmed by testing it on identified museum specimens from a
wide geographic range. The color pattern of the scutellum is best observed when
the specimen is in alcohol. All characters used in the couplet refer to both sexes
unless otherwise indicated.
Couplet to separate Nabis alternatus and Nabis americoferus.
— Scutellum dark brown with a pale yellow “V” shaped area extending to the
posterior margin (Fig. 2) or scutellum yellow except for brownish areas cen-
trally and at the anterior lateral margins (Fig. 1) ; male clasper (Fig. 5) wide
(0.20-0.28 mm) and long (0.52-0.60 mm) ; body length 7.0-9 mm
N. americoferus Carayon
— Scutellum dark brown with two oval yellowish areas, each located mid-
laterally (Fig. 3) ; male clasper (Fig. 4) narrow (0.11-0.16 mm) and
short (0.40-0.44 mm) ; body length 6.4^8. 1 mm Nabis alternatus Parshley
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
171
Figs. 1-5. Structures used in separating species of Nabis; 1-3, scutellum;
4-5, lateral view of male genitalia, showing claspers. Figs. 1, 2, 5, N. americoferus.
Figs. 3, 4, N. alternatus.
We are grateful to Drs. Peter Ashlock, Richard Bohart, Jon Herring, John
Lattin and Mr. Tim Vargas for their assistance in various aspects of this project.—
J. H. Benedict and W. R. Cothran, Department of Entomology, University of
California, Davis, California 95616.
172
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
BOOK REVIEWS
The Insects of the Los Angeles Basin. Charles L. Hogue, x -f- 173 pp. incl. 2
color plates, 250 figs. ; Los Angeles County Museum, Sci. Ser. 27, 1974. $6.00,
8 X 10“ paperback.
This fine little book is a pictoral guide to the common and conspicuous insects
and related arthropods occurring in the greater Los Angeles area. Because these
bugs are those most commonly seen in man’s most heavily populated region
of western North America, their numbers include many homodynamic kinds with
a disproportionate representation of “weedy,” introduced species and house and
garden insects. Therefore, though the number of species treated is not large
(about 200 are discussed and another 75 mentioned), most are widespread
species, so that the book will prove useful throughout the Pacific States. Virtually
all species discussed are illustrated, either by excellent photographs or shaded
drawings, many taken from technical literature.
Taxonomically, the coverage is uneven, geared to a level of information that
should answer questions of a layman. Thus orders or families of small insects
are characterized by group only, while a few to many species are detailed for
larger kinds like dragonflies and butterflies as well as for insects affecting man,
such as lice and mosquitoes. The Lepidoptera are given top billing, with more
than 60 species shown. Emphasis is also directed to household problems, with
sections on pantry moths and beetles and to housing insects alive, with instruc-
tions for keeping mantids and ant colonies in captivity and raising caterpillars.
A representative sample of scorpions, spiders, mites, ticks and other terrestrial
arthropods is also discussed, again with emphasis on those of potential medical
importance.
Introductory sections include discussions of structure and function, making a
collection, insect classification, and habitats around Los Angeles. These parts and
the text on individual orders and families are accompanied by literature references,
and there is a general section referring the reader to other sources of information,
both special topics and general ones, such as children’s books.
Common names of each species are accompanied by parenthetical mention of
the scientific names (without author), and the text is remarkably free from errors,
both typographical and technical. The color plates add aesthetic value but are
not essential, being habitat photographs of 16 species, most of which have been
reproduced in black and white in the text.
Although the price seems high considering the audience, this is the best popular
manual available to the public that deals with west coast insects, especially those
of urban areas. — J. A. Powell, Division of Entomology and Parasitology, Uni-
versity of California, Berkeley 94720.
The Moths of America North of Mexico: Pyraloidea and Gelechioidea. This
ambitious project which proposes to describe and illustrate all of the 10,000 T
species in our fauna has now published the first two fascicles dealing with the
so-called microlepidoptera. These follow a somewhat more formal format with
less anecdotal digression of popular manual style that was characteristic of
the several earlier issues treating sphingids, saturniids, and other hombycoids.
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
173
Fascicle 13.1: Pyraloidea, Pyralidae (Part), by Eugene Munroe; published
in 3 parts, A (Scopariinae and Nymphulinae) (1972), B (Odontiinae and
Glaphyriinae) (1972), and C (Evergestiinae and plates to all 3 parts) (1973) ;
304 -)- xx pp., 13 color and 10 bl. & wh. plates [price about $82.00, non-subscrip-
tion].
This is half of the first of 4 fascicles planned to cover the pyraloids, probably
the second largest superfamily of Lepidoptera, with more than 1,500 species in
North America. The introduction contains the first comprehensive review
of higher classification in the superfamily and in the Pyralidae to have appeared
in many years.
These 3 parts enumerate some 227 species of which nearly 20% are previously
undescribed, despite the fact that the Odontiinae was monographed by Munroe in
1960 and various other taxa have been recently described. Virtually all species
are illustrated in the superb color photographs, and genitalia of new species are
shown by microphotographs. Most of the color plates are reproduced at twice
natural size, while the somewhat larger moths of the Evergestiinae and some
Scopariinae are shown at natural size.
The text is very thorough, more resembling a taxonomic revision than a general
manual. It includes lengthy synonymies and rather detailed descriptions and full
data citations for the new taxa, which in addition to the new species include 7 new
genera and more than 20 new subspecies, encouraging nomenclatural recognition
of geographical variation that American microlepidopterists have been relatively
free from in the past.
This fascicle suffers from the paradox that the earlier macro-moth volumes
instigated: a decision to treat the fauna as though these were taxonomic re-
visions, incorporating undescribed material, yet using mainly a few large eastern
collections as sources of raw data. The former concept results in uneven treatment
between taxa, greatly expanded text length, delays in completion and encourages
high costs; while the latter attitude results in failure to incorporate all up to
date knowledge, particularly that concerning western species. Munroe has used
some western collections, in contrast to earlier fascicles where perhaps a con-
vincing argument could be mustered supported by the much better fieldwork
coverage by the industrious collectors of sphinges and bombyces. However, the
use of western material in pyralids is sporadic both in taxonomic spectrum and
in recency of solicitation, so that there are a number of statements concerning
geographical distributions and lack of biological information that were out of date
when written.
Fascicle 6.2: Gelechioidea, Oecophoridae, by Ronald W. Hodges; 142 -f- x pp.,
7 color and 1 bl. & wh. plates (1974) [price about $57.00, non-subscription].
This volume is of general interest in two ways. First it proposes a higher
classification for Oecophoridae, based on review of the world fauna, and this
is one of the largest families of microlepidoptera with more than 4,000 described
species. Secondly, this is the first family of microlepidoptera to have been re-
viewed following an earlier taxonomic revision based on genital characters, namely
Clarke’s treatment in 1941. Thus this is our first chance to see whether an as-
ymptote in faunal size is being approached in Nearctic microlepidoptera, and it
appears that it is. Hodges defines some 147 species, and only about 10% are
174
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
previously undescribed, while a like proportion of names are considered new
synonyms. Therefore the size of this family is only slightly enlarged, and con-
temporary microlepidopterists can be encouraged to know that their present
treatments are near the crest, at least in non leafminer taxa.
With the exception of new taxa, the oecophorid text is quite terse, with concise
morphological and distributional summaries and abbreviated synonymies that often
do not include previous generic assignments so that new combinations appear to
revise the original combinations only. On the other hand, some superfluous items
are incorporated, such as citation of plant common names, a lengthy quote from
previous literature on page 44, and proposal of unique tribes (pp. 93, 136) in
subfamilies that contain no other tribes. In general the coverage of biological,
phenological, and geographical knowledge is excellent, although there are a few
errors and omissions in biological information.
This is the first group in the series to include quite small moths, and the color
plates are unbelievably good, showing the adults at twice natural size for all
genera except a few like Decantha which are magnified 4 times. In addition
there are excellent drawings by Elaine Hodges illustrating genitalia of new
species and some previously described ones that were evidently deemed necessary
for comparison purposes.
An innovation towards economy has been made without loss of clarity, with
the use of smaller type organized in double column format, so that each page
potentially carries about 17% more print than in predecessor volumes. However,
the text incorporates 32 generously spaced, large figures which are more detailed
than necessary so that greater reduction was not warranted in favor of details
in non-taxonomic features such as shading and setae. The figures comprise about
18% of the text, much more than would have been necessary had they been less
detailed drawings originally and were they aggregated as full page groups.
These two fine treatments will be musts for serious students of the pyralids
and oecophorids, but considering the prices they are hardly manuals for the general
lepidopterist. It is apparent that the dual goal of a hybrid monograph that will
be useful and available to laymen, yet be comprehensive and prepared by meticulous
professionals is impossible in the face of today’s production costs. — J. A. Powell,
Division of Entomology and Parasitology, University of California, Berkeley,
94720.
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
175
RECENT LITERATURE
A Revision of the Scarabaeine Dung Beetles of Australia II. Tribe Scarabaeini.
E. G. Matthews, Australian lournal of Zoology, Suppl. Ser. No. 24, pp. 1-211.
The highly specialized dung beetle fauna of Australia has received admirable
monographic treatment in the first two parts of this work. Part II, dealing with the
Canthonina, describes and keys 94 species in 16 genera, of which three genera and
52 species are considered new. Discussions of food, behavior, and biogeographic
relationships, including the significance of wing reduction in many Australian
species, supplement the keys and descriptions of genera and species. One species
from each genus is portrayed in excellent half tone illustrations, and details of
important taxonomic features are provided by over 300 line drawings. — Editor.
Los Tipos de Insectos de la Coleccion Luis E. Pena g. Luis E. Pena. Bol.
Soc. Biol. Conception, 47:259-282. 1974.
The author lists 114 species for which he holds the holotypes. Of these, 84 species
are Tenebrionidae, and 23 species are from other families of Coleoptera, especially
Cerambycidae. The Pena collection also contains a few holotypes of Lepidoptera,
Hemiptera and Orthoptera. Paratype material represents an additional 151 species,
mostly Tenebrionidae, with moderate representation of other families of beetles and
of Lepidoptera. Although small compared to the holdings of major museums, the
Pena collection probably comprises one of the most important assemblages of in-
sects, particularly Coleoptera, from southern South America. — Editor.
A Systematic Monograph of New World Ethmiid Moths (Lepidoptera:
Gelechioidea) . J. A. Powell. Smithson. Contr. Zool., no. 120, iv -f- 302 pp.
1973. ($3.85, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402.)
This exhaustive treatment of a previously confusing family of moths is truly
monographic in scope. Both sexes, when available, of each of the 133 new world
species are described. Clear line drawings of genitalia are provided for nearly all
species, and 192 photographs arranged in 16 plates, illustrate the adult moths.
Although genitalia, especially in males, provide excellent differentiating characters
which were important in defining species groups, the keys to genera and species are
based on external characteristics, making this work potentially useful to a much
larger audience. Immatures are not described, but analysis of larval and pupal
characters appears in tables and discussions. A large amount of biological in-
formation is integrated with the systematics portion of the text, with separate
discussions on host plant relationships, phenological patterns, and biogeographic
distribution. Taxonomic conclusions are derived in part from numerical analysis
of 42 characters, with results expressed as phenograms and Primnets. The text is
indexed by general subject, as well as host plant name. — Editor.
176
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Butterflies of the World. H. L. Lewis, with a Foreword by J. M. Chalmess-
Hunt. Follett Publishing Company, Chicago, Illinois, 1973. XVI -f- 312 pp.,
208 color plates.
Illustrates about 70 percent of the species of butterflies, representing nearly all
genera. Organized by taxa within biogeographic regions.
The Ecology of Insect Populations in Theory and Practice. L. R. Clark, R.
Hughes and R. F. Morris. Halstead Press, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New
York, New York, 1974. 248 pp., paper, $6.75.
Insects and Diseases. Keith Snow. Halstead Press, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.,
New York, New York, 1974. 208 pp., $9.50.
Vol. 51, No. 2, April 1975
177
OBITUARY
Donald D. Penny was born September 22, 1894 at Los Gatos, California and
died February 8, 1975 in Aptos, California at the age of 81. He entered the
University of California in 1914 and received a B.S. degree in Entomology in
1917. While at the University, he was greatly influenced by Professors C. W.
Woodworth and E. 0. Essig. As a student, he conducted extensive investigations
on Aleyrodidae, an interest which continued after graduation. His types were
presented to the California Academy of Sciences.
On completing college, Penny went to Sacramento to work in the state insec-
tary under the supervision of Harry S. Smith. His primary responsibility was
the production of ladybird beetles. In 1919, at the urging of Smith, Penny took
and passed the examination for Horticultural Commissioner for Santa Cruz County.
While there he became very much interested in oil sprays. In cooperation with
W. H. Volck he played an important role in the development and use of the new
phytonomic summer oil sprays. These relatively safe oil sprays were rapidly
accepted throughout the developed agricultural world and marked an important
advancement in pest control.
In September 1923, Don, as he was known to friends and associates, joined
Cal Spray Chemical (Ortho Division of Chevron Chemical Company) where he
remained until he retired on October 1, 1959. He served the company in a number
of capacities which included marketing, research and development, and formula-
tion of products. He introduced Chevron products into Australia and New Zealand
in 1927 and 1928 and into Hawaii in 1927. At the time of his retirement, he was
Assistant to the Manager for Research of the company.
Penny served a term as President of the Entomological Society of Southern
California and was an Emeritus member of the Entomological Society of America.
Don was a most friendly and cooperative person. His principal hobby during
his active career revolved around applied entomology. After retirement he devoted
much time to his garden. He is survived by his wife, Dorothy, who lives in Aptos,
California, and a son, William, who resides in Oakland, California. — Leo R.
Gardner, retired, Chevron Chemical Co., Ortho Division and A. E. Michelbacher,
Emeritus Professor of Entomology, University of California, Berkeley, 94720.
178
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE
Announcement A. (n.s.) 95
Required six months’ notice is given of the possible use of plenary powers by
the International Commission of Zoological Nomenclature in connection with the
following names listed by case number: (see Bull. zool. Nom. 32, part 1, 27th
March 1975).
1079. Forcipomyia Meigen, 1818 (Insecta, Diptera) : designation of type-species.
1892. Ruling on the stem of the family-group name based on Sphaerius Waltl,
1838 (Insecta, Coleoptera).
Comments should be sent in duplicate, citing case number, to the Secretary,
International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, c/o British Museum (Nat-
ural History) , Cromwell Road, London SW7 5BD, England. Those received early
enough will be published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature. — Margaret
Green, Scientific Assistant.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
Papers on the systematic and biological phases of entomology are favored, including
articles up to ten printed pages on insect taxonomy, morphology, behavior, life history,
and distribution. Excess pagination must be approved and may be charged to the author.
Papers are published in approximately the order that they are received. Immediate publi-
cation may be arranged after acceptance by paying publication costs. Papers of less than
a printed page may be published as space is available, in Scientific Notes.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed to the
Editor , John T. Doyen, Division of Entomology & Parasitology, University of California,
Berkeley, California 94720.
Typing. — Two copies of each manuscript must be submitted (original and one xerox
copy are suitable) . All parts of manuscripts must be typed on bond paper with
double-spacing and ample margins. Carbon copies or copies on paper larger than 8V2
X H inches are not accepted. Do not use all capitals for any purpose. Underscore
only where italics are intended in the body of the text, not in headings. Number all
pages consecutively and put author’s name at the top right-hand corner of each sheet.
References to footnotes in text should be numbered consecutively. Footnotes should be
typed on a separate sheet.
First page. — The page preceding the text of the manuscript should include (1) the
complete title, (2) the order and family in parentheses, (3) the author’s name or
names, (4) the institution with city and state or the author’s home city and state if
not affiliated, (6) the complete name and address to which proof is to be sent.
Names and descriptions of organisms. — The first mention of a plant or animal should
include the full scientific name with the author of a zoological name not abbreviated.
Do not abbreviate generic names. Descriptions of taxa should be in telegraphic style.
References. — All citations in text, e.g., Essig (1926) or (Essig, 1958), should be listed
alphabetically under Literature Cited in the following format:
Essig, E. 0. 1926. A butterfly migration. Pan-Pac. Entomol.,
2 : 211 - 212 .
1958. Insects and mites of western North America. Rev.
ed. The Macmillan Co., New York. 1050 pp.
Abbreviations for titles of journals should follow the list o.f Biological Abstracts, 1966,
47(21) :8585-8601.
Tables. — Tables are expensive and should be kept to a minimum. Each table should be
prepared as a line drawing or typed on a separate page with heading at top and foot-
notes below. Number tables with Arabic numerals. Number footnotes consecutively
for each table. Use only horizontal rules.
Illustrations. — No extra charge is made for the line drawings or halftones. Submit only
photographs on glossy paper and original drawings (no photographs of drawings) .
Authors must plan their illustrations for reduction to the dimensions of the printed
page (4% X 6% inches). If possible, allowance should be made for the legend to be
placed beneath the illustration. Photographs should not be less than the width of the
printed page. Drawings should be in India Ink and at least twice as large as the
printed illustration. Excessively large illustrations are awkward to handle and may
be damaged in transit. Include a metric scale on the drawing or state magnification
of the printed illustration in the legend. Arrange figures to use space efficiently.
Lettering should reduce to no less than 1 mm. On the back of each illustration should
be stated (1) the title of the paper, (2) the author’s complete name and addess, and
(3) whether he wishes the illustration and/or cut returned to him at his expense.
Cuts and illustrations not specifically requested will be destroyed.
Figure legends. — Legends should be typewritten double-spaced on separate pages headed
Explanation of Figures and placed following Literature Cited. Do not attach
legends to illustrations.
Proofs, reprints, and abstract. — Proofs and forms for the abstract and reprint order
will be sent to authors. Major changes in proof will be charged to the author. Proof
returned to the editor without the abstract will not be published.
Page charges. — All regular papers of one to ten printed pages are charged at the rate
of $18.00 per page. This is in addition to the charge for reprints and does not include
the possible charges for extra pagination or the costs for immediate publication.
Private investigators or authors without institutional or grant funds may apply to the
society for a grant to cover a portion of the page charges. In no case will society
grants subsidize more than two thirds of the cost of page charges. Pages additional
to the first ten are charged at the rate of $30.00 per page, without subsidy.
PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL
SOCIETY.
Vol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and Vol. 2 (numbers 1-9, 131
pages). 1901-1930. Price $5.00 per volume.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST.
Vol. 1 (1924) to present. Price $10.00 per volume of 4 numbers,
or $2.50 per single issue.
MEMOIR SERIES.
Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. F. Ferris. 320 pages. Pub-
lished October 1951. Price $6.00. (Plus 350 postage.) '”'
Volume 2. The Spider Mite Family T etranychidae by A. Earl
Pritchard and Edward W. Baker. 472 pages. Published July
1955. Price $10.00. (Plus 500 postage.)
Volume 3. Revisionary Studies in the Nearctic Decticinae by David
C. Rentz and James D. Birchim. 173 pages. Published July 1968.
Price $4.00. (Plus 250 postage.) *
Volume 4. Autobiography of an Entomologist by Robert L.
Usinger. 343 pages. Published August 1972. Price $15.00. (Plus
400 postage. ) *
Volume 5. Revision of the Millipede Family Andrognathidae in the
Nearctic Region by Michael R. Gardner. 61 pages. Published
January 21, 1975. Price $3.00. (Plus 250 postage.) '”'
* (Add 6% sales tax on all California orders (residents of Alameda,
Contra Costa and San Francisco counties add 6%%)- Members of the
Society will receive a 20% discount.
Send orders to:
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
c/o California Academy of Sciences
Golden Gate Park
San Francisco, California 94118
Vol. 51
JULY 1975
No. 3
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
PARKER — Nests of the mason bees Osmia tanneri and 0. longula -with a
description of the female of 0. tanneri (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae) .. 179
RYKER — Observations on the life cycle and flight dispersal of a water beetle
Tropisternus ellipticus in western Oregon (Coleoptera: Hydrophil-
idae) 184
ALCOCK — Notes on the behavior of three Argentine sphecids ( Microbembex
Uruguay ensis, Tachytes fraternus and T. amazonus ) (Hymenoptera:
Sphecidae) 195
CHEMSAK AND LINSLEY — New species of the genus Aneflomorpha from
Mexico (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) 201
WHEELER AND RISSING — Natural history of Veromessor pergandei I.
The nest (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) 205
FISHER AND ORTH — Sciomyzidae of Oregon (Diptera) 217
ZAVORTINK — Host plants, behavior, and distribution of the eucerine bees
Idiomelissodes duplocincta and Syntrichalonia exquisita (Hymenop-
tera: Anthophoridae) 236
POLHEMUS — New estuarine and intertidal water striders from Mexico and
Costa Rica (Hemiptera: Gerridae, Mesoveliidae) 243
CAZIER AND LINSLEY — Bee and wasp visitors to Kallstroemia grandiflora
after two years of drought 248
DOUTT — Dahmsia, a new genus of Mymaridae (Hymenoptera: Chalcido-
idea) 254
Scientific Note 256
Errata 235
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1975
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. T. Doyen, Editor
R. E. Coville, Editorial Asst.
J. A. Chemsak, Asst. Editor P. H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer
E. G. Linsley E. S. Ross
H. V. Daly H. B. Leech
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. All communications regarding nonreceipt
of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be
addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., California Academy of Sci-
ences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to the Secretary, Franklin Ennik, Vector Control Section, California
Department of Health, 2151 Berkeley Way, Berkeley, 94704.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $7.50 for regular members of the Society,
$5.00 for student members, or $10.00 for subscriptions only. Single copies are $2.50
each or $10.00 a volume. Make checks payable to Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
The Pacific Coast Entomological Society
Officers for 1975
H. V. Daly, President Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer
Fred G. Andrews, President-Elect Franklin Ennik, Secretary
Statement of Ownership
Title of Publication : The Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
Frequency of Issue: Quarterly (January, April, July, October).
Location of Office of Publication, Business Office of Publisher and Owner: Pacific Coast
Entomological Society, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California
94118.
Editor: Dr. John T. Doyen, Division of Entomology & Parasitology, University of California, Berkeley,
California 94720.
Managing Editor and Known Bondholders or other Security Holders: None.
This issue mailed 21 October 1975
Second Class Postage Paid at San Francisco, California and additional offices.
ALLEN PRESS, INC.
pHlNTg-Q
LAWRENCE, KANSAS
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. 51
July 1975
No. 3
Nests of the Mason Bees Osinia tanneri Sandhouse
and O. longula Cresson with a Description
of the Female of O. tanneri
(Hymenoptera: Megachilidae)
Frank D. Parker
Bee Biology and Systematics Laboratory, Agr. Res. Serv., USDA
Logan, Utah 84322
The nesting habits of western mason bees are mostly unknown
though Hicks (1926) stated that O. Integra (Cresson) [reported as
novomexicana (Cockerell)] made mason nests under flat stones and
Stephen et al. (1969) described Osmia nests coated with mud that were
constructed in cracks in split rocks. 0. nigrifrons Cresson makes
mason nests in a variety of situations (Rust et al ., 1974). Recently
while I was searching under stones for nests of the pollen-collecting
wasps, Pseudomasaris (Parker, 1967), I found nests of two species of
mason bees, Osmia tanneri Sandhouse and 0. longula Cresson.
Osmia ( Centrosmia ?) tanneri Sandhouse
(Figs. 1^)
Sinha (1958) revised the subgenera of Osmia and placed 0. tanneri
in (Centrosmia) . However, the female of 0. tanneri will not key to
this subgenus because it has a 3-toothed mandible (Fig. 1) instead
of the 4-toothed condition found among known females of ( Centrosmia ) .
The need for a comprehensive revision of these important pollinators
is evident when 28 of our Nearctic species cannot be placed to sub-
genus (Sinha, 1958) ! Because sex association in this genus is quite
difficult and is one of the factors limiting a better understanding of the
classification, a description of 0. tanneri females is given.
Females. Black, one specimen with bluish band across frons above base of an-
tennae; wings lightly stained, darker posteriorly. Pubescence mostly dark brown,
uniform length longer than last 2 flagellomeres ; scutum, scutellum with dense
off-white hair with narrow lateral border of dark hair; tergites I — II with off-white
hair scattered across dorsal surface, rest of abdomen with black stiff setae except
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 179-183. July 1975
180
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
shorter, brownish, plumose setae apically on sixth tergite and sternite; legs with
long brownish hair, inner surface of basitarsi with short dense pubescence, thinner
on outer surface, setae longer, especially front basitarsus; tarsal spurs long,
thin, slightly bent subapically with dense inner row of small teeth, spurs longer
than half length of basitarsus; minute tufts of amber hair beneath lateral clypeal
margin; labrum with apical bowed row of erect setae. Punctation of head coarse,
contiguous, denser on clypeal margin, mandibles, above base of antennae, be-
tween lateral ocelli; smooth micropunctate below median ocellus, outer side of
lateral ocellus; pits on thorax as on head hut those on pleura shallow, pits on
disc of scutum sparse; propodeum shallowly pitted, enclosure shagreen; pits on
abdomen more obscure except scopal hair pits deep, round; abdominal terga,
sterna I-V with apical impunctate shagreen band less than % width of segment.
Scape cylindrical, Vs as wide as long, flagellomere I longer than II, III, IV, or V,
ultimate flagellomere longest; clypeus produced below margin of compound eyes
(Fig. 1), laterally clypeal margin sinuate, narrowing medially, clypeal margin
medially subtruncate with slight median emargination ; mandible 3-toothed (Fig.
1), apical tooth more slender, longer, farther apart than inner ones, inner mar-
gin of mandible between outer teeth deeply cleft, breadth of dentate margin
1.3 X basal width, lower mandibular carinae fading just more than half distance
from dentate margin to base of mandible; interantennal distance shorter than
antennocular distance; face as long as broad; ocellocular distance 1.6 X least in-
terocular distance; distance between lateral ocelli equal to distance from one to
edge of vertex; lateral ocelli above line drawn between apical ocular margins;
head narrower than thorax (viewed from dorsum) ; face flat except for produced
apical clypeal margin; narrow carina bordering inner ocular margin; declivity
of tergite I without carina, with shallow longitudinal micropunctate depression;
apical margin of tergite VI rimmed medially; legs stout, basitarsus longer than
all other tarsomeres combined, hind basitarsus flattened (Fig. 2), dilated medi-
ally, 2.3 X as long as wide; length of body 10 mm, wings 7 mm. Two females are
in the collection of the Bee Biology and Systematics Laboratory.
Nesting Site . — A barren ridge with scattered pieces of broken flat
stones scattered among stunted sage near the summit of Wellsville Mt,
8,000 ft., Cache Co., Utah. Although many stones were turned over,
only 2 nests were found — both beneath the same slab of rectangular
slate; the underside of the stone was concave, and the nests were adjacent
near the middle of the cavity.
Nest Construction . — Nests were made entirely from mud. The sur-
face of the rock was the ceiling of the cells; the walls were built by
making and extending rings of elongate fused pellets of mud, but indi-
vidual loads of mud were distinguishable (Fig. 3). After one cell was
completed, additional cells were attached to the first by using portions
of its walls to form walls of adjacent cells (Fig. 3a, b). Thus, in one
nest the oval cell walls of the first cell served as portions of the walls
of three adjacent cells (Fig. 3a). In the other nest, all the cells were at-
tached to the central cell (Fig. 3b) . Additional rings of mud were added
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
181
Fig. 1 . Front view of female Osmia tanned.
Fig. 2. Part of hind leg of female 0. tanned.
Fig. 3. Two mason nests of 0. tanned. Note size and color differences in mud
pellets.
Fig. 4. Bottom view of 2 mason nests of 0. tanned. Note the patched appear-
ance of the surface.
Fig. 5. Mason nest of 0. longula with young larvae feeding on pollen provisions.
Fig. 6. Opposite view of nest in Fig. 5 illustrating contour and texture of surface.
around the cells, and the nest was covered with flat mud pellets that
resulted in a surface covered with small patches (Fig. 4). In profile,
the finished nests were flat beneath with round sides. The nests mea-
sured 24 X 35 mm and 29 X 38 mm. Maximum thickness was 10 mm.
182
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
The length of cells averaged 12 mm, width 6 mm, and depth 6 mm.
The cell walls were smooth, but not polished; the inner surface of the
cell cap was irregular.
Larval Habits . — In most cells the cocoon filled the entire cell.
Cocoons were spun by attaching a loosely woven network of white silk
to the walls. A thin sheet of silk was applied inside the network that en-
closed the larva. Inside this layer thin longitudinal strips of fecal ma-
terial were deposited on the inner walls from near the top to the bottom.
Then, another layer of silk was added over the fecal material making
the cocoon inside smooth and shiny. The apical nipple was small, flat,
circular, white and spun beneath the first layer of silk. The nipple inside
the cocoon was dark amber with loose strands of silk evident. Many
fecal pellets covered the anterior end of the cocoon; they ranged in
color from dark amber to light yellow. Their uniform shape was bowed
medially, the top of the bow was flat with an impressed longitudinal
line; the pellet ends were blunt with fine points. The pellets averaged
1 mm in length.
Nest Provisions. — Traces of pollen attached to the cocoons and ex-
ines in feces were an unknown species of Umbelliferae. All the cells
contained cocoons when the nests were located so size and shape of the
provision are unknown.
Overwintering. — The nests contained adults when found on May 27,
1972. It is likely that this species overwintered as an adult. Three of
the cocoons contained dead larvae, but these were black and dried
which indicated that they had died the previous summer.
Sex Ratio. — Two females and one male emerged.
Parasites. — Five of the six cells in one nest contained adults of the
chrysid wasp, Chrysura pacifica (Say).
OSMIA ( AcANTHOSMOIDES ) LONGULA CRESSON
(Figs. 5, 6)
Nesting Site. — A sparsely timbered slope facing west with abundant
broken rock scattered among many species of annual and perennial
plants. The site was located above Beaver Creek, Cache Co., Utah, at
an elevation of 8,000 ft. One completed nest was attached to the side
of a stone beneath a slight overhang.
Nest Construction. — The nest was initiated in a small indentation on
the east side of a rock. The first cell was started by making an oval
ring around the indentation from 1 mm thick mud pellets, then arching
the walls inward forming the cell. The inside diameter of the cell was
16 mm long, 9 mm wide, and 7 mm deep; its inner walls were smooth
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
133
but not polished. The cell was capped by mud pellets. Next, a layer
of masticated leaf material was applied over the cell walls; this ma-
terial was tightly appressed to the mud walls and covered the outer
surface of the cell. This layer of plant material is visible in Fig. 5.
Three additional cells were attached to the side and above the first.
Thus, portions of the first cell became the base for additional cells
(Fig. 5). Additional cells were also coated with plant material. The
outer surface of the nest was plastered with mud, hut some plant parts
were also incorporated. The outline of the underlying compartments was
evident (Fig. 6) after the nest was plastered and in profile the nest out-
line was crenulate. The dimensions of the nest were 34 X 24 mm.
Larval Habits . — The cocoon was formed as in 0. tanneri with the
same pattern and number of layers of silk. In cocoons of 0. longula ,
the initial layer of silk adhered more closely to the cell walls and was
thicker. The striped fecal material between the layers of silk was darker
as was the inner shiny, polished cocoon. The nipple was larger, flat,
white, and covered by a layer of attached darker silk. The entire co-
coon was larger (14 mm) and barrel shaped.
Sex Ratio. — All the cell contents died except for one male.
Nest Provisions . — Pollen remaining in the cells was identified as
belonging to the plant family Leguminosae.
Overwintering. — When the nest was collected on June 1, 1972, it
contained 4 early instar feeding larvae, Fig. 5. During that summer
one larva molted to an adult and entered diapause.
Acknowledgments
I am thankful to Dr. A. S. Menke, Systematic Entomology, ARS,
USDA, Washington, D. C., for comparing specimens with the holotype
of O. tanneri. Thanks are due to Mr. M. M. Montgomery who turned
over many a stone in a vain attempt to locate more nests of 0. tanneri.
Literature Cited
Hicks, C. H. 1926. Nesting habits and parasites of certain bees of Boulder
County, Colorado. Univ. Colo. Stud., 15: 217-252.
Parker, F. D. 1967. Notes on the nests of three species of Pseudomasaris
Ashmead. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 43: 213-216.
Rust, R. W., R. W. Tiirop, and P. F. Torchio. 1974. The ecology of Osmia
nigrijrons with a comparison to other Acanthosmioides. Jour. Nat.
Hist., 8: 29-47.
Siniia, R. N. 1958. A subgeneric revision of the genus Osmia in the Western
Hemisphere. Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull., 39: 211-261.
Stephen, W. P., G. E. Boiiart, and P. F. Torchio. 1969. The biology and
external morphology of bees. Oreg. Agric. Exp. Stn. Tech. Bull., 14D p.
184
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Observations on the Life Cycle and Flight Dispersal of a
Water Beetle, Tropisternus ellipticus LeConte,
in Western Oregon
(Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae)
Lee C. Ryker
Oregon State University, Corvallis, Oregon 97331
Species of the genus Tropisternus Solier are well known for their
vagility (Spangler, 1960), but no detailed studies of flight dispersal
have been made. In western Oregon, Tropisternus ellipticus LeConte
can be collected from pond edges in the spring and fall, but disappears
from ponds during summer. In 1972, I first collected this species from
temporary rock pools along the Illinois River in southwestern Oregon.
Since then I have found them in similar habitats along the Umpqua,
South Santiam, and Willamette Rivers. This report describes the flight
movements of T. ellipticus within and between habitats and relates
dispersal movements to changes in reproductive state.
Beetles of the genus Tropisternus occur throughout the Western
Hemisphere, generally in quiet water habitats. T. ellipticus is a dark
green, broadly ovate, vertically elliptical beetle 8-11 mm long with a
metasternal keel extended posteriad into a sharp point below the
abdomen. As with other members of the genus, this species stridulates
when seized (Ryker, 1972) . Females fasten silken egg cases onto objects
below the water surface, and the larvae are predaceous on small aquatic
insects. Pupation occurs in moist soil. Adults graze and scavenge under
water, consuming algae, detritus, and animal remains (Young, 1958) .
Flight dispersal of Hydrophilidae has been simply summarized as
spring dispersal flights, with the development of the next generation
being completed in the summer, and a fall dispersal flight of newly
emerged adults (Leech, 1956; Miller, 1963). Landin (1968) and Landin
and Stark (1973) reported daily summer flights of Helophorus
brevipulpus, a small hydrophilid in Sweden, and suggested that this
species has both migratory and non-migratory flights.
Johnson (1970) hypothesized that insect migratory flight generally
occurs in reproductively immature adult insects. He defined “migra-
tions” as insect flights characterized by an exodus from one habitat, by
undistracted or persistent flight, and by the location of a new acceptable
habitat. Shorter flights resulting from the stimuli of changing micro-
environmental conditions are “trivial” flights (Southwood, 1962).
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51 : 184 - 194 . July 1975
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
185
Following Chapman (1969), a period of adult reproductive delay or
quiescence is referred to here as reproductive diapause.
Field Study Locations and Methods
Dispersal movements were followed by marking and releasing adult
beetles inhabiting a series of rock pools at Waterloo Falls, South Santiam
River, Linn County, Oregon and by year-round collecting from ponds
in the Willamette Valley. Rock pools form in late spring (May, 1973 and
June, 1974) as the summer dry period begins and the river recedes. They
are covered again by the rising river when the winter rains begin in
October. Pools that form in low spots during the winter rainy season
and dry up in the spring will be referred to as winter pools.
The Waterloo rock pools were mapped and the number and location of
each beetle captured was recorded. Using a No. 2 insect pin and a
stereomicroscope, a number was scratched into the right elytron.
Beetles marked and held in the laboratory showed no increase in mor-
tality. The marks were permanent and did not become obscured, even
after several months. Marked beetles were released within a few feet of
their capture location. Beetles were collected either by netting swimming
individuals or by removing floating Spiro gyra mats and feeling for the
beetles. All pools were sampled on each visit.
Beetle age was estimated as they were marked. In newly emerged,
teneral beetles, a scratch would puncture the elytron and draw blood.
Punctured beetles survived, however, and many were recaptured.
Beetles about one week old could withstand a light scratch; beetles two
and three weeks old were hard enough for careful marking ; and beetles
four weeks and older were quite hard and durable. Older beetles have a
darker cuticle, scars, worn claws, and often have missing appendages
and Ceratomyces fungi (Laboulbeniaceae) (Spangler, 1960) on the
abdomen or between the claws.
To observe the movement of adult T. ellipticus to ponds in the fall,
a small pond located at Peavy Arboretum near Corvallis, Oregon (20
miles west of the Waterloo site), was sampled regularly from September
to December, 1973. Beetles were collected with an aquatic net from the
pond perimeter for one hour per sampling day. Peavy pond was also
sampled intermittently during winter and spring (1973-74) and sum-
mer (1972).
Results
Observations on the movements and reproductive state of T. ellipticus
will be presented seasonally, starting with winter. No beetles were found
186
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
when Peavy pond was sampled in December, 1973. When next sampled,
on March 20, 1974, four specimens were collected. On March 21, 34
specimens were collected from the edge of the pond. This was following
a period of five sunny days. Beetles were also collected from this and
other permanent ponds in succeeding days in March and April. By May,
1974, adults were appearing in temporary pools at the Waterloo site and
were becoming scarce in Peavy and other local, permanent ponds.
Overwintered adults were found breeding in the spring before the
river had fallen enough for rock pools to form. On May 10, 1973, egg
cases, third instars, and some very dark, scarred and parasitized adults
were collected in two temporary winter pools just above the Waterloo
rock pool area. Overwintered adults did not appear in rock pools in 1973
and were not found in ponds after the end of May, which suggests that
they died after spring breeding. In 1974, overwintering adults were
seen flying between April 29 and June 16 and collected at Waterloo
from temporary winter pools and several high rock pools that formed
in April and were dry by June. A female, marked in a rock pool August
12, 1973 and about 10 months old, was collected in a winter pool at
Waterloo on May 8. Egg cases were present at this time, and four over-
wintered females dissected had developing eggs in their ovaries.
Beetles that immigrated into newly formed river rock pools at Waterloo
in May, 1973 (Fig. 1) were of the spring generation (bright green,
not fully hardened, undamaged, not parasitized) and not of the over-
wintered generation. In 1974, spring rains delayed the formation of the
Waterloo rock pools until June. New generation beetles that appeared
then were already hardened, and four of five females dissected June 10
had small, partially developed eggs, and the abdomen full of fat body.
The fifth female had about one-fourth of her eggs fully developed, and
much less fat body. About half of the beetles collected on June 10
(n = 48) were new generation adults, and by June 29 adults of the
overwintering generation were no longer found.
Teneral adults (< 2 weeks old) appearing in the Waterloo rock pools
in 1973 were counted, and the number captured per sampling day is
shown in Fig. 1. A large influx of teneral beetles occurred in mid-May,
but the percentage (of beetles collected per sampling day) that was
teneral dropped to zero on May 28 (n = 37). Subsequently, teneral
adults appeared in samples throughout the summer.
Four teneral beetles collected from rock pools were dissected August
1-4, 1974, to see if they were reproductively mature. They were found
to have undeveloped ovaries and no noticeable fat body. Six hardened
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
187
Fig. 1 . Number of teneral adults (dashes) and total number of Tropisternus
ellipticus adults captured at Waterloo, Oregon in rock pools during summer, 1973.
adult females collected from rock pools at the same time were dissected
and found to contain eggs. The eggs were fully developed, filling the
abdominal cavity, and very little fat body was present.
Twenty-two beetles were observed flying and entering pools in 1974.
These flights were observed on warm, cloudless days between 11 AM
and 3 PM. Of these flights, two overwintered adults were taken entering
a sandy pool on April 29. Ten beetles on June 10, one on June 12, and
nine on June 29 were taken entering rock pools. The beetles flew slowly
into the breeze at one to two meters height and often circled back after
crossing a pool, sometimes hovered briefly, and then closed their elytra
and fell. Beetles observed flying at midday across small pools fell at the
north edge of the pool, sometimes hitting on the rock edge and scram-
bling for the water.
Both sexes moved in and out of the Waterloo rock pools throughout
the summer. Of 487 beetles marked and released, 140 (29%) were
recaptured. Recaptured individuals were captured an average of 2.5
times. Thus the beetles tended to fall into two classes — those that were
captured only once (71%) and those that settled into the pools and
moved short distances only. Some of these were captured five or six
times over a period of several months. Of the beetles recaptured, 26%
had changed pools. However, of 28 beetles recaptured within two days,
27 (96%) were still in the same pool, but often at a different location
within the pool. Beetles were often captured in the same pool several
times over a period of several weeks if the pool did not dry up or
become flooded with cold river water.
Pools containing beetles between July 9 and August 1, 1973 had a
temperature range of 23° to 33° C (x = 28.7 ± 0.24° C; n = 114
beetles). Unselected pools had temperatures ranging from 14° to 35° C.
183
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Fig. 2. Destructive sampling for Tropisternus ellipticus from a small pond at
Peavy Arboretum, Corvallis, Oregon, 1973. Each sampling period was one hour.
One pool, which never yielded specimens, consistently had cool
temperatures (14°-20° C). In June and July, 1973, beetles left pools
that were drying up and therefore very warm (>33° C), or pools with
water temperatures below 21° C for several days. However, after August
5, the river level rose and all pool temperatures fell below 22° C. Beetles
were found in this colder water until mid-September.
Adult females collected in early summer and held in the laboratory
usually laid eggs within three days, but females collected at Waterloo
August 15, 1973 and held with males in an observation pool for three
weeks did not produce eggs. Egg cases had been observed at Waterloo
throughout the summer, but by August 28 no cases containing eggs could
be found. However, third instars (> 2 weeks old) were still present in
some pools, and the adult population was present (Fig. 1).
In early October, 1972 and in mid-September, 1973, the number of
adult T. ellipticus collected at the Waterloo site fell to zero (Fig. 1),
suggesting that the adults had begun migrating. Concurrent with this
decrease, adults began to appear in samples at Peavy pond (Fig. 2),
presumably migrating from rock pools nearby. I have found T. ellipticus
in rock pools but not in permanent ponds from June through August in
nine years of collecting Tropisternus in western Oregon. Other species
are present in ponds during the summer, however. Data from museum
specimens at Oregon State University also indicates that T. ellipticus is
found in ponds from September through November and from February
through May, but no specimen labels (except mine) have summer col-
lection dates.
Six females collected from ponds and dissected in October had un-
developed ovaries, and the abdomen was full of fat body. Beetles col-
lected from ponds in the fall were paired in pint jars under conditions
found to be favorable for laboratory rearing in the summer, and observed
for indications of reproductive diapause. With one exception, 30 male-
female pairs held under several sets of light and temperature conditions
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
189
for a minimum of 25 days did not breed. One female produced a single
egg case, and she had been paired with a male under long days and
temperatures fluctuating between 20° C at night and 27° C during the
daytime. This pair, however, produced no more eggs in the concluding
30 days of the trial.
To see if diapausing adults lose their ability to fly after reaching
the ponds in the fall, males and females collected in September and held
at 16° C for five months were tested for flight ability. All ten males and
eight of ten females flew up out of a Petri dish in response to a 250 W
lamp. These beetles were paired subsequently under favorable rearing
conditions to be certain that they were diapausing, and none of the
pairs produced eggs.
Tropisternus adults are difficult to find in winter. Fig. 2 shows that
T. ellipticus disapeared from the edge habitat in Peavy pond in late
November, 1973. Spangler (1960) suggested that they may overwinter
buried in the bottom mud or in pond edge soil. Accordingly, a habitat
choice test was set up to see if these beetles will bury themselves in
moist sand or in bottom mud. Seventeen beetles collected in September
from Peavy pond were held at 16° C (8L/16D) in an aquarium that
had sand extending from the bottom to 15 cm above the water level at one
end, flat rocks on bottom mud, and floating aquatic vegetation. After
30 days, two beetles were still in the aquatic vegetation, six were buried
in sand above the water level, and nine were buried beneath the flat rocks
on the mud bottom. I have collected occasional specimens from pond
bottoms in winter, and a few from beneath flat rocks at pond edges, but
have not excavated pond edges to see if they burrow into the soil there.
Discussion
Adults of T. ellipticus disappeared from the edge habitat of permanent
ponds in western Oregon in late November, 1973, and reappeared in
March, 1974. Overwintered beetles were dispersing into temporary
winter pools in early spring before the rock pool complexes along the
S. Santiam River were uncovered. The appearance of overwintered
adults, eggs, and larvae in winter pools and recently-formed pools at
Waterloo by late April and early May in both years indicates that they
had resumed breeding.
Teneral progeny of the overwintered beetles appeared in May, 1973,
and hardened progeny in June, 1974, migrating into the newly-formed
rock pools. Although no specimens were dissected in May, teneral adult
females dissected in early August, 1974, had undeveloped ovaries.
190
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
PONDS
WINTER POOLS
ROCK POOLS
RAINFALL cm
Fig. 3. Aquatic habitats used by Tropisternus ellipticus in western Oregon and
normal precipitation for Waterloo, Oregon (Climatological Data, Oregon Annual
Summary, 1973, U.S. Dept. Commerce) .
Ovaries were beginning to develop in the June, 1974 individuals, but the
eggs only partially filled the abdomen. Hardened females dissected in
mid-summer had abdomens filled and distended with eggs. It seems
probable, then, that the spring migration into rock pools primarily
consists of reproductively immature adults.
Overwintered individuals were no longer found after mid-May in
1973 and late June in 1974. The new generation bred in the rock pools
until mid-August, 1973, producing teneral individuals continuously
until September. Continuous breeding, immigration, and inter-pool
movements obscured the distinction between one or more summer
generations. The laboratory rearing time for this species is about 45
days (unpublished data). This, theoretically, gave T. ellipticus time to
produce a second generation by July in 1973, and by August in 1974,
with both generations reproducing until mid-August. Third generation
adults did not have time to breed during their first summer because they
could not have eclosed before late August or September, after breeding
had ceased.
All adults left the rock pools in the fall, but it is not known whether
only the second and third, or both the summer generations and the
spring generation migrate and survive the winter to resume breeding
the following spring. The only marked beetle recaptured after over-
wintering probably had eclosed in late July as a second generation beetle.
Adults ceased breeding in the rock pools in mid-August, 1973, although
they did not emigrate for another month. The female abdominal cavity,
filled with eggs in the summer, was packed with fat body in the fall.
Because efforts to induce adults to breed in the fall and early winter
failed, in contrast to successful maintenance of breeding pairs in the
summer, I feel that they are in a state of reproductive diapause.
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
191
Coincidence of the phenomena of emigration from rock pools and
the appearance of T. ellipticus in ponds is good circumstantial evidence
that this species migrates from rock pools to ponds in the fall in western
Oregon. The beetles disappear from pond edges in early winter. The
laboratory habitat choice test indicated that the beetles are capable of
burying themselves in the bottom mud or in soil, and may do so in the
pond habitat, as was suggested by Richmond (1920) and Spangler
(1960). Occasional collection of specimens from pond bottom mud
also supports this idea.
Besides spring and fall migratory flights and the dispersal movements
of overwintered adults in April and May, intermittent trivial flights of
individuals occurred in the river rock pool habitat during the summer.
These movements apparently were responses to ponds either drying up
and becoming too warm, or being flooded by cold river water. The
most frequented pools were close to 29° C in midafternoon, about 10° C
warmer than the river.
Observations of flights of T. ellipticus are similar to those mentioned
by Zimmerman (1959) for Tropisternus lateralis nimbatus and those of
Helophorus (Landin, 1968; Landin and Stark, 1973; Fernando, 1958) in
that they occur during the daytime. However, these observations differ
in that T. ellipticus was observed flying upwind, whereas the smaller
Helophorus may be wind-borne. T. ellipticus often fell to the north edge
of small pools at midday, and may have been responding to the image of
the sun reflected from the still water surface.
T. ellipticus has three of the types of flight dispersal mentioned by
Johnson (1970) : 1) migration of teneral adults from one habitat to
another; 2) trivial dispersal flights by individuals from one place to
another within a habitat in response to fluctuations of microenviron-
ment; and 3) migration of diapausing adults from one habitat to another.
Previous generalizations about Hydrophilidae (Leech and Chandler,
1956; Miller, 1963) suggest that spring dispersal flights are of over-
wintered individuals and that fall flights are of “newly emerged” indi-
viduals. However, although the overwintered generation of T. ellipticus
disperses in early spring and can be found breeding in winter pools, the
late spring migration is of new generation, often teneral adults, and the
fall migration is of non-teneral, diapausing adults.
Pajunen and Jansson (1969) showed that rock pool Corixidae in
Finland have physiological and behavioral adaptations, similar to T.
ellipticus , which allow them to breed in summer in temporary pools and
to overwinter as diapausing adults in deeper pools. Ova of overwintering
192
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
POND HABITAT
OLD ADULTS
DISPERSAL FLIGHTS
POND EDGE
■ ■■a
. % M * WINTER POOLS
1 mmtmmmmMm
POND EDGE
ADULTS
pond bottom jiin i ~i nn
I LARVAE
4 -
+
4 —
MAR
I
PROBABLE
BEGINNING
OF
BREEDING
- 4 -
V
TENERAL
ADULTS
- 4 -
FEB
APR
MAY
MIGRATION
TO
RIVER
ROCK
POOLS
JUNE JULY
NOV
1 LARVAE
NEW ADULTS
• diapausing ADULTS
POOL TO POOL FLIGHTS
ROCK POOL HABITAT
Fig. 4. Life cycle, flight dispersal, and habitat selection of Tropistermis ellipticus
in western Oregon.
adults do not mature until after spring migration. These corixids fly to
shallower rock pools for spring breeding, as does T. ellipticus for summer
breeding, and they have a similar pattern of summer dispersal flights
of breeding adults between temporary pools. Migratory flights of both
Corixidae and Hydrophilidae into and out of temporary rock pools are
of teneral, immature, or partly mature adults (late spring) , or of
reproductively diapausing adults (fall). These observations agree with
Johnson’s concept that migratory flight characteristically occurs in
reproductively immature adult insects.
Because old generation adults were seen flying on sunny days in early
May and entering temporary winter pools and rock pools, an alternative
description of habitat selection behavior by T. ellipticus is also plausible.
These species may select pond habitats after entering reproductive
diapause in fall, and select rock pools or the best substitute (winter
pools) when reproductive maturity ensues. In this view, overwintered
adults reassuming breeding condition in the spring tend to seek the rock
pool habitat, except that rock pools are not available. When river levels
drop, rock pools form, this event generally coinciding with eclosion of
the new generation and demise of the old.
Wiggins, Mackay and Smith (1974) presented a concept of community
organization for animals inhabiting annual temporary pools, making a
distinction between vernal and autumnal pools. River rock pools are
neither vernal nor autumnal pools because they appear during the
summer drought. Winter pools in western Oregon are pools that are
“temporary” from October to May during the winter rains, and are
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
193
functionally similar to vernal pools in the spring (Fig. 3) . In the scheme
of Wiggins et al., T. ellipticus is a Group II animal, a pool stage arrival
adapted to temporary pools by evolution of dispersal behavior.
The main features of the life cycle of T. ellipticus in western Oregon
are summarized in Figs. 3 and 4. Adults overwinter apparently in the
soil or under bottom rocks of ponds. In early spring they move to the
pond edge habitat, subsequently dispersing on warm days to other ponds
and winter pools, where they breed in April and May. Their offspring,
the spring generation, migrate (sensu Johnson) into the newly formed
river rock pools and begin breeding. Offspring of spring generation
adults, the second, or summer, generation, may have time to mature
and breed in dry years like 1973, in which case their offspring would
eclose in time to migrate to ponds before the rivers flood the rock pools.
Adult female beetles stop producing eggs (reproductive diapause) in
mid-August, and their abdomens fill with fat body. About a month later
the surviving adults of spring and summer generations migrate from
rock pools to the edge habitat of permanent ponds, and then move to the
pond bottom or edge soil for the winter.
Acknowledgments
A Grant-in-Aid of Research from Sigma Xi, The Scientific Research
Society of North America helped to defray the cost of travel to study
sites. For helpful criticism of the manuscript at various stages of
preparation, I thank Drs. W. P. Nagel, N. H. Anderson, and others in
the Entomology Department, Oregon State University, and also Drs. G.
B. Wiggins and R. J. Mackay of the Royal Ontario Museum in Toronto.
Illustrations were prepared by Ms. Judy Ramirez. This report is an
offshoot of studies by the author for a Ph.D. dissertation on com-
municative behavior of Tropisternus.
Literature Cited
Chapman, R. R. 1969. The insects: structure and function. American Elsevier
Publ. Co., New York. 819 pp.
Fernando, C. H. 1958. The colonization of small freshwater habitats. Ceylon J.
Sci. (Bio. Sci.), 1: 117-154.
Johnson, C. G. 1970. Migration and dispersal of insects by flight. Methuen and
Co., Ltd., London. 763 pp.
Landin, J. 1968. Weather and diurnal periodicity of flight by Helophorus
brevipalpis Bedel (Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae) . Opusc. Ent., 33(1-2):
28-36.
Landin, J. and E. Stark. 1973. On flight thresholds for temperature and wind
velocity, 24-hour flight periodicity and migration of the water beetle,
194
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Helophorus brevipalpis Bedel (Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae) . ZOON,
Suppl., 1: 105-114.
Leech, H. B. and H. P. Chandler. 1956. Aquatic Coleoptera. In Usinger, R. L.
Aquatic insects of California. University of California Press, Berkeley.
508 pp.
Miller, D. C. 1963. The biology of the Hydrophilidae. Biologist, 45(3-4) :
33-38.
Pajunen, V. I. and A. Jansson. 1969. Dispersal of the rock pool corixids
Arctocorisa ccirinata (Sahib.) and Callicorixa producta (Reut.) (Heter-
optera, Corixidae). Ann. Zool. Fennici., 6: 391-427.
Richmond, E. A. 1920. Studies on the biology of the aquatic Hydrophilidae.
Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 42: 1-94+ 16 pis.
Ryker, L. C. 1972. Acoustic behavior of three sympatric species of water
scavenger beetles (Coleoptera, Hydrophilidae, Tropisternus) . Occ. Papers
Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich., 666: 1-19.
Southwood, T. R. E. 1962. Migration of terrestrial arthropods in relation to
habitat. Biol. Rev., 37: 171-214.
Spangler, P. J. 1960. A revision of the Genus Tropisternus (Coleoptera: Hydro-
philidae) . Ph.D. diss., U. of Missouri. 365 pp.
Wiggins, G. B., R. J. Mackay and I. M. Smith. 1974. A concept of community
organization for animals inhabiting annual temporary pools. XIX Con-
gress International Assn. Limnology, Abstracts.
Young, F. N. 1958. Notes on the care and rearing of Tropisternus in the labora-
tory (Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae). Ecology, 39: 166-167.
Zimmerman, J. R. 1959. A note on flight emigrations of water beetles from a
temporary pond. Coleop. Bull., 13: 102.
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
195
Notes on the Behavior of Three Argentine Sphecicls
( Microbembex uruguayensis , Tachytes fraternus
and T. amazonus )
(Hymenoptera: Sphecidae)
John Alcock
Department of Zoology, Arizona State University, Tempe 85281
I report here new information on the behavior of three species of
digger wasps based on observations made in two Argentine localities
during December and January 1974-1975. Studies of Microbembex
uruguayensis (Holmberg) took place on 30-31 December in an area of
sand dunes situated in pasture, marshes, and woodlands 2 km south of
Estacion Paranacita, Prov. Entre Rios. Nests were found in a sandy
roadside scrape by the edge of a reed-filled swamp. Tachytes fraternus
Taschenberg and T. amazonus F. Smith nested on the edge of a dirt
road 4 km east of Benavidez, Prov. Bs. Aires. The road bordered a
drainage canal and ran through an area of pasture and marshy wood-
lands.
Microbembex uruguayensis
This species has been studied previously in Argentina by Llano
(1959). In work that extended over several summers Llano found cells
provisioned solely with one species of carabid beetle. He implied that
the wasp captures living carabids in the morning when these beetles
are prone to move about. Of the numerous species of Microbembex
that have been studied subsequently, all have proved to be scavengers,
taking dead and disabled arthropods (Matthews and Evans, 1974).
I excavated four nests (12-23 cm long; 8-13 cm deep) finding two
that contained an egg laid upright in the single cell along with a number
of ants (five in one case, seven in the other). Many of the ants were in
poor condition, missing most or all of their legs, indicating that they
had been picked up when already dead. In addition, I observed a
perched female as she manipulated a dead wasp before dropping it and
flying off. Moreover, twice I watched females as they foraged over
open sandy areas; each collected an immobile object from the sand,
presumably a dead insect of some sort, which they then manipulated in
flight while hovering 2-4 cm above the ground. The wasp curved its
abdomen strongly and touched the prey, as though stinging it. It is
conceivable that this action misled Llano into believing that the wasp
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51 : 195 - 200 . July 1975
196
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Fig. 1 . Lateral views of the burrows of T. fraternus (left) and T. amazonus
(right). Both were dug into moist firm sandy clay. The dotted lines indicate
hypothetical side burrows leading to discovered cells.
was paralyzing living prey. I have, however, seen known scavengers,
M. nigrifrons and M. argyropleura, do exactly the same thing and
believe this “stinging movement” to be a vestigial behavior pattern. The
evidence suggests that some individuals in the population of M. uruguay-
ensis I studied do scavenge.
If Llano were mistaken about the capture of living prey, the only
moderately distinctive behavioral trait of M. uruguayensis would be
the rapid provisioning of the cell immediately following egg-laying.
Although occasionally a female of other species of Microbembex will
bring one or a few prey to the brood chamber prior to egg-hatching
(Evans, 1966), none bring large numbers of food items to the cell
before this event. On the whole, however, it would appear that M.
uruguayensis is a typical member of a genus that is characterized by
extreme behavioral uniformity.
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
197
Fig. 2. The egg of T. fraternus is attached to the base of a foreleg and extends
transversely across the thorax.
Tachytes FRATERNUS
A single nest of this species was discovered on 2 January 1975 when
a prey-laden female was spotted as she dashed along the ground and
into a small clump of weeds. The open nest entrance was hidden by
the surrounding weeds and was located in the center of a large, 6 cm
high, mound of soil. The design of the long and deep burrow is shown
in fig. 1. There were two cells, one with five immature acridids and
the other with three. All the hoppers (ranging from 16-21 mm in
length) were positioned head first into the cells. In the chamber with
five prey, the last individual placed in the cell (venter-up, on top of
the others) carried an egg (fig. 2). Egg placement is very different in
some other species of Tachytes that prey on tettigoniids (Evans and
Kurczewski, 1966).
Tachytes amazonus
Nesting in the same area but in much greater numbers, the behavior
of this small species differs in many respects from T. fraternus. Its
burrows (fig. 1) were short and shallow (11.5-18 cm long; 5-9 cm
deep; N = 4). They were placed in open areas and the entrance was
kept closed at all times except when the wasp had just entered the nest
with prey. T. amazonus performed a strikingly elaborate closure in
198
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Fig. 3. A male T. amazonus resting on alert in Iris territory.
the early morning usually between 0800-0900. The female walked
toward the nest entrance, kicking soil behind her as she moved along.
Upon reaching the vicinity of the entrance, the wasp would fly out to
a point as much as 15 cm from the burrow and would repeat the march
toward the entrance. This activity commonly lasted as long as 20 min.
As a result, much of the area from 5-15 cm about the entrance would
be covered with loose soil kicked about in the wasp’s maneuvers.
Provisioning females flew quickly to the closed nest entrance with
their prey, acridid hoppers smaller than those taken by T. fraternus
(0.9-1. 5 cm in length; N = 13). Upon landing the wasp would walk a
few cm forward straddling the prey and holding it by an antenna before
dropping its victim by the concealed burrow. The female would then
open the nest, and enter the burrow briefly before exiting to fly about
the apron of raked soil. She would relocate her prey, straddle it, drag
it right up to the nest opening, drop the hopper, reenter the nest, turn
around, and finally pull the prey in by an antenna. The grasshoppers
were placed head first into the cell with the egg laid on the first hopper
introduced into the brood chamber. The position of the egg was the
same as that of T. fraternus. In eight cells with complete complements
of prey, seven held 3 At acridids (for male offspring?) while one con-
tained 8 (for a female offspring?).
This wasp, with its shallow nests, complex nest closure, and manner
of carrying prey into the burrow, behaves rather more like a Tachysphex
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
199
(e.g. Kurczewski, 1966) than a typical Tachytes (H. E. Evans, pers.
communication). The differences between T. amazonus and T. fraternus
may have ecological significance (as in the different sizes of preferred
prey) and phylogenetic implications (the differences in nest design,
especially the prominent mound of T. fraternus). Reviews of Evans
and Kurczewski (1966) and by Lin (1967) have revealed important
variation in prey taken and burrow structure in the very few species of
North American Tachytes that have been studied. Much more compar-
ative work is needed on the nesting behavior of Neotropical Tachytes.
Male T. amazonus were common in and along the nesting area. They
often rested on the ground or on a pebble or stick with their front legs
drawn up (fig. 3). The approach of another insect generally stimulated
the male to fly up and pursue the intruder. In addition, males regularly
cruised low over the ground following a consistent route. Male T.
distinctus behave in similar way when guarding mating territories early
in the nesting season of this species (Lin and Michener, 1972).
Two male T. amazonus were marked with a dot of paint on their
thorax. One was recaptured two days after it had been marked; at the
time it was within % m of the point where it had been taken previously.
The other, marked on 19 December, was seen again in the same spot on
24 and 26 December and on 2 January (when it was collected). This
male patrolled a strip of open roadside about 7 m long and % m wide
for consecutive periods of up to at least 3 hrs. between 0900-1600. It
often clashed with males on adjacent territories and would drive them
away in a swirling pursuit flight.
The territorial behavior of this species closely resembles that of
Sphecius speciosus (Lin, 1963) and S. grandis (Alcock, 1975a). (For
a review of territorial behavior by male sphecids, see Alcock, 1975b.)
By guarding elongate zones through or by nesting area, male T. ama-
zonus may gain exclusive rights to virgin females that emerge in or
near their territory and to receptive females that must pass through the
male’s territory in search of nectar or prey in the vegetation away from
the barren nesting site.
Acknowledgments
My father, John P. Alcock, introduced me to the nesting sites and
generously assisted me in a variety of ways, for which I thank him. Dr.
Manfredo Fritz identified the Microbembex and Dr. R. M. Boh art identi-
fied the Tachytes. Dr. Howard E. Evans read a draft of the manuscript
and made a number of helpful suggestions for its improvement. This
study was supported in part by NSF grant GB-42865.
200
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Literature Cited
Alcock, J. 1975a. The behaviour of western cicada killer males ( Sphecius
grandis) . J. Nat. Hist., in press.
1975b. Territorial behaviour by males of Philanthus multimaculatus with a
review of territoriality in male sphecids. Anim. Behav., in press.
Evans, H. E. 1966. The comparative ethology and evolution of the sand wasps.
Harvard University Press, Cambridge, 526 pp.
Evans, H. E. and F. E. Kurczewski. 1966. Observations on the nesting behavior
of some species of Tachytes. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 39: 323-332.
Kurczewski, F. E. 1966. Tachysphex terminatus preying on Tettigoniidae, an
unusual record. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 39: 317-322.
Lin, C. S. 1967. Nesting behavior of Tachytes ( Tachyplena ) praedator Fox,
with a review of the biology of the genus. Amer. Mid. Nat., 77 : 241-245.
Lin, N. 1963. Territorial behaviour in the cicada killer wasp, Sphecius speciosus
(Drury) I. Behaviour, 20 115-133.
Lin, N. and C. D. Michener. 1972. Evolution of sociality in insects. Quart.
Rev. Biol., 47: 131-159.
Llano, R. J. 1959. Observaciones biologicas de insectos bonaerenses. Supl.
Revista Educ., Min. Educ. Prov. Bs. Aires, La Plata. 136 pp.
Matthews, R. W. and H. E. Evans. 1974. Notes on the behavior of three
species of Microbembex in South America. J. Georgia Entomol. Soc.,
9: 79-85.
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
201
New Species of the Genus Aneflomorpha from Mexico
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae)
John A. Chemsak and E. G. Linsley
University of California, Berkeley 94720
The tribe Elaphidionini is represented in Mexico by a large number
of species, many as yet undescribed. More intensive and sophisticated
collecting methods have accounted for the discovery of many of these
and increased knowledge of the previously described species has greatly
facilitated their recognition. Although extensive revisionary work is
necessary to more fully understand the relationships among the large
and diverse Mexican elaphidionines, the following species of Aneflo-
morpha are described at this time to make the names available for use
in other studies, particularly those supported by the National Science
Foundation (Grant GB-BM574) for a monograph of North American
Cerambycidae.
The Canadian National Collection, Field Museum of Natural History,
Chicago, University of Michigan, E. Giesbert, and H. F. Howden are
gratefully acknowledged for the loan of material.
Aneflomorpha giesberti, new species
Male: Form elongate, sides subparallel; integument shining reddish black,
appendages reddish; pubescence short, pale, directed back. Head with front
rather coarsely, irregularly punctate except for median glabrous area, vertex
coarsely, densely punctate, neck minutely punctate; interantennal line shallow,
barely extending beyond antennal tubercles; palpi unequal, apical segments
moderately dilated; eyes prominent, as broad across as width of pronotum; an-
tennae extending about one segment beyond elytra, third segment with a short
spine at apex, fourth segment minutely spined, remaining segments unarmed,
segments from third opaque, densely clothed with minute appressed pubescence,
basal segments with a few long hairs beneath, segments 3 to about 6 carinate
above, third segment longer than first, fourth shorter than third, fifth slightly
longer than fourth, eleventh vaguely appendiculate. Pronotum longer than broad,
sides broadly rounded; disk moderately coarsely, irregularly punctate, middle
narrowly glabrous, each side with two vague calluses; pubescence sparse, long,
suberect; prosternum impressed, rugose before coxae, minutely pubescent, coxal
cavities wide open behind; mesosternum minutely punctate, densely pubescent,
metasternum scabrous at sides, subglabrous at middle, densely pubescent at sides.
Elytra more than 3 times as long as broad; punctures dense, separated, becoming
finer toward apex; pubescence rather sparse, short, suberect, with a few longer
erect hairs interspersed near base and along suture; apices obliquely emarginate,
outer angles prominently toothed, inner angles dentate. Legs slender; all tibiae
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 201-204. July 1975
202
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
strongly carinate. Abdomen shining, rather finely, sparsely punctate, pubescence
sparse, depressed; last sternite notched at apex. Length, 13-15 mm.
Female: Form similar. Antennae about as long as body. Abdomen with last
sternite subtruncate at apex. Length, 15 mm.
Holotype male (California Academy of Sciences) and three paratypes (2 male,
1 female) from 5 Miles N Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico, 1 August 1973, 28 July
1973 (E. Giesbert), 27 July 1964, at black and white lights (J. A. Chemsak, J. A.
Powell) .
This species is similar in appearance to A. rufipes Chemsak and
Linsley from the same locality. However, it may be distinguished by the
shining integument, the sparser pubescence and the coarser punctation
of the elytra.
As is the case for several other described species of Aneflomorpha,
the generic status of giesberti is not certain. In its overall aspect and
in some external characteristics the species resembles members of the
genus Psyrassa and provides another example in support of the merging
of the tribes Elaphidionini and Sphaerionini.
We are pleased to dedicate this species to Edmund Giesbert for his
avid interest in the Cerambycidae.
Aneflomorpha crinita, new species
Male: Form elongate, subparallel; integument reddish testaceous, elytra yel-
lowish ; pubescence dense, pale, appressed and recurved with numerous long
erect hairs interspersed. Head with front finely, densely punctate except for im-
pressed glabrous median triangle, vertex finely, densely punctate, impressed at
upper eye lobes; pubescences dense, short, appressed; palpi unequal, apical seg-
ments broadly dilated; eyes about as broad across as width of pronotum; antennae
longer than body, outer segments subopaque, third segment moderately spined,
fourth with a short spine, segments five and six with minute spines, segments
three to six carinate, segments moderately densely clothed with minute pubescence,
segments to about ninth densely fringed beneath with long erect hairs, third seg-
ment longer than first, fourth or fifth, fifth slightly longer than fourth, eleventh
vaguely appendiculate. Pronotum longer than broad, sides broadly rounded;
disk densely, irregularly punctate except for a median linear glabrous callus be-
hind middle; pubescence dense, appressed, obscuring surface, with numerous
long erect hairs interspersed; prosternum impressed, densely, finely punctate,
densely pubescent, coxal cavities open behind; meso- and metasternum minutely,
densely punctate, densely clothed with short appressed pubescence. Elytra more
than 3% times as long as broad; punctures rather fine, very dense; each elytron
vaguely bicarinate; pubescence dense, short, depressed, with numerous long,
erect hairs interspersed; apices truncate to shallowly emarginate-truncate. Legs
slender, densely clothed with long flying hairs. Abdomen very finely, densely
punctate, densely clothed with short recumbent pubescence and long suberect
hairs; last sternite emarginate at apex. Length, 11-16 mm.
Holotype male (California Academy of Sciences) from 60 Miles E Zamora,
Michoacan, Mexico, 24 June 1957, at light (J. A. Chemsak, B. J. Rannells).
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
203
Paratypes include, 1 male, same data as type; 2 males, 25 km E Morelia,
Michoacan, 14 June 1955, at light (R. B. & J. M. Selander) ; 1 male, Real de Arriba,
Mexico, 2 June 1954 (R. Selander).
The yellowish elytra, the dense, appressed pubescence of the pronotum
and the dilated apical segments of the palpi make this species distinctive
among the known Mexican Aneflomorpha.
Aneflomorpha preclara, new species
Female: Form elongate, subparallel, moderately robust; integument shining,
orange testaceous, elytra yellowish, antennae from apex of scape, tarsi, tibiae and
apices of femora black; pubescence moderately dense, very short, recurved. Head
finely, densely, punctate; median frontal triangle deeply impressed: vertex mi-
nutely, irregularly punctate; pubescence fine, appressed; median line deep, ex-
tending onto vertex; palpi unequal, apical segments moderately dilated; antennae
shorter than elytra, segments from third carinate, finely, densly punctate along
outside one half, pubescence sparse, short and depressed on outside segments, basal
segments moderately fringed beneath with long erect hairs, spine of third segment
short, segments four and five with shorter spines, segment six dentate; scape cylin-
drical, shorter than third segment, fourth and fifth subequal, shorter than third. Pro-
notum broader than long, sides subparallel, base constricted; disk shallowly, irregu-
larly punctate except for median glabrous area behind middle; each side with two
vague calluses; pubescence minute, dense at sides, absent at middle, long erect
hairs numerous; prosternum impressed, minutely punctate and pubescent before
coxae, coxal cavities open behind; meso- and metasternum minutely densely punc-
tate and pubescent, metasternum glabrous medially. Elytra more than three times
as long as broad, each elytron medially costate; punctures fine, dense, contiguous,
subconfluent at middle; pubescence very short, recurved, longer erect hairs sparse;
apices truncate, inner angles dentate. Legs slender, finely punctate; all tibiae
bicarinate. Abdomen minutely, densely punctate and pubescent, sternites gla-
brous medially toward apices; last sternite broadly truncate at apex. Length,
17 mm.
Holotype female (Canadian National Collection) from 10 Miles SE Teopisca,
Rt. 24, Chiapas, Mexico, 2-4 June, 1969 (H. Howden) .
This attractive species is distinct by the black appendages, the fine,
dense punctation, and the very short, recurved and appressed pubes-
cence.
Aneflomorpha ruficollis, new species
Male: Form slender, elongate, subparallel; integument shining, testaceous,
head and pronotum reddish, antennae basally and apical halves of femora brownish
testaceous; pubescence moderate, mostly short, depressed. Head finely, con-
fluently punctate, median triangle deeply impressed; vertex confluently punctate;
median line shallow; pubescence sparse, very short; palpi unequal, apical seg-
ments slender; antennae extending about two segments beyond elytra, basal seg-
ments shining, sparsely pubescent, rather densely fringed beneath with long
erect hairs, segments from fifth moderately densely clothed, with short erect pubes-
204
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
cence, segments three to about seven carinate, spine of third segment short,
segments four and five with decreasingly smaller spines, sixth segment spiculate,
third segment much longer than first, fourth shorter than third, fifth slightly
shorter than third. Pronotum longer than broad, sides rounded; disk coarsely
almost reticulately punctate, impressed each side of middle; pubescence sparse,
short, recurved, long erect hairs numerously interspersed; prosternum impressed,
rugulose, sparsely pubescent, coxal cavities narrowly open behind; meso- and
metasternum faintly scabrous, finely pubescent, metasternum subglabrous medially.
Elytra over 3 % times as long as broad, slightly tapering posteriorly; basal punc-
tures rather fine, well separated, becoming finer toward apex; pubescence sparse,
short, depressed, with a few long erect hairs interspersed; each elytron vaguely
bicostate; apices truncate to vaguely emarginate. Legs slender, densely, shallowly
punctate; all tibiae bicarinate. Abdomen finely, densely punctate at sides, pu-
bescence fine, dense, sternites medially subglabrous; last sternite truncate at
apex. Length, 10-14 mm.
Female: Form similar. Antennae about as long as body. Abdomen with last
sternite broadly rounded at apex. Length, 12-14 mm.
Holotype male , allotype (Canadian National Collection) and 12 paratypes (10
males, 2 females) from 25 Miles W Durango, Durango, Mexico, 10 June 1964,
20 June 1964, 23 June 1964, 29 June 1964, at lights (H. F. Howden, J. Martin,
J. A. Chemsak, J. A. Powell). Additional paratypes include: 1 male, 23 miles W
Durango, 29 June 1964 (L. A. Kelton) ; 1 female, 20 miles E El Salto, Navajos,
Durango, 23 July 1964 (Kelton) ; 1 male, 25 miles E El Salto, 17 July 1964, on
Quercus (Howden) ; 1 male, 28 miles E El Salto, 22 July 1964, on Quercus
(Howden) ; 1 male, Tepalcates, 30 miles W Durango, 4 to 8 August 1972 (Powell,
Veirs, MacNeill) ; 1 female, 8 miles W El Palmito, Sinaloa, 9 August 1972 (Powell).
The slender form, distinctive coloration, and very coarse punctation
of the pronotum will separate this species from other Aneflomorpha.
There is very little variation in color in the type series.
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
205
Natural History of V eromessor pergandei
I. The Nest 1
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae)
Jeanette Wheeler 2 and Steven W. Rissing 3
Laboratory of Desert Biology, Desert Research Institute,
University of Nevada System, Reno, Nevada 89507
An interesting feature of the Hot Desert landscape is the craters made
by the black desert harvesters V eromessor pergandei (Mayr) (see Fig.
1). We studied these ants intensively in the north end of Death Valley
National Monument, California, near Grapevine Ranger Station where
this species is near the northern limit of its range. The area is in a side
canyon off the main valley at an elevation of 800 meters. The living-
trailer belonging to the Laboratory of Desert Biology of the Desert
Research Institute was stationed here. All nests in the intensive study
were in the compacted sand, gravel and boulders deposited in the bottom
of the canyon by flood waters and were in an area 75 by 250 m
(18,750 m 2 ). The duration of the study was 19 May to 22 June, with a
re-check 7-9 July, 1973. Less intensive studies were carried on during
1968-1970 in the Philip L. Boyd Deep Canyon Desert Research Area of
the University of California, Riverside (near Palm Desert, California)
and in Death Valley National Monument from 1968-1974.
The dominant vegetation of our study area is Larrea divaricata Cav.
Smaller shrubs are abundant, including Atriplex hymenelytra (Torr.)
Wats., Franseria dumosa Gray, Hymenoclea salsola T. & G., and Lygo-
desmia spinosa Nutt. Prior to the study period, the winter annuals
(mainly Chaenactis carphoclinea Gray, Chorizanthe brevicornu Torr.,
C. rigida (Torr.) T. & G., Cryptantha angustifolia (Torr.) Greene,
Mohavea breviflora Cov., Oenothera clavaefortnis Torr. & Frem., Phacelia
calthifolia Brand, and P. crenulata (Torr.) had bloomed in profusion.
In the winter of 1972-1973 rains fell at the proper times and in the
correct amounts to produce an impressive display of winter ephemerals
in Death Valley National Monument.
The daily air temperature and amount of cloud cover during the
study period are shown in Fig. 2. Precipitation usually occurs during late
autumn, winter and early spring, with rare summer rains. On 31 May
1 The second portion of this study will contain our report on: “Behavior” and “Literature.”
2 The authors gratefully acknowledge the financial support by the National Science Foundation,
Grants GB 17731X and GB 37241, Dr. Frits W. Went, Principal Investigator.
3 Present address: Department of Zoology, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98105.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51 : 205 - 216 . July 1975
206
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Fig. 1. Worker of V eromessor pergcmdei, X 15. Photograph of living worker by
Kenneth Middleham (Wheeler and Wheeler 1973).
there was 0.25 mm of rain and on 1 June 3.0 mm; on 14 June there was
a trace both morning and afternoon. The average annual precipitation at
the nearest weather station (Furnace Creek, 80 km south and 48.8
m below sea level) is 42 mm, but the extremes are 0.00-115.7 mm.
The Nest
Incipient Colonies . — On 7 June 1973 in the study area, we saw a small
crater about 65 mm in outside diameter at the smoothed edge of a
gravel road. Very small black ants were harvesting at 0800 Pacific
Standard Time; each worked alone and moved very quickly. We exca-
vated the nest, and at a depth of 15 cm we found 9 queens, 40 nanitics
(dwarfed first workers produced by founding queens), and a packet of
Fig. 2. Daily air temperatures and approximate percentage of cloud cover at the
study area, 21 May to 21 June 1973.
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
207
Fig. 3. Left, nest of V eromessor pergandei in Death Valley National Monument.
There are 3 craters in front of the stake bearing the 3 by 5 card. Right, close-up of
one of the craters. Refuse is piled in the foreground and to the left of the crater.
brood. We transported the colony to Reno and placed it in an artificial
nest. The nest had wet paper toweling in the bottom chamber, ants and
brood in the middle chamber, and numerous seeds collected by mature
colonies of V. pergandei in the top chamber. The queens behaved as
workers, moving soil in the chamber, opening their jaws as if they
would attack a disturbing hand or forceps, and tending the brood packet.
The nanitic workers collected seeds of Chenopodium pumilio R. Br.
and Calycoseris parryi Gray and placed them in the brood packet. The
packet consisted of eggs, larvae, and pupae and seeds. We did not
see the queens or workers eating the seeds or paying much attention
to them at any time. One larva had its mouth parts on a seed of Caly-
coseris; another had a seed of Chenopodium on its belly. On 7 July
nanitics harvested seeds of Cryptantha sp. and Phacelia calthifolia from
the top chamber.
Although we continued to observe and water the colony, the queens
and workers began dying. Since no new workers were produced, we
preserved the remnants of the colony on 28 July. Later, about 100 more
nanitics were found at the excavation. Therefore, we judged that our
captive colony failed because there were too few workers.
On 21 June in the study area, we examined numerous craters of about
the same size as the first nest, excavating several. One nest had no queen
that we could find and only a few nanitics. We found 1 or 2 queens in
each of the others, and the workers were more numerous. None of these
nests seemed as prosperous as the colony with 9 queens which we had
excavated on 10 June. On 5 September 1968, in Death Valley, we found
nanitics using an entrance 3 mm by 6 mm beside a rock. In 1970 we
found two incipient nests in Clark County, Nevada. At Mesquite, 2
March (490 m), we excavated 2 queens beneath a small pile of gravel
203
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Table 1. Data on nests studied in Death Valley National Monument.
Nest
number
Abandoned
craters
Active
craters
Length &
width (cm)
Chaff pile
location
Chaff pile
size (cm)
Entrances
Entrance
size (mm)
Location in
crater
1
3
1
45 X 60
E
13X30
A
19X25
W
B
13X63
E
2
30X45
E
10 X 15
C
13 X 13
SE
D
15 X 18
NW
3
23X33
N
8X20
E
30X31
NW
S
13X20
4
35 X 48
N
18 X 33
G
15 X 31
center
H
15 X 18
center
I
8X8
NW
2
1
40 X 48
SW
33X33
l A
13 X 13
E
Became inactive during study
J B
30 X 50
NW
none
C
13 X 13
2
15 X 18
s
6 X 15
D
25X25
N
3
23X28
s
8X15
E
15X63
N
3
3
1
40X45
NE
30 X 45
A
40X50
center
2
55 X 70
N
8X75
B
19 X 195
N
S
5X45
C
25X25
center
D
18 X 18
S
3
40 X43
N
5X 75
F
25 X 30
s
4
29 X 35
N
16X21
G
35X38
center
E
25 X 5
H
18X25
N
SW
12 X 17
5
none
1
85X65
E
5X90
A
31 X81
E
B
31 X 31
center
C
13 X 19
N
D
13X38
N
E
38 X 75
N
F
5X5
N
8
none
1
45X45
SW
1 X 40
A
19 X 241
N
2
31 X 43
SW
6X9
B
20 X 35
N
10
5
1
58 X 48
NW to
10 X 90
A
19X25
W
SE
on a road shoulder; the entrance was closed. Nearby at Cactus Springs,
4 March (100 m) , in Larrea , Franseria , Atriplex and scattered Prosopis,
we found a 25 mm crater which we excavated, finding a few nanitics
only.
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
209
Fig. 4. Maps of active craters (outline), refuse piles (stippled), and entrances
(solid spots or lines within crater) which are lettered. Nest 2, entrance C lacked
a crater.
Winged males and females were found at the entrances of Nest 2
(Table 1), 20 March 1974, by Dr. F. W. Went. Females were more
numerous than males and scurried back into the nests when approached.
In Deep Canyon on 9 March 1970 at 914 m elevation, we found 72
winged females and 18 males with over 2000 workers in a nest with 2
craters about a meter apart. We could not find any brood (Wheeler and
Wheeler 1973: 171). Therefore we judge that mating flights take place
in April and that our captive colony was about 2 months old when
excavated.
Craters . — The portion of the mature nest (Fig. 3) above ground
consists of one or more craters within an area of several square meters.
Active craters, entrances and refuse piles of 4 of the intensively studied
nests are shown in Fig. 4. Table 1 gives the dimensions of the craters;
locations and dimensions of the refuse piles; numbers, dimensions and
locations of the entrances within each crater for all intensively studied
210
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
nests. The crater of Nest 5 has remained about the same size since about
1968. Its entrance is through the asphalt in a service road.
A typical nest has 2 or 3 active craters, each 35 by 43 cm in outside
diameter, with a refuse pile on the northern periphery, 11 cm wide and
in a 37-cm arc adjacent to the crater. The craters are made of sand and
fine gravel removed from the underground excavation. The typical
crater has 2 entrances 20 by 40 mm. The sand nearest the entrance —
on both the upper and lower surfaces — is held together by a yellowish
cement. This same material is apparently used as a coating on the
walls of the galleries and chambers, for we found a stain here also.
This cement seems to be fecal material of workers. It dissoves readily in
water and has a distinctly foul odor, similar to that of urine. Drops of
what appeared to be the same material were found in the refuse pile in
the shape of miniature (about Vz mm) discs. Ants were picked up in a
teaspoon to induce them to drop their seeds. When annoyed thus, they
smeared the spoon with a drop of greenish-yellow material from the
anal region; it hardened to a varnish-like finish. This substance might
also play a role in defense, in navigation or in marking territory.
On 23 May, Nest 9 was partially excavated, leaving a trench 45 cm
wide and 45 cm deep. New entrances were opened by the workers in both
walls and excavated material and organic refuse dropped into the
trench. The trench was then lined with cellophane. From 29 May to
10 June, about 570 g of sand and organic refuse were dropped into
the trench by the workers; 10-17 June, 790 g; 17-21 June, 275 g. Hence,
at this one entrance an average of 80 g per day of refuse and excavated
material were removed from the nest. Two factors decreased accuracy in
these measurements: (1) wind blew some of the material away; (2) it
was impossible to distinguish between what the ants had carried out of
the nest and what had been blown into the trench.
Underground Nest Structure . — Our earlier attempts to excavate nests
of V. pergandei were unsuccessful. Even with the enthusiastic help of a
class of students we have never been able to dig quickly enough to find a
large concentration of ants. We have also tried to make molds of the
underground nest structure with roofing cement, aerosol foam, liquid
plastic, and other substances. On 4 June 1973, about 4% liters of maxi-
mally thinned casting resin (Fiberglas Evercoat) was poured into one
large entrance of Nest 12. The plastic was allowed to set for 2 days before
excavation. A trench was dug beside the entrance and the cast carefully
excavated. Pictures were taken with a Polaroid-Land camera at various
stages to facilitate reconstruction.
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
211
Fig. 5. Structure of excavated nest. Tracing of reconstruction, with labels on
most important structures is shown above. Darkest stipples indicate structures
nearest surface. Highly diagrammatic side view of nest structure under one entrance
is shown below.
In one place the plastic had followed the lower of 2 intersecting
galleries, and it also left a chamber 75 by 125 by 19 mm completely
empty. Other chambers in the excavated nest showed bevelled edges
where the plastic had failed to fill the complete depth of the chamber.
The plastic flowed to a depth of 104 cm and to a distance of 250 cm
horizontally from the entrance. (See Fig. 5.)
The cast was taken in pieces to the Laboratory of Desert Biology in
Reno. There, each piece was cleaned of as much of the adhering debris
as possible. When larvae, fruits or seeds were in the chamber the pieces
were cleaned under a stereomicroscope. After each piece had been
cleaned and examined and the interesting structures photographed the
cast was reassembled.
Just below the entrance was a large chamber (hereafter called the
vestibule) in which there was chaff but only a few seeds. This seemed to
212
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
be the seed-cleaning chamber. The entrances to each lower series of
chambers were offset horizontally from the entrance above. The vestibule
opened into a series of anastomosing chambers which covered an area
about 38 cm in diameter. Seeds were on the floor of these chambers,
4 cm below the soil surface. All seeds had been husked, but all seed
coats were entire. We could germinate these seeds in the laboratory.
Seeds were not sorted but were mixed.
At a depth of about 53 cm was another series of chambers which were
low-ceilinged (up to 10 mm) and covered an area 40 by 48 cm. Each
chamber ranged from 5 cm by 5 cm to 15 cm by 19 cm; the largest had
what looked like two supporting columns near the middle. These
columns were of gravel and were easily cleaned out after the piece
had been soaked. Brood was present from this level to the lowest
chamber (104 cm). Larvae and pupae were mixed. We did not find the
queen nor any young larvae. This did not surprise us, because we had
excavated only about a fifth or sixth of the nest. The other entrances
for this colony were all to the north and west, while our excavation
extended to the south and east.
There was no concentration of workers with the brood, therefore we
concluded that the workers had not attempted to remove the brood in
front of the advancing plastic. In the upper chambers the ants were
imbedded near the edges of the plastic, as if pushed aside, but in the
lower chambers the larvae were found across the entire floor. They
were piled as we have seen them in the nests of many other species when
we uncovered brood-chambers by turning over a stone or lifting a piece
of wood lying on the soil surface. Since we had not previously found
brood, we concluded that the workers of V. pergandei behave as do other
species and that the plastic had trapped the brood and workers in situ.
Some of the seeds which the larvae had next to their mouths had had
the seed coats removed. We did not find any workers near seeds.
Colony -duration . — Figure 6 gives the summaries of the nest counts
on the grids in Deep Canyon and in Death Valley. [Each grid is
marked with stakes every 15Vi m and there are 14 stakes on a side
(=3.9 hectares)]. Well established colonies lasted longer than our 3
(Deep Canyon) or 5 (Death Valley) years of surveys. A quarter of the
Deep Canyon nests that were present on our first survey (1968) were
still present on our latest (1970) , while half of the Death Valley colonies
that were counted in 1968 were still present in 1973.
The fact that a colony was the same from one survey to the next did
not mean that the same entrances were used. We recognized a colony
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
213
S— (
3
O
fl
o
bo
s
co
<d fl
'S ^
o
c o
<D
£
O
5h
H
cd
PI
O
o
fH
<d
s
3
pj
S-H
o
<d
>
3
CO
CO 4->
0) CO
cd
o
"■3
a
o
c g
a °
_E* ^
^ a
o -ft
CO
«+H ?ft
O ,-Q
cd
^ to
CD
l—l
cd
a;
"73
Id
CO
cd
>
cd
£
3
-ft
CD
■M
cd
CD
Q
fl
o
f— 1
o
Jh
CD
£
CO
T3
o
K*'*
S3
cd
o
<D
£
fl
o
4-»
CD
+->
s
CO
S3
a
cd
cd
CJ
o
• r-H
T3
CD
-ft
pE
ft
dj
• S
co
0)
CO
-ft
Q
.s
cd
a
4->
ft
o
a
co
T3
S3
CD
4-H
"fn
o
cd
b£)
’■£
o
CD
CO
<D
-ft
c
4->
O'
• i—i
■4-> 3
ft o
115 I-T-.
c o T3
cd
’>
fH
3
t/} ft ID
CU ft
<D OJ
fH
CO
c/i
a a
o
o
cd
214
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
as still active if a crater or craters were found within, or adjacent to,
the area of craters observed during the previous survey. A well estab-
lished colony had numerous abandoned craters. An abandoned crater
had no entrance, the rim was lower, the refuse pile was dull grey and
and matted and could be picked up in large patches. A new crater was
started almost as soon as an entrance was opened from below. A mature
colony under favorable weather conditions had several entrances active
at the same time; they appeared as described above under “Craters.”
In Deep Canyon, April 1969, we made a survey of the grid. About a
third of the nests were inactive and apparently extinct. However, a half-
inch rain fell during the next night. On the following afternoon in the
warm sunshine, workers were active at nearly all the colonies rebuilding
entrances and craters.
Discussion
All records for winged sexual forms of V. pergandei are for March
and April. In June in Death Valley in 1973, we found numerous craters
25 mm in diameter, which we judged to be incipient colonies. At this
stage these contained only the founding queen, nanitics, and a small
packet of brood. Creighton (1953: 16) reported that the nest-founding
queens made their first nests under covering rocks. In 1968 we found
one incipient nest under a covering rock; all others have been in the
open with small craters.
Mature colonies were reported by both Creighton (1953) and Tevis
(1958) to have only one entrance active at any one time. We have found
that this species may have as many as 8 entrances active simultaneously;
2 or 3 would be the average.
Tevis (1958) followed the spiralling main gallery of a mature nest
to a depth of 4 m in the nearly pure sand of the Whitewater River
terrace. He found shallow seed chambers, but no brood. In 196S-1970
we worked 16-32 km south of his area at elevations of 75-1220 m in Deep
Canyon. Most of our nests were in outwash channels in sand, gravel
and boulders (Wheeler and Wheeler 1973). Whereas Tevis was able to
follow his gallery for nearly 4 m, we lost ours at about 1. The chambers
and galleries were next to large boulders; when we moved them, we
destroyed the structure of the nests. In Deep Canyon and Death Valley
we tried slicing off the top or digging in from the side toward the center
of the nest; even with the enthusiastic assistance of several students, we
were never able to dig quickly enough to find any large concentration
of workers. We did find superficial seed chambers, but never any brood.
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
215
We had tried several times with different substances to make a cast
of a nest of V. pergandei. The cast reported in this paper is not that of an
entire colony: To make such an extensive cast and excavate it would
require energy similar to that involved in digging out an archeological
site ; and it would take the same kind of careful uncovering and mapping.
The underground area of a single mature nest was estimated by Tevis
(1958: 697) as about 15% m (50 ft) in diameter, which he calculated
from the area in which he found the entrances of a nest during one year.
As is shown in Fig. 4, the entrances of the intensively studied nests in
Death Valley do not cover such a large area. On the other hand, both
Creighton (1953) and Tevis (1958) said that only one entrance was in
use by each nest at one time. Perhaps the area in use in one nest is the
same at any one time. We would like to see an entire mature nest
excavated.
The underground structure of the portion of a nest of which we made
a cast is an intricate system of anastomosing chambers and galleries. We
had not expected to find the vestibule, thinking that the uppermost
chamber was a seed-storage chamber. Tevis (1958: 697) said: “An inch
or two under the surface, there was a store of unhusked seeds [= fruits],
probably to be transported below by the ants after the removal of the
chaff, and, at the seven-foot level, a small granary (90 X 50 X 4 mm)
filled with seeds of Amaranthus.” We had not realized that he was
talking about two different stages in seed-handling. Now, with several
casts of the upper portions of the nests, we can corroborate his statement.
We also found the unhusked seeds in the topmost chamber, while the seed
storage chambers are lower and are filled with cleaned seeds. We
disagree on the kinds of seeds in a chamber. We found that seeds of
several genera were mixed in each chamber and that the seeds were piled
together in the seed chambers without any sorting. The plastic certainly
reached these shallow chambers before the ants had a chance to carry
the seeds away or mix them.
In the lower chambers, containing brood, the position of the larvae
with seeds adjacent to their mouths certainly looked as if both larvae
and seeds were in normal positions for feeding by the larvae. We have
observed in artificial nests living larvae of V eromessor spp. and Pogono-
myrmex spp. with seeds in similar positions. The further observation
that the nanitic workers in the incipient colony placed seeds in the brood
packet served to strengthen our hypothesis that larvae behave as a
digesting link in the feeding of these harvester ants (Went, et al. 1972).
This suggests that in V. pergandei the larvae are used as Wiist (1973)
216
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
reported for Monomorium pharaonis Linnaeus, and as Ishay and Ikan
(1968) reported for the Oriental wasp Vespa orientalis F. ; the larvae
digest foods and feed the mature workers with products of digestion.
Wrist found that in M. pharaonis , the secretions from the larval labial
glands which the workers imbibed contained amino acids, traces of
proteins, and showed protease activity; the proctodeal secretions from
the rectal bladder had a high water content and contained amino acids
with traces of proteins. She found no trace of carbohydrates nor fats
in either secretion.
Colonies near the northern limit of the range apparently last longer
than those near the center: such would be the implication of our nest
counts on the Deep Canyon and Death Valley grids. Roger Mauer
(unpublished Master’s thesis) found that the same species of desert
rodents lived longer in Death Valley than in Deep Canyon. There is
more cover and the variety of seeds is greater in Deep Canyon than
Death Valley; so this observation is also peculiar. Why an organism
(if one considers an ant colony as such) should live longer at the edge
of its range than near the center is an intriguing problem.
Literature Cited
Creighton, W. S. 1953. New data on the habits of the ants of the genus
Veromessor. Amer. Mus. Novitates 1612: 1-18.
Ishay, J. and R. Ikan. 1968. Food exchange between adults and larvae in Vespa
orientalis F. Anim. Behav. 16: 298-303.
Tevis, L. 1958. Interrelations between the harvester ant Veromessor pergandei
(Mayr) and some desert ephemerals. Ecol., 39: 695-704.
Went, F. W., J. Wheeler and G. C. Wheeler. 1972. Feeding and digestion in
some ants ( Veromessor and Manica ) . Biosci., 22: 82-88.
Wheeler, G. C. and J. Wheeler. 1973. Ants of Deep Canyon, Colorado Desert,
California. University California Press. 162 pp.
Wust, M. 1973. Stomodeale und proctodeale Sekrete von Ameisenlarven und
ihre biologische Bedeuntung. IUSSI. London Proc., 7 : 412^118.
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
217
Sciomyzidae of Oregon
(Diptera)
T. W. Fisher and R. E. Orth
Division of Biological Control
University of California, Riverside 92502
Introduction and Background 1
Sciomyzid flies, commonly referred to as swale or marsh flies, are
found world-wide and most of the more than 500 named species occur
in the northern hemisphere. The family Sciomyzidae is separated from
other acalyptrate Diptera by the following characters: oral vibrissae
absent, post vertical bristles diverging, costa entire, subcosta complete,
one or more tibiae with preapical bristles. Body length within the
family ranges from 2 to 12 mm and may be pale yellowish-brown to
brown to gray to black in color. At rest marsh flies impart a grasshop-
per-like appearance because of the well developed hind legs and the
head held higher than the abdomen. The more hygrophilous species
of these rather slow flying Diptera are often seen resting head end
directed downward on emergent rushes or grasses along the margins
of ponds, lakes, and sluggish streams. However, genera such as Limnia
and Tetanocera are commonly taken well removed from free standing
or flowing water in rather typical mesic habitats.
Subsequent to the discovery by Berg (1953) that larvae of sciomyzid
flies kill and consume aquatic snails, extensive biologies of nearly 200
species have been studied, mainly at Cornell University. It is now es-
tablished that larvae of all species studied are obligate mollusk feeders.
Some develop only on slugs or terrestrial snails, but most feed on fresh-
water snails. Certain species feed specifically on fingernail clams, and
an eastern U.S. seaboard species is associated with a strandline marine
snail. Host association or feeding habit of sciomyzid larvae varies among
the species from saprophagous to overt predation to parasitoid. Certain
species, mainly among the Sciomyzini are highly host specific. Certain
species of Antichaeta (Tetanocerini) oviposit on the egg mass of the
host snail, and the first-instar larvae feed obligatorily on snail embryos.
Instars II and III require more food and in addition attack snails such
as Physa directly. Biologies of nearctic Sciomyzidae include those
published by Bratt, et al. (1969), Fisher and Orth (1964), Foote and
Knutson (1970), and Neff and Berg (1962, 1966).
1 This study was partially supported by University of California Agricultural Experiment Station
Project 2037, “Biological Control of Non-marine Mollusks.”
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 217-235. July 1975
218
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Applied interest in sciomyzid flies relates to the fact that certain fresh
water snails serve as intermediate hosts of digenetic trematode diseases
of higher vertebrates. Lymnaeid snails infest most wet pasture areas
and are the intermediate hosts of liver flukes, Fasciola spp., which cause
“liver rot” or “red water” in ungulates. Pregnant females may abort,
infected animals become weak, and may die. Those which make it to
the slaughter house produce inferior carcasses, and the infested livers
cannot be sold as human food. Now that control of mosquito-borne
diseases of man, such as malaria, filariasis, etc., has been greatly im-
proved, Bilharzia, or schistosomiasis, has become the disease of prime
importance in tropical climates of the world. The causative organisms,
Schistosoma spp., must complete part of the life cycle in an aquatic
snail and, as reported by Malek (1961), several species of snails may
serve as the intermediate hosts. Swarms of cercariae issue from infested
snails and swim to and penetrate the derm of man, the definitive host.
Repeated exposure adds to the blood fluke population within the human
body and severe debilitation and often death from secondary factors
follows.
Although formal documentation is meager, there is no dispute from
an academic view that sciomyzid flies are potential tools for the control
of the snail vectors of trematodes. However, Boray (1964, 227) “. . .
considered it unlikely that (in Australia) sciomyzid flies will prove to
be of value as a means of biological control of Lymnaea tomentosa ”
(host of Fasciola hepatica) . Boray ’s statement appears to apply equally
to our field experience with F. hepatica in western U.S. during the past
15 years. Earlier, Chock, et al. (1961) reported on the introduction into
Hawaii of Sepedon macropus for biological control of Lymnaea ollula
a host of Fasciola gigantica. The senior author collected a few adult
S. macropus during a survey trip to Hawaii in 1965 and was informed by
local entomologists and ranchers that the snail population was lower
than it was when S. macropus (plus other sciomyzid species) were first
introduced. However, animal industry people were of the opinion that
no reduction in the incidence of fluke-infested livers was evident from
slaughter house records.
There have been no publications to our knowledge attesting to the
successful utilization of sciomyzid flies for the biological control of the
snail intermediate hosts of human schistosomes.
Thus, with present evaluation criteria, the few attempts to utilize
sciomyzid flies either by introduction or manipulation of native species
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
219
for biological control of vector snails of trematodes have not resulted
in significant clinical or economic reduction of the incidence of disease
either in man or animals. The presumed explanation is that (1) snail
populations cannot be eradicated, i.e. totally destroyed, by their natural
enemies, and (2) the trematode population remains viable in a very low
snail population. To date the only methods known which can effectively
eliminate flukes even from localized areas are to separate snails and
vertebrates either mechanically by drainage or fencing, or to kill the
snails with chemical molluscicides. It is beyond the purpose of this
paper to discuss parameters such as (1) the effect of molluscicides on
non-target organisms, (2) the rapid rate of reinvasion by the highly
ecologically diverse snails, and (3) ecological factors operating for and
against successful colonization of natural enemies in an aquatic habitat.
Sources of Material
During the course of a field survey in progress since 1962, the authors
have developed a catalogue of sciomyzid flies of western North America.
The data herein constitute an annotated checklist of Sciomyzidae known
to occur in Oregon. It is primarily a qualitative presentation of species
based on approximately 2,000 specimens seen by the authors from
fifteen sources. It also includes records published by Bratt, et al. ( 1969 ) ,
Foote (1961), Steyskal (1965), and Neff and Berg (1966) as well as
unpublished records (correspondence) of L. V. Knutson and G. C.
Steyskal (USNM), the leading American specialists on sciomyzid tax-
onomy.
Sources of material or information are indicated by the following
codes, and the assistance and cooperation of all persons mentioned are
gratefully acknowledged :
BAF* = B. A. Foote (1961)
CAS = California Academy of Sciences (P. H. Arnaud, Jr.)
CU* = Cornell University, det. by L. V. Knutson
GCS* = G. C. Steyskal (1965)
OSDA = Oregon State Department of Agriculture (R. L. Westcott)
OSU = Oregon State University (P. Oman)
OSU* = Oregon State University, det. by L. V. Knutson
UCB = University of California, Berkeley (E. I. Schlinger)
UCD = University of California, Davis (R. 0. Schuster)
UCR r= University of California, Riverside (T. W. Fisher and R. E. Orth)
UI = University of Idaho (W. Barr)
220
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
UK = University of Kansas (G. W. Byers)
USNM =r U.S. National Museum (P. Hurd, L. V. Knutson, G. C. Steyskal)
WSU = Washington State University (W. J. Turner)
WSU* Washington State University, det. by L. V. Knutson
Codes without asterisk indicate source of material seen by the authors.
Codes with asterisk indicate material as reported by Knutson, Steyskal, Foote, or
Bratt mainly from USNM and CU records, or reported in correspondence with
the authors.
No code indicates material collected by either or both authors (UCR) during
52 collections made on four trips into Oregon — 6-8 August 1968, 17-21 June 1969,
9-12 July 1970, and 19-20 June 1972.
Format
For each species is cited the original description, type locality, type
depository if known, and an abbreviated synonymy. State or province
records only are used to indicate distribution outside of Oregon.
OREGON RECORDS: In order to simplify the checklist, collection
data have been summarized to indicate only the earliest and latest col-
lection dates in the calendar year, the years spanned, and the lowest and
highest elevations as stated on labels. Details can be provided by the
authors upon request.
Antichaeta robiginosa Melander
Melander, A. L. 1920. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 13(3) : 317. Holotype 2 ;
Three Forks, Gallatin Co., Montana; USNM; Redescribed — -Fisher, T. W. and
R. E. Orth. 1969a. Pan-Pac Entomol. 45(1) :32-43. Neallotype, Alturas, Modoc
Co., California; USNM.
Distribution: Calif., Mont., Oreg., Wash.
Oregon Records: 18 June to 8 August; 1968 to 1970; 400 to 4750 feet elev.
LAKE CO.: Drews Valley; 9 mi. south of Lakeview. LANE CO.: Eugene.
WASCO CO.: 13 mi. north of Warm Springs.
Antichaeta testacea Melander
Melander, A. L. 1920. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 13(3): 318. Holotype $;
Gallatin Co., Montana; USNM.
Distribution : Calif., Idaho, Mont., N. Mex., Oreg., S. Dale., Utah.
Oregon Records: 21 July 1969; 1250 feet elev.
JOSEPHINE CO.: 0.5 mi. south of Cave Junction.
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
221
Antichaeta vernalis Fisher and Orth
Fisher, T. W. and R. E. Orth. 1971. Pan-Pac. Entomol. 47(1): 38-40. Holo-
type $, Allotype; Willits, Mendocino Co., California; CAS no. 10208. [Prior to
1971 conspecific with A. robiginosa .]
Distribution: Calif., Idaho, Oreg., Wash.
Oregon Records: 5 to 27 March; 1919 to 1942; 160 feet elev.
MARION CO.: Turner (OSU) ; Roberts (OSU). WASHINGTON CO.: Forest
Grove (UCB) .
Atrichomelina pubera (Loew)
Loew, H. 1862. (Sciomyza) Smithsn. Misc. Collect. 6(1[= Pub. 141]) : 106-107.
Holotype $ ; Middle states.
Distribution: Alta, to Ont., continental United States excluding Alaska, south
to Mexico (D. F.).
Oregon Records: 17 June to 20 October; 1917 to 1970; 224 to 4400 feet elev.
BENTON CO.: Corvallis (BAF*) ; Philomath (BAF*). CLACKAMAS CO.:
Colton (OSDA) . CROOK CO.: 19 mi. south of Prineville. HARNEY CO.:
45 mi. east of Burns (OSDA). HOOD RIVER CO.: Hood River. JOSEPHINE
CO.: 0.5 mi. south of Cave Junction. KLAMATH CO.: 4 mi. east of Sprague
River; 20 mi. north of Klamath Falls; Klamath Falls (BAF*). LANE CO.:
Eugene; 15 mi. west of Oakridge. LINCOLN CO.: 4 mi. south of Newport
(OSDA) ; Newport (BAF*). MARION CO.: 0.5 mi. west of Mill City; Salem-
Albany (BAF*). YAMHILL CO.: 5 mi. south of Dayton. WASCO CO.: 13 mi.
north of Warm Springs.
Dictya expansa Steyskal
Steyskal, G. C. 1938. Occas. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan 386: 9. Holotype
$ ; Detroit, Michigan.
Distribution: B. C. to Que., Wash, to N. Y., s. from Ariz. to Ga.
Oregon Records: 17 August to 22 September; 1963 to 1968.
MALHEUR CO.: 12 mi. southwest of Nyssa (OSDA). UMATILLA CO.:
Hermiston (OSDA); Cold Springs (BAF*). UNION CO.: 8 mi. southeast
La Grande (OSDA).
Dictya fontinalis Fisher & Orth
Fisher, T. W. and R. E. Orth. 1969. Pan-Pac. Entomol. 45(3) : 222-228. Holo-
type 8, allotype; Boca Spring, Nevada Co., California; CAS no. 10207.
Distribution: Calif., Oreg.
Oregon Record: 24 May 1964.
JOSEPHINE CO.: 4 mi. west of Selma (OSDA).
222
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Dictya Montana Steyskal
Steyskal, G. C. 1954. Ent. Soc. Amer. Ann. 47: 534. Holotype $, allotype;
Paradise Cove, Marin Co., California; USNM. [We recognize four clinal forms,
all of which occur in Oregon.]
Distribution: B. C. to Sask., s. to Calif., Ariz., Colo.
Oregon Records: 27 May to 25 August; 1944 to 1972; 150 to 5000 feet elev.
BENTON CO.: Corvallis (BAF*) ; 10 mi. south of Corvallis, Winkle Lake
(OSU). CLACKAMAS CO.: 0.5 mi. west of Government Camp. CROOK CO:
10 mi. southeast of Prineville (BAF :I: ) ; 19 mi. south of Prineville. CURRY CO.:
Floras Lake, 12 mi. north of Port Orford (OSD A). DESCHUTES CO.: 6 mi.
southwest of Bend (OSDA) ; Redmond, Deschutes River (BAF :!: ). GRANT CO.:
10 mi. north of Seneca (BAF*). HOOD RIVER CO.: 1 mi. south of Hood
River; 15 mi. southeast of Hood River (OSDA), 0.5 mi. south of Sherwood
Campground. JACKSON CO.: 9 mi. north of Butte Falls (OSDA) ; Jenny
Creek, Hwy. 66; 1.3 mi. southwest of Prospect; Medford (BAF*); Butte Falls
(BAF*). JOSEPHINE CO.: 0.5 mi. south of Cave Junction; Merlin (OSDA).
KLAMATH CO.: Klamath Game Refuge; 4 mi. east of Sprague River; Odell
Lake (BAF*). LAKE CO.: Drews Valley; 9 mi. south of Lakeview; 12 mi.
east of Lakeview (OSDA) ; south end of Summer Lake (OSDA). LANE CO.:
4 mi. east of Belknap Springs (USNM) ; 5 mi. south of Cottage Grove (OSDA) ;
Eugene; 7 mi. west of Eugene. MALHEUR CO.: Juntura (OSDA). MARION
CO.: 0.5 mi. west of Mill City. MULTNOMAH CO.: Portland (OSDA).
WASCO CO.: Mt. Hood National Forest; 13 mi. north of Warm Springs.
YAMHILL CO. : 5 mi. south of Dayton.
Elgiva connexa (Steyskal)
Steyskal, G. C. 1954. ( Hedroneura ) Ent. Soc. Wash. Proc. 56(2) : 60. Holotype
$, Allotype; Matanuska Valley, Alaska, USNM no. 51609. [We recognize a
separate distinct clinal form in parts of northern Oregon and Washington.]
Distribution: Alaska to Ont., s. to Calif., N. Mex., Nebr.
Oregon Records: 1 July to 13 September; 1918 to 1970; 150 to 5000 feet elev.
BENTON CO.: Corvallis (UCB), 10 mi. south of Corvallis (BAF*). CLACK-
AMAS CO.: 0.5 mi. west of Government Camp. GRANT CO.: 10 mi. north
of Seneca (BAF*). LAKE CO.: Drews Valley; 9 mi. south of Lakeview.
MARION CO.: 0.5 mi. west of Mill City. WASHINGTON CO.: Forest Grove
(UCB). YAMHILL CO.: 5 mi. south of Dayton.
Elgiva sundew alli Kloet and Hincks
Kloet, G. S., and W. D. Hincks. 1945.
Synonymy: Hedroneura Hendel; rufa Panzer, lineata Day.
Distribution: Alaska to N. S., s. to Calif., N. Mex., N. Y.
Oregon Records: 17 June to 7 August; 1964 to 1972; 150 to 5000 feet elev.
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
223
JOSEPHINE CO.: 0.5 mi. south of Cave Junction. KLAMATH CO.: 20 mi.
north of Klamath Falls; Klamath Game Refuge. LAKE CO.: Drews Valley.
LANE CO.: Eugene airport. UNION CO.: North Powder (OSDA) . YAMHILL
CO.: 5 mi. south o.f Dayton.
Hoplodictya acuticornis (v. d. Wulp)
Wulp, F. M. van der. 1897. ( T etanocera ) Biologia Centrali- Americana. Diptera.
II, 358. April 1888-May 1903. Holotype $' Mexico, Northern Sonora (Morrison).
[Separated from Hoplodictya spinicornis (Loew) and redescribed by Fisher and
Orth (1972a).] Lectotype $, Paralectotypes ; Brit. Mus. Natl. Hist.
Distribution: B. C., Ont., Ariz., Calif., 111., Kans., Okla., Oreg., Nebr., N. Mex.,
Utah, Wash.
Oregon Records: 19 June to 8 August; 1968 to 1972; 1250 to 4750 feet elev.
JACKSON CO.: Eagle Point. JOSEPHINE CO.: 0.5 mi. south of Cave Junc-
tion. LAKE CO.: 9 mi. south of Lakeview.
Limnia boscii (Robineau-Desvoidy) *
Robineau-Desvoidy, J. B. 1830. (Pherbina) . Inst, de France, Sci. Math, et Phys.,
Acad. Roy. des Sci., Mem. presen tes par divers Savans [ser. 2], 2: 690. Holotype
2 ; The Carolinas.
Distribution : Alaska to Nfld., s. to Calif, and N. C.
Oregon Records: 17 June to 9 July; 1949 to 1972. 1200 to 4440 feet elev.
BAKER CO.: Baker (USNM). CLACKMAS CO.: 0.5 mi. west of Government
Camp. JEFFERSON CO.: 8 mi. north of Camp Sherman (OSDA). JOSEPHINE
CO.: 0.5 mi. south of Cave Junction. KLAMATH CO.: 6 mi. south of La Pine;
Crescent, Deschutes Rd. WASCO.: Mt. Hood National Forest; 13 mi. north of
Warm Springs.
Limnia inopa (Adams) t
Adams, C. F. 1904. (Tetanocera) . Kans. Univ. Sci. Bui. 2 [=: whole ser., 12]:
448 (r: Kans. Univ. Bui. (6)). Holotype $ ; Washington Territory.
Distribution : Alta., B. C., Calif., Idaho, Mont., Oreg., Wash.
Oregon Records: 3 July to 26 July; 1931 to 1970; 400 to 4750 feet elev.
BAKER CO.: Spring Creek (WSU). HOOD RIVER CO.: Hood River (UK);
Mt. Hood (UK) ; 0.5 mi. south of Sherwood Campground. JACKSON CO.:
5 mi. southwest of Sams Valley (WSU). WASCO CO.: Hwy. 26, 1.5 mi.
south of junction Hwy. 216.
* We feel L. boscii is a composite of 3 species. In a generic revision of North American species
of Limnia by Steyskal, Fisher, Knutson and Orth, (ms. in prep.), L. sandovalensis Fisher & Orth
will be the name applied to all the Oregon “ boscii ” we have seen.
■f Limnia inopa (Adams) 1904 resurrected. Synonymy: Limnia brevicostalis Melander, 1920.
Revision in press. Fisher & Orth (1975).
224
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Limnia pubescens (Day)
Day, L. T. 1881. {Tetanocera). Canacl. Entom. 13: 86. Types S and $;
Washington Territory.
Distribution: B. C., Calif., Idaho, Greg., Wash.
Oregon Records: 21 May to 29 August; 1935 to 1960; 1350 to 1540 feet elev.
BENTON CO.: Corvallis (BAF*) ; Monroe (BAF*). HOOD RIVER CO.:
Mt. Hood (UK). JACKSON CO.: Tou Velle State Park, 8 mi. north of
Medford (OSU) ; Phoenix (BAF*). MULTNOMAH CO.: Portland (BAF*).
YAMHILL CO.: McMinnville (CAS).
Limnia saratogensis (Fitch)
Fitch, A. 1855. ( Tetanocera ). N. Y. State Agr. Soc. Trans. (1854) 14: 772.
Holotype 2 ; New York.
[We no longer recognize Limnia saratogensis. The description is vague and letter
correspondence (16 August 1972) from L. V. Knutson USNM, reads “The type
of L. saratogensis Fitch is in the USNM and is a badly molded, unrecognizable
female. ...” We feel locality references for L. saratogensis in Oregon made by
B. A. Foote (1961) probably should be assigned to L. severa Cresson.]
Limnia severa Cresson
Cresson, E. T., Jr 1920. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 46: 80. Holotype $ ; Cayton,
Shasta County, California; CAS. Synonymy: Limnia unguicornis var. severa
Cresson; Limnia saratogensis var. severa Cresson; Limnia saratogensis var. armipes
Melander; Limnia armipes Melander; [For complete details see Fisher and Orth
(1971).]
Distribution: B. C., Ariz., Calif., Colo., Oreg., Wash.
Oregon Records: 15 June to 13 August; 1945 to 1972; 50 to 4750 feet elev.
COOS CO.: Bandon (OSDA). DOUGLAS CO.: 3.8 mi. northeast of Jackson
Co. line; Tenmile (OSDA). JACKSON CO.: Eagle Point; Jenny creek; 6 mi.
north of Medford; 1.3 mi. southwest of Prospect; 2 mi. south of Willow Lake,
Indian Glade (OSDA). JOSEPHINE CO.: 0.5 mi. south of Cave Junction;
Lake Selmac (UCB). KLAMATH CO.: 15 mi. southwest of Keno (WSU). LANE
CO.: 2 mi. south of Florence (USNM). WASCO CO.: Mt. Hood National
Forest; 13 mi. north of Warm Springs. WASHINGTON CO.: Timber (OSDA).
Ptierbellia griseola (Fallen)
Fallen, C. F. 1820. (Sciomyza) . Sciomyzides Sveciae, 14. Type; Europe.
Distribution: Europe; Ont., Queb.; Calif., Idaho, Mich., Mont., N. Y., Oreg.,
Utah, Wash.
Oregon Records: 20 June to 7 August; 1968 to 1972; 390 to 4540 feet elev.
KLAMATH CO.: Klamath Game Refuge; Silver Creek State Park. LANE
CO.: Eugene airport.
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
225
Pherbellia humilis (Loew)
Loew, H. 1876. (Sciomyza). Ztschr. f. die Gesam. Naturw. 48-330. Types $
and $: Texas. Synonymy: Pherbellia grisescens (Meigen), palaearctic, see
Steyskal (1963).
Distribution : Throughout s. Canada and U. S., south to Costa Rica, see Bratt,
et al., (1969).
Oregon Records: 17 June to 7 August; 1963 to 1972; 150 to 5200 feet elev.
CROOK CO.: 19 mi. south of Prineville. DOUGLAS CO.: Diamond Lake.
HARNEY CO.: 45 mi. east of Burns (OSDA). JACKSON CO.: Eagle Point,
Hwy. 62; 6 mi. north of Medford; northwest of Tou Velle St. Park; Butte
Falls (BAF :|: ) • KLAMATH CO.: Klamath Game Refuge; 20 mi. north of
Klamath Falls. LANE CO.: Eugene. WASCO CO.: 13 mi. north of Warm
Springs. YAMHILL CO.: 5 mi. south of Dayton.
Pherbellia idahoensis Steyskal
Steyskal, G. C. 1961. Papers Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts, Letters. 46: 411. Holotype
$ ; Moscow, Latah Co., Idaho; UI.
Distribution: Calif., Idaho, Oreg., Wash.
Oregon Records: 20 June 1972 and 3 July 1954; 4105 and 4200 feet elev.
KLAMATH CO.: Klamath Falls (UI) ; Silver Creek State Park.
Pherbellia melanderi Steyskal
Steyskal, G. C. 1963. Papers Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts, and Letters. 48: 117.
Holotype $ ; Three Forks, Gallatin Co., Montana; USNM.
Distribution: Calif., Colo., Mont., Oreg., Utah.
Oregon Records: 5 June to 17 June; 1963 to 1972; 4160 feet elev.
HARNEY CO.: 9 mi. north of Andrews (OSDA). KLAMATH CO.: 20 mi.
north of Klamath Falls.
Pherbellia nana (Fallen)
Fallen, C. F. 1820. {Sciomyza). Sciomyzides Sveciae. 15. Lund. Types $
and $ ; Europe.
Distribution: Europe; Alaska, Canada, U. S., s. to Mexico (D. F.).
Oregon Records: 27 March to 5 September; 1918 to 1972.
BENTON CO.: 12 mi. south of Corvallis (BAF). CROOK CO.: Prineville
(BAF) ; 19 mi. south of Prineville. CURRY CO.: 12 mi. north of Port Orford,
Flores Lake (OSDA). DESCHUTES CO.: 20 mi. south of Bend (BAF);
Pringle Falls, west of La Pine (BAF). HARNEY CO.: 9 mi. north of Andrews,
Alvord Hot Springs (OSDA). HOOD RIVER CO.: Parkdale. JACKSON CO.:
6 mi. north of Medford; northwest of Tou Velle State Park; Prospect (BAF).
JEFFERSON CO.: 8 mi. north of Camp Sherman (OSDA). JOSEPHINE CO.:
226
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
0.5 mi. south of Cave Junction. KLAMATH CO.: Crescent, Deschutes Rd. ;
7 mi. south of Klamath Falls; 20 mi. north of Klamath Falls; Klamath Game
Refuge; 6 mi. south of La Pine; Silver Creek State Park; 4 mi. east of Sprague
River. LAKE CO.: 12 mi. south of Lalceview (OSDA) ; south end Summer Lake
(OSDA) . WASCO CO.: 13 mi. north of Warm Springs. WASHINGTON CO.:
Forest Grove (UCB). UMATILLA CO.: Uldah (BAF*). COLUMBIA CO.:
Scrappoose ( B AF * ) .
Pherbellia obscura Ringdahl
Ringdahl, 0. 1948. Opuscula Entomologica 13: 52. Synonymy: Separated from
Pherbellia ventralis (Fallen), palearctic; see Bratt, et al., (1969:73).
Distribution: Europe; Alaska, Canada, U. S.
Oregon Record: 160 feet elev.
MARION CO.: Salem (CU*).
Pherbellia oregona Steyskal
Steyskal, G. C. 1961. Papers Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts, Letters 46: 411-412.
Holotype $ ; Forest Grove, Washington Co., Oregon; UI.
Distribution: Calif., Oreg.
Oregon Records: 5 July 1963, 40 feet elev.; 11 July 1970, 900 feet elev.
LINCOLN CO.: 4 mi. south of Newport (OSDA). MARION CO.: 0.5 mi.
west of mill City.
Pherbellia propages Steyskal
Steyskal, G. C. 1966. Papers Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts, Letters 51: 37-38. Holotype
S ; Aweme, Manitoba; USNM no. 67877.
Distribution: Alaska throughout Canada s. to northern Calif, to Ohio.
Oregon Records: 1 April to 26 September; 1919 to 1969; 400 to 4750 feet elev.
BENTON CO.: Parker Creek, Mary’s Peak (OSDA). HOOD RIVER CO.:
0.5 mi. south of Sherwood Campground. MARION CO.: Breitenbush (OSDA).
WASCO CO.: Mt. Hood National Forest. WASHINGTON CO.: Hillsboro
(OSDA).
Pherbellia schoenherri maculata (Cresson)
Cresson, E. T., Jr. 1920. {Melina). Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc. 46: 48. Holotype
$ ; Illinois; ANSP no. 6222.
Distribution: Alaska to Nfld. s. to Calif., Colo., 111., N. Y.
Oregon Records: 12 July to 8 August; 1967 to 1970; 3500 to 5000 feet elev.
CROOK CO.: 27 mi. east of Prineville (BAF). JACKSON CO.: Jenny Cr.,
Hwy. 66. KLAMATH CO.: 8 mi. east of Chemult (UCB) ; 4 mi. east of Sprague
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
227
River. LAKE CO.: Drews Valley; 9 mi. south of Lakeview. UNION CO.: 8
mi. southeast of La Grande (OSDA) .
Pherbellia vitalis (Cresson)
Cresson, E. T., Jr. 1920. {Melina). Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc. 46: 43-44. Holo-
type $ ; Berkeley Hills, Alameda Co., California; ANSP no. 6221.
Distribution : Alaska e. to northern Que. s. to Calif., N. Mex., Kans., Ind., N. Y.
Oregon Records: 5 May to 26 September; 1918 to 1972; 400 to 4400 feet elev.
COLUMBIA CO.: St. Helens (BAF). BENTON CO.: Parker Creek, Mary’s
Peak (OSDA). HARNEY CO.: 45 mi. east of Burns (OSDA). JACKSON CO.:
Butte Falls (BAF*) ; southwest of Prospect. KLAMATH CO.: Crescent,
Deschutes Rd.; 7 mi. south of Klamath Falls; 20 mi. north of Klamath Falls;
4 mi. east of Sprague River. LAKE CO.: 12 mi. south of Lakeview (OSDA).
LANE CO.: Eugene. WASCO CO.: 13 mi. north of Warm Springs. WASH-
INGTON CO.: Forest Grove (UCB) . UMATILLA CO.: Cold Springs (BAF).
Pteromicra siskiyouensis Fisher & Orth
Fisher, T. W. and R. E. Orth. 1966. Pan-Pac. Entom. 42(4) : 307-318. Holo-
type $, Allotype; Grass Lake, Siskiyou Co., California; CAS no. 10168. [Spec-
imens may he labeled as Pteromicra nigrimana (Meigen) prior to separation by
Fisher and Orth (1966).]
Distribution: Alta., B. C. ; Calif., Idaho, Mont., Oreg., Wash., Wyo.
Oregon Records: 20 June to 7 August; 1968 to 1972; 4160 to 5100 feet elev.
KLAMATH CO.: Klamath Game Refuge; 20 mi. north of Klamath Falls;
Odell Creek; Silver Creek State Park; east of Willamette Pass.
Renocera cyathiformis Melander
Melander, A. L. 1920. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 13: 319. Type; Mount Consti-
tution, Orcas Island, Washington.
Distribution : Alaska, Calif., Colo., Idaho, Oreg., Mich., N. Mex.
Oregon Records: 18 June to 9 July; 1963 to 1970; 3380 to 3750 feet elev.
CLACKAMAS CO.: 0.5 mi. west of Government Camp; 1 mi. north of Govern-
ment Camp; Mt. Hood Natl. Forest. UNION CO.: 10 mi. south of Tollgate Pass,
Hwy. 204 (OSDA).
Renocera pacifica Curran
Curran, C. H. 1933. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Amer. Mus. Novitates 682: 9.
Holotype $ ; Boiler Bay, Oregon.
Distribution: Oregon.
Oregon Records: 18 May 1930.
228
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
LINCOLN CO.: Boiler Bay. This species is known only from the Holotype $.
[We have not seen the type, hence we must reserve judgement regarding the
taxonomic affiliation of this specimen. Because species separation in many
sciomyzid genera is more easily definitive on the basis of male characters, we
would not be surprised if R. pacifica and R. cyathiformis are conspecific.]
Sciomyza SIMPLEX Fallen
Fallen, C. F. 1820. Sciomyzides Sveciae.: 12. Types $ and 2 : Europe.
Distribution: Europe; Alaska to Manitoba, s. to Calif., Ariz., Wyo., Mich.
Oregon Records: 20 June to 8 August; 1968 to 1972; 4160 to 5000 feet elev.
KLAMATH CO.: 4 mi. south of Fort Klamath; Klamath Falls (BAF*) ; 7 mi.
south of Klamath Falls; 20 mi. north of Klamath Falls; Silver Creek State
Park; 4 mi. east of Sprague River; LAKE CO.: Drews Valley; 9 mi. south of
Lakeview.
Sepedon armipes Loew
Loew, H. 1859. Wien. Ent. Monatschr. 3: 298. Type: Middle States. [Not
yet discovered in Oregon but approaches to within 50 miles of the Oregon border
in Idaho. Oregon specimens labeled Sepedon armipes are probably Sepedon cap-
ellei. See Fisher and Orth (1969b).]
Sepedon borealis Steyskal
Steyskal, G. C. 1951 (1950). Wasmann Jour. Biology 8(3): 283. Holotype $,
Allotype; Yale, Idaho; USNM no. 60906.
Distribution: Alaska, B. C. to Nfld., s. to Calif., N. Mex., 111., Pa., N. Y.
Oregon Records: 18 June to 7 August; 1952 to 1972; 2450 to 4250 feet elev.
BENTON CO.: Corvallis (BAF*). CLACKAMAS CO.: 0.5 mi. west of Gov-
ernment Camp; Mt. Hood National Forest. HOOD RIVER CO.: 1.7 mi. north
of Barlow Pass; 0.5 mi. south of Sherwood Campground. JACKSON CO.:
Jenny Creek, Hwy. 166; 1.3 mi. southwest of Prospect; 2 mi. south of Willow
Lake, Indian Glade (OSDA). KLAMATH CO.: Crescent, Deschutes Rd. ; 8 mi.
east of Chemult, Skookum Butte; 4 mi. south of Fort Klamath; 6 mi. south of
La Pine. LAKE CO.: 11 mi. east of Lakeview (UCB). LANE CO.: 3 mi. west
of Willamette Pass (OSDA). WASCO CO.: Mt. Hood National Forest.
Sepedon capellei Fisher & Orth
Fisher, T. W. and R. E. Orth. 1969. Pan-Pac. Entom. 45(2) : 157. Holotype $ ,
Allotype; Bishop, Inyo Co., California; CAS no. 10166. [Separated from Sepedon
armipes by Fisher and Orth (1969).]
Distribution: Calif., Idaho, Oreg., Nev., Utah.
Oregon Records: 19 May to 18 September; 1917 to 1972; 1200 to 4750 feet elev.
CROOK CO.: Ochoco Creek (OSU*) ; Prineville (OSDA) ; 19 mi. south of
Prineville. DESCHUTES CO.: Bend (OSU*) ; 20 mi. south of Bend (WSU :|: ).
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
229
GRANT CO.: 10 mi. south of Seneca (OSIP, BAF*). HOOD RIVER CO.:
Hood River (UCB). JACKSON CO.: Butte Falls (BAF :|: ) ; nr. Prospect
(BAF :1: ) ; 2 mi. south of Willow Lake, Indian Glade (OSDA). JOSEPHINE
CO.: 0.5 mi. south of Cave Junction. KLAMATH CO.: Crescent, Deschutes Rd. ;
Fort Klamath, Crooked Creek (WSU*) ; 4 mi. south of Fort Klamath; Harpold
Dam (WSU*) ; Klamath Game Refuge; 6 mi. south of La Pine; 4 mi. east of
Sprague River. LAKE CO.: 9 mi. south of Lakeview. MALHEUR CO.:
Malheur River Canyon (OSU*). UNION CO.: North Powder (CU*, UK);
Anthony Lake (UK). WALLOWA CO.: Enterprise (WSU*) ; Minam (WSU*,
BAF*). WASCO CO.: 13 mi. north of Warm Springs. WHEELER CO.: Rich-
mond (WSU*).
Sepedon cascadensis Fisher & Orth
Fisher, T. W. and R. E. Orth. 1974. Pan-Pac. Entomol. 50(3) : 291-297. Holo-
type $ , Allotype ; 0.5 mi. south of Sherwood Campground, Hood River Co.,
Oregon; CAS no. 12038.
Distribution: Known only from the Cascade Mts. of Oregon.
Oregon Records: 22 May to 12 July; 1954 to 1972; 2400 to 3180 feet elev.
HOOD RIVER CO.: Barlow Pass; 0.5 mi. south of Sherwood Campground.
JACKSON CO.: 1.3 mi. southwest of Prospect. MARION CO.: Breitenbush.
Sepedon fuscipennis fuscipennis Loew
Loew, H. 1859. Wien. Ent. Monatschr. 3: 299. Types S and $ ; Middle States.
Distribution: Alaska to Nfld., s. to Calif., N. Mex., Tex., Fla.
Oregon Records: 20 June to 24 October; 1924 to 1969; 50 to 4540 feet elev.
BENTON CO.: 10 mi. south of Corvallis, Winkle Lake (OSU) ; 12 mi. south
of Corvallis (BAF*). JOSEPHINE CO.: 0.5 mi. south of Cave Junction.
KLAMATH CO.: 4 mi. north of Fort Klamath; Klamath Falls (BAF*) ; 10 mi.
north of Klamath Falls (UCB). LANE CO.: Eugene; Eugene airport; 7 mi.
west of Eugene; 0.5 mi. east of Florence. MARION CO.: 0.5 mi. west of Mill
City. YAMHILL CO.: 5 mi. south of Dayton.
Sepedon pacifica Cresson
Cresson, E. T., Jr. 1914. Ent. News. 25: 457. Holotype $ ; Redwood Canyon,
Marin Co., California; ANSP no. 6076. [Material labeled prior to Fisher and
Orth (1972b) may appear as Sepedon praemiosa Giglio-Tos. S. praemiosa does
not occur in the Pacific northwest.]
Distribution: B. C. to Sask. s. to Baja Calif, north to Nev., Colo., S. Dak.
Oregon Records: 17 June to 30 September; 1918 to 1972; 400 to 5000 feet elev.
CROOK CO.: 19 mi. south of Prineville. DOUGLAS CO.: Diamond Lake.
HARNEY CO.: Fields (OSDA). JACKSON CO.: Eagle Point, Hwy. 62;
northwest of Tou Velle State Park. KLAMATH CO.: Bly; Klamath County
Fish Hatchery (BAF*, USNM) ; Klamath Game Refuge; 10 mi. north of
Klamath Falls (UCB) ; Klamath Lake, Eagle Ridge (CAS) ; Silver Creek
230
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
State Park; 4 mi. east of Sprague River. LAKE CO.: Drews Valley. LANE
CO.: Eugene. MARION CO.: 0.5 mi. west of Mill City. UMATILLA CO.:
Hermiston (USNM) ; Cold Springs (BAF*). UNION CO.: Hot Lake (UK);
North Powder (OSDA, UK). WASCO CO.: 13 mi. north of Warm Springs.
WASHINGTON CO.: Forest Grove (UCB). YAMHILL CO.: 5 mi. south of
Dayton.
Sepedon pseudarmipes Fisher & Orth
Fisher, T. W. and R. E. Orth. 1969. Pan-Pac. Entomol. 45(2) : 159-160. Holo-
type $ ; O’Sullivan Dam, Grant Co., Washington; CAS no. 10167. [Separated
from Sepedon armipes by Fisher & Orth. (1969).]
Distribution: B. C., Idaho, Oreg., Wash.
Oregon Records: 11 April 1954.
UMATILLA CO.: Cold Springs (WSU).
Sepedon spinipes Americana Steyskal
Steyskal, G. S. 1951. Wasmann Jour. Biology. 8(3): 277 (1950). Holotype
$ ; Hamburg, Livingston Co., Michigan; USNM.
Distribution: Alaska, B. C. to Que., s. to Calif., Utah, Wyo., Ohio, Pa., N. Y.
Oregon Records: 6 May to 22 September; 1924 to 1972; 2560 to 4540 feet elev.
BAKER CO.: Hereford (CAS). BENTON CO.: Corvallis (BAF*). JACKSON
CO. : southwest of Prospect, Hwy. 62 ; KLAMATH CO. : Crescent, Deschutes Rd. ;
Klamath Game Refuge; Klamath Lake, Eagle Ridge (CAS) ; Silver Creek State
Park. UNION CO.: 8 mi. southeast of La Grande (OSDA).
Tetanocera bergi Steyskal
Steyskal, G. C. 1954. Ent. Soc. Wash. Proc. 56: 66. Holotype $, Allotype;
Matanuska Valley, Alaska; USNM no. 61791.
Distribution: Alaska, B. C., Alta., Manit., Oreg.
Oregon Record: 6 August 1968; 20 feet elev.
DOUGLAS CO.: 7 mi. east of Reedsport.
Tetanocera ferruginea Fallen
Fallen, C. F. 1820. Sciomyzides Sveciae p: 9. Lundae [=Lund]. Types $ and
2 ; Europe. Synonymy: Tetanocera triangularis Loew, Tetanocera huronensis
Steyskal.
Distribution : Europe ; Alaska, B. C. to Nfld., s. to Calif., Colo., S. Dak., 111., N. Y.
Oregon Records: 20 June to 7 August; 1968 to 1972; 4200 to 4540 feet elev.
HARNEY CO.: 19 mi. south of Frenchglen (BAF*)- KLAMATH CO.: Eagle
Ridge, Klamath Lake (GCS*) ; Klamath Game Refuge; Silver Creek State
Park; 4 mi. east of Sprague River. POLK CO.: Buena Vista (BAF*).
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
231
Tetanocera latifibula Frey
Frey, R. 1924. Notulae Ent. 4: 51. Holotype $ ; Europe. Synonymy: Tetano-
cera hespera Steyskal.
Distribution: Europe; Alaska, Alta, Wash., S. Dak., s. to Calif., Utah, N. Mex.
Oregon Records: 30 June to 25 August; 1951 to 1970; 4160 to 5000 feet elev.
BENTON CO.: 10 mi. south of Corvallis, Winkle Lake (OSU). KLAMATH
CO.: Klamath Game Refuge; 7 mi. south of Klamath Falls; 4 mi. east of Sprague
River. LAKE CO.: Chandler State Park (CAS) ; Drews Valley; 5 mi. south of
Lakeview (OSDA) ; 12 mi. south of Lakeview (OSDA).
Tetanocera loewi Steyskal
Steyskal, G. S. 1959. Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts, and Letters, Papers. 44: 68
(1958). Holotype $, Allotype; Deerfield Township, Lapeer Co., Michigan; G.
C. Steyskal, USNM.
Distribution: B. C., Ont. ; Calif., Ind., Mich., N. Y., Ohio, Oreg., Wash., Wis.
Oregon Records: 20 June to 30 September; 1918 to 1969; 360 to 390 feet elev.
LANE CO.: Eugene airport; 3 mi. north of Junction City. WASHINGTON CO.:
Forest Grove (UCB) .
Tetanocera mesopora Steyskal
Steyskal, G. C. 1959. Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, Papers. 44: 70 (1958).
Holotype $, Allotype; Walden, Colorado; G. C. Steyskal, USNM.
Distribution: N. W. T., B. C. to Nfld., s. to Calif., Nev., N. Mex., S. Dak., Mich.,
N. Y.
Oregon Records: 20 June to 7 August; 1932 to 1972; 4160 to 5200 feet elev.
DOUGLAS CO.: Diamond Lake; KLAMATH CO.: 4 mi. south of Fort
Klamath; Klamath Falls (OSU) ; 7 mi. south of Klamath Falls; Klamath Game
Refuge; 4 mi. east of Sprague River.
Tetanocera plumosa Loew
Loew, H. 1847. Stettin. Entom. Zeitung 8: 201. Holotype $ ; Sitka, Alaska;
MCZ. Synonymy: Tetanocera nanciae Brimley; Tetanocera plumifera Wulp.
Distribution: Alaska, B. C. to N. S. s. to Calif., Ariz., N. Mex., Mo., 111., Pa.,
N. Y.
Oregon Records: 18 May to 10 October; 1949 to 1972; 1300 to 5000 feet elev.
CROOK CO.: Powell Butte (BAF*). DESCHUTES CO.: 20 mi. south of
Bend (BAF*) ; 10 mi. northeast of La Pine (BAF*) ; Redmond (BAF*) ;
Tumalo Reservoir (BAF*). GRANT CO.: 3 mi. east of Prairie City (OSDA).
HARNEY CO.: Hines (OSDA) ; Indian Creek southeast of Frenchglen (OSDA).
JACKSON CO.: 23 mi. southeast of Eagle Point, Upper Dead Indian Soda
Springs (OSU) ; Jenny Creek, Hwy. 66; nr. Prospect (BAF*) ; Tou Velle
232
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
State Park, Rogue River (OSU). JOSEPHINE CO.: 0.5 mi. south of Cave
Junction; 4 mi. north of Selma (OSU) ; 4 mi. west of Selma (OSDA). KLA-
MATH CO.: 4 mi. north of Fort Klamath; 4 mi. south of Fort Klamath; Kla-
math Falls (BAF :I: ) ; 20 mi. north of Klamath Falls; Klamath Game Refuge;
6 mi. south of La Pine; 4 mi. east of Sprague River. LAKE CO.: Chandler
State Park (CAS) ; Drews Valley; 9 mi. south of Lakeview; 12 mi. south of
Lakeview. LANE CO.: 8 mi. south of Florence (USNM). MARION CO.:
Breitenbush (OSDA). UNION CO.: 8 mi. south of Union, Catherine Creek
State Park (OSU). WALLOWA CO.: Enterprise (BAF*) ; Minam (BAF*) ;
6 mi. west of Wallowa. WASCO CO.: 13 mi. north of Warm Springs.
Tetanocera obtusifibula Melander
Melander, A. L. 1920. Ann. Entom. Soc. Amer. 13 (3) : 328. Cotypes, thirty-
seven specimens; Pullman and Mount Constitution, Washington; Worley, Idaho;
Stanford, California ; USNM.
Distribution: B. C., Calif., Idaho, Oreg., Wash.
Oregon Records: 25 May to 18 September; 1918 to 1972; 20 to 3500 feet elev.
BENTON CO.: 10 mi. south of Corvallis (BAF*). DOUGLAS CO.: 7 mi. east
of Reedsport. HARNEY CO.: Alvord (OSDA). JACKSON CO.: Jenny Creek,
Hwy. 66; 6 mi. north of Medford; 9 mi. north of Prospect. Woodruff Meadows
(OSDA). JOSEPHINE CO.: 0.5 mi. south of Cave Junction; Redwood Hwy.,
mile post 19 (OSDA). LANE CO.: 3 mi. north of Junction City. LINN CO.:
9 mi. north of Brownsville (BAF*). WASCO CO.: MT. Hood National Forest;
13 mi. north of Warm Springs; Hwy. 26, 1.5 mi. south of Jet. with Hwy. 216.
WASHINGTON CO.: Forest Grove (UCB).
Tetanocera plebeia Loew
Loew, H. 1862. Smithsn. Inst., Smithsn. Misc. Collect. 6(1): 120. Types $
and $ ; Middle States.
Distribution: Alaska, Yukon Terr., B. C. to Nfld. s. to Calif., Ariz., N. Mex.,
Iowa, 111., Ind., Ohio, W. Va., N. Car.
Oregon Records: 2 June to 7 August; 1917 to 1972; 2450 to 5240 feet elev.
CLACKAMAS CO.: Mt. Hood National Forest; 0.5 mi. west of Government
Camp. DESCHUTES CO.: Sisters (BAF*) . DOUGLAS CO.: Diamond Lake
(CAS) ; 3 mi. southwest of Diamond Lake; 3.8 mi. northeast of Jackson Co.
line, Hwy. 230. HOOD RIVER CO.: Hood River (UCB) ; Mt. Hood; 0.5 mi.
south of Sherwood Campground. JACKSON CO.: Jenny Creek, Hwy. 66;
1.3 mi. southwest of Prospect; nr. Prospect (BAF*). KLAMATH CO.: 4 mi.
north of Fort Klamath; 6 mi. south of La Pine; Odell Lake (BAF*) ; east of
Willamette Pass. WALLOWA CO.: Enterprise (BAF*) ; 6 mi. west of Wallowa
(OSDA).
Tetanocera robusta Loew
Loew, H. 1847. Stettiner Ent. Stg., 8: 197. Types $ and 2 : Europe. Synon-
ymy: Tetanocera papillifera Melander.
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
233
Distribution: Europe; Alaska to Nfld., s. to Calif., N. Mex., S. Dak., Wis., Mich.
Oregon Records: 18 June to 8 August; 1951 to 1972; 150 to 5100 feet elev.
BENTON CO.: 10 mi. south of Corvallis (BAF*) . CLACKAMAS CO.: 1 mi.
north of Government Camp; Mt. Hood National Forest. CROOK CO.: 1 mi.
north of Prineville. GRANT CO.: nr. Strawberry Lake (BAF* ) . HARNEY CO.:
Fish Lake, Steens Mts. (CAS). HOOD RIVER CO.: 0.5 mi. south of Sherwood
Campground. KLAMATH CO.: Klamath Falls (BAF*) ; Odell Creek; east
of Willamette Pass. LAKE CO.: Drews Valley; 9 mi. south of Lakeview.
WALLOWA CO.: Enterprise (BAF :|: ). WASCO CO.: 13 mi. north of Warm
Springs. YAMHILL CO.: 5 mi. south of Dayton.
Tetanocera rotundicornis Loew
Loew, H. 1861. Berlin. Ent. Ztschr. 5: 344. Types $ and 2. English River,
Ontario.
Distribution: Alaska to Nfld., s. to Oreg., 111., N. Y.
Oregon Record: No dates available; 4105 feet elev.
Oregon (GSC*). KLAMATH CO.: Klamath Falls (BAF*).
Tetanocera soror Melander
Melander, A. L. 1920. Ann. Entom. Soc. Amer. 13: 328. Type; Mica, Wash-
ington; USNM.
Distribution: Calif., Idaho, Mont., Nev., Oreg., Wash.
Oregon Records: 25 May to 30 September; 1918 to 1972; 1300 to 5000 feet elev.
BENTON CO.: Corvallis (BAF*) ; 10 mi. south of Corvallis. JACKSON CO.:
6 mi. north of Medford. LAKE CO.: Drews Valley. KLAMATH CO.: Snookum
Meadow (UCB). WASCO CO.: Mt. Hood National Forest; Hwy. 26, 1.5 mi.
south of Jet, with Hwy. 216; 15 mi. west of Pine Grove. WASHINGTON CO.:
Forest Grove (UCD).
Tetanocera unicolor Loew
Loew, H. 1847. Stettin Ent. Ztg. 8: 199. Types $ and 2 : Europe.
Distribution: Europe; Alaska to Nfld., s. to Oreg., Ariz., Iowa, Wis., Mich., N. Y.
Oregon Records: 12 June to 9 July; 1965 to 1970; 2450 to 4100 feet elev.
CLACKAMAS CO.: Mt. Hood National Forest; 0.5 mi. west of Government
Camp. HOOD RIVER CO.: Barlow Pass; 1.7 mi. north of Barlow Pass; 0.5 mi.
south of Sherwood Campground. JACKSON CO.: 1.3 mi. southwest of Prospect.
JEFFERSON CO.: 8 mi. north of Camp Sherman (OSDA).
Tetanocera vicina Macquart
Macquart, J. 1843. Soc. Roy. des Sci., de l’Agr. et des Arts, Lille, Mem. (1842) :
337 or Dipt. Exot. (1843) 2(3): 180. Type; Philadelphia.
234
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Distribution : B. C. to Nfld., s. to Calif., Ariz., N. Mex., Iowa, 111., Ind., Ohio,
W. Va., N. Car.
Oregon Records: 3 May to 7 August; 1917 to 1972; 20 to 5000 feet elev.
BENTON CO.: Corvallis (BAF*) ; Corvallis, Oak Creek (OSDA). DES-
CHUTES CO.: north of La Pine (BAF*). DOUGLAS CO.: 7 mi. east of Reeds-
port. HOOD RIVER CO.: Hood River (UCB). JACKSON CO.: Butte Falls
(BAF*) ; nr. Prospect (BAF*) ; 1.3 mi. southwest of Prospect; northwest of
Tou Velle State Park; 2 mi. south of Willow Lake, Indian Glade (OSDA).
JOSEPHINE CO.: 0.5 mi. south of Cave Junction. KLAMATH CO.: 4 mi.
north of Fort Klamath; 4 mi. south of Fort Klamath. LAKE CO.: Drews
Valley. LANE CO.: Eugene airport; 3 mi. north of Junction City. WALLOWA
CO.: Minam (BAF :|: ). WASCO CO.: 13 mi. north of Warm Springs.
Literature Cited
Berg, C. O. 1953. Sciomyzid larvae (Diptera) that feed on snails. Jour. Parasitol.,
39(6): 630-636.
Boray, J. C. 1964. Studies on the ecology of Lymnaea tomentosa, the interme-
diate host of Fasciola hepatica; I. History, geographical distribution, and
environment. Australian Jour. Zool., 12(2) : 217-230.
Bratt, A. D., L. V. Knutson, B. A. Foote, and C. O. Berg. 1969. Biology
of Pherbellia (Diptera: Sciomyzidae) . Cornell University Agricultural
Experiment Station Memoir, 404: 1-246.
Chock, Q. C., C. J. Davis, and M. Chong. 1961. Sepedon macropus (Diptera:
Sciomyzidae) introduced into Hawaii as a control for the liver fluke
snail, Lymnaea ollula. Jour. Econ. Entomol. 54(1) : 1-4.
Fisher, T. W. and R. E. Orth. 1964. Biology and immature stages of Anti-
chaeta testacea Melander (Diptera: Sciomyzidae). Hilgardia, 36(1):
1-29.
1966. A new species of Pteromicra from western North America and resur-
rection of Pteromicra pleuralis (Cresson). (Diptera: Sciomyzidae).
Pan-Pac. Entomol., 42(4): 307-318.
1969a. A synopsis of the Nearctic species of Antichaeta Haliday with one new
species (Diptera: Sciomyzidae). Pan-Pac. Entomol., 45(1): 32-43.
1969b. Two new species of Sepedon separated from S. armipes Loew in
western North America (Diptera: Sciomyzidae). Pan-Pac. Entomol.,
45(2): 152-164.
1971. Limnia armipes Melander synonymized with Limnia severa Cresson
(Diptera: Sciomyzidae). Pan-Pac. Entomol., 47(2): 164.
1972a. Synopsis of Hoplodictya Cresson with one new species (Diptera:
Sciomyzidae). Ent. News, 83: 173-190.
1972b. Resurrection of Sepedon pacifica Cresson and redescription of Sepedon
praemiosa Gilio-Tos with biological notes (Diptera: Sciomyzidae).
Pan-Pac. Entomol., 48(1) : 8-20.
1975. The genus Limnia in California (Diptera: Sciomyzidae). Pan-Pac.
Entomol., 51(2). (in press).
Foote, B. A. 1961. The marsh flies of Idaho and adjoining areas (Diptera:
Sciomyzidae). Amer. Midland Nat., 65(1): 143-167.
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
235
Foote, B. A. and L. V. Knutson. 1970. Clam-killing fly larvae. Nature, 226
(5244) : 466.
Malek, E. A. 1961. The ecology of schistosomiasis. Chapter 10, pp. 261-327,
IN Studies in medical geography. Vol II. Hafner Publ. Co., Inc., N. Y.
Neff, S. E. and C. 0. Berg. 1962. Biology and immature stages of Hoplodictya
spinicornis and H. setosa (Diptera: Sciomyzidae) . Trans. Entomol.
Soc. Amer., 88(2) : 77-93.
1966. Biology and immature stages of malacophagous Diptera of the genus
Sepedon (Sciomyzidae). Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Agricultural
Experiment Station, Bull. 566. pp. 1-113.
Steyskal, G. C. 1963. Entomology Taxonomic notes on Sciomyzidae (Diptera:
Acalyptratae) . Papers Mich. Acad., Sci., Arts, Letters, 48 : 113-125.
1965. Family Sciomyzidae (Tetanoceridae) , pp. 685-695. IN: Stone, A.,
et al. A catalogue of the Diptera of America north of Mexico. U. S.
Dept. Agric., A.R.S., Handbook No. 276, pp. 1-1696.
ERRATA
A Correction in Notation of Sex of Type Specimens of Pseudatrichia
inelanderi Kelsey. — While checking the Diptera types on deposit in the Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences, preparatory to publishing a list of types held by
them, it was discovered that there was a discrepancy in the material at hand and
that published with the description of P. melanderi in Kelsey, L. P., 1969,
A Revision of the Scenopinidae (Diptera) of the World. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bui.
277, p. 256 and I was asked to clarify the situation.
On checking my original drawings and notes I find that there was indeed an
error in the designated sex of the Holotype and Allotype which should be
corrected to read as follows:
Holotype: Femcde (USNM) 67465
Allotype: Male etc. (CAS) 8925
Lewis P. Kelsey, Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology, University of
Delaware, Newark, DE 19711.
236
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Host Plants, Behavior, and Distribution of the Eucerine
Bees Idiomelissodes duplocincta (Cockerell) and
Syntrichalonia exquisita (Cresson)
(Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae)
Thomas J. Zavortink
Department of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco, California 94118
The monotypic eucerine bee genera Idiomelissodes and Syn-
trichalonia are limited to the arid portions of southwestern United States
and northern Mexico. According to LaBerge (1957), Idiomelissodes is
related to the more widespread genera Svastra and Anthedonia , and
Syntrichalonia is perhaps related to the widespread genus Synhalonia
(as Tetralonia ). The species of Idiomelissodes and Syntrichalonia ,
duplocincta (Cockerell) and exquisita (Cresson) , respectively, have been
collected rarely, and very little is known about their flower preferences
or behavior. The purposes of the present paper are to briefly summarize
my observations on the host plants and behavior of these bees, and to
extend their known distributions.
Most specimens reported here are in the collection of the California
Academy of Sciences or in my private collection. Other specimens
reported are in the following collections: Arizona State University;
Instituto de Biologia, Universidad Nacional Autonoma, Mexico City;
Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County; United States National
Museum of Natural History; and University of California at Berkeley.
I thank F. F. Hasbrouck, P. D. Hurd, Jr., E. G. Linsley, and R. R.
Snelling for permission to examine the specimens in their care, E. G.
Linsley and R. R. Snelling for criticizing the manuscript, and Roxi
Berlin for typing the manuscript and preparing the tables.
Idiomelissodes duplocincta (Cockerell)
In southeastern Arizona and southwestern New Mexico, duplocincta
occurs in the Sonoran and Chihuahuan deserts, where females gather
pollen from flowers of barrel cactus, Ferocactus wislizenii (Engelm.)
Britt. & Rose, throughout the hottest part of the day in the late summer.
Both sexes of duplocincta visit other flowers for nectar, and in south-
western New Mexico I have collected specimens at the flowers of the
following additional plants: Cevallia sinuata Lag. (Loasaceae), Hoff-
mannseggia densiflora Benth. (Leguminosae) , and Lippia wrightii
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51 : 236 - 242 . July 1975
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
237
3 cfl
3 "3
S3 .9
kH
03
ft
<13
rx
-ft
kH
q" S
Ph *i-i
H
<13
±h
3 03
£ a
* r—l
r n E -1
s <73
“ kH
3
HO
3
3
3
O
ffi
-ft
o C/3
o
Oh
cd
4-»
3
3
K - O
M k=H
• ro
e
cu
«s
s
3
03
kH
3
co
3
C3 J5
*3 ^
<U O
o
Ik.
<03
kl
03
ft
03
a s
° H
3
HH
• X t>- ^
ft. r.
O On •
O r—l CJ
S' "G &
s c ^
^ co 8
^ £r h
© S
Co
fl
CO
• Kl
fKi
CD
CD
<D
4-i
->? J2
©
3
a
03
kH
3
03
3
O
TS
cfi
3
O
3
3
kH
03 .
> £
03
“ bp
3
O
3
3
kH
3
O
(3
O
03
'O
o
o
3
P3
o
03
. 03 .ft
rH ^ r3
. £
KH
4-1
3
3
O
03
3
3
H
bJD
3
rH
ft
3
CJ T3
CD
o
• rH
kH
13
ft
03
Of
o o
o o
Of
kO t-
r— 1 i — 1
■SO
So
Of
1
o o
o o
Of
in ko
i — i i — i
so
So
Of
1
o o
o o
^ m
Of
rH r— H
So
So
Of
1
o o
o o
Of
CO T?
rH i — 1
So
So
Of
1
o o
o o
CO CO
Of
1 — 1 1 — 1
So
So
Of
1
o o
o o
Of
rH CO
1 — 1 1 — 1
So
So
Of
ci o
Of
o o
O i—l
rH rH
So
So
Of
ci o
Of
o o
Ok o
O 1—1
so
So
co
03
4->
3
Q
CJ
Z
CJ CJ
lo
CJ
Cl CM CM
N N 1/3 1/5
CO
CJ CO
t-
CJ
2
'J CO ^
CO
'S'
o
CO
hJ< rf
LO
CJ
z
CO CO
CO CO r?
CO
CO
kO
CO
CO
kO
Th
CO
I-
<o
LO
LO
CO
kO
o
CO
CO
kO CO
CO
CJ
z,
CO
CO
CO
CO
t>
t>
l>
c-
I'-
c-
Ok
Ok
Ok
Ok
Ok
Ok
1— 1
1 — 1
r-H
r—l
rH
r—l
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
3
3
3
3
3
3
<1
<
<1
<!
<1
kO
r-
LO
kO
CO
Ok
r-H
r-H
Ck|
CJ
CJ
CJ
a
4^>
o
H
238
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Gray (Verbenaceae) . Males from Baja California Sur that I have
examined were collected at the flowers of Asclepias sp. ( Asclepiadaceae) ,
Melochia tomentosa L. (Sterculiaceae) , and Wislizenia refracta Engelm.
var. mamillata (Rose) Wiggins (Capparidaceae) .
At Rock Hound State Park in southwestern New Mexico, duplocincta
started arriving at F erocactus wislizenii at 0900-1015 Mountain Stan-
dard Time (MST) on several mornings in 1973, and at 1045-1145 MST
on two mornings in 1974, and continued to forage until 1500-1615 MST
in the afternoon (Table 1). The air temperature varied from 24-31° C
during my observations of the bees in 1974; the temperature was not
recorded in 1973, but it was much higher, and this may account for the
earlier arrival of the bees at the barrel cacti that year. At a site near
Continental in southeastern Arizona, duplocincta was active on Fero-
caclus wislizenii from 1000-1015 MST until 1600 MST in both 1973
and 1974 (Table 2). At both localities, the daily foraging period of
duplocincta appears to be well synchronized with the presentation of
pollen by the barrel cacti. Individual flowers of these plants last three
days. On the second and third mornings of their existence, the flowers
open from 0830-0930 MST in bright sunlight, and pollen is available
immediately. On all three afternoons, the flowers close from 1500-1700
MST in bright sunlight.
Females of duplocincta may approach a barrel cactus and fly directly
into a flower, or they may approach and hover at a height of about
10-30 centimeters over the plant for several seconds before either land-
ing or flying away. During this hovering, a female may drop to within
a few centimeters of a flower, or strike it, or even alight on it momen-
tarily, and then rise again one or more times. Once a female has
settled on a flower, it crawls into the space between the style and
innermost stamens and disappears from sight while it gathers pollen;
after gathering pollen, it backs from this space and flies from the
flower. At this time, it may again hover over the cactus for several
seconds before departing or re-entering the same flower. Males of
duplocincta fly rapidly around the barrel cacti, and sometimes hover
over them, but they rarely land in the flowers. At Rock Hound State
Park in 1973, they were frequently seen perching on twigs of mesquite,
Prosopis glandulosa Torr. var. torreyana (L. Benson) M. C. Jtn., that
extended over or near barrel cactus plants, and a single mating pair of
duplocincta was observed on such a twig. The foraging activity of
females and the patrolling activity of males are greatly reduced when the
sun is obscured by clouds. Both sexes of duplocincta produce a char-
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
239
HH
o
4-»
( n
cd
(D
a
<D
r^
• rH
H
4->
3
Td
O
tt)
5h
03
nG
C/D
G
<D
03
r l
4-1
• rH
a
in
G
• rH
Csl
o3
4-1
G
1
rH
G
o
CO
*
• rO
c
• K>
r — i
• 2
S
g
• rH
<d
5-1
03
co
nd
o
• rH
5h
CD
ft
CD
a
• r-(
H
i>
os
r_ G
g
o3
CO
O
Os
g
CO
CD
4—1
03
’-a
o
£
G
O
o3
g
o
N
• rH
fH
4->
G
G
O
U
03
a
• rH
fH
o3
4-1
G
CD
G
• rH
4->
G
O
CJ
13
O
•c
a;
Ph
CD
o o
o o
CO O
o
o o
LO O
d>
o
o o
If LO
O Q
o o
00 if
ci
o
o o
O r-H
o o
o o
CM CO
o o
o o
rH CM
I
o o
o o
Os O
O rH
O
CH-
•fo
CH-
CH-
<?0
O
CH-
*0
CH-
CH-
*0
CH-
CH-
CH-
CH-
CH-
Ot
*o
CH-
CH-
w
CD
03
Q
Hf co r-
co co
CO rH On
CM CM
O 1— I C-~
if CM O
CM CM if
CO CM LO
co
if
h-
r-
Os
os
rH
i — i
UJ
be
3
3
H
<
i— 1
r-H
co
CM
240
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
acteristic odor, similar to that of species of Svastra (Epimelissodes) ,
which, depending upon its strength, may be pleasant or unpleasant.
The seasonal flight period of duplocincta is known to extend from
June 15 (LaBerge, 1956:1031) to 6 October; all my collections of this
species have been made in August.
The distribution of duplocincta is summarized by LaBerge (1956:
1031), who records the species from Arizona, California, Chihuahua,
and Coahuila. The species is recorded below for the first time from
New Mexico and Baja California Sur.
Since duplocincta occurs in areas west of the range of Ferocactus
wislizenii and sometimes flies in the early summer, before this cactus
blooms, it obviously cannot be an oligolege of this species. However,
since duplocincta is such a close and constant associate of this plant in
southeastern Arizona and southwestern New Mexico, it probably is an
oligolege of the genus Ferocactus , or, at least, of the family Cactaceae.
Specimens examined: 67 males, 264 females, from: UNITED STATES. Arizona:
Continental (3.1-4.2 mi. SE) ; Graham Mts. (Stockton Pass) ; Mesa; Sahuarita
(1.9 mi. SW) ; Sentinel; Tucson (16-18 mi. S). New Mexico : Deming (7.0 mi.
ESE) ; Rock Hound State Park. MEXICO. Baja California Sur: La Paz (7 mi.
SW, 24 mi. W, 10 mi. NW) ; Penjamo (22 mi. NW) ; Santa Rita (31 mi. S).
Syntrichalonia exquisita (Cresson)
In southeastern Arizona, exquisita occurs most commonly in montane,
forested regions, where it visits the flower heads of several species of
Compositae for both nectar and pollen during the warmest part of the
day in the late summer and early fall. All my records of this species are
from composites with large, showy, yellow, radiate heads in the related,
predominantly American tribes Helenieae and Heliantheae, namely:
Helenium hoopesii Gray, Helianthus annuus L., Heliopsis parvifolia
Gray, Verbesina encelioides (Cav.) Benth. & Hook., and Viguiera
dentata (Cav.) Spreng. Other specimens of exquisita that I have
examined were collected on Asclepias sp. (Asclepiadaceae) , Chrysopsis
sp. (Compositae, Astereae), Encelia sp. (Compositae, Heliantheae),
Helianthus annuus , and Verbesina oreophila Woot. & Standi.
At Rucker Canyon, Chiricahua Mountains, in 1974, exquisita was
active between 0930 and 1615 MST (Table 3). The air temperature in
the upper, narrow part of the canyon, where exquisita visited flowers of
Viguiera dentata, varied from 20-24° C during this time interval; the
air temperature in the lower, broad part of the canyon, where it visited
Verbesina encelioides, was 27° C at the time specimens were collected in
the afternoon. At Rodeo, New Mexico, a male exquisita was collected
241
Vol. 51, No.
3, July 1975
c« %
CJ H-»
m
fH
43
43
G
Pi
PI
1 rH
cd
G
G
~ O
to I— i
43 23
as ^
o .5
43 43
43 fH
S
43
CS
Q r-Q
& fH
43 iu
a
43
a
• r— I
H
-o
fw.
43
'"G
Eh
03
a H
HHJ Kh
a ON £
a V
^.sr
I $ |
a T!
'ojD ^ G
g
o
a
hh»
* ri
<r>
• rH>
a
a<
«
43
43
Sh
03
03
g
o
53 N
■H • ^
a 25
o <3
r-Hi
a
-a ;>>
43
• lO
4.
•M
a
03
fH
43
>
43
Cfi 43
G
G h2
o as
“ 05
£
bl)
G
• rH
4-n
o
43
o
43
G
G
O
^ CJ
43
HH !/} PH
O 'HI H
-G £
^ a
-M O
•pH r h
> CJ
O
G
-G
43
bC
G
43
03
c/f S
G T3
'S 5
fl G O
•3| S
Q§ ft
43
• G G
^ G .S
_£ ^ H
nO O
03
43
Is |
CJ H
i
o+
05-
rH
r—l
o o
o o
CJ
CJ
CJ
40 l -
Z
z z
i — ! I — i
*0
*0
1
05-
05-
r-H
CM
CO
o o
o o
CJ
U0 40
I — 1 1 — 1
CO
r-H
CM
z
40
ci o
o o
LO
o+
rH
r-H
CM
05-
NC
NC
rH r-H
*0
CM
CM
*o
05-
1
05-
r-H
i — i
C/3
T3
o o
o o
co
cj cj
z z
NC
1 — 1 rH
<?0
CO
CO
O
• rH
*o
fH
CD
ft
1)
a
* rH
05-
r-H
l—l
H
1
o o
o o
05-
cj
o
CJ
CM CO
z z
Z
r-H iH
*0
VO
40
fo
05-
r-H
T“" 5
1
05-
O O
o o
CJ
CJ
rH CM
iH rH
*<3
z
04
LO
Z
r-
1
05-
05-
rH
r-H
CM
o o
O o
CJ
CJ
O rH
r-H rH
«0
*0
z
CO
Z
00
05-
rH
40
ci O
O O
05-
CJ
On O
O r-H
<?0
Z
rH
r~
co
i>
Os
i-
tn
03
i — i
o\
C\
04
rH
rH
r-H
"3
bb
rH
4-2
■H
4-2
r c5
Q
P
c
ft
03
ft
03
ft
03
C/3
C/3
in
rH
o
co
LO
VO
t"-
H
242
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
from Helianthus annuus by E. G. and J. M. Linsley between 1630 and
1659 MST when the temperature was 34° C.
Females of exquisita alight on the disks of the composite heads and
gather the fine pollen grains characteristic of these plants in their
dense, highly plumose scopal hairs. Males fly rapidly around and over
the flower-bearing plants and alight occasionally to drink nectar. The
foraging of females and the patrolling of males continue, but at re-
duced levels, when the sun is obscured by clouds for either short or
long intervals.
The seasonal flight period of exquisita in southwestern United States
is during and after the summer rainy season. The earliest and latest
collection dates are 10 August and 4 October, and the greatest number of
specimens has been collected in September. The seasonal flight period
in Mexico is known to extend from 27 July to December.
Syntrichalonia exquisita has been previously reported only from
Mexico (Cresson, 1878) and New Mexico (Cockerell, 1905). In the
following list, it is recorded for the first time from Arizona and Texas
in the United States, and Distrito Federal, Durango, Jalisco, and
Zacatecas in Mexico.
Specimens examined: 61 males, 29 females, from: UNITED STATES. Arizona :
Chiricahua Mts. (Barfoot Camp, Cave Creek Canyon, Rucker Canyon, Rustler
Park) ; Huachuca Mts. (Miller Canyon, Yaqui Canyon Area) ; Mt. Graham;
Patagonia (2.0 mi. SW) ; Santa Rita Mts. (Madera Canyon). New Mexico :
Rodeo; Three Rivers (2 mi. S). Texas-. The Basin, Big Bend National Park;
Van Horn Mts. MEXICO. Distrito Federal : Pedregal de San Angel. Durango :
Nombre de Dios. Jalisco: Mt. Colima (SE slope) ; San Juan Lagos. Zacatecas :
Sombrerete (15 km. E).
Literature Cited
Cockerell, T. D. A. 1905. Some new eucerine bees from the west. Psyche,
12: 98-104.
Cresson, E. T. 1878. Descriptions of new species of North American bees. Proc.
Acad. Natur. Sci. Phila., 30: 181-221.
LaBerge, W. E. 1956. A revision of the bees of the genus Melissodes in North
and Central America. Part I. (Hymenoptera, Apidae) . Univ. Kans. Sci.
Bull., 37: 911-1194.
LaBerge, W. E. 1957. The genera of bees of the tribe Eucerini in North and
Central America (Hymenoptera, Apoidea). Amer. Mus. Novitates,
1837: 1-44.
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
243
New E§tuarine and Intertidal Water Striders
from Mexico and Costa Rica
(Hemiptera: Gerridae, Mesoveliidae)
John T. Polhemus
3115 S. York, Englewood, Colorado 80110 *
The water striders described here are from localities having a marine
influence, and are published so that the names will be available for a
forthcoming work on marine insects. I am indebted to Dr. Paul Arnaud,
Jr. and Vincent Lee of the California Academy of Sciences for making
material available for study, to Lanna Cheng for calling my attention
to the Speovelia from Baja California, and to Dr. Charles Hogue for
suggesting that I investigate the Boca de Barranca area in Costa Rica.
For all measurements 60 units = 1 mm, except where given in mm.
Types held in the Polhemus collection are irrevocably committed to
later placement in a designated type repository.
Family Gerridae
Rheumatobates prostatus , n. sp.
Length, apterous male, 2.5 mm; macro pterous forms unknown. Color; deep
brown to black; dorsum of thorax and abdomen mostly frosted; connexiva, pos-
tero-lateral portion of thorax, head except median longitudinal stripe, orange
brown; broad medial area of pronotum, propleura, venter of head and thorax
yellowish to leucine. Antenna brown, lighter ventrally and on base of segment
I. Fore femur and acetabula yellowish brown, remainder of legs brown, lighter
ventrally. Rostrum infuscated.
Structural characteristics. Antenna, hind legs and abdominal segments of male
modified. Antennal formula I-IV: male, 34:4:32:26; female, 25:5:24:22. Male
antennal segment I swollen, thickest at middle (7), thickly set with anteriorly
directed bristles longer than width of segment where they arise; segment III
slender, slightly curved and thinned distally with about 14-16 anteriorly and
ventrally directed long bristles on basal third, one long anteriorly directed bristle
near distal end; segment IV curved, with 9 long (7) ventrally directed bristles
set in a regular row on the inside of the curvature. Head of male long (32),
broad (28 across antennal tubercles), shorter (26) and narrower (25) in female;
vertex moderately convex in male, less so in female. Male abdominal dorsum
broadly, transversely depressed, tergite II lowest. Venter of abdomen modified
so that ventrite IV is produced into an anteriorly directed protuberance, flanked
by a raised portion of ventrite III; ventrites II-VI converging on this protuberance;
entire median venter deeply excavate cephalad of ventrite VII; anterior margin of
* Contribution from the Department of Environmental, Population and Organismic Biology, Uni-
versity of Colorado, Boulder, 80302 and Martin Marietta Corp., Denver, 80201.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 243-247. July 1975
244
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Fig. 1 . A-B. Rheumatobates prostatus n. sp. A. Male abdominal venter.
B. Side view, ventral projection, male. C. Speovelia mexicana n. sp., male
abdominal venter. D-E. Mesovelia halirrhyta n. sp. D. Male ventral genital
segments. E. Male middle femur.
ventrite VII broadly raised, then deeply excavate caudad; ventrites III and IV
laterally with long ventrally directed tufts of hair; ventrites V and VI laterally
with enormous brushes of very long curved hairs arising from lateral margins,
curving inward and almost touching over midline of venter (Figure 1 A,B).
Connexiva of male almost vertical, flatter in female. Male genital segments
turned down slightly. Fore femur with an anterior basal knob, set with a few
spines along posterior margin. Anterior tarsal claws slightly spatulate, other-
wise unmodified. Posterior trochanter set with four long spines beneath; pos-
terior femur slightly curved and set with long, slender decumbent hairs.
Material-. Holotype {$), and paratypes, 22 $ $ , 37 2 $ (all apterous) and
53 nymphs, Costa Rica, Boca de Barranca, CL1305, 1-7-1970, J. T. Polhemus
(in J. T. Polhemus collection) .
Discussion : This species is the third in a complex comprising pros-
tatus, R. aestuarius Polhemus and R. carvalhoi Drake and Harris, but
is easily separated from the others by the highly modified ventrites
which form a protuberance. For a discussion of aestuarius and car-
valhoi, see Polhemus (1969). All of these species have long brushes of
abdominal ventral hairs forming an arch over the venter. Cheng and
Lewin (1971) discussed the possibility that these were pheromone dis-
persal structures, but I am convinced that they and the depressed venter
form a tunnel into which the female abdomen fits during copulation.
Ecology : Specimens of this insect were collected from an estuary
where a large river enters the Pacific Ocean. They were not seen in the
broad area just inside the bar near the ocean, but were taken perhaps
% mile inland from the sea. Specimens were also collected in a shaded
pond full of sticks and heavy vegetation that is apparently connected to
the estuary at high tide. Limnogonus and Mesovelia also inhabited
this pond, which is in a lowland tropical jungle and must experience
rather large changes of salinity, as another pond only slightly deeper
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
245
in the forest showed no evidence of marine influence but indicated an
abundance of fresh groundwater.
Family Mesoveliidae
Mesovelia halirrhyta , n. sp.
Ground color yellowish brown; legs and two basal antennal segments luteous;
distal two antennal segments brown ; venter yellowish, embrowned laterally. Thorax
frosted on sides. Pronotum short, posterior margin straight; midline lengths of
pronotum:mesonotum:metanotum/13:13:8. Body, legs and antenna set with very
short decumbent pubescence. First antennal segment with 1 long ( 8 ) anteri-
orly directed thin setae at distal three fourths; antennal segments II, III and IV
set with many long, thin setae. Legs with numerous longer thin hairs, hind tibia
with scattered stiff brown setae. Male fore femur armed beneath with 14 black
spines, their lengths % to +5 of the width of the femur where they arise; middle
femora armed beneath with 25 black spines of similar proportional lengths. Fe-
male fore and middle femora similarly armed with 9 and 16 spines, respectively.
Head long (30), broadened anteriorly to antennal tubercles, wide across tubercles
( 22 ) ; with median sulcus posteriorly, reaching caudal margin, becoming evanes-
cent anteriorly between eyes; eyes large (width of eye/interocular space: 9/14)
with many ommatidia, converging anteriorly; length 15; width of eye: interocular
space/10: 13. Antenna long, slender, segment I stoutest; proportions I-IV, 33:
25:47:48. Abdominal tergites I- VI subequal in length, with II and VI slightly
longer (8-9) than the others (each 7). Median pore at anterior % of tergite IV.
All femora stout, tibia and tarsi slender; proportions of legs:
Femur
Tibia
Tarsal 1
Tarsal 2
Tarsal 3
Anterior
51
43
2
6
6
Middle
59
57
2
8
6
Posterior
76
97
3
13
10
First genital segment of male armed at anterior margin with two groups (1 + 1)
of 3 or 4 posteriorly directed thin brown spines. Male parameres small, curved,
elongate.
Male (holotype) length 2.50 mm, width (across abdomen) 0.7 mm; female
length 2.75 mm, width (across abdomen) 1 mm.
Material examined : Holotype (apterous $) and paratypes, 3 $ + 5 2 $ , all
apterous, Costa Rica, Boca de Barranca, CL 1305, 1-7-1970, J. T. Polhemus (in
J. T. Polhemus collection).
Discussion : Mesovelia halirrhyta may be easily separated from its
congeners by the placement, nature and number of thin spines on the
first genital segment, and by the armature of the fore and middle femora.
In genital armature, it most closely resembles Mesovelia horvathi
Lundblad, but the legs are greatly different in the two species. Other
American species have armed femora, but at most 8-10 spines on any
male femur (e.g. M. mulsanti White, M. hambletoni Drake and Harris).
Ecology : These specimens were taken in a pond beside an estuary.
246
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
For a discussion of this site, and the associated fauna, see the notes
under Rheumatabates prostatus n. sp. in this paper.
Speovelia mexicana , new species
Ground color light brown; femora and antenna luteous; femora distally, first
two antennal segments, genital segments lightly embrowned; venter orange brown.
Pronotum with posterior margin sinuate, midline lengths of pronotum:mesonotum:
metanotum 15:8:9. All three segments with broad areas laterally set with fine
pits visible in alcohol. Body, legs and antenna covered with very short pubescence.
Anterior and posterior femora each with one black spine on dorsal surface at
distal three fourths; posterior tibia with six black spines; first and second an-
tennal segments with scattered longer setae. Head long (32), broadened ante-
riorly to antennal tubercles, wide (24) across tubercles; dorsum with median
double parallel lines, joining posteriorly, nearly reaching posterior margin; width
of an eye:interocular space/4:20; eyes small compared to Mesovelia, roughly
faceted, with about 30 to 35 ommatidia. Antennal segment I moderately stout,
II slender, III-IV very long and slender; ratio I-IV, 33:28:54:73. Abdominal
tergites II-VI subequal in length (10), tergite I shorter (8), tergite VII longer
(16) ; genital segments I and II subequal in length dorsally (12). Median pore
at anterior % of tergite 4.
All femora stout, tibia and tarsi slender. Proportions of legs:
Femur
Tibia
Tarsal 1
Tarsal 2
Tarsal 3
Anterior
50
47
3
7
10
Middle
55
58
3
8
12
Posterior
60
80
3
11
13
Male parameres symmetrical, spatulate. Eighth abdominal sternite with two
(1 + 1) lateral callosities, each with a small central tubercle embrowned pos-
teriorly.
Length 2.6 mm, width 1 mm (across abdomen). Winged form and female un-
known.
Material examined: Holotype (apterous $), Mexico, Baja California, Bahia
Concepcion, beach N. of Bahia Coyote, 2 April 1974, #137(2), Vincent F.
Lee; 3 nymphs, same data. All specimens are in the California Academy of
Sciences, in alcohol. 1
Discussion: This species is clearly a Speovelia , being closely allied
to Speovelia maritima Esaki, but easily distinguished by the processes
on the eighth abdominal ventrite. The parameres of mexicana are
1 After this paper went to press, I collected a female of Speovelia mexicana new species on tlie
opposite side of the Gulf of California (paratype, apterous $, MEXICO, SONORA, SAN CARLOS,
CL715, VI-4-1975, J. T. Polhemus; in Polhemus collection). The female is very similar to the male
in most respects, except all femora are armed with 1 spine at distal %, and the posterior tibia has
only 3 spines; slightly longer (3.2 mm) and wider (1.4 mm) than male. Ovipositor sheath similar
to Speovelia maritima Esaki.
The San Carlos specimen was found at midnight skating in a protected tide pool, at low tide,
in the same locality frequented by Enalosalda mexicana (Van Duzee) . Many sea caves and protected
coves occur near San Carlos, and a search of these at low tides should result in further collections
of this interesting insect.
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
247
rather long and slender, spatulate, while those of maritima are rather
broadly expanded distally.
Habitat notes : Vincent Lee has kindly furnished some notes con-
cerning the habitat of this unusual bug, which I paraphrase here. He
stated that the specimens were collected from under rocks atop a
gently sloping reef-like area, with a rocky overhang having a 6—8'
ceiling height covering the intertidal area. The insects were skimming
on the surface of the water that was trapped by the reef after the tide
receded.
Literature Cited
Cheng, L. and R. A. Lewin. 1971. An interesting marine insect, Rheumatobates
aestuarius (Heteroptera:Gerridae) , from Baja California, Mexico, Pa-
cific Insects, 13(2) : 333-341.
Polhemus, J. T. 1969. A new Rheumatobates from Mexico (Hemiptera:Gerri-
dae), J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 42(4): 509-511.
248
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Bee and Wasp Visitors to Kallstroemia grandiflora
After Two Years of Drought
M. A. Cazier and E. G. Linsley 1
In August, 1971, at a site along the Portal Road, two miles north of
Rodeo, Hidalgo County, New Mexico, between the Arizona-New Mexico
state line and U. S. highway 80, Kallstroemia grandiflora (Torrey)
Gray was blooming profusely in large patches on each side of the road.
At that time, the flowers were being visited by 15 species of bees (repre-
senting 11 genera and six families) and three species of wasps (repre-
senting three genera and two families) (Cazier and Linsley, 1974).
Females of seven species of bees were gathering pollen and nectar from
a position on top of the stamens, females, and/or males of seven species
of bees and one of wasps were taking nectar only from the same position,
females and/or males of three species of bees and one of wasps were
taking nectar from beneath the stamens, and females and/or males of
three species of bees and one of wasps were taking nectar from the
underside of the flower (for a description and discussion of these var-
ious processes, see Cazier and Linsley, 1974) .
During the summers of 1970 and 1973 no Kallstroemia seeds germi-
nated within 10 miles of this site, but in 1974 the seeds germinated and
the plants grew and again bloomed profusely in the same areas occupied
in 1971. During the flowering period, other plants which compete with
Kallstroemia for bee and wasp visitors, all of which are polylectic but
often as individuals or local populations constant to particular pollen
sources (bees), were scarcer than usual. This may account in part,
at least, for the fact that half hour samples throughout a diurnal bloom-
ing cycle in mid-August (0800-1400 hours) yielded 951 bees of 25
species representing 15 genera and five families and 63 wasps of 12
species representing 10 genera and four families. The principal species
of bees and wasps, those represented in the samples by five or more
individuals, are listed by half hour (actually 29 minute) periods and
kind of activity at the flowers in tables 1 and 2.
Notes and Comments
As in 1971, the oxaeid Protoxaea gloriosa (Fox) was the largest and
dominant species of bee visiting Kallstroemia flowers. However, indi-
1 Department of Zoology, Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ 85281, and Department of Entomo-
logical Sciences, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720 respectively.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 248-253. July 1975
Vol. 51, No. 3 , July 1975
249
-d
• f— i , _
b £
a
to o
CD °
+j
CO
cl
4-4
CO
CO
'"53
4-1
o
H
O On
CO LO
CO CO
O On
O Oq
CO CO
O ON
co LO
ON] ON]
O On
O ON]
Oq CN|
O On
CO LO
O On
O O]
O ON
CO LO
o o
O ON
O oq
O O
O ON
CO LO
On On
O O
8
ON
oq
ON
o
Q ON
CO LO
00 CO
O O
O On
O O]
CO CO
O O
c n
<u
• pH
o
o
Ph
in
o 0-1 r^LOco o] i— i o o co on coco coloco
CO O On Oq Oq LO I— I CO OJ On! H i— I
NO CNI T? o t- LO
LO ^ O] NO ON T#I
CO h N
CO t NO
NO
On
co Nf CO CO CO NO M N}| co ^ Nf CO
co o] no colo h (M ^ in
i — I l-H ON]
i— I LO ^ On
NO LO i — l
^ co
ON] LO f-
On ^ On
LO 0- CO
ON] r— I
t- ON] ^
ON] 1 “H r—H
On LO T?
ON]
LO On
LO
t— ON]
CO ON]
O]
CO H CO Tfl l—l
0- l-H ON]
LO r-H ON] H ON] rH
NO T?
oq
ON]
oq
oq
Z in Z m in ^ P U z in n m in Z <n in
Ph z PhZZ Oh 2 cl ^ zz p^zz
Of^O CH-CH-tO CH-Of^o CH-O+NO CH-NO CH-O+^O
e
to
o
• pa
©
•-PHS
co
S3
K
<
O
a
to
£
©
o
to
Co
a
Pq
Oq
c n
co
Pp-o
©
CD
a
CD
•pa
<o
R2
CD
£
• pa
1-0
©
co
CO
p_r a
03 JZh >k1
be 0 g
>h u £
0 0 ®
PQ
ed o
J° ,
CJ -H
Co 0
a .** ft
-© £ S
S-3 o
cj
1 2 «
1l I
52 to a
•52 a
^ 22 a
vj
i— T «n <13
2?
2 0 52
22 i> 03
8 Si
<JgS
ts :s 4
■II"
CO ©4
• 52 r
to
Cl ^
0
If
1 §.5
<13
1|
CD O
Sh to
U •
CJ Cl-
13
« £ -T3
• ^ s
’ -i ca
a „
: « — i qd
« a
£
a 22
<o o
o
■8U
CJ P 3
H ^
13 t— 1
£
a
^ a
* f
*2-»
a :
*a
a .a
a <©
a «h
13 0
i a ^
^ o
. o o
Su
PI V
03
22 ^
o
o „
CJ-— .
0
be
to ^
a u
a PQ
22 cd
a w-3
bew-
a
a
a oo
a ^
^ p©
a
03 ‘O
1.S
H ^
« a
cl a
« co
bjD
"13
03 0
n 22
to 22 O
« U
w °
03 CO -
O a
•ph cl
Q 0
CL ^
o a
1 03 13
m S-:
Table 1. (Cont.)
250
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
CD
13
O
H
o on
co lo
co co
8 On
CM
CO co
O On
CO LO
CM CM
O On
O CM
CM CM
O On
CO LO
O On
O CM
O On
CO LO
o o
S ON
CM
O O
O On
CO LO
On On
O O
O On
O CM
On O
O O
O O
CO LO
CO CO
o o
o o
O CM
CO CO
o o
LO r- 1 Tji CO >— I CM ^
TfLOiocMLor^eo'Oco© lo
I — I T— I LO CO
rl O
CO
CM
CM
CO LO
co
f- lo
CO
O O
o-
©
CM
©
CM
CM
VO i— I i— I i — I rH © VO
i — I ©
CM
CM CO
CM
CM
CO
CM
CM CM i— I
CM ©
VO CO
cm r-
i— I co
CM t>
VO LO
I— I ©
t"- LO
©
CM 00
©
Tf rH
("•
CO
co
iz; c/5 c n
Z C/5
Z c/5
z c/5
C/5
C/5
Z C/5
C/5
PP
Z
C/5
z g
Ph Z Z
PP Z
pH Z
Ph Z
Z
Z
PP z
Z
Pi
Z
Ph Z
Of Of <0
CH- Of
Of Of
Of Of
Of
Of
Of «o
Of
«o
Of Of
CD
0)
• i-H
o
<v
Ph
C/3
$3
CD
•Hi
• Hi
’13
o
co
3
S
a
k.
o
c
fc
a
k*
e
• Hi
-hi
Q
B5
«o
g
CJ
2
a,
►H»J
«o
• HH
4 h>
co
O
o
*Hi
* Hi
CO
kO
O
Q
Q
5S
• Hi
'■'O
►a
O
■ki
CO
'E
■ki
a
cl
ang
§
s
k.
<D
k.
■ki
«ka
sila
k.
s
cj
M.
p.
C/5
tn
l— I
cd
4->
o
H
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
251
viduals of both sexes were even more numerous in 1974. Females with
their remarkably developed pollen collecting scopae loaded with the
bright red pollen were very conspicuous as they flew rapidly from
flower to flower, alighting on and grasping the stamens as they rotated
around to each of the five nectaries. Males were even more numerous
and more conspicuous as they established territories throughout the
fields of Kallstroemia , darting at other bees and insects and pausing
periodically for rapid visits to several flowers for the nectar necessary
for them to maintain their constant flight. During these flower visits
the males became almost completely covered with pollen which adhered
to their appendages and ventral surfaces in particular but also to the
head and thoracic dorsum and abdominal apex. In this condition, the
brightly colored pollen is very noticeable in the poising, darting bee.
However, the males, which mass by the hundreds and “sleep” gregar-
iously, remove the pollen from their bodies at or near the aggregation
site before settling in for the evening. In 1974, the males formed their
aggregations in the Kallstroemia fields, utilizing both the stiff branches
of Ephedra trifurca Torrey and the comparatively flimsy stems of
Amaranthus palmeri Watson. Mating pairs were found in the morning
(e.g. 1047, 1050, 1109, 1115 hrs.) hanging from the petals beneath the
Kallstroemia flowers.
In 1974, Ptilothrix sp. nr. sumichrasti (Cresson) was only slightly
less abundant than Protoxaea gloriosa (122$, 23$: 130$, 102$),
judging from our samples, the largest discrepancy being among males.
Mating was not observed. This species was not found at the Rodeo
Kallstroemia site in 1971, but in 1972, 3 females were taken while
gathering pollen from flowers near Apache, Cochise County, Arizona,
about 11 miles to the south.
Other bees well represented in 1974 that were absent or poorly repre-
sented in 1971, were Triepeolus spp. (one of these presumably parasitic
in the nests of Protoxaea gloriosa ), Melissodes limbus LaBerge, Svastra
sabinensis sabinensis (Cockerell), Melissodes verbesinarum Cockerell,
and Melissodes vernalis LaBerge. Melissodes verbesinarum , although
represented by both sexes, did not appear until 1100 hrs., past the peak
of activity of female Protoxaea and Ptilothrix.
Among the species of bees excluded from the table because they
were represented in the samples by less than five individuals were
Pseudopanurgus verbesinae Timberlake ($), Xenoglossodes eriocarpi
(Cockerell) ($), Psaenythia bancrofti Dunning ($, $), Paranomada
velutina Linsley ($) and Triopasites micheneri Linsley ($). Each of
these extract nectar from a position beneath the stamens, and each had
252
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
a
o
o
03
S3
k
S3
O
k
k
o3
4-1
O
03
a
k
©
• 1—4
l 'C3
K
©
k -5
bJO
£
03
a ^
03
©
■ 441
©
k
4-4
<c
93
03
• iH
o
03
a
cn
k
a
k
03
£
O
bD
1 u ^4
^ .a «
'"3 • rH
bD 5 g
a ii 32
S c /3 g
nd ^ 3
?3 ^ S3
O
k
o 3
ffi
C\j
^03
3
cd
H
I*! k
03 cd
—I 4-J
>; 03
03
S3
bD
a
Id
a
3 II
© o "
k| u a
to ° ^
S3 bp H
'■k 03
‘S
> EC
93
S3
93 03
i 4 1
* ^
MH Ph
93
5® 93
a 03
11
=-H (7j
O 03
^ §
C ^
° a
o
k
O
£
k
03
-44
03
03
S3
bD
S3
93 H
03 O
S 2
S 1 II
k bD C /3
£ d pq
^ ^
93
S3
03
.a a
ctf
4-J
CO
0
"o
O °
W) a
?H o
CO
*^3
4-*
o
H
o
©
CO
LO
CO
co
rH
1—1
O
©
o
CM
CO
CO
rH
rH
O
Os
CO
LO
Csl
CM
rH
i— 1
o
©
o
CM
(N
CM
rH
i— 1
o
©
co
LO
rH
i — 1
rH
r— 1
O
©
O
CM
rH
H
rH
r— 1
o
©
CO
LO
o
©
rH
^4
o
©
8
CM
©
rH
i— I
o
©
CO
LO
On
©
O
o
o
©
8
CM
©
©
©
©
©
CO
LO
00
CO
©
o
©
©
©
CM
CO
o
8
CO
a;
• pH
o
03
ft
C/3
■'d* LO i — I © LO VO LO LO LO
to
LO
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
co CM i— I
CM
LO
VO
CO
to
©
CM CM
CM
ro
VO
CM
CO
co
H H C/3 C/3 H PL C/3 C/3
^pcnamppmm
ZZZ^ZZSZ^
O+^OCH-CH-OO+O+'fo^O
a.
<o
Co
03
©
4k»
"3
o
53
03
O
53
S>
53
IS
a
a
k
ft
co
a
a
■ i—i
N
.k,
«)
a
53
■ -4
a
o
’C
a
a
44
a
a
44
a
53
"53 SG
* -4 '^4
CJ 1-0
o a
cd
4-4
o
H
O ^ ^ ^ ^3
co
42
g
o
x
o
(h
cq
p£3
ctf
H
Myzinum sp., Pterocheilus arizonicus Bohart, Astata occidentalis Cresson and Scolia nobilitata fulviventris Bart.
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
253
scattered pollen grains attached to the dorsum and appendages and
parts of the ventral surface, the former presumably resulting from
lightly brushing the stamens as they crawl beneath them, the latter
presumably picked up accidentally from loose pollen in the base of the
flower. (The pollen of Kallstroemia is so adhesive that it adheres to
the body and appendages of such relatively naked parasitic bees as
Triepeolus and Nomada which extract nectar from astride the anthers,
and are thus capable of pollination.)
Excluded bees which take nectar from a position on top of the stamens
include: Svastra heliantharum (Cockerell) (7), Melissodes subagilis
Cockerell ( $ ) , Melissodes brevipyga LaBerge ( $ ) , Xenoglossodes sp.
( $ ) , and Nomia micheneri Cross ( $ ) .
The principal species of bee taking nectar from beneath the flowers
in 1974, as in 1971, was Apis mellifera Linnaeus. However, although
in 1971 no individual worker was observed gathering Kallstroemia pol-
len, in 1974 three individuals were captured inside the flower and each
was carrying Kallstroemia pollen. Centris spp., especially C. atripes
Mocsary and c. atriventris Fox, frequently visit the underside of the
flower for nectar, but they are readily disturbed at a distance of 5 to
10 ft. and are extremely difficult to sample without disturbing other
flower visitors in the area.
Wasps excluded from the table were mostly individuals of species
not taken previously at either the Rodeo or Apache sites and have not
been identified.
Acknowledgments
We are especially indebted to Dr. Wallace E. LaBerge of the Illinois
Natural History Survey for identification of most of the bees obtained
in our samples. Appreciation is also expressed to Juanita M. (Mrs.
E.G.) Linsley and Marjorie Statham Favreau for assistance in field
collections.
Literature Cited
Cazier, M. A. and E. G. Linsley. 1974. Foraging behavior of some bees and
wasps at Kallstroemia grandiflora flowers in southern Arizona and New
Mexico. American Museum Novitates, 2546: 1-20, figs. 1-6, tables 1, 2.
254
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Dcihmsia , a New Genus of Mymaridae
( Hymenoptera : Chalcidoidea)
Richard L. Doutt 1
University of California, Berkeley 94720
Australia has a remarkably rich Mymarid fauna to which this paper
adds the following element:
Dahmsia, new genus
Female. — Body length 0.86 to 1.16 mm. Dark brown, legs light brown, eyes red.
Abdomen petiolate, Figs. 1 and 3. Tarsi 4-segmented, Fig. 7. Head, lateral view,
Figs. 3 and 6, peculiarly shaped with upper face including toruli projected for-
ward from elongate vertex; lower face slanted posteriorly. Longest axis of com-
pound eye horizontal. Mandibles elongate, Fig. 5. Antennal club a single, large,
1 Present address: 1781 Glen Oaks Dr., Santa Barbara, CA 93108.
Figs. 1-3. Dahmsia australiensis. Fig. 1. Body, dorsal view. Fig. 2. Wings.
Fig. 3. Body, dorsal view.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 254^256. July 1975
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
255
Figs. 4-7. Dahmsia australiensis. Fig. 4. Antenna. Fig. 5. Face. Fig. 6.
Head, lateral view. Fig. 7. Foretarsus.
elongate segment; funicle 6-segmented with funicle segment 1 elongate, equal to
pedicel; funicle segments 2 to 6 short, 3 to 6 broad, Fig. 4. Forewings hyaline,
marginal vein elongate with distinct radius, Fig. 2. Marginal cilia of hindwing
longer than those of forewing. Thorax with distinct sculpturing, abdomen smooth,
ovipositor short.
Male.- — Unknown.
Certain features of this genus resemble those characteristic of the
subfamily Eubrocinae proposed by Yoshimoto, et al ., (1972). These
are the elongate mandibles, petiolate abdomen, 4-segmented tarsi, and
9-segmented antennae. The genus Dahmsia differs significantly in
having a short pronotum, differently shaped forewings, and in lacking
the acute angle between the planes of fronto-vertex and lower face
characteristic of the genera in Eubrocinae, namely Euhroncus and
Stomarotrum.
256
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
This genus is named for E. C. Dahms, Curator of Entomology, Queens-
land Museum. The type species is described as follows:
Dahmsia australiensis, new species
Female. — Antenna, Fig. 4, with massive elongate club equal to combined lengths
of scape and radicle. Funicle segment 1 twice length of any other segment;
segments 1 and 2 distinctly more slender than following segments; funicle seg-
ments 3 to 6 short and wide, each with linear sensoria; these obliquely oriented
on segments 3 to 5. Antennal setae very short. Pedicel slightly longer than funi-
cle segment 1. Scape and radicle elongate, scape with reticulate sculpturing on
dorsal surface.
Fronto-vertex produced well forward of ocelli; upper face including toruli a
shelf-like anterior projection of fronto-vertex. From toruli the face abruptly angles
ventrally, then slants posteriorly to clypeus. Compound eyes bordered dorsally and
anteriorly by large, prominent spines. Fronto-vertex reticulate. Mandibles elongate.
Hind wings broadened apically.
Male. — Unknown.
Holotype female. Minyon Falls, N. S. W., Australia, by sweeping native vege-
tation, September 9, 1965, R. L. Doutt. Six paratypes, same data.
Holotype to be deposited at Queensland Museum. Paratypes to be distributed
to California Academy of Sciences, U.S.N.M., and Division of Biological Control,
University of California, Berkeley.
Literature Cited
Yoshimoto, K. M., M. A. Kozlov, and V. A. Trjapitzin. 1972. A new sub-
family of Mymaridae (Hymenoptera, Chalcidoidea) . Rev. Entomol.
U.S.S.R., 51(4): 878-885. (In Russian).
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
Cage for observing and rearing small arthropods. — In studying the biology
of the anystid mite, Anystis agilis (Banks) a need arose for a positive restraining
cage to contain this hyperactive species. Existing cage designs which utilize both
barrier and totally enclosed systems were examined (McMurtry and Scriven 1965,
J. Econ. Entomol., 58: 282-4; Hughes et al. 1966, J. Econ. Entomol., 59: 1024—5;
Horsburgh and Asquith 1968, J. Econ. Entomol., 61: 572-3; Medved and Fleschner
1971, J. Econ. Entomol., 64: 342; Osborn and Laing 1972, J. Econ. Entomol., 65:
1175-6) but all proved unsatisfactory due to one or more of the following reasons:
escape; cage complexity or expense; poor observability or access; mortalities
associated with desiccation, condensation or barriers. To circumvent these dis-
advantages, a cage was developed that is constructed of readily available and
inexpensive prefabricated components (Fig. 1). The design encompasses a con-
finement area and a water reservoir, and appears well suited for observing and
rearing predatory mites and small insects. Its practicality is enhanced by a reusable
main body and easily replaceable, expendable components.
Vol. 51, No. 3, July 1975
257
MEMBRANOUS TOP
Fig. 1. Cage, exploded view.
Fig. 2. Aspirator, exploded view.
The materials were: plastic food wrap (Stretch & Seal®, Colgate-Palmolive Co.,
New York, N. Y. 10022) ; plastic disposable coffee cup refills (Solo Cozy Cup®,
7 oz, No. 806 RC; Solo Cup Corp., Chicago, 111. 60649) ; 7 cm dia. plastic cup lids
(Dixie® No. 907 S; American Can Co., Easton, Pa. 18042) ; plastic glue (Weldit
Cement®, Weldit Corp., New York, N. Y. 10011) ; Silicone Seal® (General Electric,
Silicone Dept., Waterford, N. Y. 12188) ; rubber cement; fine weave nylon cloth;
dental wicks; and 0.25 in corks.
In construction, 8 holes were punched with a standard paper punch 1.25 cm
below the rim of the cup. One of these served as a corked access, with the
remaining 7 as screened vent holes. A 9th hole was punched 3.5 cm below the
cup rim and served as a reservoir fill hole. The cup lid served as the floor of the
confinement chamber, and was trimmed of its central, circular straw hole cover
to create a perfectly round opening without nicks. Silicone Seal was applied to the
outer edge of the lid, which was inverted and placed into the cup to a depth of ca.
2 cm, thus creating the confinement chamber’s vertical depth. This depth placed
the lid below the upper 8 vent holes but above the reservoir hole. Nylon cloth,
fastened to the cup with plastic glue, was used to cover the vent holes. A 6 cm long
dental wick, used as a capillary moisture source, was inserted through the lid’s
straw hole leaving ca. 1 cm protruding up into the confinement chamber. When
wetted, the wick swelled slightly forming a tight seal against the lid. A light, even
coat of rubber cement was applied to the cup rim which was then covered with
plastic food wrap to form a tight, yet removable and resealable, top.
Cage durability was attested to by survival through several uses and subsequent
washings. Expendable components (the wick, the plastic food wrap top and the
rubber cement) were replaced when fouled. Damage to the cage’s reservoir seal
258
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
was quickly repaired by removal of the confinement chamber floor and reapplication
of Silicone Seal. Cost per cage was ca. 5 cents (excluding labor), while construction
time for each unit was ca. 7 minutes.
A convenient method of introducing specimens through the access hole was
achieved by an aspirator modified from a design by Laing and Osborn (1974,
Entomophaga, 19: 267-77). The aspirator consisted of a rubber tube, an eyedropper
glass tube, a small cork with a center hole, and a small piece of 200 mesh per inch
screen (Fig. 2) . The animal was sucked up lightly and held against the screening,
then expelled into the chamber after the modified cork was maneuvered through
the access hole.
If the cage is to be used for rearing only, one modification is the substitution of
a snap-on plastic top (Dixie® half pint container top No. 2568) for the plastic
food wrap top and rubber cement seal. When inverted, this top snaps over the
cups’ rim. Disadvantages of this modification are: it does not guarantee an
absolutely positive seal thereby limiting its use with very small predators; the
container top has a poor optical clarity; access is somewhat hampered because of
the tight fit of the top.
The only possible disadvantage noted in the cage, as originally described, was a
relatively high internal humidity. If undesirable, this might be alleviated by:
shortening the evaporative area of the wick, subjecting the cage to external air
movement or increasing the number of vent holes. It should also be mentioned that
various plastics have been noted to cause some degree of toxicity or behavioral
modification with certain insects (Chada 1962, J. Econ. Entomol., 55: 970-2;
Hutt and White 1972, J. Econ. Entomol., 63: 615; Osgood 1974, Can. Entomol.,
106: 1039-42).
This work was supported by National Science Foundation Grant GB-20961-A1 and
California Wine Advisory Board Contract V-45. The mention of a product does not
constitute its endorsement by either the authors or the University of California.
— John T. Sorensen, Donald N. Kinn and Richard L. Doutt, Department of
Entomology, University of California, Berkeley 94720.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
Papers on the systematic and biological phases of entomology are favored, including
articles up to ten printed pages on insect taxonomy, morphology, behavior, life history,
and distribution. Excess pagination must be approved and may be charged to the author.
Papers are published in approximately the order that they are received. Immediate publi-
cation may be arranged after acceptance by paying publication costs. Papers of less than
a printed page may be published as space is available, in Scientific Notes.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed to the
Editor , John T. Doyen, Division of Entomology & Parasitology, University of California,
Berkeley, California 94720.
Typing. — Two copies of each manuscript must be submitted (original and one xerox
copy are suitable). All parts of manuscripts must be typed on bond paper with
double-spacing and ample margins. Carbon copies or copies on paper larger than 8%
X H inches are not accepted. Do not use all capitals for any purpose. Underscore
only where italics are intended in the body of the text, not in headings. Number all
pages consecutively and put author’s name at the top right-hand corner of each sheet.
References to footnotes in text should be numbered consecutively. Footnotes should be
typed on a separate sheet.
First page. — The page preceding the text of the manuscript should include (1) the
complete title, (2) the order and family in parentheses, (3) the author’s name or
names, (4) the institution with city and state or the author’s home city and state if
not affiliated, (6) the complete name and address to which proof is to be sent.
Names and descriptions of organisms. — The first mention of a plant or animal should
include the full scientific name with the author of a zoological name not abbreviated.
Do not abbreviate generic names. Descriptions of taxa should be in telegraphic style.
References. — All citations in text, e.g., Essig (1926) or (Essig, 1958), should be listed
alphabetically under Literature Cited in the following format:
Essig, E. 0. 1926. A butterfly migration. Pan-Pac. Entomol.,
2 : 211 - 212 .
1958. Insects and mites of western North America. Rev.
ed. The Macmillan Co., New York. 1050 pp.
Abbreviations for titles of journals should follow the list of Biological Abstracts , 1966,
47(21) :8585-8601.
Tables.— Tables are expensive and should be kept to a minimum. Each table should be
prepared as a line drawing or typed on a separate page with heading at top and foot-
notes below. Number tables with Arabic numerals. Number footnotes consecutively
for each table. Use only horizontal rules.
Illustrations. — No extra charge is made for the line drawings or halftones. Submit only
photographs on glossy paper and original drawings (no photographs of drawings).
Authors must plan their illustrations for reduction to the dimensions of the printed
page (4 Vs X 6% inches). If possible, allowance should be made for the legend to be
placed beneath the illustration. Photographs should not be less than the width of the
printed page. Drawings should be in India Ink and at least twice as large as the
printed illustration. Excessively large illustrations are awkward to handle and may
be damaged in transit. Include a metric scale on the drawing or state magnification
of the printed illustration in the legend. Arrange figures to use space efficiently.
Lettering should reduce to no less than 1 mm. On the back of each illustration should
be stated (1) the title of the paper, (2) the author’s complete name and addess, and
(3) whether he wishes the illustration and/or cut returned to him at his expense.
Cuts and illustrations not specifically requested will he destroyed.
Figure legends.- — Legends should be typewritten double-spaced on separate pages headed
Explanation of Figures and placed following Literature Cited. Do not attach
legends to illustrations.
Proofs, reprints, and abstract. — Proofs and forms for the abstract and reprint order
will be sent to authors. Major changes in proof will be charged to the author. Proof
returned to the editor without the abstract will not be published.
Page charges. — All regular papers of one to ten printed pages are charged at the rate
of $18.00 per page. This is in addition to the charge for reprints and does not include
the possible charges for extra pagination or the costs for immediate publication.
Private investigators or authors without institutional or grant funds may apply to the
society for a grant to cover a portion of the page charges. In no case will society
grants subsidize more than two thirds of the cost of page charges. Pages additional
to the first ten are charged at the rate of $30.00 per page, without subsidy.
PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL
SOCIETY.
Vol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and Vol. 2 (numbers 1-9, 131
pages). 1901-1930. Price $5.00 per volume.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST.
Vol. 1 (1924) to present. Price $10.00 per volume of 4 numbers,
or $2.50 per single issue.
MEMOIR SERIES.
Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. F. Ferris. 320 pages. Pub-
lished October 1951. Price $6.00. (Plus 350 postage.)
Volume 2. The Spider Mite Family T etranychidae by A. Earl
Pritchard and Edward W. Baker. 472 pages. Published July
1955. Price $10.00. (Plus 500 postage.) *
Volume 3. Revisionary Studies in the Nearctic Decticinae by David
C. Rentz and James D. Birchim. 173 pages. Published July 1968.
Price $4.00. (Plus 250 postage.) *
Volume 4. Autobiography of an Entomologist by Robert L.
Usinger. 343 pages. Published August 1972. Price $15.00. (Plus
400 postage. ) *
Volume 5. Revision of the Millipede Family Andrognathidae in the
Nearctic Region by Michael R. Gardner. 61 pages. Published
January 21, 1975. Price $3.00. (Plus 250 postage.) *
* (Add 6% sales tax on all California orders (residents of Alameda,
Contra Costa and San Francisco counties add 6 %%). Members of the
Society will receive a 20% discount.
Send orders to:
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
c/o California Academy of Sciences
Golden Gate Park
San Francisco, California 94118
Vol. 51
OCTOBER 1975
No. 4
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
SMITH— Surface molting behavior and its possible respiratory significance
for a giant water bug Abedus herberti Hidalgo (Hemiptera: Belo-
stomatidae) 259
SAWBRIDGE — Tiaja insula , a new megophthalmine leafhopper from the Santa
Barbara Channel Islands (Homoptera: Cicadellidae) 268
CHEMSAK AND LINSLEY — Mexican Pogonocherini (Coleoptera: Cerambyci-
dae) 271
SPIETH AND HEED — The Drosophila pinicola species group (Diptera:
Drosophilidae) 287
FENDER — Notes and descriptions of some North American Omethinae
(Coleoptera: Omethidae) 298
WHEELER AND RISSING — Natural history of V eromessor pergandei. II.
Behavior (Hymenoptera : Formicidae) 303
GRIGARICK AND SCHUSTER — A new species of Rhexinia from Argentina
(Coleoptera: Pselaphidae) 315
DENNING — New species of Trichoptera from Western North America 318
SCIENTIFIC NOTES 267, 286, 296, 317, 327, 328
RECENT LITERATURE 295, 297
NEW JOURNAL 270, 297
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE 302
INDEX TO VOLUME 51 330
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1975
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. T. Doyen, Editor
R. E. Coville, Editorial Asst.
J. A. Chemsak, Asst. Editor P. H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer
E. G. Linsley E. S. Ross
H. V. Daly H. B. Leech
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. All communications regarding nonreceipt
of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be
addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., California Academy of Sci-
ences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to the Secretary, Franklin Ennik, Vector Control Section, California
Department of Health, 2151 Berkeley Way, Berkeley, 94704.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $7.50 for regular members of the Society,
$5.00 for student members, or $10.00 for subscriptions only. Single copies are $2.50
each or $10.00 a volume. Make checks payable to Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
The Pacific Coast Entomological Society
Officers for 1975
H. V. Daly, President Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer
Fred G. Andrews, President-Elect Franklin Ennik, Secretary
Statement of Ownership
Title of Publication : The Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
Frequency of Issue: Quarterly (January, April, July, October).
Location of Office of Publication, Business Office of Publisher and Owner: Pacific Coast
Entomological Society, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California
94118.
Editor: Dr. John T. Doyen, Division of Entomology & Parasitology, University of California, Berkeley,
California 94720.
Managing Editor and Known Bondholders or other Security Holders : None.
This issue mailed 26 December 1975
Second Class Postage Paid at San Francisco, California and additional offices.
ALLEN PRESS, INC. '""t'J * 0 LAWRENCE, KANSAS
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. 51
October 1975
No. 4
Surface Molting Behavior and its Possible Respiratory
Significance for a Giant Water Bug
Abedus herberti Hidalgo
(Hemiptera: Belostomatidae)
Robert L. Smith 1
Department of Zoology, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85281
Relatively little attention has been given insect molting behavior.
Entomological textbooks (e.g. Borror and DeLong 1971, Romoser 1973,
Ross 1965) usually accompany their discussion of the protective qualities
of the integument with assertions of the vulnerability of insects during
their molts. These discussions invariably neglect to suggest how insects
behave in ways to minimize risks and to meet other challenges presented
by the necessity to molt. Wigglesworth (1972) reviews the literature on
the physiology of molting, stressing the function of ingested air or water
in swelling the thorax to cause the initial integumentary rupture. He
does not mention the importance of substrate in this context, but other
authors (Snodgrass 1919, Corbet 1957) suggest that adequate substrate
is a requisite for the molting of some insects, with the implication that
contractions of thoracic musculature associated with the legs may be
necessary to initiate ecdysis.
Respiration presents a special challenge in the molting of aquatic
Hemiptera. The majority of nymphs of totally aquatic bugs (Hydro-
corisae) utilize an air film for underwater respiration. Air is obtained
from the atmosphere at the air-water interface and maintained on the
body of the insect by means of hydrofuge pubescence. Since this air
store is integral with the integument, it is effectively, if not actually,
lost shortly after the onset of shedding. Hungerford (1920) reviews the
literature on the biology and ecology of aquatic Hemiptera, but fails
to mention molting behavior. In his notes on the last molt of Lethocerus
americanus Say, Torre Bueno (1924) stated that this insect floats
“with its back up” during the molting process. Menke (1960) observed
that Abedus nymphs shed “while the bug is floating, legs spread, at the
1 Current address. Western Cotton Research Laboratory, Agric. Res. Serv., Phoenix, AZ 85040.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51 : 259 - 267 . October 1975
260
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
surface.” Tawfik (1969) seems to be the first to have speculated on the
adaptive significance of surface molting by a belostomatid. He stated
that in Lethocerus niloticus Stal (= Lethocerus cordojanus Mayr),
“The functional abdominal spiracles, which are located dorsally on the
adult, are situated ventrally on the nymph’s body. For this reason the
mature nymph, in the act of molting, becomes anxious to keep the thorax
over the water surface and thus the thoracic spiracles become (sic) in
contact with atmospheric air.” Some of Tawfik’s ideas on respiratory
morphology, presumably taken from Presswalla and George (1935)
are in error, and he fails to mention the behavior of nymphs in molting
prior to the definitive molt. It is also unclear from his statements why it
would be important to keep the thoracic spiracles in contact with air
if the abdominal spiracles are the functional ones, but I agree that
surface molting must in some way function to provide for the respiratory
needs of the emerging nymph or imago.
It is my purpose in this paper to recount in detail the molting behavior
of Abedus herberti Hidalgo, to point out certain neglected aspects, and to
discuss ways in which surface molting may function to provide for
respiratory needs of the molting individual.
Methods and Materials
In the genus Abedus, females lay their eggs on the back of the male.
I obtained first instar nymphs from egg-encumbered male Abedus
herberti collected in central Arizona. Laboratory rearing of 31 individ-
uals provided ample opportunity to observe numerous molts of all
instars. No less than three molts of each instar were observed. I used
still and motion picture photography to record events for detailed
study. My rearing techniques are detailed in another paper (Smith
1974).
Molting Behavior
The following account is a synthesis of my observations on the molting
behavior of first through fifth instars. Since the description is keyed
to Figure 1, the final molt is emphasized.
One to five days prior to the onset of actual shedding of the old
skin, the integument begins to darken. This signals the separation of
the old integument from the new. In later instars the wing pads show a
reddish reticulate pattern; this is especially pronounced in the fifth
instar. The day before a molt is to occur, the abdomen and to a lesser
extent the thorax and wing pads take on a deep brownish-orange color.
Dark black triangles appear on the visible portion of each side of the
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
261
Fig. 1 . Final molt of Abedus herberti. A through F: Dorsal aspects of the
molt sequence. G: Lateral view equivalent to C. H: Lateral view equivalent
to E.
metatergum, with the base of each adjacent to the wing pads, and its
apex pointing toward the midline. Nymphs ignore food at this time, and
remain floating at the surface continuously.
Dorso-ventral thickening occurs noticeably on the day of the molt,
and actual ecdysis begins with the distention of the head away from the
prothorax and the prothorax from the mesothorax (Fig. 1A). This
seems the point of no return, although an individual can still swim
262
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
awkwardly if disturbed. No amount of disturbance, however, can long
delay the following process which proceeds at the discretion of the
bug. In all of the more than 15 molts I observed, the nymph initiated
integumentary rupture by grasping its mesotibia with its raptorial
protibia (Figs. IB, 1G, and 2). This causes the thorax to arch and
the resulting pressure immediately ruptures the integument (Fig. 2)
along the middorsal (ecdysial) line beginning at the juncture of the
pro- and mesotergum and proceeding posteriorly to the juncture of the
meso- and metatergum. At this point the bug begins bending its head
ventrally, continuing the integumentary split anteriorly into the coronal
and laterally into the frontal ecdysial sutures of the head (Figs. 1C,
1G, and 2). Abdominal peristaltic-like contractions cause lateral separa-
tion of the meso-metatergal suture to the wing pads or lateral margin,
leaving the conjunctival membranes intact. Shortly following, the
metatergal, first abdominal-tergal junction is separated on both sides
of the split, as the middorsal split lengthens through the metathorax
into the scutellum. At about this time the head and prothorax are
freed from the old skin. Contractions continue, and in the case of the
emerging adult, the wings are inflated as they are withdrawn from their
pads (Fig. ID). It is noteworthy that at some time between the
conditions illustrated in Figure 1C and Figure ID, the silvery ventral
abdominal air store is lost. When the bug is two-thirds free of its
old skin, it flattens its body (in relation to the water’s surface),
extracting the legs which are brought forward, folded and nested at the
sides of the pronotum (Fig. IE and 1H). The individual usually rests
in this position for from one to 20 minutes. Several quick thrusts
with the hind legs complete the molt, leaving the exuvia floating and
streaming its white tracheal linings (Fig. IF). At this time the
adult’s wings are completely inflated and the hemelytra locked together.
Newly molted instars and imagoes are light yellow in color. Pigment
development and cuticular hardening required from one hour in the case
of a second instar to eight hours for an adult. A newly emerged nymph
or imago quickly acquires a new air store by breaking the surface film
with its abdominal apex or air straps, and then generally spends some
time grooming its beak with the forelegs and respiratory organs (ab-
dominal air-retaining pubescence and/or air straps) with the hind
legs preparatory to assuming a predatory stance below the surface.
Molting in the laboratory occurred throughout the day. In the
field, I observed four individuals molting; two of these occurred at
night and two during the day.
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
263
Surface Molting and Respiration
Molting on the surface of the water would seem to be disadvantageous
for several reasons: the surface-molting individual is exposed to preda-
tion from above and below; it fails to take advantage of available
cover (plants, debris, etc.) occurring below the surface; and it is
deprived of a substantial substrate to facilitate integumentary rupture.
Why then has this behavior evolved? The easiest explanation is that
surface molting places the emerging nymph or imago in proximity to
its primary source of oxygen, i.e. the air-water interface. This is not,
however, an entirely satisfactory explanation. Abedus usually lives
in quiet water of shallow streams where a swim to the surface for
the first “breath” of air after a molt would not seem overly taxing.
An alternative hypothesis is that the respiratory requirements of the
pre-molting or molting nymph preclude subsurface ecdysis.
Dr. Margaret Parsons has offered (in letteris ) some tentative ideas
on how respiration may occur during surface molting. The reader
should take care to note that Dr. Parsons’ interpretations are based only
on her study of Figure 1 against the background of her investigations of
respiratory morphology in aquatic Hemiptera including Belostoma
flumineum (1972a, 1972b, 1973). Her interpretations and underlying
assumptions follow in this paragraph: Assuming (1) that Belostoma
and Abedus are essentially similar in respiratory behavior of both
nymphs and adults, and (2) that spiracular function is much the same
in both genera (i.e. the first abdominal spiracles are the main inhalant
pair for both), the problem for the nymph is to keep the first abdominal
spiracle in contact with a source of oxygen prior to and perhaps during
the time it takes to shed the nymphal cuticle. To do so, this main
inhalant spiracle must be kept in contact with atmospheric air. Figure
1G shows the fifth instar with its posterior end and dorsal surface in
contact with the water’s surface. In this position atmospheric oxygen
can reach the first abdominal spiracle by way of the ventral abdominal
air store (ventral bands of hydrofuge pubescence), which communicates
posteriorly with the atmosphere. This enables the bug to inhale at-
mospheric oxygen until the stage shown in Figure ID and 1H. Here the
posterior end of the body is submerged and as previously noted, the
ventral abdominal air store has disappeared. Perhaps the adult
(nymphal) first abdominal spiracle is able to inhale air from the cast-off
nymphal skin, since there appears to be no other obvious source of
oxygen communicating with these inhalant spiracles at this stage in
the molt. (The duration of the rest period previously referred to,
264
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Fig. 2. Integumentary rupture sequence. A: Rupture from pro- and mesotergum.
B: Elongation into coronal and frontal sutures of head. C: Spreading of meso-
metatergal sutures. D: Elongation of middorsal split through metathorax into
scutellum, and spreading of metatergal, first abdominal-tergal suture.
lasting from one to 20 minutes, is apparently governed by the bug’s
ability to secure oxygen in this way.)
Once the old cuticle is shed, the freshly emerged second through
fifth instar nymphs can again obtain atmospheric oxygen via the
abdominal air store. A newly emerged adult theoretically has two ways
of getting oxygen: first, via the subalar air store, and second, via the
ventral abdominal air store. My observations suggest that adults
favor the former method. If this is the case, it would be advantageous
for the emerging adult to have its wings expanded and hemelytra
interlocked to provide the subalar store as soon as possible after
leaving the last nymphal skin. As Figure 1 illustrates, the subalar air
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
265
storage system is available to the adult as soon as it is clear of the
old skin. The bug must surface to provision the system with air.
An Experiment
A first instar and two third instar nymphs were denied access to
the surface of the water at the onset of their molting, after each had
gripped its middle legs as shown in Figure IB, G. This was accomplished
by means of a fiberglass screen wire disc which displaced the molting
individuals below the surface. In all three cases, molting proceeded
as previously described to the point at which an emerging nymph or
adult would normally rest (Fig. IE) . Under the experimental conditions,
nymphs did not rest, but rapidly abandoned their skins and began wild
swimming under the plastic screen. When the screen was removed, each
of the three nymphs immediately went to the surface, assumed the air
acquisition position, and remained there for from two to ten minutes.
These results suggest that surface contact is not essential during the
actual shedding process, but that the resting period that follows depends
on access to atmospheric air through the cast skin.
Discussion
An adaptation to meet the respiratory requirements of molting
nymphs may have occurred early in the shift of the Hydrocorisae from
littoral to truly aquatic habitats (see China 1955, and Lauck and Menke
1961 for phylogeny) . Certain problems accompanied the “need” to molt
on the water’s surface, not the least of which are weightlessness and
lack of a holding substrate. Anyone who has attempted to shed his
clothing while floating free in water will better appreciate the difficulty
of this feat. Abedus herberti seems to have solved these problems by
establishing an allostatic basis when it clasps its middle legs with its
raptorial front legs. The resulting pressure and leverage obtained by
this behavior seem essential to the molting process, and the ability to
perform the behavior was probably a necessary preadaptation to surface
molting. What nonmolting behavioral patterns of belostomatids and
of nepids suggest that such a preadaptation did in fact exist? Grooming.
Both nepids and belostomatids retain the ability to groom their middle
legs with their front legs even though the forelegs are directed anteriorly
and are highly specialized for grasping prey. The grooming pattern
differs from the molting in that the middle legs are groomed separately
but clasped simultaneously at the onset of shedding.
Emerging adults belonging to several hemimetabolous orders (Odo-
nata, Homoptera, Orthoptera, and other Hemiptera) characteristically
266
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
do not begin inflating their wings until free from the nymphal skin.
Apparently the subalar air storage system is sufficiently important for
belostomatids that selection has favored a system whereby wing infla-
tion is accomplished during the molting process. Since nepids also
employ a subalar air store as adults (Parsons 1973), I suspect they
possess this adaptation as well. Studies on the molting behavior of
representatives of all groups of the Hydrocorisae are needed to establish
the origin of both surface molting and early wing inflation.
Acknowledgments
My thanks to Dr. Margaret Parsons for her contribution to this
paper and to Dr. M. Parsons, Dr. A. S. Menke, and Dr. G. B. Castle
for review.
Literature Cited
Borror, D. J. and DeLong, D. M. 1971. An introduction to the study of insects.
Third edition. Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New York. 812 pp.
China, W. E. 1955. The evolution of the waterbugs. National Institute of
Science of India, Bull., 7: 91-103.
Corbet, P. S. 1957. The life history of the emperor dragonfly Anax imperator
Leach (Odonata: Aeshnidae). J. Anim. Ecol., 26: 1-69.
Hungerford, H. B. 1920. The biology and ecology of aquatic and semi-aquatic
Hemiptera. Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull., 11 : 1-328.
Lauck, D. R. and Menke, A. S. 1961. The higher classification of the Belosto-
matidae (Hemiptera). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 54: 644-657.
Menke, A. S. 1960. A taxonomic study of the genus Abedus Stal (Hemiptera:
Belostomatidae) . Univ. of Calif. Pub. in Entomol., 16: 343-440.
Parsons, M. C. 1972a. Morphology of the three anterior pairs of spiracles of
Belostoma and Ranatra (Aquatic Heteroptera: Belostomatidae, Nepidae).
Can. J. Zool., 50: 865-876.
Parsons, M. C. 1972b. Respiratory significance of the thoracic and abdominal
morphology of Belostoma and Ranatra (Insecta, Heteroptera). Z.
Morph. Tiere, 73: 163-194.
Parsons, M. C. 1973. Morphology of the eighth abdominal spiracle of Belostoma
and Ranatra (Aquatic Heteroptera: Belostomatidae, Nepidae). J. Nat.
Hist., 73: 255-265.
Presswalla, M. J. and George, C. J. 1935. The respiratory system and the
mode of respiration of the water bug Sphaerodema rusticum Fabr.,
with remarks on those of Nepa, Laecotrephes and Ranatra. Proc. Indian
Acad. Sci., B, 2: 280-315.
Romoser, W. S. 1973. The science of entomology. Macmillan Company, New
York. 449 pp.
Ross, H. H. 1965. A textbook of entomology. John Wiley and Sons, New York.
539 pp.
Smith, R. L. 1974. Life history of Abedus herberti in central Arizona (Hemip-
tera: Belostomatidae). Psyche, 81: 272-283.
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
267
Snodgrass, R. E. 1919. The seventeen-year locust. Ann. Report Smithsonian
Inst., pp. 381-409.
Tawfik, M. F. S. 1969. The life history of the giant water-bug Lethocerus
niloticus Stal (Hemiptera: Belostomatidae) . Bull. Soc. Entomol.
Egypte, 53: 299-310.
Torre Bueno, J. R. 1924. The last molt of Lethocerus americanus Say. Entomol.
News, 35: 369-370.
Wigglesworth, V. G. 1972. The principles of insect physiology. Seventh edition.
Chapman and Hall Ltd., London. 827 pp.
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
Biological Observations on Tropidishia xanthostoma Scudder (Orthop-
tera: Gryllacrididae). — Tropidishia xanthostoma Scudder is an obscure trog-
lophile of the subfamily Rhaphidophorinae in the monogeneric tribe Tropidishiini
occurring only on the Pacific Slope. S. H. Scudder (1861, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist., 8: 6-14 and 1862, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., 7(3): 409-480) and A. N.
Caudell (1916, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 49: 655-690) describe taxa. This note
offers biological observations on the cricket. Additional observations have been
offered by Buckell (1922, Proc. Ent. Soc. Br. Col., 20: 9-41 and 1930, Proc. Ent.
Soc. Br. Col., 27: 17-51) and Fulton (1928, Ent. News, 39: 8).
My observations were made from January to November, 1973, at an abandoned
mine near Mill City, Oregon, in a coniferous forest type biome. The Tropidishia
population and other troglophilic fauna occurred inside the mine within 70m
of the entrance.
T. xanthostoma nymphs of body size to 5mm exhibit conspicuous coloration
being light tan to cream color having antennae, thorax, abdomen, metathoracic
femora, and tibiae mottled or banded dark brown as characteristic of uniformily
colored adults. Maculation disappears through early instar development yielding
uniform dark amber coloration which slightly darkens into rich brown at maturity.
Antennae and tibiae remain banded through development.
Strong white or red light or sound in the mine does not appear to affect the
crickets. Antennae are generally very active and the insects exhibit remarkable
agility. Individuals were never noted on the mine floor or in ponded water in the
mine tunnels.
Several nymphs were observed in spider webs near the mine entrance but no
predation on specimens was observed. No specimens were observed in surrounding
subterraneous and epigenean habitats either at night, during the day, or during
crepuscular periods. A pit-fall trap line deployed in August, October, and
November failed to capture any Tropidishia specimens.
Ecdysis in Tropidishia is similar to the process in other insects beginning with
symmetrical splitting of the ventral notum. Spent exoskeletal tissue peels from the
emerging insect. Coloration of the new instar darkens slightly after emergence and
the insect, characteristic of other cavernicoles, consumes the exuvium.
I wish to express thanks to my wife, Joan, for her assistance and generous
support during the project.- — Brent L. Prothero, P.O. Box 361, Corvallis,
Oregon 97330.
Tiaja insula , a New Megophthalmine Leaf hopper from
the Santa Barbara Channel Islands
(Homoptera: Cicadellidae)
Jane R. Sawbridge
Nanaimo , British Columbia
This paper records an interesting new species of megophthalmine
leafhopper belonging to the genus Tiaja Oman, from Santa Barbara
Island, a small, windswept member of the California Channel Islands.
This is only the second addition to the genus since Oman’s (1941)
revision of the tribe, and with T. arenaria Oman (1972) brings the
total number of species known to eight. This new species, T. insula, is
the first to be recorded from the offshore islands, where it was collected
from Sea Blite, Suaeda californica Wats. The host association appears
definite because, according to R. J. Gill (personal communication) to
whom I am indebted for making the material available for study, single
plants were isolated and either beaten or swept to collect whatever
insects were present. The species is described at this time to make the
name available for use in a comprehensive biosystematic treatment of
the genus Tiaja currently being prepared.
Tiaja insula , new species
Diagnosis: This species is intermediate in size between T. californica
(Ball) and T. interrupta (Ball) with the head considerably more pointed
than that of any other species of Tiaja. In Oman’s (1941) key to the
Nearctic Megophthalminae, females run to T. californica ; males cannot
be keyed at all as their genital plates and genital hooks are different
from those of all other species.
Male: Length from apex of head to apex of wings 3. 0-3. 5 mm. Head relatively
pointed; mean W/L ratio calculated from width of crown anterior to the eye
divided by the length of the crown from base to apex is 2.20 (Comparable
ratios for other Tiaja species range from 2.50 to 3.68). Color pale to medium
brown with some more heavily pigmented areas on the wings; no extreme color
variations present in the series examined. Aedeagus (fig. 2) stout and compact;
apex short and blunt. Styles slender and tapered apically (fig. 1). Connective
as illustrated (fig. 3). Genital hooks on Segment X (fig. 4) with two triangular-
shaped, sharply pointed projections, one directed posterodorsally and the other
directed posteroventrally. Genital hooks relatively small and inconspicuous in
uncleared specimens in contrast to some other members of the genus in which
genital hooks are clearly visible. Genital plates (fig. 5) large, with posterolateral
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 268-270. October 1975
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
269
6
Fig. 1-6. Tiaja insula , genital structures. Fig. 1. Right style, dorsal view.
Fig. 2. Aedeagus, left lateral view. Fig. 3. Connective, dorsal view. Fig. 4.
Left genital hook, lateral view. Fig. 5. Genital plates. Fig. 6. Female seventh
sternum.
270
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
margins straight and median incision slightly greater than one third the total
length of the plates.
Female: Length 3.5-3.75 mm. Coloration and head shape similar to that of
males. Seventh sternum (fig. 6) short with two rounded projections, one each
side of a median U-shaped emargination ; dorsal extension of seventh sternum
(represented by a dotted line on illustration) single and highly pigmented.
Holotype male, and 6 paratypes (2 male and 4 female) from California, Los
Angeles County, Santa Barbara Island, 6 June 1974, E. L. Paddock and R. F.
Hobza. The holotype and 4 paratypes will be deposited in the California Academy
of Sciences. Two paratypes will be deposited in the United States National
Museum of Natural History.
Distribution : T iaja insula has been positively identified only from the
type locality of Santa Barbara Island. A single female specimen from
San Miguel Island, a larger, more northerly member of the Channel
Islands Group, probably belongs to this species.
Literature Cited
Oman, P. W. 1941. Revision of the Nearctic Megophthalminae (Homoptera:
Cicadellidae) J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 31(5): 203-210.
1972. A new megophthalmine leafhopper from Oregon, with notes on its
biology and behaviour (Homoptera: Cicadellidae). J. Entomol., (B)
41(1): 69-76.
NEW JOURNAL
Journal of Chemical Ecology. R. M. Silverstein and J. B. Simeone, Editors.
SUNY College of Environmental Science and Forestry, Syracuse, New York
13210. Published quarterly, initial issue, January 1975. $15.00 (personal), $35.00
(institutional) .
This journal will provide a publication outlet for the increasing amount of
pheromone related research, as well as other work dealing with chemically
mediated interactions among organisms.
Mexican Pogonocherini
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae)
John A. Chemsak and E. G. Linsley
University of California, Berkeley, California 94720
The present report is an attempt to clarify the status of some of
previously described Mexican Lamiinae of the tribe Pogonocherini and
to make known a number of new species which have special significance
in relation to other studies currently in progress. Other presumably
undescribed species are before us but are represented by inadequate
material for proper interpretation.
Previous writers have disagreed as to the appropriateness of recog-
nizing this group of beetles as a separate tribe and also in the interpre-
tation of the characters expressed in the genera assigned to it. Two of
the characters shared by the genera included here are closed intermediate
coxal cavities and middle tibiae with an external sinus.
This study was supported by the National Science Foundation (Grant
GB-BM574) for a monograph of North American Cerambycidae.
For the loan of specimens, we gratefully acknowledge the following:
American Museum of Natural Flistory, New York; Department of En-
tomology, University of Arizona, Tucson; California Academy of Sci-
ences, San Francisco; Essig Museum of Entomology, University of
California, Berkeley; Canadian National Collection, Ottawa; Department
of Entomology, University of California, Davis; Field Museum of Nat-
ural History, Chicago; Snow Entomological Museum, University of
Kansas, Lawrence; Los Angeles Museum of Natural History; Museum
of Zoology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor; Department of En-
tomology, Ohio State University, Columbus; National Museum of Nat-
ural History, Washington D. C. ; E. Giesbert; H. F. Howden; G. H.
Nelson; and R. L. Westcott.
Key to the Genera of Mexican Pogonocherini
1 Femora gradually enlarging, not distinctly clavate 2
- Femora distinctly clavate 3
2(1) Pronotum without a lateral tubercle; head flat between antennal tuber-
cles; antennae extending beyond elytral apices in both sexes
Lypsimena
- Pronotum with a distinct lateral tubercle; head fully concave between
antennal tubercles Pygmaeopsis
3(1) Pronotum with or without conical discal tubercles 4
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 271-286. October 1975
272
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Pronotum with diseal tubercles in the form of an elongated ridge
Callipogonius
4(3) Antennae with scape slender, fourth segment shorter than third 5
- Antennae with scape stout, fourth segment incurved, longer than third
segment 7
5(4) Pronotum with discal tubercles; body clothed with long flying hairs 6
- Pronotum without discal tubercles; body lacking long flying hairs
Ecteneolus
6(5) Antennal tubercles, dorsal tubercles of pronotum and basal crested tuber-
cles of elytra very prominent; eyes small, upper lobes distinctly
separated by more than greatest diameter of antennal scape, lower
lobe separated from base of mandibles by much more than their
vertical length Alphomorphus
- Antennal tubercles small, dorsal tubercles of pronotum and basal crested
tubercles of elytra moderate; eyes large, upper lobes at most separated
by approximate diameter of scape, lower lobe separated from base
of mandibles by distinctly less than their vertical length _ Poliaenus
7(4) Pronotum rounded or obtusely swollen at sides, without lateral tubercles
8
- Pronotum armed with lateral tubercles Pogonocherus
8(7) Body clothed with long flying hairs Pogonillus
Body without long flying hairs Ecyrus
Genus Lypsimena LeConte
Lypsimena LeConte, 1852, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, (2)2: 155; Thomson,
1864, Systema Cerambycidarum, P. 397 ; Lacordaire, 1872, Genera des coleop-
teres, 9: 653; LeConte, 1873, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 11(265): 342; LeConte
and Horn, 1883, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 507: 327; Leng and Hamilton, 1896,
Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 23: 139; Linsley, 1935, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer.,
28: 78; Knull, 1946, Ohio Biol. Surv. Bull., 39: 259.
Alloeoscelis Bates, 1885, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Coleoptera, 5: 358; Gahan,
1895, Trans. Entomol. Soc. London, 1895: 123.
Estoloderces Melzer, 1928, Arch. Inst. Biol. Sao Paulo, 1: 147.
This genus may be recognized by the elongate cylindrical form, un-
armed pronotum, and by the absence of flying hairs on the body.
Lypsimena fuscata LeConte
Lypsimena fuscata LeConte, 1852, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, (2)2: 155;
Chevrolat, 1862, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (4)2: 253; Lacordaire, 1872, Genera
des Coleopteres, 9: 653; Leng and Hamilton, 1896, Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc.,
23: 139; Linsley, 1935, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 28: 79; Knull, 1946, Ohio
Biol. Survey Bull., 39: 259, pi. 23, Fig. 91.
Alloeoscelis leptis Bates, 1885, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Coleoptera, 5: 358;
Gahan, 1895, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1895: 123.
Lypsimena calif ornica Horn, 1885, Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 12: 194; Leng
and Hamilton, 1896, Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 23: 140; Linsley, 1935,
Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 28: 79. New synonymy.
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
273
Male: form subparallel; integument brown to dark brown, clothed with irregular
longitudinal whitish and brownish vittae. Head densely punctate ; antennae slender,
extending about three segments beyond elytral apices, scape brownish, flagellar
segments rufescent, annulated. Pronotum wider than long, sides rounded, base
constricted, disk convex, coarsely, irregularly punctate. Elytra coarsely, densely
punctate; apices rounded. Abdomen with sternites coarsely punctate, more densely
so at sides; last stemite subtruncate or feebly emarginate at apex. Length, 6-8 mm.
Female: antennae exceeding apex of elytra by approximately one segment;
abdomen with last sternite rounded at apex. Length, 6-9 mm.
This is a widespread species, occurring from the United States to
South America and the West Indies.
Lypsimena strandiella Breuning
Lypsimena Strandiella Breuning, 1943, Folia Zool. Hydrobid., 12(1): 58.
Male: Form moderate sized, slightly tapering posteriorly. Color dark reddish
brown, pronotum infuscated at apex and sides, elytra infuscated along margins
from base to beyond middle, antennal scape and apices of other segments dark,
front and middle legs infuscated; pubescence moderately dense, short, appressed,
gray and brownish. Head with vertex abruptly declivous from neck; antennae
slender, extending about 2 segments beyond elytra, third segment straight, longer
than first, fourth about as long as third, outer segments short. Pronotum broader
than long, sides rounded ; base deeply impressed, apex not impressed ; disk
prominently humped at middle, coarsely, contiguously punctate; punctures longi-
tudinal; pubescence short, appressed, denser at sides, middle shining; prosternum
short, intercoxal process rounded, expanded at apices, coxal cavities closed;
mesosternal process broad, emarginate behind ; metasternum coarsely, densely
punctate, densely pubescent. Elytra with two large obtuse gibbosities at base near
suture; punctures coarse, dense, becoming finer toward suture; pubescence thick,
gray, brownish on gibbosities, apical one third with brown finely pubescent
vittae on each side, the first semicircular, median, connecting to a transverse band;
middle of elytra concave, apices somewhat declivous, narrowly rounded. Abdomen
micropunctate ; basal segment with large shallow punctures at sides; pubescence
dense at sides; sparse on middle; last segment broadly subtruncate at apex.
Length, 8 mm.
Type locality: Puebla, Mexico
We have seen only the type of this species which is partially coated
with some sticky substance. It is in the National Museum of Natural
History mislabelled as, “Lypsimena bicristata Breuning.”
The prominent basal gibbosities and pubescent pattern of the elytra
should readily separate this species from fuscata.
Genus Pygmaeopsis Schaeffer
Pygmaeopsis Schaeffer, 1908, Bull. Brooklyn Inst. Arts Sci., 1: 347.
This genus may be recognized by the small size, feebly clavate femora
and laterally tuberculate pronotum. One species is known.
274
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Pygmaeopsis viticola Schaeffer
Pygmaeopsis viticola Schaeffer, 1908, Bull. Brooklyn Inst. Arts Sci., 1: 347.
Male: integument brown, variegated with darker brown or blackish spots on
elytra. Head moderately densely punctate; antennae about as long as body, scape
stout, segments three to ten annulate apically with darker brown or black, third
segment slightly longer than scape, fourth segment about one-third longer than
third, about twice as long as fifth, remaining segments subequal to fifth but
decreasing slightly in length toward apex. Pronotum with sides feebly rounded,
wider than long; disk densely and rather coarsely punctate, without dorsal tuber-
cles; scutellum densely white-pubescent. Elytra about three times as long as basal
width, coarsely, densely, irregularly punctate; apices rounded. Underside clothed
with recumbent cinereous pubescence. Length, 4 mm.
This species described originally from Brownsville, Texas, has not
been seen in Mexican material available to us. However, it undoubtedly
extends southward, perhaps as far as Veracruz.
Genus Callipogonius Linsley
Callipogonius Linsley, 1935, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 28: 79.
This genus appears to be related to Ecyrus but differs in the
elongate, ridge-like pronotal tubercles and the presence of long flying
hairs on the body and legs. Two species are known, both occurring in
Mexico.
Callipogonius hircinus (Bates)
Poliaenus hircinus Bates, 1885, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Coleoptera, 5: 358.
Callipogonius hircinus , Linsley, 1935, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 28: 80.
In addition to the type specimen from Jalapa in the British Museum
(Natural History), we have examined a specimen from Cordoba, Vera-
cruz, collected by G. H. Nelson on June 27, 1972.
Callipogonius cornutus (Linsley)
Ecyrus cornutus Linsley, 1930, Pan-Pacific Entomol., 7: 86, figs 1, 2.
Callipogonius cornutus , Linsley, 1935, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 28: 81.
This species differs from C. hircinus primarily by having the dorsal
prothoracic ridges prolonged backward into a horn. The type series is
from Brownsville, Texas but we have seen specimens from 6.6 miles
east of Sontecomapan, Veracruz, 1500 ft. elev. (George E. Ball and D.
R. Whitehead) and 1 mile southwest of La Resolana, Jalisco, 20 No-
vember, 1950 (Ray F. Smith).
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
275
Genus Ecteneolus Bates
Ecteneolus Bates, 1885, Biologia Centrali- Americana, Coleoptera, 5: 356; Linsley,
1935, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Arner., 28: 87.
Body elongate, without flying hairs. Head subconcave between the antennae;
front short, convex; eyes coarsely granulated; antennae shorter than the body
(female), clothed on inner side with flying hairs, segments three to eleven
gradually decreasing in length toward apex. Prothorax stout, cylindrical, armed
with lateral tubercles. Elytral apices shortly, obtusely truncate. Anterior coxal
cavities broadly angulated, open. Femora clavate; intermediate tibiae with an
external sinus.
Type species: Ecteneolus flohri Bates (monobasic).
This genus has not been seen and the above characters are drawn
from Bates’ description and the remarks following the description. It
resembles Ecyrus in the absence of long flying hairs on the body, but
because of the lateral tubercles of the prothorax it is associated with
Poliaenus.
Ecteneolus flohri Bates
Ecteneolus flohri Bates, 1885, Biologia Centrali-Americana Coleoptera, 5: 360;
Linsley, 1935, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 28: 88.
Described from “Mexico, near the city.”
Genus Alphomorpfius Linsley
Alphomorphus Linsley, 1935, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 28: 100.
This genus is apparently related to Poliaenus but differs, among
other features in the much smaller eyes and strongly developed antennal
tubercles and more prominent tubercles of the dorsum of the pronotum
and subbasal area of the elytra. A single species is known.
Alphomorphus vandykei (Linsley)
Pogonocherus vandykei Linsley, 1930, Pan-Pacific Entomol., 7: 82.
Alphomorphus vandykei , Linsley, 1935, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 28: 100.
Poliaenus vandykei grandis Linsley, 1933, Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc., 28: 185.
New synonymy.
Alphomorphus vandykei grandis, Linsley, 1935, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 28,
pi. 1, fig. 3.
Poliaenus mexicanus Breuning, 1940, Folia Zoologica et Hydrobiologia, 10: 185.
New synonymy.
This species was first described from a specimen from Uvalde, Texas,
taken inside a motel. Later, the subspecies grandis was named and
illustrated from Tejupilco, in the State of Mexico. The circumstances
surrounding the capture of the original specimen, the fact that no ex-
276
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
amples have been subsequently taken in the United States, and that all
material seen by us has been from central and southern Mexico, sug-
gests that the type specimen was a vagrant, perhaps escaping from
luggage carried by a traveler from Mexico or from imported plant or
other material. We propose to remove it from the list of Cerambycidae
occurring in America north of Mexico.
Considerable variation in size (8-12 mm) and coloration (tawny and
pale to predominantly dark brown) is evident in the material before us.
On this basis we have synonymized the subspecies grandis which was
based primarily on these characters. Although we have not seen the
type of Poliaenus mexicanus Breuning, recorded as from Tlatizapan,
Mexico ( = Tlaltzipan, Morelos ? ) , the description fits the present species
very well.
Data from Mexican specimens examined by us are as follows: Tejupilco, Mexico,
4000-6000 ft., July 1932, $ $ (H. E. Hinton) ; Cuernavaca, Morelos, October,
1946, on stem of Opuntia, $ (N. H. L. Krauss) ; Cuernavaca, 15 August 1967, $ ;
Cuernavaca, 10 mi. E., 31 July 1963 $ (J. Doyen) ; Cuernavaca, 7 kilometers E.,
5800 ft., 11 August 1962, 1^,32 (G. E. Ball) ; Iguala, Guerrero, 24 miles S., 18
July 1963, $ (F. D. Parker and L. A. Stange) ; Rio Mexcala, Guerrero, 6 mi. S.
(Highway 95), 5 August 1965, $ $ (G. H. Nelson).
Genus Poliaenus Bates
Poliaenus Bates, 1880, Biologia Centrali-Americana Coleoptera, 5: 120, Linsley,
1935, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 28: 81.
This genus resembles P ogonocherus but differs in the structure of
the antennae and prothorax and shape of the front coxal cavities and
elytral apices.
Four species are known to occur in Mexico.
Key to the Mexican Species of Poliaenus
1 Moderate sized species with dorsal surface wholly or largely obscured
by dense mats of moderately long appressed, white, ochraceous or
golden pubescence, often thinner laterally and apically; antennae
with flying hairs predominately white, with black hairs intermixed
on basal segments 2
- Small species with dorsal surface mostly shining, appressed pubescence,
where present, short, fine, not covering integument; antennae with
flying hairs predominately black; pronotum with dorsal tubercles
polished, lateral tubercles moderate, obtuse, scarcely recurved. 5.5 mm.
Nayarit sparsus n.sp.
2(1) Pronotum with lateral tubercles recurved; elytra with basal tubercles
and crest prominent, black setae of dorsal surface long, coarse, con-
spicuous 3
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
277
- Pronotum with lateral tubercles conical, obtuse, rarely slightly recurved;
elytra with basal tubercles and crest small, not prominent, not crested,
black setae of dorsal surface short, largely confined to apical one-
half; pubescence predominately whitish and ochraceous, usually denser
in a broad arc over basal two-fifths 7-9 mm. Baja California
coticoIot (Schaeffer)
3(2) Body robust, elytra distinctly less than twice as long as basal width,
integument brown; pronotum with lateral tubercles very prominent,
apices acute or subacute, dorsal tubercles well developed, glabrous
and shining or obscured by pubescence. 6-9 mm. Baja California,
Sonora, Sinaloa volitans (LeConte)
Body slender, elytra twice as long as basal width, integument dark brown
to blackish; pronotum with lateral tubercles moderate, only slightly
recurved, apices obtuse, dorsal tubercles moderate, shining. 7.5 mm.
Nuevo Leon nuevoleonis n.sp.
Poliaenus sparsus, new species
Female: Form small; integument dark brown, shining, irregularly clothed
with short, fine, appressed, golden pubescence, which is not dense enough to
obscure the surface, flying hairs long, erect and suberect, predominately white
at sides and ventral surface and legs. Head about as broad as long; antennae
exceeding elytral apices by slightly more than one segment, scape slender,
attaining lateral pronotal tubercle. Pronotum, across lateral tubercles about one
and one-third times as wide as long; disk, including dorsal tubercles shining,
prostrate pubescence short, fine, sparse. Elytra about twice as long as basal width;
prostrate pubescence somewhat denser over basal one-third behind humeri and
basal tubercles and near suture behind middle but pattern, at most, indistinct;
basal tubercle small, obscurely tufted with black, as are the postmedian costal
tubercles; epipleurae very coarsely punctate over basal half of elytra; apices
conjointly rounded. Ventral surface finely punctate, finely clothed with appressed
pale pubescence which does not conceal the surface; abdominal sternites fringed
with white, surface with a few suberect pale hairs; last sternite emarginate at
apex. Length 5.5 mm.
Holotype female (California Academy of Sciences) from 24 Miles South of
Tefic, Nayarit, Mexico, 7 July 1963 (F. D. Parker and L. A. Stange.)
This species differs at once from other known Mexican Poliaenus in
the small size, shining, sparsely pubescent integument, and predomi-
nately black flying hairs of the antennae.
Poliaenus concolor (Schaeffer)
Pogonocherus concolor Schaeffer, 1909, Jour. New York Entomol. Soc., 17: 102;
Fall, 1910, Entomol. News, 21: 9; Schaeffer, 1932, Bull. Brooklyn Entomol.
Soc., 27: 154.
Poliaenus concolor, Linsley, 1935, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 28: 83; Linsley,
1942, Proc. California Acad. Sci., (4)24: 81.
Poliaenus obliquus Linsley, 1942, Proc. California Acad. Sci., (4)24: 81. New
synonymy.
278
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
This species was originally described from “California?” Later,
this was corrected to “Lower California (S. Beyer)” and finally, Mr.
Schaeffer informed one of us (Linsley) that it had undoubtedly come
from Santa Rosa.
The type is a faded specimen with the erect hairs of the head and
thorax largely denuded. Although we have not compared specimens
with the type, there is little doubt that P. obliquus Linsley, described
from five miles south of San Miguel and from Triunfo, Baja California
Sur, is based upon fully maculated and pubescent examples of P. con-
color Schaeffer.
We now have before us 33 specimens representing the following localities: Baja
California Sur: 4 miles east of La Paz, 12 December 1958, ex dead Bursera (H.
B. Leech) ; 4.5 mi. S.E. of La Paz, 3 August 1966 (J. A. Chemsak, P. D. Hurd, Jr.,
E. G. and J. M. Linsley) ; 7 mi. west of La Paz, 6 September 1967 (J. A. Chemsak,
A. E. and M. M. Michelbacher) , 25 mi. west of La Paz, 30 August and 4 September
1959 (K. W. Radford and F. G. Werner) ; 4 mi. north of Todos Santos, 2
September 1959 (Radford and Werner) ; 1 mi. southwest of Punta Palmilla, 13
September 1967 (Chemsak and Michelbachers) ; 2 mi. northwest of San Pedro,
19 September 1967 (Chemsak and Michelbachers) ; and 6 mi. north of San Jose del
Cabo, 15 September 1967 (Chemsak and Michelbachers). Baja California Norte:
Las Arrastas de Arriola, 3 April 1973 (J. Doyen, J. Powell and S. L. Szerlip) .
POLIAENUS VOLITANS (LeCoNTE)
Lophopoeum volitans LeConte, 1873, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., (11)264: 232; Horn,
1894, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 2(4): 340.
Pogonocherus volitans, Leng and Hamilton, 1896, Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc.,
23: 136; Schaeffer, 1909, Jour. New York Entomol. Soc., 17: 103; Fall, 1910,
Entomol. News, 21: 7; Linsley, 1930, Pan-Pacific Entomol., 7: 85.
Poliaenus volitans, Linsley, 1935, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 28: 86; Linsley,
1942, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4)24: 81.
Poliaenus hirsutus Bates, 1880, Biologia Centrali- Americana, Coleoptera, 5: 120;
Chemsak and Linsley, 1970, Jour. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 43: 416 (lectotype
designation) .
Poliaenus incertus Breuning, 1943, Folia Zoologica et Hydrobiologica, 12: 58.
New synonymy.
In this species the basic pubescent pattern of the elytra consists of
a broad ante-median saddle mark of dense appressed white pubescence
often tinged with golden, which is arcuate behind the humeri and basal
tubercles and narrows posteriorly toward the elytral suture where it
continues more or less parallel-sided to apical one fourth. The most
characteristic feature is the prominent, recurved, acute structure of the
lateral tubercles of the prothorax. As in other species of the genus, the
last abdominal sternite is entire in the male, emarginate in the female.
We have examined the type of volitans from Cape San Lucas, the
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
279
type of hirsutus from Capetillo, Guatemala and the type of incertus
from California Meridionalis. The last is a badly rubbed specimen
with broken appendages but with the body structures identical with
P. volitans.
Sixty-five Mexican specimens are before us from the following localities:
Baja California Sur: 7 mi. west of La Paz, 4 August 1968 (J. A. Chemsak, P. D.
Hurd, Jr., E. G. and J. M. Linsley) ; Santiago, 8 July 1938 (A. E. Michelbacher
and E. S. Ross) ; 6 mi. southwest of Santiago, 31 August 1969 (K. W. Radford
and F. G. Werner) ; 5 mi. west of San Bartolo, 13 July 1938 (Michelbacher and
Ross) ; 6 mi. north of San Jose del Cabo, various dates in September, 1967 (J. A.
Chemsak and A. E. and M. M. Michelbacher) ; and 10 mi. southwest of San Jose
del Cabo, 1 September 1959 (Radford and Werner). Sonora: Desemboque, var-
ious dates in August and September, 1953 (B. Malkin) ; Louis, 26 September
1953 (B. Malkin) ; Puerto Libertad, 2 August 1950 (J. P. Figg Hoblyn) . Sinaloa:
13 mi. north of Los Mochis, 7 August 1964 (J. A. Chemsak and J. Powell).
The Sonoran population has a somewhat different facies from that
in Baja California and there is a tendency for the apices of the lateral
pronotal tubercles to be more strongly produced and the dorsal tubercles
glabrous.
Poliaenus iiuevoleonis, new species
Male: Body slender, elytra twice as long as basal width, integument dark
brown to blackish, clothed with long flying hairs, mostly black on front of head,
basal segments of antennae, and dorsal surface of pronotum and elytra, pubescence
fine, appressed, golden above, white or vaguely ochraceous at sides and on ventral
surface; elytral humeri prominent, basal tubercle moderate, crested with black,
oblique impression from inside humerus to elytral suture deep, broadening rapidly
to include sutural area from basal tubercle to mid-elytra, densely clothed with
fine appressed golden pubescence which extends posteriorly along the suture to
apical one-third. Head about as broad as long; antennae brown, exceeding elytral
apices by about three segments, scape moderately slender, attaining lateral pro-
thoracic tubercle, third segment longest, segments four to ten densely clothed with
appressed white pubescence except at apices. Pronotum with width across lateral
tubercles about one and one-third times length; lateral tubercles moderate, only
slightly recurved, apices obtuse, dorsal tubercles moderate, shining. Elytra coarsely
punctate especially basally and laterally, but punctures mostly obscured by pu-
bescence; costae not well defined, obscured by pubescence, with a few polished
tubercles near median area and a dense patch of brown hairs surrounded by
golden pubescence at apical one-third; apices conjointly rounded. Abdomen with
sternites fringed with white hairs, last sternite with apex entire. Length 7.5 mm.
Holotype male (Canadian National Collection) from Chipinque Mesa, 5400 ft.,
near Monterrey, Nuevo Leon, Mexico, 23 July 1963 (H. Howden).
This is the first species of Poliaenus known from the eastern portion
of northern Mexico. It appears to be related to P. volitans , but differs
280
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
in the narrower body form, less strongly developed lateral prothoracic
tubercles and darker color.
Genus Pogonocherus Zetterstedt
Pogonocherus Zetterstedt, 1828, Fauna Ins. Lapponica, p. 364; LeConte, 1852, Jour.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, (2)2: 159; Lacordaire, 1872, Genera des coleop-
teres, 9: 653; Horn, 1878, Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 7: 42; Leng and
Hamilton, 1896, Trans. Amer Entomol. Soc., 23: 135; Schaeffer, 1909, Jour.
New York Entomol. Soc., 17: 102; Fall, 1910, Entomol. News, 21: 5; Casey,
1913, Memoirs on the Coleoptera, 4: 345; Linsley, 1930, Pan-Pacific Entomol.,
7: 79; Linsley, 1935, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 28: 95.
Pityphilus Mulsant, 1863, Coleopteres des France, Longicornes, p. 302; Lacordaire,
1872, Genera des coleopteres, 9: 635, fn. 2.
The proportions of the first, third and fourth antennal segments, shape
of the anterior coxal cavities, and the form of the elytra will distinguish
this genus from the others.
A single species extends into Mexico.
Pogonocherus (Eupogonocherus) arizonicus Schaeffer
Pogonocherus arizonicus Schaeffer, 1908, Bull. Brooklyn Inst. Arts. Sci., 1: 346;
Schaeffer, 1909, Jour. New York Entomol. Soc., 17: 102; Fall, 1910, Entomol.
News, 21: 8; Casey, 1913, Memoirs on the Coleoptera, 4: 346; Linsley, 1930,
Pan-Pacific Entomol., 7: 80.
Pogonocherus ( Eupogonocherus ) arizonicus , Linsley, 1935, Ann. Entomol. Soc.
Amer., 28: 98.
Pogonocherus ( Eupogonocherus ) medianus Linsley, 1935, Ann. Entomol. Soc.
Amer., 28: 98; Linsley, Knull and Statham, 1961, Amer. Mus. Novitates, 2050:
31. New synonymy.
One example from P. Buenos Aires, 37 miles west of El Salto,
Durango, Mexico, 1 July, 1964, ex Pinus (H. F. Howden). This is the
first record for the genus from Mexico.
Unfortunately, when Schaeffer described this species he gave the
length as 13 mm. Actually, the size range as presently known is from
6-8 mm. This discrepancy in addition to variation in the number of
subsutural tufts of erect black hairs on the elytra and the arrangement
of the abdominal pubescence resulted in the above synonymy.
Genus Pogonillus Bates
Pogonillus Bates, 1885, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Coleoptera, 5: 360.
This species may be recognized by the lack of dorsal and lateral
tubercles on the pronotum and by the long flying hairs of the body.
Type species: Pogonillus subfasciatus Bates, by present designation.
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
281
POGONILLUS INERMIS BATES
Pogonillus intermis Bates, 1885, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Coleoptera, 5: 360.
Male: Body small, subparallel; integument brown to dark brown; pubescence
variegated with brownish, grayish and black, flying hairs mostly brownish. Head
finely punctate, pubescence of face mostly appressed; antennae barely exceeding
elytral apices, lightly annulated with brown, scape with long erect hairs on all
surfaces, remaining segments densely clothed with long hairs internally, sparsely
so externally, setae most conspicuous near apices of segments. Pronotum about
as long as broad, finely punctate with scattered coarser punctures superimposed,
pubescence fine, dense, appressed with scattered long erect hairs. Elytra with
punctation similar to that of pronotum, prostrate pubescence mostly whitish and
patchy, erect hairs mostly dark brown ; apices rounded. Abdomen with last segment
truncate at apex. Length 4.5 mm.
Female: Antennae distinctly shorter than the body; abdomen with last segment
rounded at apex. Length 4-4.5 mm.
In addition to the type, which is a male from Cordoba and the asso-
ciated female from Jalapa in the British Museum (Natural History)
we have examined a male from 19 miles NE of Cordoba, Veracruz,
1 July 1958, 1000 ft. elev. (University of Kansas Mexican Expedition)
and a female from Temescal, Oaxaca, 5 July 1965 (G. H. Nelson and
family) .
Genus Ecyrus LeConte
Ecyrus LeConte, 1852, Jour Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, (2)2: 161; Leng and
Hamilton, 1896, Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 23: 137; Linsley, 1930, Pan-Pacific
Entomol., 7: 85; Linsley, 1935, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 28: 88.
The absence of flying hairs on the body, unarmed sides of the pro-
notum, short, clavate antennal scape, and the long incurved fourth
segment of the antennae will distinguish this genus from others in the
tribe.
Six species are known from Mexico.
Key to the Mexican Species of Ecyrus
1 Elytra with three or more rows of tufts of short brownish or blackish
hairs; pronotum without glabrous discal calluses; scutellum brown
pubescent 2
Elytra with a single row of three fascicles of long, erect brownish or
blackish hairs; pronotum with a small glabrous callus on each side
just anterior to middle of disk, and with a dense patch of chalky-
white pubescence on each side of middle over basal half or two-
thirds; elytra with similar dense, chalky-white pubescence at base
and over most of apical one-half; scutellum white pubescent. 6-11 mm.
Texas to Vera Cruz and Sinaloa penicillatus Bates
282
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
2(1) Pronotum without a glabrous median longitudinal line, discal tubercles
conical, pubescent 3
Pronotum with a narrow glabrous median longitudinal line, discal tuber-
cles narrowly elongate, with a glabrous black line which sometimes
extends to anterior and basal margins. 6-10 mm. Oaxaca and Veracruz
lineicollis n.sp.
3(2) Elytra with basal tubercles forming a short, transverse black line 4
Elytra with basal tubercles forming an obliquely arcuate black line
along the edge of post-humeral depression, not reaching suture nor
humeri, sometimes obscured by overlying black and brown pubescence
over basal one-third or one-fourth, apical two-thirds of elytra predom-
inantly white, grading into light brown over apices. 8-11 mm. Yucatan
and Quintana Roo and Guatemala arcuatus Gahan
4(3) Face clothed with brown pubescence; vertex with a pair of prominent
longitudinal ridges above eyes; antennae with fourth segment about
as long as second and third combined 5
- Face clothed with dense white pubescence between the eyes and over
the antennal tubercles; vertex with a narrow polished longitudinal
ridge on each side of middle above eyes; antennae moderately densely
fringed internally with long-fine curled white hairs, intermixed with
shorter, stiff, black ones, especially near apices of third and fourth seg-
ments, fourth segment distinctly longer than second and third combined.
10 mm. Cuernavaca albifrons n.sp.
5(4) Antennae ciliate internally but cilia mostly straight; elytra moderately
coarsely punctate; antennal scape only moderately stout. 6-8 mm.
Baja California, Sonora, Sinaloa pad ficus Linsley
- Antennae densely ciliate internally with fine white hairs, longer and
curved apically in the male; elytra very coarsely punctate although
punctures often obscured pubescence; antennal scape stout. 8-10 mm.
Michoacan and Guerrero ciliatus n.sp.
Ecyrus penicillatus Bates
Ecyrus penicillatus Bates, 1880, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Coleoptera, 5: 137;
Linsley, 1930, Pan-Pacific Entomol., 7: 89; Linsley, 1935, Ann. Entomol. Soc.
Amer., 28: 91, pi. 1, fig. 7; Chemsak and Linsley, 1970, Jour. Kansas Entomol.
Soc., 43: 410 (lectotype designation).
Ecyrus fasciatus Hamilton, 1896, Trans. Amer., Entomol. Soc., 23: 137; Linsley,
1931, Pan-Pacific Entomol., 7 : 105.
This species may be readily recognized by the characters enumerated in the
key. In addition to the type specimen of E. penicillatus from Mirador, Veracruz,
Mexico (British Museum — Natural History) and that of E. fasciatus from Browns-
ville, Texas, we have seen examples from the following localities in Mexico:
East edge of San Jose de las Pusias Mtns., 30 miles NNE of Aldama, Tamaulipas
(Martin Robins) ; 8 miles E. Padilla, Rancho Sta. Ana, 12 December 1941
(Cantrall, Friauf.) ; 1 mile W Anton Lizardo, Veracruz, 23 June 1961 (Univ.
Kansas Mexican Expedition) ; Puente Nacional, Veracruz, 17 August 1960 (H.
F. Howden) ; Mazatlan, Sinaloa, 5 August 1968 (M. Bentzien, J. Bigelow, S.
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
283
Williams, M. Cazier) and 5 miles north of Mazatlan on various dates in July and
August (J. A. Chemsak, E. Giesbert, H. F. Howden, G. H. Nelson, J. Powell).
In Texas this species has been collected in late May, June and early
July from dead branches of willow (Salix) . Most of the examples from
Mazatlan were attracted to “black light” at night.
Ecyrus lineicollis, new species
Male: Form moderately robust; integument dark to reddish brown; pubescence
variegated, brownish, golden-brown and white, black over subbasal elytral tuber-
cles. Head finely punctate, finely, densely clothed with an intermixture of brownish
and whitish prostrate pubesence; white pubescence denser between eyes and over
antennal tubercles, vertex with a glabrous longitudinal ridge on each side of
midline; antennae exceeding elytral apices by four segments, scape moderately
robust, finely densely punctate, clothed with long, prostrate white and golden
appressed pubescence, shorter than third segment, fourth segment much longer
than third, slightly less than twice as long as scape, segments three to ten clothed
beneath with long, pale cilia which become more erect on outer segments, annu-
lated with dark brown at apices, third segment dark brown, remaining segments
light brown. Pronotum only slightly wider than long, obtusely swollen but not
tuberculate at sides, pubescence predominantly brown with some intermixture of
white, disk with a median, glabrous, shining black line, ante-median lateral discal
tubercles glabrous, longitudinal, shining, black; pro- and mesosterna coarsely
punctate, largely white pubescent. Legs reddish brown, white pubescent. Elytra
variegated with brownish and whitish pubescence, brown predominantly basally
and apically, white medially, surface rather coarsely punctate and tuberculate;
basal tubercles in the form of an arcuate ridge along edge of ante-median impres-
sion; apices shallowly emarginate. Abdomen shining, finely punctate, clothed
with prostrate white pubescence with some erect hairs at apex; apex entire with a
fringe of short golden hairs. Length, 8 mm.
Female: Antennae barely exceeding elytral apices; abdomen with apex of last
segment shallowly emarginate. Length, 7 mm.
Holotype male and allotype (California Academy of Sciences) from 5 miles west
of Tehuantepec, Oaxaca, Mexico, 1 July 1972 (G. H. Nelson). Paratypes: one
with same data as holotype and allotype, one from 7 miles west of Tehuantepec,
2 July 1972 (G. H. Nelson), four from 3 miles west of Tehuantepec, 19 July 1965,
on Acacia pennatula (G. H. Nelson), one from Tehuantepec, 23 July 1964 (Paul
J. Spangler) , two examples from 23 miles south of Matias Romero, Oaxaca, 5
April and 22 April 1962 (F. D. Parker and L. A. Stange), one from 21 miles
south of Matias Romero, 12 July 1962 (J. M. Campbell) and one from 7 miles
northeast of Juchitan, Oaxaca, 18 July 1952 (E. E. Gilbert, C. D. MacNeill) .
Additional material not designated paratypic includes one specimen from Temescal,
Oaxaca, 16-23 August 1965 (A. B. Lau) and two from 6 miles south of Tinaja,
Veracruz, on Highway 145, 26 June 1972 (G. H. Nelson).
This species differs from the other Ecyrus presently known by the
narrow polished longitudinal midline of the pronotum and the narrowly
elongate discal tubercles which are overlaid with a black line which
sometimes extends to the basal and apical pronotal margins.
284
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Ecyrus arcuatus Gahan
Ecyrus arcuatus Gahan, 1892, Trans. Entomol. Soc. London, p. 259, pi. 12, fig. 2,
Linsley, 1930, Pan-Pacific Entomol., 7: 90, Linsley, 1935, Ann. Entomol. Soc.
Amer., 28: 91, pi. 1, fig. 9.
This species was described originally from Temax, North Yucatan (Gaumer).
In addition to the type which was examined in the British Museum (Natural
History) we have seen a specimen labelled “Yucatan” “G. F. Gaumer” in the
collection of the University of Kansas, an example from Piste, Yucatan, 1 September
1967, and 5 more from X-Can, Quintana Roo, 12-14 June 1967 (E. C. Welling)
and 1 from Peten Tikal, 31 March 1956 (I. J. Cantrall) .
Although the arcuate subbasal row of black or brown tufted tubercles
on the elytra are always evident, in one of the X-Can specimens they
are overlaid with a broad dark brown transverse band covering the
basal one-third or more. Also, all of the X-Can examples have most of
the apical half of the elytra densely white pubescent, shading into light
brown over the elytral apices.
Ecyrus albifrons, new species
Male: Form moderately robust; integument dark brown, pubescence variegated
with brown and white above, face between eyes, antennal tubercles, median
transverse band on elytra, most of venter and legs predominantly white pubescent,
basal and apical thirds of elytra largely pale brown pubescent, subbasal tubercles
black. Head finely punctate, a black tubercle on each side of mid-line just above
the eyes connected to a similar pair of tubercles on outer margins of pronotum by
a narrow polished ridge; antennae exceeding elytral apices by about four segments,
scape moderately robust, a little shorter than third segment, fourth segment
distinctly longer than second and third segments combined, less than twice as
long as scape, third segment brown pubescent, annulated with white at base,
segments four to ten white pubescent, annulate with brown at their apices, seg-
ments three to ten ciliate beneath, the cilia predominantly brown on third seg-
ments and apices of remaining segments which also bear long recurved whitish
hairs. Pronotum slightly wider than long, sides swollen at middle, pubescence pre-
dominantly brown, intermixed with lighter brown and some white; disk thinly pu-
bescent and shining at middle but without a glabrous median line; pro-, meso- and
metasterna, coxae and legs largely white pubescent but with scattered irregular
glabrous or semi-glabrous areas. Elytra with a pair of subbasal black tubercles
arranged more or less transversely, not curving forward in an arc along edge of
antemedian depression ; apices truncate. Abdomen shining, finely punctate, basal
segments and remaining segments at sides clothed with prostrate white pubescence;
apex entire, fringed. Length 10 mm.
Holotype male (California Academy of Sciences) from Cuernevaca, Mexico (A.
Fenyes) .
This species is distinctive in the very narrow polished longitudinal
ridges of the vertex above the eyes. It futher differs from E. arcuatus
in the number and arrangement of the subbasal elytral tubercles and
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
285
from E. lineicollis by the absence of longitudinal glabrous lines on the
pronotum.
Ecyrus pacificus Linsley
Ecyrus pacificus Linsley, 1942, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4)24: 80.
This species, described originally from San Domingo, Baja California, 19 July
1938 with a paratype from 21 miles north of Comondu, 2 July 1938, both examples
having been captured at light by A. E. Michelbacher and E. S. Ross, has recently
been taken in numbers on the west coast mainland of Mexico. We have the
material before us as follows: Alamos, Sonora, 15-20 July 1958 and 15-16 July
1973 (R. L. Westcott) ; 7 miles W of Alamos, 8 August 1964 (J. A. Chemsak, J.
Powell) ; and 5 miles north of Mazatlan, Sinaloa, 8 August 1964, 10 August 1965
(G. H. Nelson), 1 August 1965 (J. A. and M. A. Chemsak, E. G. and J. M.
Linsley), 26-29 July 1973 (J. A. Chemsak, E. G. and J. M. Linsley, A. E. and M.
M. Michelbacher) .
The median band of the elytra is at times more or less triangular and
does not reach the suture and sometimes is in the form of a broad band
extending across both elytra.
Ecyrus ciliatus, new species
Male: Form robust; integument dark brown, shining, finely punctate with
coarser punctures superimposed, especially on elytra; pubescence variegated with
brown and white above except for an oblique median band on elytra; body be-
neath and legs clothed with prostrate white pubescence broken by irregular
glabrous areas, especially on legs. Head finely punctate, facial pubescence pre-
dominantly brown; vertex with a prominent longitudinal ridge on each side of
midline above the eyes; antennae extending about four segments beyond elytral
apices, pubescence predominantly white mixed with some brown, apices annulated
with brown, more extensively so on outer segments fourth segment about as long
as second and third together, segments three to eleven densely ciliate within,
cilia of segments four to eleven long, recurved, mostly pale. Pronotum slightly
wider than long; sides obtusely swollen at middle; disk polished, surface shining
beneath the slightly sparser pubescence but without a median longitudinal gla-
brous line, anterior margin bituberculate, the tubercles clothed with short dense
black hairs; pro-, meso- and metasterna white pubescent, finely punctate,
metasternum with scattered, largely obscured, large punctures superimposed. Elytra
coarsely punctate, with a pair of black subbasal tubercles placed transversely, not
curving forward in an arc along ante-median depression; apices feebly truncate.
Abdomen shining, thinly clothed with long white prostrate pubescence; apex
entire, fringed. Length, 9.5 mm.
Female: Antennae barely exceeding elytral apices, moderately densely ciliate
internally, cilia mostly straight, not long and recurved; abdomen with apical
segment slightly emarginate. Length, 9 mm.
Holotype male and allotype (California Academy of Sciences) from 11 miles
east of Apatzingan, Michoacan, Mexico 20 August 1954 (E. G. Linsley, J. W.
MacSwain & R. F. Smith) and six para types with the same data. Additional
286
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
paratypes include: one dated, 19 August 1954, 5 miles east of Apatzingan
(Linsley, MacSwain and Smith) ; one from Apatzingan, alt. 1200 ft., 21 August
1941, from Acacia (Harry Hoogstraal) ; one from 31 miles S. Nueva Italia,
Michoacan, 26 September 1959 (Cantrall and Cohn) ; and one from 24 miles south
of Iguala, Guerrero, Mexico, 18 July 1963 (F. D. Parker and L. A. Stange) .
This species is very close to E. pacificus Linsley, but the average
size is larger (8-10 mm as against 6—8 mm) and the antennae are more
densely ciliate internally, sex for sex. Since the two as now known are
allopatric it is possible that with longer series from a greater variety
of localities they may prove to be only subspecifically different. As
in E. pacificus, the oblique pale area of the elytra may or may not ex-
tend to the suture.
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
Observations on the Egg Laying and Sleeping Habits of Euparagia scutel-
laris Cresson (Hymenoptera : Vespoidea). — 'All known masarid wasps pro-
vision their nests with pollen except Euparagia scutellaris Cresson which is preda-
tory on weevil larvae. Clement and Grissell (1968, Pan-Pac. Entomol., 44: 34-37)
reported that E. scutellaris provisions the cell before depositing its egg. This
represents the only known exception in the superfamily Vespoidea since all others
deposit the egg before provisioning.
While at the University of California’s Sagehen Creek Field Station, Nevada
County, California in July, 1974, I had the opportunity to excavate several nests
of E. scutellaris. The excavation technique used, although not original, gave ex-
cellent results. A piece of grass or twig was inserted into the nest entrance as a
marker and a 25 cm deep trench was then dug around the nest to encircle an area
of about 25 square cm. When the soil was rocky, water was added to the trench
to aid in the excavation. Then, each nest was carefully removed and dissected with
fine tools under proper lighting conditions.
One nest contained three cells with 36, 34, and 4 weevil larvae respectively.
Each cell contained a wasp egg or larva located at its base. Obviously, the cell
with 4 weevil larvae was still being provisioned. The position of the egg and the
fact that an egg was found in a partially provisioned cell strongly indicate that
eggs are deposited prior to provisioning. Thus, E. scutellaris conforms to the egg
deposition behavior of other Vespoidea.
It is well-known that the males of many wasps and bees sleep in aggregations
while perched upon twigs, grass, and shrubs. In July 1974, several groups of E.
scutellaris males were found on grass stalks at the Sagehen Creek Field Station.
I believe this is the first report of such a phenomenon in masarids. — Wayne
S. Moore, Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis, California
95616.
The Drosophila pinicola Species Group
(Diptera: Drosophilidae)
Herman T. Spieth
Department of Zoology , University of California, Davis, California 95616
AND
William B. Heed
Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, University of Arizona
Tucson, Arizona 85721
Two Western North American species, i.e., D. flavopinicola Wheeler
and D. pinicola Sturtevant, constitute the Drosophila pinicola species
group. Sturtevant (1942) in his analysis of the evolution and phylogeny
of Drosophila concluded (1) that D. pinicola belongs to the subgenus
Drosophila with its closest relatives being members of the D. virilis
species group, and (2) that pinicola is also closely related to both the
genus Scaptomyza and the subgenus Sophophora of Drosophila. Since
he assumed that Scaptomyza and Drosophila were coordinate genera,
he regarded pinicola to be a “primitive type.” Patterson and Stone
(1952) accepted Sturtevant’s interpretation. Throckmorton (1962, 1966
and 1968) showed that Scaptomyza is not coordinate with Drosophila
but rather that Scaptomyza is an “exgroup genus derived from one of
the lineages within the genus Drosophila .” Throckmorton concluded
that pinicola is a relative of Scaptomyza but he excluded pinicola from
being considered as a primitive member of the genus Drosophila.
Investigations of the endemic Hawaiian Drosophilidae (Hardy, 1965;
Throckmorton, 1966; Spieth 1966; Carson et al. 1970) uncovered a
surprising degree of overlap in various characteristics of the endemic
Hawaiian drosophiloids and scaptomyzoids. A resultant possible con-
clusion from such data is that the genus Scaptomyza arose on the
Hawaiian islands from the same ancestral immigrant stock that also
gave rise to the endemic drosophiloids. Further, the characteristics
of the Hawaiian Drosophila species are such that their ancestor could
not have been derived from any known South Pacific drosophiloid
group. Some area of the North Pacific appears more likely to have
been the ancestral home of the original introduction that gave rise to
Hawaiian drosophiloid fauna. Additionally, a recent study (McDonald,
Heed and Miranda, 1974) which compares the larval leaf -feeding habits
of species of Lauxaniidae from the north coast of California with
Hawaiian leaf-breeding Drosophila elucidates the ecological similarities
between the two areas.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51 : 287 - 295 . October 1975
288
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Because of the phylogenetic placement of the pinicola subgroup, its
geographical distribution and the ecological similarities, it therefore
seems appropriate to investigate its possible relationship to the Hawaiian
fauna.
Distribution
The exact geographical limits of the distributions of the two species
have not been determined, but present data indicate that they are
allopatrically distributed in the coniferous or mixed coniferous-hard-
wood forests of California, Oregon and Washington. D. pinicola is
known to range from Mt. San Jacinto in Southern California, northward
on both sides of the San Joaquin and Sacramento valleys to Yosemite
National Park (Mather) on the eastern side and to St. Helena, Cali-
fornia, on the western side. Neither species has been collected east of
the Sierra Nevada Range in California or the Cascade Range in Wash-
ington and Oregon. D. flavopinicola , originally collected by Wheeler
and Heed in 1951, has been found only in the coastal areas extending
from Trinidad, California, to the Olympic National Forest (Sequim) in
Washington.
Natural History
Drosophila pinicola has been reared from field-collected mushrooms
(Dobzhansky, personal communication). We have reared D. flavo-
pinicola from several species of soft bodied mushrooms, especially
species of Amanita. In the Trinidad, California, area three drosophilid
species ( D . flavopinicola , D. melanderi Sturtevant, and D. subquinaria
Spencer) utilize the same individual fungi (mushrooms) for oviposi-
tional substrates. Field-collected individual mushrooms produced in
the laboratory numerous adults of all three of the Drosophila species
as well as a species of Psychodidae, two species of Tipuloidea and two
additional species of Acalypterate diptera. How these eight species are
able successfully to partition the resources of a single fungal body has
not been determined.
None of the three ( flavopinicola , melanderi and subquinaria ) appears
to have a large population of adults in the field, even when suitable
mushrooms are abundant. At the Trinidad sites direct observation,
sweeping over mushrooms and baiting with bananas all indicate that
subquinaria is the rarest of the three and flavopinicola the most abun-
dant. At Mather, California, during the late spring and early summer
when mushrooms are present in numbers, pinicola is quite abundant
but it is rare at other seasons.
D. melanderi males assume courtship stations on the upper surface
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
289
of mushroom caps. Highly pugnacious, they vigorously defend the area
surrounding them. As a result, usually one and never more than two
melanderi males have been observed on a single mushroom cap. If
another drosophilid individual enters the defended area, the male will
immediately approach and attempt to court.
D. flavopinicola males apparently never utilize the upper surface of
the mushroom cap, but, rather, sit on the substrate around the base of
the mushroom, perhaps on the mushroom stem. The male courtship
displays thus seem to occur primarily on the ground at the base of the
mushroom rather than on the mushroom proper. The courtship be-
havior of neither D. subquinaria nor D. pinicola was observed in the
field.
In the laboratory both flavopinicola and pinicola prefer to oviposit
in the commercial mushroom Agaricus disporus rather than in corn-
meal or banana media. Larvae hatched from eggs oviposited in A.
disporus complete their development and produce normal adults. The
adults, however, cannot be maintained solely on A. disporus and must
have access also to a carbohydrate rich food source such as the standard
Drosophila media. Significantly, Sturtevant (1942) suggested that the
adults of pinicola are sap feeders since he observed them on moist spots
on the trunks of Sequoiadendron giganteum (Lindl.).
The mature larvae of flavopinicola and pinicola avoid pupating in or
on the surface of their food substrate. Typically they pupate either in
the cotton plug of the rearing vial or crawl through the plug and escape
from the rearing bottle. Removal of the cotton plug and placement of the
open rearing vial in a larger jar which has a layer of moist sand on its
bottom results in the mature larvae leaving the rearing vial and pupating
on the surface of the sand.
Similarly, the larvae which develop in a field collected mushroom
which has been placed in a “sand jar” leave the mushroom when mature
and pupate on the sand some distance from the remains of the mush-
room.
In the laboratory flavopinicola and pinicola will oviposit in any por-
tion of a mushroom, although they prefer the stem and cap surfaces
and tend to avoid the gills. D. subquinaria exhibits similar behavior
but melanderi refuses to oviposit in the gill area and prefers the surface
of the mushroom cap.
Sturtevant (1942) noted that pinicola was difficult to maintain under
laboratory conditions and must be kept at low temperatures. The rea-
son is that the female oocytes of both species will not develop unless
the individuals are kept at a temperature below 18-19 °C. The adults
290
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
can remain apparently healthy at higher temperatures, e.g., at 22-25°C,
and at least some of the males will develop viable sperm. Occasionally
on old female will become inseminated even though her ovaries show
no sign of development. If individuals which are sterile because of
“high” temperature are then placed under 18° C temperature, the fe-
males will within 7-10 days develop mature fertile ova.
It thus appears that flavopinicola and pinicola are fungivorous species
that are constrained to live in areas where the females are able to find
micro niches having temperatures lower than 18° C for relatively pro-
longed periods of time. The adults must be able to find both fungus
in which the females can oviposit and an additional food substrate for
themselves.
Life Cycle
Both flavopinicola and pinicola reach maturity slowly and there is
considerable inter-individual variation between flies reared and aged
together. D. flavopinicola females reared and maintained at 18°C ± 1.5
begin to deposit eggs when they are 20-22 days old. D. pinicola matures
about five days faster than does flavopinicola. Embryonic, larval and
pupal development takes about 20 days for pinicola and 25 days for
flavopinicola , thus resulting in generation times of about 35 and 45
days, respectively.
Morphology
Wheeler (1954) noted that flavopinicola adults differ from pinicola
mainly in their larger size, more yellowish body color and more highly
pigmented wings. Thus pinicola appears blackish with a brownish
tinge, and has clear wings except for a faint melanistic cloud on the
posterior cross vein. It varies from 2. 5-3.0 mm in body length and from
3.0 to 3.5 mm in wing length. D. flavopinicola appears brownish with
a yellowish tinge, and has strong melanistic clouds on both cross wings
and in the costa cell. The entire wing is also suffused with a brownish
tinge. It varies from 3.5 to 4.5 mm in body length and from 4 to 5
mm in wing length. D. pinicola is therefore a medium sized species
while flavopinicola is one of the largest drosophiloids found in North
America. The eggs, larvae, pupae, the male genitalia, the ovipositors
and the female ventral receptacles and dorsal spermatheca of the two
species are also essentially identical except for size.
Karyology
The larval metaphase chromosomes of D. flavopinicola were de-
scribed by Clayton and Ward (1954) as 5 pairs of rods and one pair
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
291
of dots. The X and Y chromosomes could not be distinguished. We
examined one larval brain smear from Trinidad, California (sex un-
determined) and found the same configuration as in Plate 1 of Clayton
and Ward with the exception that the sex chromosomes were longer,
about 3 times the length of the autosomes and had satellites. The
microchromosomes were minute. The larval polytene chromosomes
showed 5 arms plus a dot with much diffuse centromeric hetero-
chromatin.
The metaphase chromosomes of D. pinicola were described by E.
Novitski in Sturtevant (1942) as follows: “Three pairs: X is J-shaped,
Y is V-shaped, each arm about as long as the long arm of the X. There
are two pairs of autosomes, a V and a rod, each of the three arms con-
cerned being about the length of the short arms of the X.” We have ex-
amined two male and two female larval ganglion cells (Stock M-72-12)
and concur with the description above but with the following additions:
(1) there is a pair of very small microchromosomes (dots) ; (2) the
long arm of the X is about 3 times the length of the arms of the auto-
somes, and (3) the Y chromosome has a secondary constriction in one
of its arms. The larval polytene chromosomes show 5 arms plus a dot
with much diffuse centromeric heterochromatin.
D. pinicola and flavopinicola have the following characteristics in
common: double length X chromosomes probably due to the addition
of heterochromatin, and very small dot chromosomes. The pinicola
metaphase is derived by one autosomal fusion and an X-autosomal
fusion.
Behavior
(1) D. pinicola: A sexually alert male moves about bobbing his
abdomen up and down, then orients upon a nearby or passing female,
approaches and strikes sharply against her body with one or both fore-
legs. He then moves quickly to the rear of the female, positions him-
self directly behind her and lunges forward, thrusts his head under
her wings, curls the tip of this abdomen under and forward and at-
tempts to make genitalic contact. At the same time he attempts to grasp
the female’s abdomen with his forelegs and to push her wings apart
with his head. A receptive female allows the male to achieve intro-
mission, mount, and spread her wings. During copulo all of the male’s
legs are engaged in grasping the female’s body but 1 to 2 minutes before
termination of the copulation the male releases his legs, falls backwards
and assumes a motionless trance-like state. During this time the female
kicks with her hind legs, attempting to break the genitalic union, and
eventually the male abruptly withdraws.
292
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
A non-receptive female may kick or decamp but most frequently she
elevates the tip of her abdomen and “extrudes” by exposing the articu-
lating membranes surrounding the ovipositor and terminal sclerites.
Copulation is relatively long, averaging 15'11", with a maximum of
19' 17" and a minimum of 12'40".
(2) D. flavopinicola : A sexually alert flavopinicola male bobs his
abdomen up and down. The amplitude of movement is larger than that
displayed by pinicola and is accompanied by small up and down move-
ments of both wings. The male exudes an anal droplet and infrequently
depresses the tip of his abdomen against the substrate and deposits the
anal liquid on the substrate. Typically he moves about with short quick
steps as he displays. Periodically he will cease bobbing, clean the tip
of his abdomen with his hind legs and then uses the same legs to clean
his wings. Presumably the anal droplet contains a volatile pheromone
which is thus released into the atmosphere. Such low intensity display
may continue for prolonged periods but usually it quickly and smoothly
changes into a high intensity display which involves continuance of the
abdominal bobbing accompanied by flicking both wings outward and
upward in increasing amplitude until after several flicks the wing vanes
attain about 45° outward and upward. Both vanes are then held im-
mobile in this extended position. Simultaneously he depresses his head
and elevates his abdomen until his longitudinal axis forms a 30°-40°
angle with the substrate and the large genital claspers are fully opened.
He then engages in “bounce-bobbing,” i.e., the entire body is bounced
up and down; with each bounce both extended wings are flicked 7°-10°
further outward and at the same time the body is rotated slowly back
and forth about 15° along its longitudinal axis. Five to six bounce-
bobs occur while a single rotation cycle is completed from one side to
the other and back. This complex display occurs in bouts of 1—2
second’s duration and may be repeated many times. Between bouts the
male often stamps rapidly against the substrate with one or both hind
legs.
A flavopinicola male will spontaneously display in an observation
cell and if a female moves into close proximity he orients upon her,
moves to her rear, taps with his forelegs and lunges forward thrusting
his head under her wings, simultaneously curling his abdominal tip
forward. He then grasps the female with his forelegs, attempts to mount
and achieve intromission. A receptive female allows the male to mount,
achieve intromission and spread her wings. During copulation the
male’s legs are all used to grasp the female but he does not go into a
trance at the end of the copulatory period. Rather, he quickly dismounts
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
293
without preliminary movement. A non-receptive female may kick, de-
camp, or elevate the tip of her adomen and extrude. The duration of
copulation is quite similar to that of pinicola with an average time of
16 / 04 // , a maximum of 20'30" and a minimum of 11/50".
The courtship of the two species displays unique elements when com-
pared to other continental species that have been studied.
Males of both species engage spontaneously in display activities.
This is surprising since almost invariably Drosophila males orient,
approach, tap with their forelegs and then engage in display actions
(Bastock and Manning 1955; Spieth 1952). The display of pinicola
is quite simple and consists simply of abdomen bobbing. The display
of flavopinicola is more complex and ranges from abdomen bobbing, a
low intensity display, similar to the courtship of the pinicola male to a
complex high intensity display involving the entire body of the fly.
The transition from low to high intensity is smoothly graduated. Sig-
nificantly, the flavopinicola male will orient and attempt to mount and
copulate regardless of the level of intensity of his display at the time
the female is encountered.
The elements of mounting, intromission, copulation posture and dis-
mounting behavior are essentially identical for the two species except
that the pinicola male displayed the motionless trance-like state at the
termination of copulation, whereas with flavopinicola this element was
never observed.
Discussion
Egg, larval, pupal and adult morphologies indicate that flavopinicola
and pinicola are closely related. D. flavopinicola possesses the primitive
Drosophila karyotype of five pairs of rods and a pair of dots, while
pinicola has a more derived karyotype, resulting from one autosomal
fusion and an X-autosomal fusion. Both species are fungivorous and
live in areas that are cool and moist. Both species have double length
X chromosomes. The courtship behavior of pinicola consists of only a
few elements, i.e., bobbing of the abdomen, curling the tip of the ab-
domen under and lunging onto the female. The flavopinicola male also
exhibits comparable courtship elements but can and usually does dis-
play a number of additional elements. D. pinicola males engage in a
motionless trance-like behavior at the end of the copulatory period, but
flavopinicola appears to lack this behavior. The basic courtship pat-
tern of Drosophila males is to orient upon a female, tap with the fore
tarsi and then engage in courtship display. Both flavopinicola and
pinicola will display without the physical presence of a female. Thus
294
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
the male display is in reality an advertising ploy that presumably may
serve to attract receptive females to him.
In a number of ways, especially in male courtship sequences of the
two species, there are unique display elements which are lacking in
most Drosophila species but are exhibited by a number of Hawaiian
drosophilids. For example, the use of both wings in the display, the
production and deposition on the substrate of an anal droplet, the eleva-
tion of the tip of the abdomen with concurrent lowering of the head,
the trance state at the end of the copulation and the performance of the
display without the immediate presence of a female. Likewise, the
excessively long X chromosomes are similar to those of the Hawaiian
species. The female ventral receptacles are similar to those of many
Hawaiian species. Most Hawaiian species have dorsal spermathecae
that lack an introvert (Throckmorton 1966), but two species, D.
anomalipes Grimshaw and D. quasianomalipes Hardy, which appear
to be archaic members of the Hawaiian fauna (Spieth, in press), have
spermathecae that are similar to those of pinicola and flavopinicola.
The long life cycle and the restriction to relatively low environmental
temperatures (i.e., 18-19°C) are also characteristic of the Hawaiian
species.
These evidences lead us to suggest that pinicola and flavopinicola
are the descendants of an ancestral population that was closely related
to the ancestor which gave rise to the Hawaiian Drosophila fauna.
Acknowledgments
The assistance of the personnel of the California Department of Parks
and Recreation in allowing us to collect and make field studies in the
State Parks of the North Coast Range made possible this study. Special
thanks are due Mr. D. W. Redding and Mr. George Fox. We also thank
Dr. Th. Dobzhansky for providing us with several field captured strains
of D. pinicola.
Literature Cited
Bastock, M. and A. Manning, 1955. The courtship of Drosophila melano-
gaster. Behaviour 8 (2-3) : 85-111.
Carson, H. L., D. E. Hardy, H. T. Spieth, and W. S. Stone. 1970. The evolu-
tionary biology of the Hawaiian Drosophila. In: Essays in Evolution
and Genetics in Honor of Theodosius Dobzhansky, ed. M. K. Hecht and
W. C. Steere, 437-543. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.
Clayton, F. E. and C. L. Ward. 1954. Chromosomal studies of several species
of Drosophilidae. Univ. Texas Publ. 5422: 98-105.
Hardy, D. E. 1965. Insects of Hawaii, Vol. 12. Diptera: Cyclorrhapha II, Series
Schizophora, Section Acalypterae I. Family Drosophilidae. Honolulu,
Univ. Hawaii Press, 814 pp.
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
295
McDonald, J. F., W. B. Heed, and M. Miranda. 1974. The larval nutrition of
Minettia flaveola and Phaonia parviceps and its significance to the
Hawaiian leaf -breeding Drosophila. The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 50:
78-82.
Patterson, J. and W. S. Stone. 1952. Evolution in the genus Drosophila.
The Macmillan Co., N.Y., 610 pp.
Spieth, H. T. 1952. Mating behavior within the genus Drosophila (Diptera) .
Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 99(7): 395-474.
Spieth, H. T. 1966. Courtship behavior of endemic Hawaiian Drosophila. Univ.
Texas Publ. 6615: 245-313.
Sturtevant, A. H. 1942. The classification of the genus Drosophila with de-
scriptions of nine new species. Univ. Texas Publ. 4213: 5-66.
Throckmorton, L. H. 1962. The problem of phylogeny in the genus Drosophila.
Univ. Texas Publ. 6205 : 207-343.
Throckmorton, L. H. 1966. The relationships of the endemic Hawaiian Droso-
philidae. Univ. Texas Publ. 6615: 335-396.
Throckmorton, L. H. 1968. Concordance and discordance of taxonomic char-
acters in Drosophila classification. Systematic Zoology 17 : 355-387.
Wheeler, M. R. 1954. Taxonomic studies on American Drosophilidae. Univ.
Texas Publ. 5422: 47-64.
RECENT LITERATURE
Tile Insects of Virginia: No. 7. The Aquatic and Semi-Aquatic Hemiptera of
Virginia. Marvin L. Bobb. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University
Research Division Bulletin 87:1-195. 1974.
This portion of the series dealing with Virginia insects includes 97 species in
30 genera among 14 families of Hemiptera. Keys are provided to the families and
for the genera and species of each family. A brief diagnostic statement is given
for each taxon and additional information on distribution, habitat, and biology
is presented for the species. The 20 plates are well-done and should aid in the
identification of the species. On the whole, the paper appears well-done and
should be useful for studies on aquatic Hemiptera in that region.- — Editor
The Insects of Virginia: No. 8. The Aquatic Hydrophilidae of Virginia.
James F. Matta. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University Research
Division Bulletin 94:1-44. 1974.
This is cited as being the forerunner of treatments of the aquatic Coleoptera of
Virginia. The aquatic Hydrophilidae are presented in similar fashion as other
groups in this series. A total of 49 species are discussed with keys for their
separation. Although illustrations of adults are lacking, genitalia of several
species are figured.
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
The Occurrence of a Second Genus of Spongilla-Fly ( Sisyra vicaria
(Walker) ) at Clear Lake, Lake County, California. — A revision of the
Sisyridae (Neuroptera) by Parfin and Gurney (Proc. USNM No. 3360, Vol.
105:421-529) in 1956 reported Climacia californicct. Chandler to be the only
species of spongilla-fly in California. The distribution of this species was limited
to Oregon and the single locality of Clear Lake in California.
On May 18, 1968 at Clear Lake sisyrid adults, pupae, prepupae and larvae were
collected at the type locality of Climacia californica on an aquatic entomology field
trip. A recent close examination of the material showed two species to be present.
Collections of adults and cocoons from under a wharf during the morning provided
23 $ and 13 2 adults of Climacia californica and 3 2 and 2 pupae of Sisyra
vicaria (Walker). Ten cocoons were collected which contained pupae, prepupae,
or pupal exuviae. Seven of 10 cocoons had an inner layer and an outer layer of
closely woven and irregularly criss-crossed fibers. Three cocoons had the outer
layer of loosely woven fibers hexagonal in pattern. Five of the cocoons with
criss-crossed fibers had pupae or pupal exuviae identified as belonging to the
genus Sisyra by their maxillary palpi and 10th tergite. All 3 of the cocoons with
the hexagonal pattern had pupae or their exuviae that keyed to Climacia. Chandler
(In Usinger 1956, Aquatic Insects of California, p. 236) reported the hexagonal
pattern for the cocoon to be restricted to the genus Climacia and the criss-crossed
construction to be typical for Sisyra. Parfin and Gurney listed Sisyra fuscata
(Fabricius) as also producing a cocoon with a hexagonal net pattern at times.
This was the only species of Sisyra known to show an exception to the criss-crossed
pattern of cocoon construction. The wing venation of the 3 Sisyra adults from
Clear Lake was typical of S. vicaria. Eight 3rd instar larvae were also collected
on this date on sponges just below water (% to 2% feet deep) on a rocky
shoreline about )4 mile from the wharf. The larvae appeared to be Climacia
californica but the identification was not positive. Parfin and Gurney reported
the 3rd instar larvae of C. californica and S. vicaria to be very similar and
difficult to separate.
On July 25, 1975 the same locality was again revisited. The underside of the
wharf was closely examined but no adults were collected. Nine cocoons were
removed from beneath the wharf, 6 with prepupae and 3 with pupal exuviae.
The 3 pupal exuviae were identified as Climacia and all 9 cocoons had their
outer covering of hexagonal netting, indicating the entire collection to be Climacia
californica. Two weeks following the collection a species of Pteromalidae ( Sisyri -
clivora sp. $ ) emerged from one of the cocoons of C. californica. Reported
parasitization by Sisyridivora is limited to the species cavigena on Climacia
aerolaris (Hagen) in Ohio (Gahan, 1944. Ann. Ent. Soc. 44: 100-2). Sponges on
the wharf piling and on small rocks below the wharf did not contain spongilla-fly
larvae but the sponges were rather sparse in this area. The same rocky shoreline
as in 1968 was inspected for 2 hours. Sponges were abundant but no larvae were
found at depths from % to 4 feet.
Brown (1952, Amer. Midi. Nat. 47: 157) noted that sponges from comparatively
cool clean Lake Erie yielded only larvae of Climacia while those from a warm,
shallow, polluted pond in Ohio yielded only Sisyra larvae. Parfin and Gurney
reported that Hungerford collected both Sisyra and Climacia larvae from two
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 296-297. October 1975
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
297
lakes in Michigan. It seems unusual that a collection of 29 type specimens of
Climacia californica in May of 1949 would not have also revealed Sisyra vicaria
if it were present. However, the same species ratio as was found in 1968 would
have only resulted in 2.4 adult specimens of Sisyra in 1949. It is more likely
that it was missed in 1949 than the collection in 1968 representing a 300 mile
extension of its distribution from Oregon. It is questionable that the species
of host sponge would be the critical factor in the distribution of these species
of spongilla-flies. Poirrer (1969, Amer. Mid. Nat. 81: 573-5) reported no apparent
host specificity in Louisiana and Texas for several spongilla-flies including Sisyra
vicaria, and Climacia areolaris (Hagen) which had 4 and 5 species respectfully
of host sponges, including 3 in common.- — A. A. Grigarick, Department of Ento-
mology, University of California, Davis.
NEW JOURNAL
Entomologica Germanica. A. W. Steffan, Editor, Petzower Strasse 34, D-1000
Berlin 39. Published quarterly, approximately 400 pp per volume. Initial issue,
January 1975. DM 98. — -per volume, DM 35. — per single issue.
This journal will publish original manuscripts from all non-applied fields of
entomology. Classical areas (comparative morphology, phylogeny), as well as
currently popular branches of research will be considered. Manuscripts need
not be in German, but that will be the main publication language. Band 1, Heft 1
contains works dealing with functional morphology and fine structure of anal
papillae of aquatic syrphid flies, the phylogenetics of Plecoptera, and a revision of
a genus of ichneumonid wasps, as well as other articles. — Editor.
RECENT LITERATURE
California Wasps of the Subfamily Philanthine (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae).
R. M. Bohart and E. E. Grissell. Bulletin of the California Insect Survey,
19: 1-92; 151 figs., 46 maps. 1975.
Treats the 6 genera and 65 species which occur in California. Species treatments
include capsule summaries of biological information, as well as distribution maps
and listings of California records. Figures comparing facial markings, abdominal
color patterns, and especially the outline of the lower face and mandibles in
Philanthus supplement the keys and other descriptive material. — Editor.
Notes and Descriptions of Some North American Ometliinae
(Coleoptera: Omethiclae)
Kenneth M. Fender
Linfield Research Institute, McMinnville, Oregon 97128
The tribe Omethini was elevated to family status by Crowson (1972),
as a member of the superfamily Cantharoidea. Crowson recognized three
subfamilies in this family: Driloniinae with the single genus Drilonius
Kiesinwetter (Asiatic species) ; Matheteinae, Matheteus LeConte and
Ginglymocladius Van Dyke (North American species) ; Omethinae,
Omethes LeConte, Blatchleya Knab, Troglomethes Wittmer and Sym-
phyomethes Wittmer (North American and east Asian species). Magis
and Wittmer (1974) confirmed the validity of Crowson’s findings.
Crowson (1972) separated the Omethidae from the Cantharidae on
the following characters: Labrum free, sclerotized and visible; ab-
dominal tergites without paired glandular openings; wings with five
anal veins in the main group and a closed anal cell ; claws without setae ;
tarsal segments 3 and 4 with deeply bifid ventrally adhesive lobes.
Characters of the Cantharidae are: Labrum not distinct, more or less
membraneous; abdominal tergites with paired glandular openings;
wings with not more than four anal veins in the main group and no
closed anal cell; each claw with one or more setae; ventral adhesive
lobe of tarsal segment 3, if present, not deeply lobed.
Wittmer and Fender (6-VII-73), collected a series of Troglomethes
oregonensis Wittmer along the Little Nestucca River, Tillamook County,
Oregon. These were collected by sweeping the herb layer of the area.
Dominant plant species swept were Polystichum munitum (Kaulf.),
Maianthemum dilatatum (Wood) Nels. and Macbr., Oxalis oregona
Nutt, and Viola glabella Nutt. In this collected series were two females.
Since the female of this species was previously undescribed, a descrip-
tion of the female is given below.
Troglomethes oregonensis Wittmer
Female. — Generally similar to male, shorter and stouter; head without transverse
excavation and ornamentation; head except appendages black; pronotum black
with pale margins confined to more sharply rounded anterior angles; hind wings
greatly abbreviated, extending only to apex of third visible abdominal sternite in
repose; intermediate antennal segments about twice as long as wide (about three
times as long as wide in male) .
Material examined. — Oregon, Tillamook County, Little Nestucca River, 16-VII-73,
Wittmer and Fender, in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 298-302. October 1975
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
299
Wittmer’s male type was collected at Cannon Beach Clatsop County, Oregon.
Additional males have been studied from the following Oregon localities: Colombia
County, Goble; Siuslaw National Forest, Castle Rock; Tillamook County, Little
Nestucca River; Benton County, Marys Peak; Lane County, Blue River, H. J.
Andrews Experimental Station; Iron Mountain Trail.
Troglomethes leechi Wittmer
This species was described from a male collected at Glen Alpine,
El Dorado County, California. Wittmer provisionally associated two
females with this species from Tallac and Yosemite Valley, El Dorado
County, California. Additional male records, all from California, now
include; Shasta County, Burney (2) ; El Dorado County, Fallen Leaf
Lake; Tulare County, Colony Mill. This gives a north-south range
of some 300 miles along California’s Sierra Nevada. A female from
Chester, Plumas County, California, is provisionally placed with this
series. In this specimen the hind wings are fully developed. It lacks
the transverse excavation of the head, a character apparently confined
to the males of Troglomethes. Wittmer (1970) noted that the excava-
tions of the males might be secretory pores for sex pheromones.
Crowson (1972) states that the wings of female Troglomethes are
fully developed. This is apparently true of Troglomethes leechi Wittmer,
based on provisionally placed females. In Troglomethes oregonensis
Wittmer, the hind wings of the female are greatly abbreviated.
Maltlioinelhes, New Genus
Type species . — Malthomethes oregonus, head somewhat protruded beyond and
eyes remote from anterior margin of pronotum (fig. 2). Mandibles dentate. Last
segment of maxillary palpus elongate, slender. Antennae eleven segmented, simple,
third segment subtriangular, shorter and narrower than second. Pronotum trans-
verse, sides arcuate, evenly rounded into arcuate base, hind angles obliterated.
Claws simple, with a small basal tooth. Aedeagus of male with apices exposed,
side pieces of dorsal plate not fused, suture quite apparent, median lobe lying
ventrally free, uncovered as in other Omethinae.
Malthomethes oregonus, New Species
Male. — Black; frons, palpi, antennae and legs piceous, apices of all femora and
apical tarsal segments paler, marginal bead of pronotum narrowly paler; pubescence
cinereous, long, fine, sparse, suberect and inconspicuous. Length 3-4 mm. Head,
including eyes, about as wide as pronotum, shining, sparsely punctured, more
coarsely so behind and near eyes; mandibles long, slender and arcuate, with an
acute internal tooth at middle; antennae extending to about basal third of elytra,
simple, third segment subcorneal, shorter and narrower than second and about
half as long as fourth, intermediate segments about twice as long as wide; eyes
moderately large and prominent. Pronotum shining, transverse, almost half again
as wide as long, anterior margin broadly shallowly concave, anterior angles
300
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Fig. 1 . Omethes marginatus LeC., left half of head and pronotum. Figs. 2-5.
Malthomethes oregonus Fend. Fig. 2. Right half of head and pronotum. Fig. 3.
Aedeagus, dorsal aspect. Fig. 4. Same, lateral aspect. Fig. 5. Same, ventral aspect.
obtusely rounded, sides arcuate and narrowly reflexed, evenly rounded into
arcuate base, margin broadly reflexed towards obsolete posterior angles, bottom
of reflexed area closely coarsely punctured, at broadest depth with about two
rows of punctures, remainder of pronotum finely sparsely punctured. Scutellum
finely sparsely punctured, somewhat expanded apically, apex shallowly emarginate.
Elytra elongate, ligulate, each about eight times as long as wide, extending beyond
abdominal apex by nearly one-fourth their length, parallel sided to near apical
fifth, then narrowing to apices, apices sharply rounded towards sutural side,
feebly rugose basally, becoming more coarsely closely so apically, very delicate,
strongly tending to curl in dried condition. Thorax shining beneath, finely sparsely
punctured. Abdominal sternites feebly shining, more coarsely punctured than
thorax, apical end of aedeagus exposed. Aedeagus as in figs. 3-5.
Female. — Unknown.
Holotype male . — Oregon, Coos County, Coos Head, 22-VII-72, D. McKey-
Fender, in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. Paratypes: (1),
Oregon, 5 miles south of Gold Beach, 5-VIII-50; (4), Oregon, Lane County,
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
301
Blue River, H. J. Andrews Experimental Forest, young Douglas Fir stand, IBP
Biome Survey, plastic window trap, William Nagel (on following dates) : 6-VII-72,
20-VII-72, 2-VIII-72 and 7-VII-73.
The genus Blatchleya Knab and the new genus described above re-
quire an emendation of Crowson’s (1972) key to subfamilies of the
Omethidae. The second dichotomy of his key should read (the figures
indicated pertain to Crowson’s work) :
2. Mandibles stout (fig. 5). Tarsal segments 1-2 with finely setose ventral
adhesive pads. Claws with a small basal tooth. Wing venation charac-
teristic (fig. 18). Antennal segments 3 similar in size to 2, much smaller
than 4. Abdominal segments with distinct paratergites. North American
species. Matheteinae.
Mandibles much less stout. Claws more strongly toothed. Antennal seg-
ment 3 evidently longer or evidently shorter than 2. Abdominal segments
without distinct paratergites. American and east Asian species. Omethinae
Wittmer’s key for the separation of Omethinae males is modified to include the
new genus Malthomethes.
Key to the Genera of the Omethinae Based on Males
1. Head covered by pronotum at least to posterior margins of eyes (fig. 1) 2
Head somewhat protruded, eyes not adjacent to anterior margin of
pronotum (fig. 2) Malthomethes new genus
2. Head transversely excavated between eyes Troglomethes Witt.
Head not excavated between eyes 3
3. Two antennal segments enlarged and excavated Blatchleya Knab.
No antennal segments enlarged and excavated ... 4
4. Head strongly rugose, partly plicate. Elytra with finely impressed longitudi-
nal lines Omethes LeC.
Head almost smooth or a little punctate. Elytra without longitudinal im-
pressed lines Symphy omethes Witt.
Females of many species of the Omethidae and the Cantharidae
do not possess the diagnostic characteristics used to recognize the males.
Unless taken in close company with the males, many are impossible to
place to species or seldom even to species group. In the Omethinae, fe-
males are unknown for the genera Malthomethes and Symphy omethes.
They are only provisionally recognized for Troglomethes leechi Wittmer.
For these reasons it is felt ill-advised to attempt a key to the females
at this time.
Literature Cited
Crowson, R. A. 1972. A review of the classification of Cantharoidea (Coleop-
tera), with the identification of two new families, Cneoglossidae and
Omethidae. Revista de la Universidad de Madrid, 21(82): 35-77,
35 figs.
302
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Magis, N. and W. Wittmer. 1974. Nouvelle Repartition des Genre de la Sous-
Famille des Chauliongnathinae (Coleoptera, Cantharoidea : Canthari-
dae). Bull. Soc. Royale des Sciences, 43(1-2): 78-95, 11 figs.
Wittmer, W. 1970. On some Cantharidae (Coleoptera) of the United States.
Coleopt. Bull., 24(2) : 42-46, 10 figs.
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE
ANNOUNCEMENT A (N.S.) 96
Required six months’ notice is given of the possible use of plenary powers by
the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature in connection with the
following names listed by case number. (See Bull. zool. Nom. 32, part 2, 27th
June 1975.)
2044. Suppression of Acarus pseudo gallarum Vallot, 1836 and Phytoptus coryligal-
larum Targioni Tozzetti, 1885 (Acarina, Eriophyoidea) .
1944. Lyda alternans Costa, 1859 (Insecta, Hymenoptera) proposed precedence
over Lyda inanis Klug, 1808.
2068. Phloiotribus Latreille, 1796 (Insecta, Coleoptera) proposed suppression.
Comments should be sent in duplicate, citing case number, to the Secretary,
International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, c/o British Museum (Nat-
ural History) , Cromwell Road, London, SW7 5BD, England. Those received
early enough will be published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature . —
Margaret Green, Scientific Assistant.
Natural History of V eromessor pergandei. II. Behavior 1
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae)
Jeanette Wheeler 2 and Steven W. Rissing 3
Laboratory of Desert Biology , Desert Research Institute, University of
Nevada System., Reno, Nevada 89507
Foraging. By far the most impressive above-ground activity of V.
pergandei is its foraging in long narrow straight colums. Out-going
and returning foragers use the same route; collisions are, therefore, fre-
quent. Fig. 1 maps the relative positions of some of the intensively
studied nests and directions and distances travelled by columns from
Nest 1, 5, 8 and 10. Some entrances had columns leading in different
directions at the same time. One column was 40 m long and involved
about 17,000 ants. Fig. 2 maps foraging columns from the 4 craters at
Nest 1 for 3 random days; note the bent column on 14 June from En-
trances G, H and I. The numbers at the ends of the columns are esti-
mates of the number of foragers in that column at a given time.
In the evening, the first indication that a column was about to form
was the covering of the inside of the crater by hundreds of ants. When
the temperature was high, these foragers stayed in the shaded area in
the crater. However, once the crater was filled, and without any
evident signal, a narrow column of ants would begin to leave the crater
in one direction followed by thousands more. This process was ob-
served frequently in the late afternoon and evening from the time when no
ants were on the surface until the full column was out. There was never
any advance indication which direction a column would take; no scouts
or leaders were ever seen; first 2 or 3 ants would seem to lead, and
then others would take their places.
In the morning, when workers were slowed by cooler temperatures,
an initial cluster of several thousand led the column. Only after this
cluster had reached the foraging area was the column reduced to normal
width. On the morning of 19 June, one such initial cluster from Nest 8
travelled 15 m per min.
The usual column was a straight narrow band; there were, however,
also a few branched and a few curved columns. On the afternoon of
13 June, there was a cloud cover and on the morning of 14 June a trace
1 The first portion of this study concerned nest architecture and construction (Pan-Pac. Entomol.
51: 205-216).
2 Present address: Department of Zoology, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98105.
3 The authors gratefully acknowledge financial support by the National Science Foundation, Grants
GB 17731X and GB' 37241, Dr. Frits W. Went, Principal Investigator.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51 : 303 - 314 . October 1975
304
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Fig. 1 . Map of Nests 1 , 5, 8 and 10. The radiating lines give the directions
and lengths of all observed foraging columns.
of rain; the air temperature remained about 18 C throught the morning.
An early morning check of Nests 1, 3, 5, 8 and 10 showed a single col-
umn at each nest; by 0930 Pacific Standard Time, Nest 1 had a branched
column with approximately 8,000 workers foraging (the largest number
observed at this nest) ; by 1030, Nests 5 and 10 had 2 columns each,
while Nest 3 had 3 columns. The morning of 15 June was cool (16° C)
but there was no cloud cover, the temperature rose rapidly, and each
nest produced only one column.
On the evening of 9 June, 75 ants left Entrance A at Nest 8 and went
60 cm almost single-file toward the northwest. These, however, were
not followed by other ants, and within 3 min there were only about 25
ants in the area. Several minutes later, a normal column started east-
ward; 20 min later, it was IOV 2 m long and included about 1500 ants.
On 25 May, at Nest 8 one column started southeastward and one south-
westward. Two minutes later the southeastern column had 20 foragers,
while the southwestern column became 20 m long with about 5,000 ants.
Most ants went to the end of the route and spread over a wide area.
Some foragers hunted along the route curving away from the column
to about 50 cm on each side. They frequently climbed plants along the
route, such as, Oenothera clavaeformis and Mentzelia albicaulis between
Craters 3 and 4 of Nest 1. They examined all portions of the plant, but
especially the seed capsules (Went et al. 1972, Fig. 2) even when empty.
As many as 250 ants were found on one small clump of plants.
Percentages of fruits of each species taken from the foragers as well
as other items brought to the nest were tallied for each nest for the entire
study period. Samples of refuse piles from several nests were brought
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
305
Fig. 2. Foraging columns for Nest 1 on 3 random days. On 14 June Entrance
A was abandoned; C and D were inactive; G, H and I sent out double columns
both morning and afternoon, the shorter had an angle of 45° about 1 m from the
entrance. Numbers at the terminus of trail are estimates of foragers on trail at
one time.
back to Reno. Each sample was hand-shaken through soil-sample sieves,
the seeds separated by flotation from the sand and gravel, and each
size-class was examined for seeds and seed coats. To test the fidelity
(see under Discussion, below) of V. pergandei , workers were color-
coded by placing one or two spots of nail polish of different colors on
the dorsal surface of the gaster with a fine brush. The ant was first
immobilized by chilling, coded, and finally released in its home nest.
The percentages of different kinds of fruits harvested varied greatly
depending on the direction of the column. For example, when the col-
umn from Nest 5 changed from 170° to 210° (clockwise from N), the
proportion of fruits from Chenopodium pumilio changed from 42% to
86%; when the column went in any other directions, the fruits of this
species accounted for no more than 5%. The same colony harvested
seeds of Oe. clavaeformis only when the column foraged between 30°
and 40°. Oe. clavaeformis was collected by Nest 1 in all directions;
many plants of this species grew nearby. They were taken less frequently
at Nest 8, where this plant was less common. At Nest 1, however, ants
from Entrances G, H and I had to pass over a 6-cm high wall of Franseria
dumosa burs, an item that was not collected in great quantity at any nest
306
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
at this time. Composite flower parts were brought into the nest even
when fruits were plentiful.
On the morning of 3 June, one coded ant made 3 trips in the 15-meter
column from Entrances G, H and I of Nest 1. On each trip she did her
main foraging at a clump of Oe. clavaeformis 3% m from the entrance
and 75 cm from the main column. She left the entrance and soon began
to angle toward the plants (as opposed to leaving the column adjacent
to them). She searched a little on the outward trip, but when she
reached the clump, hunted under large pebbles, moved smaller ones,
stopped to clean herself and climbed briefly in the plants; then she
found Oenothera seeds and carried some back to the nest. The return
trip (at 2.8 m per min) was faster than the out-bound trip, although
it was interrupted by brief searches. She stayed in the nest 20 sec one
time and 30 sec another. This particular ant returned to the same for-
aging area, did not go to the end of the column before foraging, and
usually used Entrance H. The times required for 3 foraging trips were
10, 12 and 17 min. This was a common pattern for foragers.
In an attempt to determine whether each forager normally carried
something, foragers were aspirated at several craters and deprived of
their loads. At times, fewer fruits than ants were collected. This was
especially true in the morning when the temperature was rising rapidly
(Nest 1, 30-V, 0825) and the ants were hurrying back to the nest.
An average of 79% of all aspirated ants carried something. The amount
of non-fruit plant-material (leaves, stems, flowers) brought to the nest
during the observation period for all nests averaged 12% of the total.
Some of the easily identifiable pieces were not found in the refuse heap.
It is interesting to speculate whether any use is made of the non-fruit
plant parts brought into the nest by foragers. Dr. Johanna C. Went
of Arnhem, Netherlands, studied the soil flora (bacteria, actinomycetes,
fungi and yeasts) in January and March, 1972, in our death Valley
area. She took samples from the open soil, from under growing Fran-
seria, Hymenoclea and Larrea plants and from several places in V . per-
gandei nests. In March she took samples from the seeds in the seed
chambers, from chamber soil and from soil between chambers. She
found her highest counts of bacteria, actinomycetes and fungi on seeds
from the seed chambers, but her only yeast cultures in all the samples
were in the refuse piles of the ant nests.
Trail-marking. To determine whether V. pergandei used a trail-mark-
ing pheromone, a mirror was embedded in an area frequently crossed
by a column from Nest 1, Entrance E. As the column crossed the glass
surface, there was no evidence of trail-marking action nor a smear of
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
307
any liquid. Frequently, the columns would widen and become less or-
ganized as they crossed a steep gravel embankment IV 2 m high near Nests
1 and 8; then they would narrow again after crossing the obstruction.
However, very large columns from Nest 3, Entrance A travelled 32 m
across very rugged terrain and remained compact. Ants from Nests 1
and 8 should have no difficulty climbing the face of the embankment;
the ants at Nest 3 easily managed much more rugged terrain. Such
widening of the column would not be expected if the ants were following
a chemical marker since the change in topography should have little
effect. Such disturbance in the column, however, could result if indi-
vidual ants were using geographical landmarks as navigating aids.
Several marked ants were released a few meters from their home nests,
but not in a column. Many never found their nest; several, however,
did head directly for the nest after a brief period of wandering. Marked
ants, released in the column, usually found their way to the nest after a
brief period; they went first to the nest and then went out in the for-
aging column.
The area around one crater was flooded so that ants returning in the
column were blocked from the entrance. A short piece of marker-stake
(about 2 V 2 cm wide) was supplied as a bridge; gradually some ants
started using it. When an ant carrying a seed was halfway across it,
the bridge was rotated 180°. The ant proceeded ahead, now in the
wrong direction, returned to the bank, turned 90°, proceeded 50 cm
and then returned to the bridge. Again the bridge was rotated, but
this time the ant corrected her course and proceeded to the nest.
If the soil surface over which a trail had been established was dis-
turbed, ants would “pile up” on either side of the disturbed area. After
several minutes (depending on the width of the disturbance) several
crossed; and finally the column was reconstructed.
Orientation. In Death Valley in May and June 1973, a one-m shadow
was cast across a column from Nest 5, as it crossed the paved road;
no disturbance in the column was detected. There was still no change
when the shaded area was illuminated from the east, north or south
with a medium-sized mirror. Nest 2, which was located on the edge of
a gravel road, had columns on 3 occasions which were completely shaded
by a 60-cm high gravel embankment. These columns occurred on 12, 19
and 20 June and were 16 V 2 , lVi and 15 m long. At 0305 (about 2 hours
before sunrise) on 21 June, a column at Nest 8 was already 5 m long; the
workers were all outward bound. On 8 July 1973, a column at Nest 2
was well established (workers moving in both directions) and 12 m
303
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
long at 0320 — again before sunrise. At this hour there was no light
visible to the human observer in the eastern sky.
In Death Valley at 0530 on 1 September 1968, ants were active on
the mound and a foraging trail had been formed. At 0830 the sun had
been on the crater for some time, but the ants were still foraging. On
4 September at 0530, ants were actively foraging at 2 craters; one of
the trails was about 48 m long; at 0845 foraging stopped abruptly. At
0830 on 5 September, in direct sunlight the temperature was high, but
there was a strong breeze; ants were foraging at 3 different craters.
In Deep Canyon on 1 May on a warm evening, we collected workers
which were actively harvesting when it was so dark that flashlights
were needed to find the ants. The workers seemed as numerous in the
column and moved in the same manner (both in speed and in integrity
of the column) as in daylight. They also seemed to be bringing in the
same amount of seeds.
In Deep Canyon in winter, we placed a metal-walled trap around an
actively foraging crater. The ants leaving the nest went as far as the
shadow (about 20 to 30 cm long) cast by the trap-wall, milled around
and returned to the entrance. The next morning, numerous entrances had
been opened outside the trap and in the sunshine; ants were busy har-
vesting, going in the same direction that they had used before the trap
was in place (Went et al. 1972: 82-83) .
Nest-workers. In May and June, the activity of nest-workers, (the
ants which removed the excavated material and organic refuse from
the nest) seemed directly related to temperature. They were normally
active throughout the night until 0800 or 0900 and reappeared between
1630 and 1700. On hotter days, they went underground earlier and
stayed longer. On cool, cloudy days, nest-workers moved rapidly all
day, but their greatest activity was at night. We observed 20 to 30 ants
working while an evening column moved out; this number increased
steadily until 250-300 were involved between 2300 and 0100 at Nests
5, 8 and 10. The initial evening activity was the appearance of about
10 minim nest-workers. They ran a short distance from the entrance,
dropped their loads and darted back into the nest. Within 10 minutes,
larger nest-workers appeared.
On the morning of 25 May, about 200 ants, most of which were nest-
workers, were on the crater of Nest 5. A major worker was crushed and
dropped back into the crater; immediately most of the ants rushed
into the entrance. For the next 8 minutes ants approached the crushed
major, palpated her with their antennae and hurried away. Finally,
a minim began to pull the crushed worker away from the entrance while
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
309
other ants were still palpating her; the minim left the dead ant half
way down the outside of the crater. It was soon picked up by a major,
which carried it 6 V 2 m from the nest, dropped it, and then started to
forage.
Guards. During the day, workers stood near the entrance, clinging
to the ceiling of the vestibule, with their heads pointed toward the center
of the opening, with their mandibles open and their antennae waving.
At night, about 200 stood on the surface of the crater near the entrance.
When disturbed, they ran frantically in and out of the entrance, alarming
other workers and attacking the source of the disturbance. Sometimes
guards (and nest-workers) reacted similarly when the observer leaned
over the nest (during the day) or illuminated the entrance with a bright
flashlight (at night) ; but at other times the same stimuli failed to cause
any reaction. Frequently 30 or 40 ants ran frantically about and up
the boots of the observer at 14 cm from the entrance at Nest 8, even
though there had been no ants in the area when he approached. This
often happened during the day when no guards were seen. However
(see below) workers changed roles frequently and it is probable that
nest-workers or foragers served also as guards. At night, it was the
guards which attacked.
Role-changing and lnternidal Hostility. The marking technique was
used to see whether workers were usually limited to one role. At Nest
8, 35 nest-workers were marked pink and 67 guards white. The marked
nest-workers foraged while marked guards did both nest-work and for-
aging. A nest-worker from Entrance A of Nest 8 was seen carrying sand
from the newly formed Entrance B. Ninety-two foragers at Entrances
G, H and I of Nest 1 were marked pink. They were frequently found
later in this crater’s column, but some were found in E’s column, while
others did nest-work and guarded at Entrances C and D, and did nest-
work at B. None of the marked ants was ever found in any other nest.
Fighting occurred frequently around Nest 2 and Nest 10. At Nest
2 in May 1973, fighting was in progress, with black piles of dead ants
in the vicinity. Thereafter Nest 2 became inactive temporarily; then
normal foraging was resumed. On 20 and 21 January 1974, Nest 2
was active; Nest 10 was inactive or had been abandoned.
Discussion
Behavior. Creighton (1953) studied this ant at 57 stations over most
of its range from early March until November. He concluded that this
species is adapted to the hottest and most arid desert areas of the south-
western United States by: (1) foraging only when the soil surface was
310
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
below a certain critical temperature [Equipment for measuring actual
soil surface temperatures was not available then.]; (2) foraging when
the light intensity was less than the maximum; and (3) foraging only
after all the fruits collected in the last foraging column had been husked
(p. 15).
Tevis (1958) worked on V. pergandei in the Coachella Valley near
Palm Desert. He agreed with Creighton about the lethal effects of sum-
mer midday temperatures, but noted that ants in the Valley started work
before dawn and formed foraging colums which worked after dark on
especially warm summer nights. (Creighton had reported that V. per-
gandei needed direct sunlight for orientation. )
We found that this species in the alluvium of the canyon floors both
in Death Valley and Deep Canyon started foraging before dawn — while
there was no light visible in the sky to the human observer — and contin-
ued working after dark. The integrity of the columns did not seem to
change, nor did the amount of seed brought to the nest diminish without
direct sunlight. These observations were made during May, June and
September. In December, January and February on cool days, there
was only one midday period of activity when the temperature rose
high enough to allow activity. Therefore, our only disagreement with
Creighton and Tevis is that night foraging seems to be very common
during the hottest months if fruits from winter annuals are abundant.
Our test of the fidelity of the foraging ants to the same trail showed
not only that V. pergandei foragers did not always use the some trail,
but that workers shifted from one task to another. This is in marked
contrast to European “individual wood-ants [which] are to some extent
faithful to particular routes or even particular trees at the end of the
routes” (Sudd 1967 : 82). Sudd noted, however, that F. aquilonia
showed much less fidelity to one route. V. pergandei showed flexibility
in another way: a worker deprived of a bur of Franseria dumosa
picked up a utricle of Atriplex hymenelytra out of the petri dish in which
she was detained. Thus, this ant was not “programmed” for one species
of fruits at this time. In fact, these harvesters seemed to be “opportun-
ists” in regards to annuals and collected any fruits which were available
in approximately the number in which they were present. Franseria
was largely ignored at this time. But no one has mentioned any ants
which shifted tasks as quickly as the V. pergandei worker which carried
a dead nest-mate away from the crater and then continued the trip to
forage for food. (See Wilson 1971: 163.)
Tevis reported that these harvesters brought about 7% leaves, stems,
petals and dead seedlings to the nest; he said that this material was
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
311
found later in the chaff pile. Clark and Comanor (1973) reported
12% plant parts from our area for their 4 days in April. We also found
an average of 12% for all nests in our intensive study. These materials
were not found in the chaff pile; therefore, they must have been used
in some fashion in the nest.
It is interesting that Dr. Johanna Went found yeast only in the ref-
use heaps of ants out of all cultures of soil samples made in Death
Valley and that Weber (1972: 87) stated: “The garden of Cypho-
myrmex rimosus minutus and its close allies consists of fungal masses . . .
of thickly packed cells that look like ordinary yeast.” The fungus has
been identified as Leucoprinus gongylophorus (Moeller) “a segregate of
Lepiota ” (p. 109). He concluded, concerning the stages of evolution of
fungus-growing in ants: “In relation to these stages, the behavior of
other ants might seem to be relevant, such as the harvesters that collect
seeds and other vegetal matter. No other ants, however, appear to show
any early stages in fungus culture. A common harvester, Pheidole ,
does resemble the attine ants and further study may show a relationship.”
(1972: 115.) We can now note that the larvae of Pheidole with a
specialization index of 14 (Wheeler and Wheeler 1974 in press) and
the larvae of Cyphomyrmex with a specialization index of 25 (subfamily
Myrmicinae 20; family Formicidae 22) seem unlikely candidates for
similar larval feeding habits. V eromessor lobognathus with a special-
ization index of 11 is an even less likely candidate. Body shape, mandible
shape and body hairs are all markedly different between the fungus-
growers and the seed-harvester larvae. (Wheeler and Wheeler 1974
in press.)
Went et al. (1972: 82) reported that the direction of the foraging
column shifted in one direction 15° for each change. At Nest 8 this
seemed to be true for the next direction of the column for several days ;
also there seemed to be a slight tendency to move 30° if one or more
successive foraging columns had all followed the same direction; these
periods of regular shifting were followed by periods of apparent random
shifting of direction. In nests with more than one entrance, the patterns
seemed much less predictable. It may be possible that when seeds are
scarce foragers cover the foraging area carefully by shifting 15° in one
direction and that in times of bounty — when foraging in any direction
will yield profitable amounts of desired seeds — foraging trails are ran-
dom. Double and triple columns seemed to be put out in response to
favorable weather conditions, i.e., morning temperatures warm enough
for rapid motion, with cloud cover which held the soil-surface temper-
312
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
ature well below the lethal temperature. On 14 June 1973, with traces of
rain, a cloud-cover, and moderate (28 C) air temperature, 3 columns
were formed at Nest 8 and comprised about 15,000 workers; this was
the largest number of foragers seen at this nest.
What determines the direction a foraging column will go we do not
know. Ultraviolet light from the sky could not be used to orient the
columns which form during the dark before sunrise. A trail-pheromone
could be laid down in the afternoon to be used after dark as the column
continues to forage after sunset. We doubt that V. pergandei orients
“anemotactically” (Wehner and Duelli 1971) as reported for Catagly-
phis bicolor , since the wind changes twice a day in Death Valley in the
side-canyon.
We could find no evidence that V. pergandei used a trail-marking
pheromone as reported by Wilson (1962) for Solenopsis saevissima
{= invicta) neither by making the motion, nor by marks left on a
mirror. However, they apparently did “recognize” rocks and gravel
which had been part of the entrance to their nest and were moved into
the foraging column. Entrance materials caused excitement, with work-
ers wandering over them and returning to examine them. Similar-
sized rocks and gravel, from the surrounding soil surface, did not elicit
“recognition” nor cause any excitement. The entrance rocks and gravel
may have been coated with some of the “cement” used to plaster the
sand and gravel around the entrance and to coat walls of galleries and
chambers in the nest. This may have been the cue for recognition.
Creighton (1953: 13) reported: “A patch of shade no more than 2
feet long causes many foragers to break out of the column and wander
aimlessly about.” We found that in the middle of winter in Deep Canyon
when we used a metal walled trap to determine what seeds the ants were
collecting that the ants went as far as the deep shadow of the trap-wall
and milled around and returned to the nest. The next morning there
were many entrances opened around the outside of the trap in the sun-
shine and the ants were busy travelling in the same direction and collect-
ing seeds. (Went et al. 1972: 82-83.) We thought that this corrobo-
rated Creighton’s hypothesis that V. pergandei needed direct sunlight
for orientation. In Death Valley in May and June, however, when a
1 m shadow was cast across the foraging trail, the ants ignored the
shade and continued normal foraging. We now wonder if the reduction
in the heat in the middle of winter was enough to cause the stoppage
which we observed in Deep Canyon. Creighton in 1952 may have ig-
nored a temperature-controlled cue which the .ants might have received
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
313
from air temperature when the mask was removed, or their black bodies
may have received too much heat from direct sunlight and the ants may
have warmed much faster than the light desert soil. No one has yet
measured the internal body temperature of living ants under different
meteorological conditions to see whether different colors of ant integu-
ment accounts for different responses to sunlight.
Marked ants released singly near their home nest, but not in the
foraging column, frequently did not find their home nest; those re-
leased in columns did. Those single ants which did find their home nest
wandered for a short time and then headed for the nest. They could not
have found an old odor trail, since the trail pheromone must be volatile
to be useful. (Wilson 1971: 252.) Furthermore, all columns we ob-
served showed no sign that a trail was laid or that ants in the column
were using an odor trail to orient to the food source.
Clark and Comanor (1973: 469) showed a decline in nest-workers
with an increase in foragers for the 4 days in April; this activity pattern
is similar to that reported by Creighton (1953). In May and June, by
contrast, we found that the number of nest-workers increased from 20
to 30 while the foraging column was forming, and reached a peak of 200
to 300 ants between the hours of 2300 and 0100 while the foraging
column was active. This might be due to the differences in the number
of workers involved and to the warmer temperatures during our observa-
tions. Clark and Comanor observed no more than 325 ants outside their
“nest” (— one entrance or crater?). This is a much lower count than
we had. That so few ants could effectively cover an area 7.3 m 2 or even
be dense enough so that the perimeter of the area could be mapped is
puzzling.
Creighton (1953: 15) noted that gravel was brought by nest-workers
as they (apparently) enlarged storage chambers; later husks were car-
ried to the refuse pile. Finally, when all the seeds had been processed
and the ants came out with empty jaws, workers were ready to go for-
aging again.
Creighton (1950, 1953) did not mention the species of seeds gathered
by V. pergandei. Tevis (1958) listed a total of 14 genera collected in
Deep Canyon. Eleven were collected from July to March (at the end
of a 12-year drought) and 10 from April to June (after winter ephem-
erals had bloomed), but the percentages of species changed drastically.
Clark and Comanor (1973) listed 4 genera for 4 days in April. Our list
of seeds taken from the foragers and the refuse piles shows a much more
varied composition: 42 species in 33 genera in 20 families.
314
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Acknowledgments
We hereby express our thanks to Dr. Frits W. Went, who very kindly
identified the plants and seeds, but most of all, for his constant interest
and imaginative assistance. We also thank Dr. George C. Wheeler, who
was an active participant in all phases of this study. We thank the
National Park Service for permission to use the study area; our special
thanks go to numerous Death Valley National Mounument personnel
who made our stay more profitable and enjoyable. We thank Lloyd
Tevis for his collaboration at Philip L. Boyd Deep Canyon Desert Re-
search Area (University of California, Riverside).
Literature Cited
Clark, W.H., and P. L. Comanor. 1973. A quantative examination of spring
foraging of V eromessor pefgandei (Mayr) in northern Death Valley,
California. Amer. Midland Natur., 90: 467-474.
Creighton, W. S. 1950. Ants of North America. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 104:
1-585, 1-57.
Creighton, W. S. 1953. New data on the habits of the ants of the genus
V eromessor. Amer. Mus. Novitates, 1612: 1-18.
Sudd, J. H. 1967. An introduction to the behavior of ants. St. Martin’s Press,
New York. 200 pp.
Tevis, L. 1958. Interrelations between the harvester ant V eromessor pergandei
(Mayr) and some desert ephemerals. Ecology, 39: 695-704.
Weber, N. A. 1958. Evolution in fungus-growing ants. Proc. 10th Int. Congr.
Entomol., 2: 459-473.
Weber, N. A. 1972. Gardening ants, the attines. Amer Phil. Soc., Philadelphia.
146 p.
Wehner, R., and P. Duelli. 1971. The spatial orientation of desert ants, Cata-
glyphis bicolor, before sunrise and after sunset. Experientia, 27:
1364-1366.
Went, F. W., J. Wheeler, and G. C. Wheeler. 1972. Feeding and digestion
in some ants {V eromessor and Manica) . Biosci., 22: 82-88.
Wheeler, G. C., and J. Wheeler. 1973. Ants of Deep Canyon, Colorado Desert,
California. Philip L. Boyd Deep Canyon Desert Research Center, Uni-
versity of California, Riverside. 162 p.
Wheeler, G. C., and J. Wheeler. 1974. Ant larvae: Review and synthesis.
(In press)
Wilson, E. 0. 1962. Chemical communication among workers of the fire ant
Solenopsis saevissima (Fr. Smith). Anim. Behav., 10: 134-164.
Wilson, E. 0. 1971. The insect societies. Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press,
Cambridge, Mass. 548 p.
A New Species of Rhexinia from Argentina
(Coleoptera: Pselaphidae)
Albert A. Grigakick and Robert 0. Schuster
Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis, CA 95616
During a study of the genera of the tribe Euplectini we came across
an undescribed species of the genus Rhexinia which had been set aside
by the late Orlando Park in his collection at the Field Museum of
Natural History, Chicago. This genus was revised by Park in 1952 at
which time he placed Rhexinia angulata Raffray, 1890, and Rhexinia
versicolor Raffray, 1908, from Central and South America in Rhexinia
(sensu strictiore). The subgenus Rhexiola was created for two species
from Mexico. The species described below is placed in the nominate
subgenus by the presence of the following characters: Head transverse
trapezoidal ; pronotum subcordate with median longitudinal sulcus ; and
two separated mesosternal foveae.
Key to Species of Rhexinia (sensu strictiore)
1. Head and pro thorax strongly sculptured, each sculpture with short seta
in center; first visible abdominal tergite with curved longitudinal carinae
one-half length of segment angulata Raffray
Head and prothorax without prominent scultpure; first visible abdominal
tergite without longitudinal carinae 2
2. Basal depression of first abdominal tergite with sensory setae; each elytron
with sutural and three discal foveae tncumanensis new species
Basal depression of first abdominal tergite without sensory setae; each
elytron with sutural and two discal foveae versicolor Raffray
Rhexinia (Rhexinia) tucumanensis, new species
(Figures 1-3)
Male (fig. 2). Head (excluding mouthparts) 0.36 mm. long, 0.56 mm. wide;
pronotum 0.55 mm. long, 0.57 mm. wide; elytra 0.59 mm. long; abdomen 0.95 mm.
long, 0.84 mm. wide. Head with vertexal foveae on line with posterior margin
of eyes; postantennal foveae present on side of head with apodemes connected to
those of vertexal foveae; two low rounded tubercles near posterior margin,
separated by a distance slightly less than that separating vertexal foveae. An-
tennae not geniculate, segment I as long as segments III to VI, segments IX and X
weakly hexagonal. Ventral head setae long, numerous, simple; venter longitudi-
nally sulcate. Prothorax distinctly compressed dorsoventrally, with small but
distinct anterior flange; pronotum with longitudinal and transverse sulci; procoxal
foveae large. Profemur with broad oblique sulcus near apex (apparently for
reception of tibia) ; setate carina on mesal face bordering sulcus. Elytra with
sutural and three discal foveae; subhumeral fovea absent; epipleural sulcus
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 315-317. October 1975
316
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Figs. 1-3. Rhexinia tucumanensis new species. Fig. 1. Epipleural sulcus, lateral
view. Fig. 2. Dorsal aspect (except legs) of holotype. Fig. 3. Male genitalia,
dorsal aspect.
present (fig. 1) ; winged. Mesosternum with two lateral and two median foveae;
mesocoxae contiguous in confluent cavities; lateral mesocoxal foveae present,
mesotibia with blunt subapical spine. First visible tergite as long as II plus III;
basal depression one-sixth length of segment, between one-third and one-half
width of segment excluding margins, depression setate. Sternite I flatly carinoid
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
317
between coxae; II with broad transverse anterior sulcus; III, IV and V without
distinctive features; VI transversely oval, distal margin sinuate. Genitalia bi-
laterally symmetrical (fig. 3), 0.42 mm. long, 0.18 mm. wide.
The holotype is the only known example of this species and is in the
Field Museum of Natural History. It was collected in Tucuman, Argen-
tina, May 17, 1953, C 10, by P. Wygodzinsky.
Literature Cited
Park, 0. 1952. A Revisional Study of Neotropical Pselaphid Beetles. Chicago
Acad. Sci. special publ. No. 9, Pt. 2, pp. 53-150.
Raffray, A. 1890. Etude sur les Pselaphides: Genera et descriptions d’especes
nouvelles. Revue de’Entomologie 9: 1-264.
Raffray, A. 1908. Supplement a la liste des Coleopteres de la Guadeloupe
(Pselaphidae) , 2nd. Supplement. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 77: 33-40.
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
Notes on Cerambycidae : Description of the Female of Malobidion brun-
neum Schaeffer. — Since the original description of Malobidion brunneum by
Schaeffer (1908, Bull. Brooklyn Insts. Arts. Sci., 1:337) the species has been
known only from the male. The genus was placed into the tribe Hesperophanini
by Linsley (1962, Univ. Calif. Pubis. Entomol., 20:51) with the female still un-
known. Subsequently, Chemsak and Linsley (1962, Jour. Kansas Entomol. Soc.,
36:207) described females of two new Mexican species of Malobidion,
During the past three years I have been fortunate to collect a large series of
M. brunneum in southern Arizona which included a number of females. From
a total of 85 specimens, taken at a 160 watt mercury vapor lamp, 13 were females.
The description follows: Antennae 12-segmented, extending two segments beyond
elytra, scape about as long as fourth segment, third about 14 longer than fourth,
fifth longest, remaining segments slightly decreasing in length to apex, twelfth
segment about % as long as eleventh. Abdomen with fifth sternite truncate at
apex. Length, 9.5-14 mm.
The males of Malobidion all possess 12-segmented antennae while only the fe-
male of brunneum shares this character. The female antennae of the other two
known species are 11-segmented. — David G. Marqua, Los Angeles County Nature
Centers, 1000 N. Durfee Ave., S. El Monte, California 91733.
New Species of Trichoptera from Western North America
D. G. Denning
Moraga, California
The new species described herein have been selected for description
since they are interesting additions to the trichopterous fauna of
western United States. The new T inodes represents the eleventh species,
the new Homoplectra the eighth species and the new Neothremma the
sixth species in these typically western genera. The peculiar limnephilid
Cryptochia is very rare in collections and is known from only six
western species; an interesting Cryptochia is described herein. The
peculiar new Rhyacophila presents an interesting departure from de-
scribed species and may be a relict species.
Unless stated otherwise, types of the new species will be deposited in
the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
Rhyacophila tamalpaisi, new species
This new species may be a member of the valuma Milne complex.
The shape of the clasper bears similarity to colonus Schmid, to a
lesser degree there is some resemblance to the aedeagal structure of all
three species in the complex. However, this new species differs from
all Rhyacophila in the shape of the tenth tergum and anal sclerite,
in the primitive aedeagal structure, and in the incised apicoventral
portion of the basal segment of the clasper. When the female is known
it is probable that the species should not be aligned to the valuma
group.
Male . — Length 5.5 mm. General color of legs, antennae and thorax brownish,
wings light brown, veins and pterostigma distinct. Legs, especially tarsal segments
of last pair with heavy pilosity. Genitalia as in Fig. 1. Fifth segment with a
prominent lobe. Segments seven and eight bearing prominent medial carina,
Fig. 1A. Ninth segment narrowed ventrad, mesal portion sternum with deep
incision. Tenth segment, lateral aspect, trianguloid, dark pigment; from dorsal
view, Fig. IB, distal margin narrowly incised, slightly concave laterally, mesal
area with dark pigmentation. Anal sclerite, as, small, elongate, dorsal margin
arcuate. Basal segment claspers long, parallel-sided, distally narrowed to accom-
modate a deep incision of ventral margin into which (possibly) the apical segment
would repose when moved ventrad; apical segment declivent, acute mesad-curved
spine along dorsal margin, distal margin truncate, apicomesal surface bearing
dense pad of dark minute setae. Aedeagal complex, lateral aspect, Fig. 1C, with
lightly sclerotized dorsal tubular structure acuminate to oblique apex; large
ventral structure tubular, narrowed distally. Viewed laterally structure appears
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51: 318-326. October 1975
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
319
Fig. 1. Rhyacophila tamalpaisi Denning, male genitalia, lateral view. 1A,
sternum, segment 8. IB, tenth tergum, dorsal view. 1C, aedeagal structure,
lateral aspect. ID, phallus ventral view. Fig. 2. T inodes twila Denning, male
genitalia, lateral aspect. 2A, lobes arising from meson basal claspers. 2B,
claspers, ventral aspect. 2C, phallus, lateral view. Fig. 3. Homoplectra norada
Denning, male genitalia, lateral view. 3A, filamentous process, segment 5. 3B,
tenth tergum, dorsal view. 3C, phallus, dorsal view. 3D, ventral sheath, ventral
view. 3E, segment 5, lateral view. 3F, female, lateral aspect.
320
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
striated with longitudinal brown lines, apex with dense tuft of long stout spines,
from ventral aspect, Fig. ID, the dense lateral and apical flattened setae easily
discernible.
Holotype male . — Fern Creek, Mt. Tamalpais State Park, Marin County, Cali-
fornia, 21 April 1974, Paul A. Peterson. Collection was made during high water.
Although the collection site was recollected several times, no additional specimens
were collected. To be deposited California Academy of Science, San Francisco,
California.
Tinodes twila, new species
This represents the eleventh North American species; although
the genus is cosmopolitan these described species are known only from
western United States and adjoining Mexico. The majority of these
species are found in the Pacific coastal areas. T. twila is readily
distinguished by the short claspers and its circular mesal plates, and
by the aedeagus and its apical pair of leaflike lobes.
Male . — Length 6 mm. Wings brownish, head, thorax and legs slightly darker,
tarsal segments setose. Maxillary palpi with dense, short black setae. Spurs
2-4-4, those of forelegs densely setose. Genitalia as in Fig. 2. Anterior portion
ninth sternum covered by eighth, apex ninth tergum terminated with membraneous
sheath, difficult to discern. Cerci fusiform, short, directed dorsocaudad. Basal
segment clasper almost quadrate, short, lobes arising from meson coalesced along
ventral margin, from lateral aspect, Fig. 2A, lobes platelike, broadly ovate; apical
segment elongated ventrally into slender obtuse lobe, convergent from ventral
view, Fig. 2B. Phallus sheath fusiform, curved ventrad, bearing prominent spines;
basal portion phallus slender, tubular, distally enlarged into prominent dorsal
triangular protuberance, an apical pair leaflike processes and an elongated ventral
lobe, Fig. 2C.
Holotype male . — Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park, McWay Creek, Hwy. 1,
Monterey County, California, 25 July 1974, D. G. Denning; paratype male, same
data as for holotype; paratype male, unnamed creek, Hwy. 1, north of Lucas,
Monterey County, California, 25 July 1974, D. G. Denning. Collections made
in redwood, Sequoia sempervirens, grove.
Homoplectra norada, new species
This is the eighth species described in the genus. All known species:
H. nigripennis Banks, oaklandensis (Ling), alsea Ross, shasta Denn.,
spora Denn., luchia Denn. and schuhi Denn. have been recorded only
from Oregon and California. A majority of the species have been
collected in cool Pacific coastal areas. H. norada is related to luchia
differing from it in the short blunt dorsal prong, in the short filamentous
process ventrad to it, in the aedeagal sheath and other details.
Male . — Length 8-8.5 mm. General color of head, thorax and abdomen dark
brown; wings brownish, concolorous; setae of head and thorax aureous. Filamen-
tous lobe of fifth segment (probably the pheromone receptor) curved laterad.
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
321
Fig. 4. Hydropsyche reiseni Denning, male genitalia, lateral aspect. 4A, fore-
leg tarsal claw, mesal view. 4B, tenth tergum, dorsal aspect. 4C, phallus,
lateral aspect, 4D, ventral view, 4E, dorsal view, 4F, female, lateral aspect.
Fig. 5. Neothremma siskiyou Denning, male genitalia, lateral view. 5A, ventral
view of convergent apices. 5B, fused claspers, ventral view. Fig. 6. Cryptochia
shasta Denning, male genitalia, lateral aspect. 6A, dorsal aspect of tergum
10 and cerci, c. 6B, ventral lobe of tenth tergum. 6C, aedeagal complex, lateral
view. 6D, apical portion of phallus, ventral view. Fig. 7. Lepulostoma licola
Denning, male genitalia, lateral aspect. 7A, sternum 8, ventral view. 7B, tenth
tergum, dorsal view. 7C, clasper dorsal view. 7D, clasper ventral view.
322
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
A light membraneous bulb-like process apically, Fig. 3A; near center of segment
5 and 6 a dark brown minute invaginated area present. Genitalia as in Fig. 3.
Diagnostic characters of aedeagal structure as follows: (1), a heavily sclerotized
dark brown dorsal prong (tenth tergum?) curved ventrocaudad, bearing closely
appressed spurs; from dorsal aspect, Fig. 3B, structure asymmetrical, apices
approximate and terminated in a semimembraneous sheath; (2), a pair of narrow,
short, acuminate semimembraneous non-pigmented processes; (3), a dark brown
stout heavily sclerotized prong, acute, curved dorsad; (4), phallus long, slender,
the tubular internal structure projected beyond apex, from dorsal view, Fig. 3C,
apex acute; (5), the slender trough-like ventral structure into which the phallus
reposes, furcate about half its length, Fig. 3D.
Female . — -Length 9-9.5 mm. Similar to male except usual antigenic characters.
Segment 5 with a short filamentous process projected dorsolaterad, lightly pig-
mented, apex bearing minute membraneous bulb, Fig. 3E. Genitalia as in Fig. 3F.
Sternum 8 dorsal margin heavily pigmented, dorsocaudal corner subacute. Ninth
segment annular, tergum indistinctly delineated. Tenth tergum slender, lightly
pigmented, bearing three semimembraneous tubular processes.
Holotype male . — Creek near Panoramic Hwy., Stinson Beach, Marin County,
California, 24 February 1974, Paul A. Peterson. Allotype, same data as for
holotype. Paratypes, 5 males, 3 females, same data; 1 male Mt. Tamalpais, Marin
County, California, 25 May 1974, D. G. Denning; 2 males, Samuel P. Taylor
State Park, Marin County, California, 25 May 1975, D. G. Denning. Holotype,
allotype to be deposited California Academy Sciences, San Francisco, California.
Hydropsyche reiseni, new species
This new species belongs to the californica Banks group and is
related to solex Ross. Male diagnostic characters are the contour of
the phallus and its mesal concavity, the shape of the claspers and
tenth tergum and minor differences of the ninth segment. The female
differs from other species by the position and shape of the clasper
receptacle. Dr. W. A. Reisen collected this species in Honey Creek,
Turner Falls Park near Davis, Oklahoma. The collection site is de-
scribed by Dr. Reisen as follows: “Honey Creek is a medium sized
rheocine originating from two springs fed from limestone aquifers in
the Arbuckle Mountains and flowing northeasterly into the Washita
River . . . two sizeable water falls, Bridal Veil Falls and Turner Falls
lie within the park boundary . . .”
Male . — Length 7.5-10 mm. Wings irrorate, brownish, legs luteus, head, thorax,
abdomen dark brown. Sexual dimorphism exhibited in tarsal claws, Fig. 4A.
Genitalia as in Fig. 4. Ninth segment lateral lobe ovate, tergum with shallow
depression extending caudad to lateral portion of tenth tergum. From lateral
aspect tenth tergum directed caudad, apex subacute; from dorsal view, Fig. 4B,
margin with a broad, narrow incision. Clasper distal segment short, subacute,
convergent from dorsal aspect. Phallus, Fig. 4C, short, stocky, arcuate; lateral
plates ovate, dark pigmented, obscuring view of mesal portion; from ventral
aspect, Fig. 4D, lateral margin with distinct angulation, apical lateral lobes
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
323
rounded, approximate mesally, mesal cavity concave, mesoventral plates elongate
and convergent; from dorsal view, Fig. 4E, lateral plates separated; in cleared
specimens outline of mesal cavity distinct, mesoventral plates slender, slightly
curved.
Female . — Length 8 mm. Identical to male in general appearance except no
modification of tarsal claws. Genitalia as in Fig. 4F. Clasper groove shallow,
concave; clasper receptacle long, narrow distally, directed dorsocaudad. Lateral
lobe ninth segment broadly ovate.
Holotype male . — Murray County Oklahoma, Honey Creek, Turner Falls Park,
28 April 1973, W. K. Reisen. Allotype female, same data except 21 July. Paratypes,
1 male same data except 19 July; 4 males same data except 15 August; 1 male
same data except 30 March; 8 males same data as for holotype; 6 males 1 female,
same data as for allotype.
Genus Neothremma Banks (Limnephilidae)
The five described species in the genus are confined to western
Canada and United States. Members of the genus are seldom collected
and species distribution is based on small numbers of specimens.
N. alicia Bank 1930. Known from Alberta, Idaho, Oregon, Utah, and
Wyoming. A new record is available from Montana: Glacier National
Park, Iceberg Creek, Iceberg Lake, 4 August 1972, David S. Potter.
N. didactyla Ross 1949. Known from Washington and Oregon.
N. genella Denning 1966. Recorded from Plumas County, California.
A new record is available from California: Madera County, N. Fork
Arline Creek, S. W. slope Madera Peak, 7800', 16 August 1971, Hugh
B. Leech.
N. laloukesi Schmid 1968. Recorded from Lake Louise, Banff Na-
tional Park, Alberta. This species is very similar to alicia Banks.
N. andersoni Wiggins 1975. Multnomah County, Oregon.
Neothremma siskiyou, new species
This new species is related to genella differing from it in the spherical
plate and scooplike lobe arising ventrad from the dorsal sclerotized
process, and several other details.
Male . — Length 6 mm. General color body, appendages tan, wing concolorous,
tan. Spurs 3-3-4. First antennal segment slightly longer than length of head;
maxillary palpi porrect, pilosity sparse. Front of head covered with long golden
colored setae. Genitalia as in Fig. 5. Ninth segment narrowed dorsad to a
narrow strap, from lateral margin a narrow elongated process present directed
caudad beyond claspers; apex subacute, not forked; from ventral aspect apices
convergent, Fig. 5A. This species and N. andersoni are the only two described
species in which the apex of the lateral process of the ninth segment is not forked.
Claspers short, compressed dorsally; from lateral aspect apex acute; from ventral
aspect, Fig. 5B, claspers fused on meson, troughlike, coalesced claspers wide,
324
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
scooplike. Tenth tergum curved ventrad as a pair of large, heavily sclerotized
lobes; at base of lobes prominent, rounded process directed caudad; phallus
small, covered from view by basal lobes. Yentrad to basal lobes is a wide
scooplike plate capable of dorsoventrad movement, Fig. 5, vp. Dorsad to base of
claspers a very lightly sclerotized process developed from ninth sternum, spiculate
distally and bearing numerous long light colored setae.
Holotype male . — Siskiyou County, California, road to Taylor Lake, Salmon Mts.,
5750', Etna road, 19 August 1972, Hugh B. Leech. Type to be deposited California
Academy Sciences, San Francisco, California.
Genus Cryptochia Ross (Limnephilidae)
The Cryptochia are rarely collected and accordingly, the distribution
of the seven species comprising the genus is poorly known. Very few
additions to the distributional records (Denning 1964) are available.
The Cryptochia appear to be confined to western United States and
British Columbia.
Known distribution
Cryptochia pilosa (Banks) 1907. Recorded from Washington, Oregon,
Idaho, British Columbia. The only described female in the genus is of
this species (Ross 1950, Schmid 1951).
C. furcata Denn. 1953. Known to occur in Washington, British
Columbia and northwestern Montana. A new record is available from
Montana; Missoula County, Deer Creek, 12 June 1973. David W.
Potter, 1 $ .
C. neosa Denn. 1954. Known only from Grant County, Oregon.
C. excella Denn. 1964. Known only from Kings Canyon National
Park, California.
C. califica Denn. 1968. Recorded only from Sierra County, California.
C. denningi, Wiggins 1975. Recorded from Sequoia National Park,
California.
C. shasta n. sp. Shasta County, California.
Records of the last five species are based on a single male. Most of
the collection sites have been recollected but no additional specimens
have been taken.
Cryptochia shasta, new species
Male . — Length 9 mm. General color wings, thorax, abdomen dark brown.
Wings with heavy blackish pilosity; prothoracic setae aureous, macrochaetae of
head black. Antennae, legs with dense blackish setation. Spurs 1-3-4. Segments
3 to 5 with dark pigmented line through center, fifth segment also with circular
invaginated area, segment 8 not modified. Genitalia as in Fig. 6. Ninth tergum
massive, projected caudad; sternum narrow; from dorsal aspect tergum narrowed
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
325
to a band by a wide circular incision. Tenth tergum short, blunt, ventral margin
irregular and pigmented black; from dorsal aspect, Fig. 6A, furcate less than
half distance to base, median fusion results in a narrow brownish trough; ventral
lobes digitate, closely appressed to massive darkly sclerotized ventral lobe, subacute,
directed caudad, as seen from ventral aspect, Fig. 6B. Clasper, lateral aspect,
with filamentous process long, reaching dorso-caudad above tenth tergum; basal
portion coalescensed to ninth sternum, ventral apex black pigmented and curved
slightly dorsad, from ventral aspect sclerite expanded to a wide concave plate
occupying all of aedeagal cavity which forms attachment to ventral portion of
aedeagus. Phallus, Fig. 6C, dorsal blades heavily sclerotized, acuminate, apex
acute; ventral portion massive, dark pigmented apical portion blade-like, curved
ventrad, ventral enlargement attached to mesal portion of claspers, apices obtuse
from ventral aspect, Fig. 6D.
Holotype male . — Shasta County, California, creek near Castle Crags State Park,
17 May 1973, D. G. Denning.
Key to Described Males of Cryptochia
1. Tenth segment reaching caudad considerably beyond base of clasper 2
Tenth segment short, not extending caudad beyond base of clasper denningi
2. Tenth tergite lateral lobe long, narrow; filamentous process of clasper long,
reaching to or beyond tenth tergum 3
Tenth tergite lateral lobe long, wide; filamentous process of clasper short,
about equal or shorter than basal portion 5
3. Ninth tergum large, elongated; aedeagus with a short ventral
process excella
Ninth tergum not greatly elongated; aedeagus with a large
ventral prominent process 4
4. Tenth tergum deeply furcate, ventral arm short; ventral process
phallus massive pilosa
Tenth tergum narrowly furcate, ventral arm long; ventral process
not massive shasta n.sp.
5. Ninth tergum curved caudad; tenth tergum short and obtuse; aedeagal
dorsal arms curved ventrad califica
Ninth tergum not curved caudad; tenth tergum subacute; aedeagal dorsal
arms not curved ventrad 6
6. Ventral process phallus long as dorsal blades, apex hamate; dorsal blades
curved only slightly ventrad furcata
Ventral process phallus not more than half length of dorsal blades which
are curved dorsad neosa
Lepidostoma licola, new species
The similarity of the tenth tergum and claspers to L. jewetti suggests
a relationship to that species. Diagnostic differences are the distinctive
spinous comb arising from the eighth segment and other differences
in the aedeagal structure and tenth tergum.
326
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Male . — Length 7-9 mm. General color brownish, wings uniformly brown,
considerable pilosity. First antennal segment long, equal to length between eyes,
no modifications. Maxillary palpi porrect, one segmented, abundant long setae,
no modifications. Small patches of light colored scales near base of fore and
hind wing, and in the small coastal cell of the forewing. Apico-ventral portion
tergum eight compressed into a slender concave area; sternum eight bearing dense
comb of long stout dark brown spines, projected caudoventrad, Figs. 7 and 7A.
This unusual comb is similar to the spinous comb found on dorsal segments of
some male Micrasema. Genitalia as in Fig. 7. Tenth tergum apical margin
rotundate, ventral margin with short incision, resultant lobe not projected beyond
ventral margin; from dorsal aspect, Fig. 7B, tergum narrowed distally to obtuse
mesal lobes; entire structure quite spinous. Claspers, lateral aspect, Fig. 7,
with apex truncate, basodorsal lobe acute, lateral lobe long, slender, subacute ; from
dorsal aspect, Fig. 7C, basodorsal lobe broad, platelike; from ventral aspect,
Fig. 7D, lateral lobe not discernible. Phallus long, arcuate; bifed from ventral
view; dorsal arms acuminate, heavily sclerotized, closely appressed to phallus
and extending to apex.
Holotype male . — Sierra County, California, Yuba Pass, 6700', 9 July 1967. Para-
types, three males, same data as for holotype. Types to be deposited in Academy
of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California.
Literature Cited
Ross, H. H. 1950. Synoptic Notes on Some Nearctic Limnephilid Caddisflies.
Amer. Mid. Nat. 43: 410-429.
Denning, D. G. 1964. Descriptions of Five New Trichoptera. Pan-Pac. Entomol.
40: 241-245.
Schmid, F. 1968. Quelques Trichopteres Nearctiques Nauveaux ou peu connus.
Le Nat. Can. 95: 673-698.
Wiggins, G. B. 1975. Contributions to the Systematics of the Caddisfly Family
Limnephilidae Trichoptera II. Can. Entomol. 107 : 325-336.
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
327
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
Temperature Preferences of Two Species of Eleodes Beetles (Tenebrioni-
dae). — Eleodes longicollis LeConte and Eleodes obscura sulcipennis Mannerheim
are widely distributed beetles. Eleodes longicollis is found in Kansas, Colorado,
Texas, Arizona, and northern Mexico from around sea level to elevations of about
3500 m. Eleodes obscura is found in Washington, Idaho, Oregon, Wyoming, Utah,
Arizona, and Sonora, Mexico (Blaisdell, 1909, U.S.N.M. Bulletin No. 63, pp. 191,
426; Pallister, 1954, Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 1697, pp. 35, 36, 42). Unlike E.
longicollis , E. obscura tends to occur primarily at higher elevations. In many
areas the two beetles are sympatric, occupying subarid habitats.
We obtained a sample of 30 beetles of each species from the Verde River
Valley, Az., (Yavapai Co., 8 km S.E. Clarkdake, 8 Sept. 1973, elev. 1200 m) a
zone of sympatry for E. longicollis and E. obscura. Our objective was to deter-
mine whether the two species had different preferences for substrate tempera-
tures.
The beetles were kept in the laboratory in plastic shoeboxes (32 X 17 X 10 cm)
and fed rolled oats. In order to minimize environmental influences and adaptation
to temperatures in specific microhabitats, all beetles were kept for 7 months under
a constant temperature regime of 23 ± 2 degrees C. After this adjustment period,
20 beetles of each species were tested for their temperature preferences in a
linear temperature gradient box. The gradient box was constructed from sheet
metal, and had length X width X height dimensions of 63 X 10 X 21 cm. The
two ends of the box were rounded to eliminate angular corners. A temperature
gradient was established by immersing one end of the box in an ice bath and
setting the other end on an electric hot plate. Temperatures at 11 points along
the floor of the box were measured with two YSI telethermometers (Model 46
TUC) and thermistor temperature probes (YSI No. 402) attached to the floor.
All observations were done in the morning under uniform, artificial illumination.
For a given set of observations, the gradient box was allowed 30-40 minutes to
equilibrate after the heat and cold were applied. Single beetles were introduced
into the box, and were given a 10 minute adjustment period. Following this, the
beetle’s position with respect to the plexiglass divisions and the temperature
probes was scored each minute for 10 minutes. After 10 observations, the beetle
Table 1 . Observed and expected frequencies of E. longicollis and
E. obscura sulcipennis at different temperatures along a temperature
gradient.
Temperatures (°C)
Species
6.9
9.2
11.6
16.2
19.3
22.2
24.0 26.0
30.0
35.5 59.6
E. longicollis
Observed
35
43
28
47
31
45
51 118
64
35 3
Expected
24
29
25.5
42
32
45.5
59 119
82
39.5 2.5
E. obscura
Observed
13
15
23
37
33
46
67 120
100
44 2
328
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
was replaced by another individual, and the procedure was repeated. A total of
500 observations were recorded for each species.
A chi-square analysis of the observed and expected values shown in Table 1
resulted in a chi-square value of 36.669, with 10 degrees of freedom. This is
significant at an a level of 0.001, and strongly indicates that the temperature
preferences of the two species are different. Both species show a maximum
preference for 26 degrees C. However, except for this similarity, the two species
are quite different in their preferences. Eleodes longicollis shows more preference
for the lower temperatures, while E. obscura prefers higher temperatures.
This difference in temperature preferences of the two species may be explained
as an evolutionary strategy to escape inclement weather. At higher elevations,
low temperatures usually signal the onset of snow and prolonged periods of cold.
At lower elevations in subarid zones, this is not generally the case. However, in
subarid regions higher temperatures signal the onset of conditions that may ap-
proach a thermal lethal limit for a beetle. The present data suggest that E.
longicollis may be better adapted to lower elevations, while E. obscura sulcipennis
may be better adapted to higher elevations. — C. N. Slobodchikoff and D. Peder-
sen, Department of Biological Sciences, Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff
86001.
Simple Arthropod Activity Monitor. — The principle of an arthropod’s (or
other small animal’s) body completing a path for current flow makes possible a
simple, reliable activity monitor. It is simpler and more reliable than previously
used photoelectric devices (Brown, 1959, J. Ins. Physiol. 3: 125-126; Brown and
Unwin, 1961, J. Ins. Physiol. 7: 203-209), actographs (Gunn and Kennedy,
1936, J. Exp. Biol. 13: 450-459; Reichle, et ah, 1965, Amer. Midi. Natur. 74:
57-66), activity wheels (Kramm, 1971, Amer. Midi. Natur. 85: 536-540), and
switching devices (Naylor, 1958, J. Exp. Biol. 35: 602-610).
Fig. 1 . Schematic diagram of the activity monitor. Resistance in ohms. Re-
sistors ± 10% % W. Capacitors in microfarads. Polarized capacitors are 10
volt electrolytics ; others disc ceramic. Diodes 1N756. Transistors: NPN 2N3707;
PNP 2N1305. Battery 6 volt (Burgess F4M). Parts available from Neward
Electronics, 500 Pulaski Road, Chicago, 111. 60624 or Allied Electronics, 2400 W.
Washington Blvd., Chicago, 111. 60612.
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
329
runt
2 Hr s
Fig. 2. Activity of Ceuthophilus conicaudus Hubbell maintained under constant
temperature and darkness.
Two insulated conductive strips were separated by a distance of about half
the body length of the insect to be studied. A low voltage was impressed across
the strip with current limited to substimulus values by a current limiting resistor.
Under open circuit conditions the source potential is across the strips. An
arthropod walking across the conductive strips provides a path for current flow
and lowers the voltage. The variation in voltage is amplified and operates an
event recorder. The signal lead from the conductive strips should be shielded to
minimize electrical interference. Brass shim stock material (available from auto-
mobile parts dealers) was used for the conductive strips. The wires can be
soldered directly to the brass strips. A further reduction of noise may be ob-
tained by extending the ground strip under the signal strip and insulating the
two strips with mylar tape.
A complete schematic diagram is shown in Fig. 1. Current to the conductive
strips is limited to less than 6 microamps by the series 1 Meg resistor. The
resulting activity signal is capacitively coupled to transistor Q2 and converted
to DC by the diode at the base of transistor Q3. The DC signal is amplified by
transistors Q3 and Q4. Transistor Q4 provides current to operate the pen motor
coil. The diode across the pen motor protects transistor Q4 from high voltage
transients resulting in collapse of the magnetic field when Q4 turns off.
This activity monitor has been used successfully with the cave cricket Ceutho-
philus conicaudus Hubbell under both laboratory and field conditions. Fig. 2
illustrates a twelve hour record (between 1800 and 0600 hr CST) of the results
of a preliminary investigation of cricket activity while the crickets were main-
tained in an environmental chamber under constant darkness at a constant tem-
perature (21 C) . The activity monitor was also adapted to studying cricket move-
ment within Spider Cave of Carlsbad Caverns National Park (Campbell, 1975,
Amer. Midi. Natur. in press). That study demonstrated two nocturnal periods
of movement with a corresponding reduction of movement in the cave during the
“daylight” hours. The development of this monitor was supported in part by the
Cave Research Foundation Grant. — Glenn D. Campbell and E. Norbert Smith,
Department of Biological Sciences, Texas Tech University, Lubbock, 79409.
330
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
INDEX TO VOLUME 51
Abedus herberti, molting behavior, 259
Acanthinus umbilicatus, 163
Alcock, behavior of Argentine sphecids,
195
Allen, nymphal Ephemerella (Cinctico-
stella) , 16
Alphomorphus, 275
vandykei, 275
Anthocopa
abjecta, 119
copelandica, 116
hypostomalis, 113
Aneflomorpha crinita, 202
giesberti, 201
preclara, 203
ruficollis, 203
Apanteles gelechiidivoris, 143
Arnaud, a new chersodremia, 152
Behavior
Abedus, 260
Agapostemon, 168
Diastrophus, 43
Drosophila, 291
Euparagia, 286
Heliconius, 76
Idiomelissodes, 236
Microbembex, 195
Syntrichalonia, 240
Tachytes, 197
Veromessor, 303
Benedict, identification of Nabis, 170
Bionomics
Abedus herberti, 259
Aculeate Hymenoptera, 248
Agapostemon texanus, 168
Anthocopa hypostamalis, 113
abjecta, 119
copelandica, 116
Diastrophus kincaidii, 39
Dicheirus, 1
Drosophila pinicola, 287
Eleodes, 327
Epiblema, 99
Euparagia scutellaris, 286
Heliconius hecale zuleika, 76
Idiomelissodes duplocincta, 236
Leptocera, 169
Metriocnemus edwardsi, 169
Microbembex uruguayensis, 195
Nysius raphanus, 166
Osmia tanneri, 179
longula, 182
Plecoptera, 23
Pompilidae, 147
Siricidae, 57
Syntrichalonia exquisita, 240
Tachytes fraternus, 197
amazonus, 197
Triatoma protracta, 167
Trichophaga tapetzella, 30
Tropidishia xanthostoma, 267
Tropisternus ellipticus, 184
Veromessor pergandei, 205, 303
Book Notices, 48
Book Reviews, 172, 173
Cafius sulcicollis, 142
Callipogonius, 274
hircinus, 274
cornutus, 274
Campbell, arthropod activity monitor,
328
Cazier, bee and wasp visitors to Kall-
stroemia, 248
Chagas’ trypanosome, 167
Chandler, a new Acanthinus, 162
Chemsak, new species of Aneflomorpha,
201
Mexican Pogonocherini, 271
Chersodromia madelinae, 152
longicornia, 157
Chordeumida
Cleidogenidae, 31
Cleidogona scandens, 33
Coleoptera
Anthicidae, 162
Carabidae, 1
Cerambycidae, 201, 271, 317
Hydrophilidae, 184
Meloidae, 134
Omethidae, 298
Pselaphidae, 315
Staphylinidae, 140
Tenebrionidae, 327
Cook, Nearctic Rhexoza, 62
Cryptochia, 324
shasta, 324
Dahmsia, 254
australiensis, 256
Darlingtonia californica, insect associ-
ates, 169
Denning, new Trichoptera, 318
Diastrophus kincaidii, 39
Dicheirus, 1
Diptera
Bombyliidae, 49
Calliphoridae, 130
Chironomidae, 169
Drosophilidae, 287
Empididae, 152
Sarcophagidae, 131
Scatopsidae, 62
Scenopinidae, 235
Sciomyzidae, 123, 217
Sphaeroceridae, 169
Donald D. Penny, 177
Doutt, new genus of Mymaridae, 254
Drosophila pinicola, 287
Vol. 51, No. 4, October 1975
331
Ecteneolus, 275
flohri, 275
Ecyrus
albifrons, 284
arcuatus, 284
ciliatus, 285
lineicollis, 283
pacificus, 285
penicillatus, 282
Eleodes, 327
Ellis, adult stoneflies, 23
Ephemerella (Cincticostella) , 16
boja, 18
castanea, 19
delicata, 19
femorata, 20
gosei, 20
insolta, 20
levanidovae, 21
nigra, 21
orientalis, 21
tshernovae, 21
Ephemeroptera
Ephemerellidae, 16
Leptophlebiidae, 159
Epiblema arizonana, 101
hirsutana, 110
macneilli, 102
rudei, 105
radicana, 109
Errata, 235
Euparagia scutellaris, 286
Eupompha
edmundsi, 135
imperialis, 134
Evolution
Dicheirus, 4
Fender, North American Omethinae,
298
Fisher, Limnia in California, 123
Sciomyzidae of Oregon, 217
Gall insects, 41
Gardner, Donald D. Penny, 177
Greenbaum, distribution records for
Ptenus, 165
Grigarick, a new Rhexinia, 315
distribution of Sisyridae, 296
Hall, species of Triploechus, 49
Heliconius hecale, 76
Hemiptera
Belostomatidae, 259
Gerridae, 243
Lygaeidae, 166
Mesoveliidae, 243
Nabidae, 170
Heppner, Trichophaga tapetzella, 30
Hoffman, cleidogonid milliped, 31
Homoplectra norada, 320
Homoptera
Cicadellidae, 268
Hydropsyche reiseni, 322
Hymenoptera
Aculeate visitors to Kallstroemia, 248
Anthophoridae, 236
Argidae, 165
Braconidae, 143
Cynipidae, 39
Formicidae, 205, 303
Halictidae, 168
Megachilidae, 113, 179
Mymaridae, 254
Pompilidae, 147
Siricidae, 57
Sphecidae, 195
Vespoidea, 286
Idiomelissodes duplocincta, 236
Indialis rossi, 161
Kelsey, sex of type specimens of Pseu-
datrichia, 235
Kirk, siricid woodwasps, 57
Kurczewski, host records for Pompilidae.
147
Lanham, mountain top swarm of Nysius,
166
Lepidoptera
Nymphalidac, 76
Tineidae, 30
Tortricidae, 99
Lepidostoma licola, 325
Limnia inopa, 123
severa, 124
Lypsimena, 272
fuscata, 272
strandiella, 273
Malobidion brunneum, 317
Malthomethes, 299
oregonus, 299
Marqua, female of Malobidion brun-
neum, 317
Marsh, a new Apanteles, 143
Mesovelia halirrhyta, 245
Millipedes, 31
Moore, larva of Cafius, 140
Moore, Euparagia scutellaris, 286
Morphology
Cleidogonid millipeds, 36
Abedus herberti, 259
Nabis, 170
Nesbitt, two new species of Diptera, 130
Nest architecture
Anthocopa, 113, 116, 120
Osmia, 180, 182
Tachytes, 197
Veromessor, 205
Neuroptera sisyridae, 296
New Journal, 270, 297
Noonan, Dicheirus, 1
Nysius raphanus, 166
Obituary, 177
Orthoptera
Gryllacrididae, 267
Osmia tanneri, 179
332
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Parasites and associates of:
Anthocopa, 113
Diastrophus, 47
Osmia, 182
Siricidae, 57
Parker, nests and associates of “Antho-
copa,” 113
nests of mason bees, 179
Peters, a new Indialis, 159
Phumosia rossi, 130
Pinto, first instar larva of Eupompha,
134
Plecoptera
Capniidae, 28
Chloroperlidae, 29
Nemouridae, 26
Perlodidae, 29
Taeniopterygidae, 28
Pogonillus, 280
inermis, 281
Pogonocherus, 280
arizonicus, 280
Polhemus, new water striders, 243
Poliaenus, 276
concolor, 277
nuevoleonis, 279
sparsus, 277
volitans, 278
Pollination Biology, 168, 248, 236
Powell, biological records and descrip-
tions of Epiblema, 99
book reviews, 172
Proceedings, 88
Prothero, Observations on Tropidishia
xanthostoma, 267
Pseudatrichia melanderi, 235
Ptenus, 165
Pterella kenyae, 131
Pygmaeopsis, 273
viticola, 274
Quateiella, 63
miniscula n. comb., 64
quatei n. comb., 63
Recent Literature, 15, 85, 175, 295, 297
Rheumatobates prostratus, 243
Rhexinia tucumanensis, 315
Rhexoza, 65
amaryllis, 73
atterrima, 70
borealis, 70
grossa, 68
incisa, 66
iowensis, 68
melanderi, 74
ryckmani, 73
similis, 71
teskeyi, 71
Rhyacophila tamalpaisi, 318
Ryker, Tropisternus ellipticus, 184
Sawbridge, Tiaja insularis, 268
Scientific Notes, 30, 165, 166, 167, 168,
169, 170, 256, 267, 286, 296, 317,
327, 328
Slobodchikoff, temperature preferences
of Eleodes, 327
Smith, moulting behavior of Abedus
herberti, 259
Sorenson, cage for small arthropods, 256
Speovelia mexicana, 246
Spieth, Drosophila pinicola, 287
Szerlip, insect associates of Darlington,
169
Syntrichalonia exquisita, 236
Techniques, 256, 328
Tepedino, foraging behavior of Agapo-
stemon, 168
Tiaja insularis, 268
Tinodes twila, 319
Trichoptera, 318
Triploechus luridus, 52
novus, 54
sakeni n. comb., 51
stagei, 55
Troglomethes
leechi, 299
oregonensis, 298
Tropidishia xanthostoma, 267
Tropisternus ellipticus, 184
Veromessor pergandei
nest architecture, 205
behavior, 303
Wangberg, biology of Diastrophus, 39
Wheeler and Rissing, Veromessor per-
gandei I., 205
Veromessor pergandei II., 303
Wood, chagas’ trypanosome, 167
Young, life cycle of Heliconius, 76
Zavortink, eucerine bees, 236
Zoogeography
Dicheirus, 4
Zoological Nomenclature, 38, 178, 302
MAILING DATES FOR VOLUME 51
No. 1 — January mailed 12 June 1975
No. 2 — April mailed 9 July 1975
No. 3 — July mailed 21 October 1975
No. 4 — October mailed 26 December 1975
Published by the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
in cooperation with
The California Academy of Sciences
VOLUME FIFTY-ONE
1975
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. T. DOYEN, Editor
J. A. CHEMSAK, Assistant Editor
E. G. LINSLEY
HUGH B. LEECH
E. S. ROSS
H. V. DALY
P. H. ARNAUD, JR., Treasurer
PUBLICATION COMMITTEE
1974 1975
J. A. Powell, Chairman M. S. Wasbauer
R. W. Thorp E. G. Linsley
1976
J. G. Edwards
C. B. Philip
San Francisco, California
1975
11
CONTENTS FOR VOLUME 51
Alcock, J.
Notes on the behavior of three Argentine sphecids ( Microbembex
uruguayensis, Tachytes fraternus, T. amazonus ) 195
Allen, R. K.
Ephemerella ( Cincticostella ) : A revision of the nymphal stages __ 16
Arnaud, P. H., Jr.
A new species of Chersodromia from Mexico 152
Benedict, J. H. and Cothran, W. R.
Identification of the damsel bugs, Nabis alternatus and N.
americoferous 170
Book Reviews 172
Book Notices and Recent Literature 15, 48, 85, 175, 294
Campbell, G. 0. and Smith, E. N.
Simple arthropod activity monitor 328
Cazier, M. A. and Linsley, E. G.
Bee and wasp visitors to Kallstroemia grandiflora after two years
of drought 248
Chandler, D. S.
A new Acanthinus from Panama 162
Chemsak, J. A. and Linsley, E. G.
New species of the genus Aneflomorpha from Mexico 201
Chemsak, J. A. and Linsley, E. G.
Mexican Pogonocherini 271
Cook, E. F.
A reconsideration of the Nearctic Rhexoza 63
Denning, D. G.
New species of Trichoptera from western North America 318
Doutt, R. L.
Dahmsia, a new genus of Mymaridae 254
Ellis, R. J.
Seasonal abundance and distribution of adult stoneflies of Sashin
Creek, Baranof Island, southeastern Alaska 23
Ill
Ennik, F.
A new record of mantispid reared from spider 90
Fisher, T. W. and Orth, R. E.
The genus Limnia in California 123
Fisher, T. W. and Orth, R. E.
Sciomyzidae of Oregon 217
Fender, K. M.
Notes and descriptions of some North American Omethinae 298
Gardner, L. R. and Michelbacher, A. E.
Donald D. Penny (Obituary) 177
Greenbaum, H. N.
Additional distribution records for Nearctic species of Ptenus .... 165
Grigarick, A. A.
The occurrence of a second genus of spongilla-Fly at Clear Lake,
California 296
Grigarick, A. A. and Schuster, R. 0.
A new species of Rhexinia from Argentina 315
Hall, J. C.
The North American species of Triploechus 49
Heppner, J. B.
T richophaga tapetzella in the Galapagos Islands 30
Hoffman, R. L.
An arboreal cleidogonid milliped from Chiapas 31
Kelsey, L. P.
A correction in notation of sex of type specimens of Pseudatrichia
melcinderi 235
Kirk, A. A.
Siricid woodwasps and their associated parasitoids in the south-
western United States 57
Kurczewski, F. E.
Host records for some species of Pompilidae from the south-
western United States and Mexico 147
Lanham, U. N.
A mountain-top swarm of the hemipteran Nysius raphanus in
New Mexico, with notes on other insects 166
IV
Linsley, E. G.
Fifty years of the Pan-Pacific Entomologist 86
Marqua, D. G.
Notes on Cerambycidae: description of the female of Malobidion
brunneum 316
Marsh, P. M.
A new species of Apanteles from South America being introduced
into California 143
Moore, I.
The larva of Cafius sulcicollis 140
Nesbitt, E.
Description of two new species of Diptera, Cyclorrhapha from
the Ethiopian zoogeographical region 130
Noonan, G. R.
Bionomics, evolution, and zoogeography of members of the genus
Dicheirus 1
Obituary 177
Parker, F. D.
Nest descriptions and associates of three American bees of the
genus “ Anthocopa ” 113
Parker, F. D.
Nests of the mason bees Osmia tanneri and 0. longula with a
description of the female of 0. tanneri 179
Peters, W. L.
A new species of Indialis from India 159
Philip, C. B.
New record for a nearctic deerfly in Baja California 91
Philip, C. B.
Confirmation of occurrence in Amazonas of the tabanid tribe
Rhinomyzini 95
Phillips, P.
Observations of the mating activities of Rhamphomyia scauris-
sima in northern California 94
Pinto, J. D.
A description of the first instar larva of Eupompha imperialis
and E. edmundsi 134
V
Polhemus, J. T.
New estuarine and intertidal water striders from Mexico and
Costa Rica 243
Powell, J. A.
A remarkable new brachypterous, sand-dune moth 91
Powell, J. A.
Massive population levels of the cherry tree ugly-nest caterpillar „ 95
Powell, J. A.
Biological records and descriptions of some little known Epiblema
in the southwestern United States : 99
Proceedings, Pacific Coast Entomological Society 88
Prothero, B. L.
Biological observations on Tropidishia xanthostoma 267
Ryker, L. C.
Observations on the life cycle and flight dispersal of a water
beetle T ropisternus ellipticus in western Oregon 184
Sawbridge, J. R.
Tiaja insula, a new megophthalmine leafhopper from the Santa
Barbara Channel Islands 268
Slobodchikoff, C. N. and Pederson, D.
Temperature preferences of two species of Eleodes beetles 327
Smith, R. L.
Surface moulting behavior and its possible respiratory signifi-
cance for a giant water bug, Abedus herberti 259
Sorensen, J. T., Kinn, D. N. and Doutt, R. L.
Cage for observing and rearing small arthropods 256
Spieth, H. T. and Heed, W. B.
The Drosophila pinicola species group 287
Szerlip, S. L.
Insect associates of Darlingtonia californica in California 169
Tepedino, V. J.
Foraging behavior of Agapostemon on Oenothera caespitosa in
southeastern Wyoming 168
Wangberg, J. K.
Biology of the thimbleberry gallmaker Diastrophus kincaidii 39
Wheeler, J., and Rissing, S. W.
Natural history of V eromessor pergandei I. The nest 205
Wheeler, J. and Rissing, S. W.
Natural history of V eromessor pergandei II. Behavior 303
Wood, S. F.
Additional notes on chagas’ trypanosome in California and
Arizona 167
Young, A. M.
Observations on the life cycle of Heliconius hecale zuleika in
Costa Rica 76
Zavortink, T. J.
Host plants, behavior, and distribution of the eucerine bees
Idiomelissodes duplocincta and Syntrichalonia exquisita 236
Zoological Nomenclature
38, 178, 301
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
Papers on the systematic and biological phases of entomology are favored, including
articles up to ten printed pages on insect taxonomy, morphology, behavior, life history,
and distribution. Excess pagination must be approved and may be charged to the author.
Papers are published in approximately the order that they are received. Immediate publi-
cation may be arranged after acceptance by paying publication costs. Papers of less than
a printed page may be published as space is available, in Scientific Notes.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed to the
Editor, John T. Doyen, Division of Entomology & Parasitology, University of California,
Berkeley, California 94720.
Typing . — Two copies of each manuscript must be submitted (original and one xerox
copy are suitable). All parts of manuscripts must be typed on bond paper with
double-spacing and ample margins. Carbon copies or copies on paper larger than 81/2
X 11 inches are not accepted. Do not use all capitals for any purpose. Underscore
only where italics are intended in the body of the text, not in headings. Number all
pages consecutively and put author’s name at the top right-hand corner of each sheet.
References to footnotes in text should be numbered consecutively. Footnotes should be
typed on a separate sheet.
First page. — The page preceding the text of the manuscript should include (1) the
complete title, (2) the order and family in parentheses, (3) the author’s name or
names, (4) the institution with city and state or the author’s home city and state if
not affiliated, (6) the complete name and address to which proof is to be sent.
Names and descriptions of organisms. — The first mention of a plant or animal should
include the full scientific name with the author of a zoological name not abbreviated.
Do not abbreviate generic names. Descriptions of taxa should be in telegraphic style.
References. — All citations in text, e.g., Essig (1926) or (Essig, 1958), should be listed
alphabetically under Literature Cited in the following format:
Essig, E. 0. 1926. A butterfly migration. Pan-Pac. Entomol.,
2 : 211 - 212 .
1958. Insects and mites of western North America. Rev.
ed. The Macmillan Co., New York. 1050 pp.
Abbreviations for titles of journals should follow the list of Biological Abstracts, 1966,
47(21) :8585-8601.
Tables. — Tables are expensive and should be kept to a minimum. Each table should be
prepared as a line drawing or typed on a separate page with heading at top and foot-
notes below. Number tables with Arabic numerals. Number footnotes consecutively
for each table. Use only horizontal rules.
Illustrations. — No extra charge is made for the line drawings or halftones. Submit only
photographs on glossy paper and original drawings (no photographs of drawings).
Authors must plan their illustrations for reduction to the dimensions of the printed
page (4% X 6% inches). If possible, allowance should be made for the legend to be
placed beneath the illustration. Photographs should not be less than the width of the
printed page. Drawings should be in India Ink and at least twice as large as the
printed illustration. Excessively large illustrations are awkward to handle and may
be damaged in transit. Include a metric scale on the drawing or state magnification
of the printed illustration in the legend. Arrange figures to use space efficiently.
Lettering should reduce to no less than 1 mm. On the back of each illustration should
be stated (1) the title of the paper, (2) the author’s complete name and addess, and
(3) whether he wishes the illustration and/or cut returned to him at his expense.
Cuts and illustrations not specifically requested will be destroyed.
Figure legends. — Legends should be typewritten double-spaced on separate pages headed
Explanation of Figures and placed following Literature Cited. Do not attach
legends to illustrations.
Proofs, reprints, and abstract.- — Proofs and forms for the abstract and reprint order
will be sent to authors. Major changes in proof will be charged to the author. Proof
returned to the editor without the abstract will not be published.
Page charges. — All regular papers of one to ten printed pages are charged at the rate
of $18.00 per page. This is in addition to the charge for reprints and does not include
the possible charges for extra pagination or the costs for immediate publication.
Private investigators or authors without institutional or grant funds may apply to the
society for a grant to cover a portion of the page charges. In no case will society
grants subsidize more than two thirds of the cost of page charges. Pages additional
to the first ten are charged at the rate of $30.00 per page, without subsidy.
PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL
SOCIETY.
Vol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and Vol. 2 (numbers 1-9, 131
pages). 1901-1930. Price $5.00 per volume.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST.
Vol. 1 (1924) to present. Price $10.00 per volume of 4 numbers,
or $2.50 per single issue.
MEMOIR SERIES.
Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. F. Ferris. 320 pages. Pub-
lished October 1951. Price $6.00. (Plus 350 postage.)*
Volume 2. The Spider Mite Family T etranychidae by A. Earl
Pritchard and Edward W. Baker. 472 pages. Published July
1955. Price $10.00. (Plus 500 postage.) *
Volume 3. Revisionary Studies in the Nearctic Decticinae by David
C. Rentz and James D. Birchim. 173 pages. Published July 1968.
Price $4.00. (Plus 250 postage.) *
Volume 4. Autobiography of an Entomologist by Robert L.
Usinger. 343 pages. Published August 1972. Price $15.00. (Plus
400 postage.) *
Volume 5. Revision of the Millipede Family Andrognathidae in the
Nearctic Region by Michael R. Gardner. 61 pages. Published
January 21, 1975. Price $3.00. (Plus 250 postage.) *
* (Add 6% sales tax on all California orders (residents of Alameda,
Contra Costa and San Francisco counties add 6%%). Members of the
Society will receive a 20% discount.
Send orders to:
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
c/o California Academy of Sciences
Golden Gate Park
San Francisco, California 94118